STANDARDS SAFETY EVENTS

Document technical information

Format pdf
Size 6.7 MB
First found Jun 9, 2017

Document content analysis

Language
English
Type
not defined
Concepts
no text concepts found

Persons

Organizations

Places

Transcript

STANDARDS SAFETY EVENTS
TRAINING STATISTICS
ENERGY
FLOWS
WITH API
SM
ONSHORE. OFFSHORE. EVERY SHORE.
Certification | Training | Events | Standards | Statistics | Safety
Washington, D.C. | Houston | Beijing | Singapore | Dubai | Rio de Janeiro
877.562.5187 (Toll-free U.S. & Canada) | +1.202.682.8041 (Local & International) | [email protected] | www.api.org
It’s a tough business. Look to API.®
Copyright 2014 – American Petroleum Institute, all rights reserved. API, the API logo, the “Onshore” slogan and the “Tough” slogan are either service marks, trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries.
Serving the oil and natural gas industry with information
API is pleased to present its 2014 publications programs and services catalog.
The 2014 edition lists API standards, recommended practices, equipment specifications, other technical
documents, and reports and studies to help the oil and natural gas industry safely, efficiently, and responsibly
supply energy to billions of people around the world.
Each year API distributes more than 300,000 copies of its publications.
For upstream, API publications cover offshore structures and floating production systems, tubular goods, valves and
wellhead equipment, plus drilling and production equipment. In the downstream arena, API publications address
marketing and pipeline operations and refinery equipment, including storage tanks, pressure-relieving systems,
compressors, turbines, and pumps. API also has publications that cut across industry sectors, covering fire and
safety protection and petroleum measurement. API information technology standards cover EDI, e-business,
telecommunications, and information technology applications for the oil and natural gas industry.
Other API publications cataloged here include economic analysis, toxicological test results, opinion research
reports, and educational materials that provide basic information about the oil and natural gas industry and how
technology is transforming it.
The publications in the catalog are intended for API members and non-members.
Please direct questions about the catalog to the API Standards department at 202-682-8417.
Sincerely,
John Modine
Vice President, Global Industry Services
API
Experience the Power and Convenience
IHS Standards Expert is your standards management tool to
navigate through American Petroleum Standards (API). Quickly
find the right standard, link to related documents, integrate internal
documents, manage project lists, share data with geographically
dispersed teams, and remain up-to-date on changes.
Benefits of IHS Standards Expert subscription include:
• Easy-to-use tools for intuitive searches, watch lists and e-mail update alerts.
• Access to the most up-to-date content from over 370 international, regional, national, local and corporate sources, plus key government and military agencies.
• Improve compliance through information sharing and collaboration.
Visit www.ihs.com/learnstandardsexpert to learn more about
IHS Standards Expert, watch demos, and download the PDF brochure.
15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112
+1 877 413 5184
global.ihs.com
2014 Publications Programs and Services
Table of Contents
Exploration and Production
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
General: Oil Field Equipment and Materials
Offshore Structures
Derricks and Masts
Tubular Goods
Valves and Wellhead Equipment
Drilling Equipment
Hoisting Tools
Wire Rope
Oil Well Cements
Production Equipment
Lease Production Vessels
Drilling Fluid Materials
Offshore Safety and Antipollution
Fiberglass and Plastic Pipe
Drilling Well Control Systems
Subsea Production Systems
Completion Equipment
Supply Chain Management
Drilling and Production Operations
– Training
Special Publications
Voluntary Operating Agreements and Bulletins
Health, Environment, and Safety
– Exploration and Production Safety Standards
– General
– Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials
– Waste
Security
1
1
2
6
6
10
14
15
16
16
18
21
22
24
26
26
28
32
34
35
37
38
38
38
40
40
41
41
Petroleum Measurement
43
– Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards
43
Marketing
65
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
General
Aviation
Marketing Operations
Used Oil
Tank Truck Operations
Motor Oils and Lubricants
Diesel Fuel
Health, Environment, and Safety
– General
– Waste
– Water
– Soil and Groundwater
– Security
65
65
66
67
67
68
68
Pipeline Transportation
71
–
–
–
–
71
71
75
75
Pipeline Public Education and Awareness
Pipeline Operations Publications
Pipeline Maintenance Welding
Security
68
68
68
69
69
Refining
77
– Inspection of Refinery Equipment
– Mechanical Equipment Standards for Refinery Service
– Equipment Datasheets
– Storage Tanks
– Pressure-Relieving Systems for Refinery Service
– Piping Component and Valve Standards
– Electrical Installations and Equipment
– Heat Transfer Equipment Standards for Refinery Service
– Instrumentation and Control Systems
– Technical Data Book Petroleum Refining
– Related Items
– Characterization and Thermodynamics
– Materials Engineering Publications
– Petroleum Products and Petroleum Product Surveys
– Process Safety Standards
– Health, Environment, and Safety
– General
– Soil and Groundwater
– Security
77
80
83
83
85
86
89
90
91
92
92
93
93
97
97
98
99
99
Safety and Fire Protection
101
– Upstream Safety Standards
– Multi-Segment Publications
– Storage Tank Safety Standards
101
102
107
Health and Environmental Issues
109
– Air Research
– Emissions: General
– Emissions: Exploration and Production
– Emissions: Marketing
– Emissions: Refining
– Emissions: Vehicles
– Exposure: Assessment and Monitoring
– Modeling
– Ozone
– Environment and Safety Data
– Human Health Related Research
– Natural Resource Damage Assessment
– Pollution Prevention
– Soil and Groundwater Research
– Contaminant Fate and Transport
– Remedial Technologies
– Site Characterization
– Environmental Stewardship Program Publications
– Storage Tank Research
– Surface Water Research
– Biomonitoring
– Effluents: Exploration and Production
– Effluents: Marketing
– Effluents: Refining
– Oil Spills
– Oil Spills: MSRC Reports
– Biennial Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
– Sediments
– Waste Research
109
109
111
112
112
114
114
115
115
115
116
118
119
120
121
123
124
126
126
127
129
130
130
131
131
133
135
136
136
2014 Publications Programs and Services
Table of Contents
API Data Products
139
Ordering Information
– API Data
– Software
139
140
Policy and Economic Studies
141
–
–
–
–
141
141
142
142
Mail Orders
API Publications
IHS
15 Inverness Way East
M/S C303B
Englewood, CO 80112-5776
USA
Discussion Papers
Research Studies
Other Publications
Papers on Specific Issues
Communications and Education Outreach
143
Translated Publications
145
–
–
–
–
145
148
149
150
Chinese
Kazakh
Russian
Spanish
Historical Publications
153
– MPMS Chapter 11.1—1980
– Withdrawn in 2013
– Withdrawn Publications
153
154
154
Publications by Number
169
Title Listing for Unnumbered Publications
193
IHS Global Info Centres Worldwide
195
API Publications Terms and Conditions
196
Meetings, Conferences,
Workshops, and Training Courses
197
Fax Orders
303-397-2740
Phone Orders
1-800-854-7179
(Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
303-397-7956
(Local and International)
Online Orders
www.api.org/publications
Questions?
1-800-624-3974 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
303-792-2181 (Local and International)
American Petroleum Institute | 1220 L Street, NW | Washington, DC 20005-4070 | USA
www.api.org
All prices and discounts in this catalog are effective January 1, 2014.
Copyright 2014—API, all rights reserved. API, API Data, the API logo, and the API Monogram logo are either trademarks or registered
trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, the Acrobat logo, and PostScript are either
trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Windows,
Windows 95, and Windows NT are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Exploration and Production
If you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
NOTE: Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $10.00 handling
charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges.
Spec Q2 
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Service Supply Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries
GENERAL: OIL FIELD EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
Defines the quality management system requirements for service supply
organizations for the petroleum and natural gas industries. It is intended to
apply to the provision of services during exploration, development, and
production in the oil and gas industry. This includes activities involved in
upstream oil and gas well construction, production, and abandonment. It is
intended to apply when specified by the operator to the service provided.
This document specifies requirements of a quality management system to
demonstrate an organization’s ability to consistently provide services that
meet customer and applicable statutory and regulatory requirements,
including processes for continual improvement of the system and the
assurance of conformity to customer and applicable and regulatory
requirements. Pages: 21
1st Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201 | Price: $80.00
The API Composite List
This is a directory of companies licensed to use the API Monogram and
APIQR Registration Mark. This directory also lists the companies who have
registered Perforator Designs with API, companies who participate in API’s
Training Provider Certification Program (TPCP), and ISO 14001 registered
firms. It provides an alphabetical list of approximately 3,000 manufacturers
licensed (at the time of publication) to mark their products with the
API Monogram. It also contains a classified listing (by specific API
specification) of these licensed manufacturers, as well as approximately 700
APIQR ISO 9000 registered firms. This directory was developed to assist
those individuals desiring to purchase products and services meeting API
specifications from companies whose quality systems and capabilities are
verified by API’s TPCP. It is updated and published quarterly. A searchable online version of the composite list is continuously updated and can be found
at www.api.org/compositelist.
Free*
Spec Q1 
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry
Defines the quality management system requirements for the design,
development, production, installation, and service of products for the
petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industry. This specification also
sets forth the minimum quality management system requirements, which
applied in conjunction with API industry standards are necessary to obtain a
license to use the API Monogram.
Establishes the minimum quality management system requirements for
organizations that manufacture products or provide manufacturing-related
processes under a product specification for use in the petroleum and natural
gas industry.
This specification specifies the requirements of a quality management
system for an organization to demonstrate its ability to consistently provide
reliable products and manufacturing-related processes that meet customer
and legal requirements.
The quality management system requirements specified in this specification
are in alignment with the section requirements and format of document used
for the provision of services and use of service-related product (Spec Q2).
Information marked “NOTE” are not requirements but are provided for
guidance in understanding or clarifying the associated requirement. Pages: 47
9th Edition | June 2013| Product Number: G0Q109 | Price: $120.00
You may access Spec Q1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec Q1 *
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec Q1.
9th Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109C | Price: $84.00
Spec Q2 *
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Service Supply Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec Q2.
1st Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201C | Price: $56.00
RP 1FSC 
Facilities Systems Completion Planning and Execution
Applies to a wide variety of projects within the oil and gas industry excluding
subsurface. Although intended for oil and gas industry, the process
described in this document can be applied to other industries as well. It is
intended that the processes and practices established herein can be
adapted and applied from a single piece of tagged equipment to a complex
petrochemical facility. The process described is intended to be applied at a
system level. The systems completion process is the sequential activities
within a project that verify and prove the construction, installation,
integration, testing, and preparation of systems have been completed as
designed, and thus, the facility is ready for start-up and operations. The
systems completion process is designed to help prepare and manage the
transfer of care, custody, and control of facilities under construction through
appropriate certification and documentation, such that the details of
progress are evident. Pages: 11
1st Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: G1FSC01 | Price: $60.00
TR 1PER15K-1 
Protocol for Verification and Validation of High-Pressure, HighTemperature Equipment
Focuses on an evaluation process for high-pressure high-temperature (HPHT)
equipment in the petroleum and natural gas industries, which includes
design verification analysis, design validation, material selection
considerations, and manufacturing process controls necessary to ensure the
equipment is fit-for-service in the applicable HPHT environment. HPHT
environments are intended to mean that one or more of the following well
conditions exist:
• the completion of the well requires completion equipment or well control
equipment assigned a temperature rating greater than 350 °F or a
pressure rating greater than 15,000 psig;
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
1
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
•
Spec 2B *
Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe—Chinese
the maximum anticipated surface pressure or shut-in tubing pressure is
greater than 15,000 psig on the seafloor for a well with a subsea
wellhead or at the surface for a well with a surface wellhead; or
• the flowing temperature is greater than 350 °F on the seafloor for a well
with a subsea wellhead or on the surface for a well with a surface
wellhead.
The design verification and validation protocols in this report are used as a
guide by the various API subcommittees to develop new and revised
standards on equipment specifications for HPHT service. This report is not
intended to replace existing API equipment specifications but to supplement
them by illustrating accepted practices and principles that may be
considered in order to maintain the safety and integrity of the equipment.
This report is intended to apply to the following equipment: wellheads, tubing
heads, tubulars, packers, connections, seals, seal assemblies, production
trees, chokes, and well control equipment. It may be used for other
equipment in HPHT service. Pages: 90
1st Edition | March 2013
Product Number: G1PER15K11 | Price: $147.00
OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
RP 2A-WSD
Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing and Constructing
Fixed Offshore Platforms—Working Stress Design
(includes Errata/Supplement 1 dated December 2002, Errata/
Supplement 2 dated September 2005, and Errata/Supplement 3 dated
August 2007)
Contains requirements for the design and construction of new platforms and
for the relocation of existing platforms used for drilling, development, and
storage of hydrocarbons in offshore areas. In addition, guidelines are
provided for the assessment of existing platforms in the event that it
becomes necessary to make a determination of the “fitness-for-purpose” of
the structure. Pages: 226
21st Edition | December 2000 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G2AWSD | Price: $352.00
You may access RP 2A-WSD in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2A-WSD-S2
Errata/Supplement 2 to Recommended Practice for Planning,
Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms—Working
Stress Design
Contains new provisions for determining joint strength criteria, greatly
expanded fatigue design considerations, and an improved presentation and
discussion for the assessment of existing platforms. Also included are
additional errata items and updated references to other standards.
Pages: 92
21st Edition | September 2005
Product Number: G2AWSDS| Price: $122.00
Spec 2B 
Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe
Covers the fabrication of structural steel pipe formed from plate steel with
longitudinal and circumferential butt-welded seams. Pipe is typically in sizes
of 14 in. outside diameter and greater, with a wall thickness 3/8 in. and
greater (up to a nominal 40 ft in length), and is suitable for use in
construction of welded offshore structures. The use of the electric resistance
welded process or spiral welded pipe is not included in this specification.
Pipe fabricated under this specification is intended to be used primarily in
piling and main structural members, including tubular truss connections,
where internal stiffeners are not usually required. Pages: 8
6th Edition | July 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G02B06 | Price: $83.00
Chinese translation of Spec 2B.
6th Edition | July 2001 | Product Number: G02B06C | Price: $59.00
Spec 2C 
Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes
(includes Errata 1 dated March 2013)
Provides requirements for design, construction, and testing of new offshore
pedestal-mounted cranes. For the purposes of this specification, offshore
cranes are defined as pedestal-mounted elevating and rotating lift devices
for transfer of materials or personnel to or from marine vessels, barges, and
structures.
Typical applications can include:
• offshore oil exploration and production applications; these cranes are
typically mounted on a fixed (bottom-supported) structure, floating
platform structure, or ship-hulled vessel used in drilling and production
operations;
• shipboard applications; these cranes are mounted on surface-type
vessels and are used to move cargo, containers, and other materials while
the crane is within a harbor or sheltered area; and
• heavy-lift applications; cranes for heavy-lift applications are mounted on
barges, self-elevating vessels or other vessels, and are used in
construction and salvage operations within a harbor or sheltered area or
in limited (mild) environmental conditions.
While there are many configurations of pedestal-mounted cranes covered in
the scope of this specification, it is not intended to be used for the design,
fabrication, and testing of davits or emergency escape devices. Additionally,
this specification does not cover the use of cranes for subsea lifting and
lowering operations or constant-tension systems. Pages: 124
7th Edition | March 2012 | Effective Date: October 1, 2012
Product Number: G02C07 | Price: $143.00
You may access Spec 2C in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 2C *
Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 2C.
7th Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G02C07C | Price: $101.00
Spec 2C *
Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 2C.
7th Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G02C07K | Price: $115.00
RP 2D
Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Cranes
Intended to serve as a guide to crane owners and operators in developing
operating and maintenance practices and procedures for use in the safe
operation of pedestal-mounted revolving cranes on fixed or floating offshore
platforms, jackup drilling rigs, semi-submersible drilling rigs, and other types
of mobile offshore drilling units. Guidelines are also given for the pre-use
inspection and testing of temporary cranes (also called self-erecting,
leapfrog, or bootstrap cranes) that are erected offshore. Pages: 54
6th Edition | May 2007 | 2-Year Extension: December 2012
Product Number: G02D06 | Price: $124.00
You may access RP 2D in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2D *
Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Cranes—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 2D.
6th Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G02D06K | Price: $100.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
2
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Spec 2F 
Mooring Chain
Spec 2H 
Carbon Manganese Steel Plate for Offshore Platform Tubular Joints
Covers flash-welded chain and forged center connecting links used for
mooring of offshore floating vessels such as drilling vessels, pipe lay barges,
derrick barges, and storage tankers. Pages: 16
6th Edition | June 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G02F06 | Price: $89.00
Covers two grades of intermediate strength steel plates up to 4 in. thick for
use in welded construction of offshore structures, in selected critical portions
that must resist impact, plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. These
steels are intended for fabrication primarily by cold forming and welding as
per Spec 2B. The welding procedure is of fundamental importance, and it is
presumed that procedures will be suitable for the steels and their intended
service. Conversely, the steels should be amenable to fabrication and
welding under shipyard and offshore conditions. Pages: 24
9th Edition | July 2006 | Effective Date: February 1, 2007
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02H09 | Price: $94.00
Spec 2F *
Mooring Chain—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 2F.
6th Edition | June 1997 | Product Number: G02F06C | Price: $63.00
RP 2FB
Recommended Practice for Design of Offshore Facilities Against Fire
and Blast Loading
Provides an assessment process for the consideration of fire and blast in the
design of offshore structures and includes guidance and examples for
setting performance criteria. This document complements the contents of
Section 18 of RP 2A-WSD, 21st Edition, with more comprehensive guidance
in design of both fixed and floating offshore structures against fire and blast
loading. Guidance on the implementation of safety and environmental
management practices and hazard identification, event definition and risk
assessment can be found in RP 75 and the RP 14 series. The interface with
these documents is identified and emphasized throughout, as structural
engineers need to work closely with facilities engineers experienced in
performing hazard analysis as described in RP 14J and with the operator's
safety management system as described in RP 75. Pages: 63
1st Edition | April 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G2FB01 | Price: $157.00
RP 2FPS
Planning, Designing, and Constructing Floating Production Systems
Provides guidelines for design, fabrication, installation, inspection, and
operation of floating production systems (FPSs). A FPS may be designed
with the capability of one or more stages of hydrocarbon processing, as well
as drilling, well workover, product storage, and export. This document
addresses only floating systems where a buoyant hull of some form supports
the deck, production, and other systems. Bottom-fixed components, such as
self-supporting risers, and station keeping systems, such as turret mooring,
catenary anchor leg mooring, single anchor leg mooring, etc. are considered
as ancillary components and are addressed in more detail in other API
recommended practices. Pages: 191
2nd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: G2FPS02 | Price: $186.00
You may access RP 2FPS in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2GEO/ISO 19901-4:2003
Geotechnical and Foundation Design Considerations
Contains requirements and recommendations for those aspects of
geoscience and foundation engineering that are applicable to a broad range
of offshore structures, rather than to a particular structure type. Such
aspects are site characterization, soil and rock characterization, design and
installation of foundations supported by the seabed (shallow foundations),
identification of hazards, and design of pile foundations. Aspects of soil
mechanics and foundation engineering that apply equally to offshore and
onshore structures are not addressed. The user of this document is expected
to be familiar with such aspects. Pages: 103
1st Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: GG2GEO01 | Price: $154.00
Bull 2HINS
Guidance for Post-Hurricane Structural Inspection of Offshore
Structures
Provides guidance for above- and below-water post-hurricane structural
inspections of fixed and floating structures in the Gulf of Mexico. The goal of
these special inspections is to determine if a structure sustained hurricaneinduced damage that affects the safety of personnel, the primary structural
integrity of the asset, or its ability to perform the purpose for which it was
intended. This document should be used in conjunction with the applicable
API recommended practices for the structure, as well as any structure
specific owner or regulatory requirements. Pages: 16
1st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: G2HINS01 | Price: $83.00
RP 2I
In-Service Inspection of Mooring Hardware for Floating Structures
Provides guidelines for inspecting mooring components of mobile offshore
drilling units (MODUs) and permanent floating installations. In this edition:
• inspection guidelines for steel permanent moorings on permanent
floating installations are added;
• inspection guidelines for fiber ropes used for permanent and MODU
moorings are included; and
• special guidance for MODU mooring inspection in the areas of tropical
cyclone is provided.
Although this recommended practice was developed for the primary
moorings of MODUs and permanent floating installations, some of the
guidelines may be applicable to moorings of other floating vessels such as
pipe-laying barges and construction vessels. Also some of the guidelines
may be applicable to secondary or emergency moorings such as mooring for
jack-up units, shuttle tanker mooring, and dynamic positioning vessel harbor
mooring. The applicability of this document to other floating vessels and
moorings is left to the discretion of the user. Pages: 73
3rd Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: G02I03 | Price: $148.00
Bull 2INT-DG
Interim Guidance for Design of Offshore Structures for Hurricane
Conditions
Provides guidance on the use of updated hurricane winds, waves, surge, and
current conditions in Bull 2INT-MET in the design of offshore structures in the
Gulf of Mexico, particularly in the central region and its adjoining transitions.
This bulletin is intended to cover the design of the structural systems of the
following types of offshore platforms:
• steel jacket or template platforms, towers, and compliant towers;
• minimum non-jacket and special structures (including caissons) defined
in RP 2A-WSD;
• tension leg platforms; and
• moored, floating platforms (semi-submersible shaped, spar shaped, ship
shaped).
Bull 2INT-DG should be used in conjunction with RP 2A-WSD, Bull 2TD,
RP 2T, RP 2FPS, RP 2SK, and RP 2RD. Pages: 9
1st Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G2DGINT | Price: $57.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
3
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Bull 2INT-EX
Interim Guidance for Design of Existing Offshore Structures for
Hurricane Conditions
these steels is for Class “B” applications as defined in RP 2A-WSD. Spec 2H,
Spec 2W, and Spec 2Y cover other steels providing improved mechanical
properties and toughness for Class “A” applications and should be used
where substantial z-direction stresses are expected. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | September 2001 | Effective Date: March 1, 2002
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G2MT12 | Price: $83.00
Provides guidance on the use of updated hurricane winds, waves, surge, and
current conditions in Bull 2INT-MET for the assessment of existing offshore
structures in the Gulf of Mexico, particularly in the central region and its
adjoining transitions. This bulletin is intended to cover the design of the
structural systems of the following types of offshore platforms:
• steel jacket or template platforms, towers, and compliant towers;
• minimum non-jacket and special structures (including caissons) defined
in RP 2A-WSD;
• tension leg platforms; and
• moored, floating platforms (semi-submersible shaped, spar shaped, ship
shaped).
Bull 2INT-EX should be used in conjunction with RP 2A-WSD, Bull 2TD,
RP 2T, RP 2FPS, RP 2SK, and RP 2RD. Pages: 11
1st Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G2EXINT | Price: $57.00
Bull 2INT-MET
Interim Guidance on Hurricane Conditions in the Gulf of Mexico
(includes Errata 1 dated October 2007)
Presents hurricane-driven metocean conditions (wind, wave, current, and
surge) for use with and reference by other API standards. These conditions
are intended to replace the conditions currently found in RP 2A-WSD. The
hurricane metocean conditions presently contained in the 21st Edition of
RP 2A-WSD have not been updated since 1993. Since that time, several
major severe storms, most notably Opal (1995), Ivan (2004), and Katrina
(2005) have affected the Gulf, resulting in increases to local extremes in the
areas affected by these storms. Most importantly, however, industry’s
understanding of hurricane risk has continues to evolve. A new set of
hurricane conditions have been derived for reference by other API standards
using the latest hindcast storm record and incorporating the industry’s best
understanding to date of the regional dependence of storm intensity.
Conditions are presented for four regions: West, West Central, Central, and
East. Pages: 54
1st Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G2INTMET | Price: $85.00
RP 2L
Planning, Designing and Constructing Heliports for Fixed Offshore
Platforms
Provides a guide for planning, designing, and constructing heliports for fixed
offshore platforms. It includes operational consideration guidelines, design
load criteria, heliport size and marking recommendations, and other heliport
design recommendations. Pages: 14
4th Edition | May 1996 | Effective Date: June 1, 1996
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02L04 | Price: $83.00
RP 2MOP/ISO 19901-6:2009
Marine Operations
Provides requirements and guidance for the planning and engineering of
marine operations, encompassing the design and analysis of the
components, systems, equipment, and procedures required to perform
marine operations, as well as the methods or procedures developed to carry
them out safely. This document is also applicable to modifications of existing
structures, e.g. installation of additional topsides modules.
This edition of API RP 2MOP is the identical national adoption of
ISO 19901-6:2009. Pages: 168
1st Edition | July 2010 | Product Number: GG2M0P1 | Price: $243.00
Spec 2MT1 
Carbon Manganese Steel Plate with Improved Toughness for
Offshore Structures
Covers one grade of intermediate strength steel plates for use in welded
construction of offshore structures. These steels are intended for fabrication
primarily by cold forming and welding as per Spec 2B. The primary use of
4
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Spec 2MT2 
Rolled Shapes with Improved Notch Toughness
Covers rolled shapes (wide flange shapes, angles, etc.), having a specified
minimum yield strength of 50 ksi (345 Mpa), intended for use in offshore
structures. Commonly available Class A, Class B, and Class C beams refer to
degrees of fracture criticality as described in RP 2A-WSD, with Class C being
for the least critical applications. For special critical applications, Class AAZ
shapes may be specified, by agreement, using Supplement S101. Pages: 8
1st Edition | June 2002 | Effective Date: December 1, 2002
Reaffirmed: October 2010 | Product Number: G2MT21 | Price: $79.00
RP 2N
Planning, Designing, and Constructing Structures and Pipelines for
Arctic Conditions
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2009)
Contains considerations that are unique for planning, designing, and
constructing arctic systems. Used with other applicable codes and standards
like RP 2A-WSD or RP 1111, this recommended practice provides guidance
to those involved in the design of arctic systems. The systems covered in this
recommended practice for the arctic environment include the following:
• offshore concrete, steel, and hybrid structures, sand islands, and gravel
islands used as platforms for exploration drilling or production;
• offshore ice islands used as platforms for exploration drilling;
• near shore causeways;
• offshore pipelines; and
• shore crossings for pipelines. Pages: 82
2nd Edition | December 1995 | Reaffirmed: April 2007
Product Number: G02N02 | Price: $142.00
RP 2RD 
Dynamic Risers for Floating Production Systems
Addresses structural analysis procedures, design guidelines, component
selection criteria, and typical designs for all new riser systems used on
floating production systems (FPSs). Guidance is also given for developing
load information for the equipment attached to the ends of the risers. The
recommended practice for structural design of risers, as reflected in this
document, is generally based on the principles of limiting stresses in the
risers and related components under normal, extreme, and accidental
conditions. This document assumes that the risers will be made of steel or
titanium pipe or unbonded flexible pipe. However, other materials, such as
aluminum, are not excluded if risers built using these materials can be
shown to be fit for purpose. Design considerations for unbonded flexible pipe
are included primarily by reference to RP 17B and Spec 17J. Pages: 81
2nd Edition | September 2013
Product Number: G2RD02 | Price: $245.00
You may access RP 2RD in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Bull 2S
Design of Windlass Wildcats for Floating Offshore Structures
Covers the design of windlass wildcats to ensure proper fit and function
between wildcat and mooring chain. Wildcats are of the five-whelp type for
use with studlink anchor chain conforming to the classification society
Grades 1, 2, and 3, ORQ, and Grade 4 chain. Wildcat dimensions are
provided for chains in integral 1/8 in. (3 mm) steps, ranging in size from 2 in.
to 4 in. (51 mm to 102 mm). Wildcat dimensions for chain in intermediate
1/16 in. (1.5 mm) steps are not provided, but wildcats in these sizes are
permitted within the scope of this publication. Pages: 7
2nd Edition | November 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2001
Product Number: G02S02 | Price: $76.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Spec 2SC 
Manufacture of Structural Steel Castings for Primary Offshore
Applications
RP 2T
Planning, Designing, and Constructing Tension Leg Platforms
Castings manufactured to this specification are intended for use in the
fabrication of offshore structures, manufacture of critical marine or
mechanical or other system components intended for application on
permanent offshore structures, or for components used in the construction
of offshore tendons, risers, and pipelines. This specification is based on the
experience acquired during the design, construction, operation, and
maintenance of offshore processing units and permanent facilities, as
supplemented with the experience of operating companies with topsides,
fixed platforms, floating structures (e.g. tension leg platforms and spars),
and their tendons and risers. Castings in these applications tend to be
limited production components, with relatively few replications, and receive
more intense scrutiny than routine mass production runs. Pages: 29
1st Edition | September 2009 | Effective Date: March 1, 2010
Product Number: G2SC01 | Price: $114.00
Spec 2SF 
Manufacture of Structural Steel Forgings for Primary Offshore
Applications
Castings manufactured to this specification are intended for use in the
fabrication of offshore structures, manufacture of critical marine or
mechanical or other system components intended for application on
permanent offshore structures, or for components used in the construction
of offshore tendons, risers, and pipelines. This specification is based on the
experience acquired during the design, construction, operation, and
maintenance of offshore processing units and permanent facilities, as
supplemented with the experience of operating companies with topsides,
fixed platforms, floating structures (e.g. tension leg platforms and spars),
and their tendons and risers. Castings in these applications tend to be
limited production components, with relatively few replications, and receive
more intense scrutiny than routine mass production runs. Pages: 26
1st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: G2SF01 | Price: $85.00
RP 2SK
Design and Analysis of Stationkeeping Systems for Floating
Structures
(includes Addendum 1 dated May 2008)
Presents a rational method for analyzing, designing or evaluating mooring
systems used with floating units. This method provides a uniform analysis
tool which, when combined with an understanding of the environment at a
particular location, the characteristics of the unit being moored, and other
factors, can be used to determine the adequacy and safety of the mooring
system. Some design guidelines for dynamic positioning systems are also
included. Appendix K of RP 2SK replaces RP 95F. Pages 181
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: G2SK03 | Price: $127.00
You may access RP 2SK in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2SM
Recommended Practice for Design, Manufacture, Installation, and
Maintenance of Synthetic Fiber Ropes for Offshore Mooring
(includes Addendum 1 dated May 2007)
Provides guidelines on the use of synthetic fiber ropes for offshore mooring
applications. The secondary purpose of this document is to highlight
differences between synthetic rope and traditional steel mooring systems,
and to provide practical guidance on how to handle these differences during
system design and installation. Pages: 55
1st Edition | March 2001 | Product Number: G02SM1 | Price: $170.00
You may access RP 2SM in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Contains a guide to the designer in organizing an efficient approach to the
design of a tension leg platform. Emphasis is placed on participation of all
engineering disciplines during each stage of planning, development, design,
construction, installation, and inspection. This publication contains
guidelines developed from the latest practices in designing tension leg
platforms and are adapted from successful techniques employed for related
structural systems in the offshore and marine industries. Pages: 254
3rd Edition | July 2010 | Product Number: G02T03 | Price: $227.00
You may access RP 2T in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Bull 2TD
Guidelines for Tie-Downs on Offshore Production Facilities for
Hurricane Season
Addresses the need to evaluate the tie-downs in use on offshore production
facilities for drilling rigs, permanent equipment, and facilities such as
quarters, helidecks, etc. The information contained in this document is
presented as recommendations to improve tie-down performance during
hurricanes. Bull 2TD also addresses situations where failure of a drilling or
workover rig would result in significant damage to the platform or adjacent
infrastructure. Pages: 3
1st Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: G2TD01 | Price: $51.00
Bull 2U
Stability Design of Cylindrical Shells
Contains semi-empirical formulations for evaluating buckling strength of
stiffened and unstiffened cylindrical shells. Pages: 146
3rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: G02U03 | Price: $191.00
Bull 2V
Design of Flat Plate Structures
(includes Errata 1 dated March 2008)
Provides guidance for the design of steel flat plate structures. Pages: 139
3rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: G02V03 | Price: $191.00
Spec 2W 
Steel Plates for Offshore Structures, Produced by ThermoMechanical Control Processing (TMCP)
Covers two grades of high strength steel plates for use in welded
construction of offshore structures, in selected critical portions that must
resist impact, plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. Grade 50 is
covered in thicknesses up to 6 in. (150 mm) inclusive, and Grade 60 is
covered in thicknesses up to 4 in. (100 mm) inclusive. Pages: 15
5th Edition | December 2006 | Effective Date: June 1, 2007
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02W05 | Price: $94.00
Spec 2W *
Steel Plates for Offshore Structures, Produced by ThermoMechanical Control Processing (TMCP)—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 2W.
5th Edition | December 2006 | Product Number: G02W05R | Price: $76.00
RP 2X
Ultrasonic and Magnetic Examination of Offshore Structural
Fabrication and Guidelines for Qualification of Technicians
Contains guidance on commonly used nondestructive examination (NDE)
methods such as visual (VT), penetrant (PT), magnetic particle (MT),
radiography (RT), and ultrasonic (UT) examinations, which are routinely used
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
5
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
in offshore structural fabrication. This recommended practice primarily
addresses the MT and UT methods. Guidance on VT, PT, and RT is
incorporated by reference to AWS D1.1. Further recommendations are
offered for determining the qualifications of personnel using MT and UT
techniques. Recommendations are also offered for the integration of these
techniques into a general quality control program. The interrelationship
between joint design, the significance of defects in welds, and the ability of
NDE personnel to detect critical-size defects is also discussed. Pages: 77
4th Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G02X04 | Price: $147.00
DERRICKS AND MASTS
Spec 2Y 
Specification for Steel Plates, Quenched-and-Tempered, for Offshore
Structures
Covers two grades of high strength steel plate for use in welded construction
of offshore structures, in selected critical portions that must resist impact,
plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. Grade 50 is covered in
thicknesses up to 6 in. (150 mm) inclusive, and Grade 60 is covered in
thicknesses up to 4 in. (100 mm) inclusive. Pages: 13
5th Edition | December 2006 | Effective Date: June 1, 2007
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02Y05 | Price: $94.00
RP 2Z
Preproduction Qualification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures
Covers requirements for preproduction qualification, by special welding and
mechanical testing, of specific steelmaking and processing procedures for
the manufacture of steel of a specified chemical composition range by a
specific steel producer. This is a recommended practice for material
selection and qualification, but not for the performance of production weld
joints. This recommended practice was developed in conjunction with, and is
intended primarily for use with, Spec 2W and Spec 2Y. However, it may be
used as a supplement to other material specifications (e.g. Spec 2H) if so
desired. Pages: 19
4th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G02Z04 | Price: $119.00
RP 95J
Gulf of Mexico Jackup Operations for Hurricane Season—Interim
Recommendations
Presents an interim approach to siting jackup mobile offshore drilling units
and to recommend certain operational procedures to enhance jackup
survivability and stationkeeping during hurricane season in the Gulf of
Mexico during drilling, workover, and while stacked (idled) at a nonsheltered
location. This recommended practice provides guidance and processes and
when combined with an understanding of the environment at a particular
location, the characteristics of the unit being utilized, and other factors, may
be used to enhance operational integrity. This recommended practice was
developed through a cooperative arrangement with the International
Association of Drilling Contractors’ Jackup Rig Committee. Specifically, this
recommended practice provides guidance in the following areas:
• site-including location-specific, geotechnical, and metocean;
• preloading process;
• air gap recommendations;
• unit preparations and evacuation;
• post storm recovery; and
• post storm inspections. Pages: 15
1st Edition | June 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G95J01 | Price: $62.00
You may access RP 95J in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 4F 
Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures
Covers the design, manufacture, and use of steel derricks, portable masts,
crown block assemblies, and substructures suitable for drilling and wellservicing operations in the petroleum industry. It includes requirements for
marking, inspection, a uniform method of rating, and design loading for the
equipment. This specification provides two product specification levels that
define two levels of technical and quality requirements. Pages: 52
4th Edition | January 2013 | Effective Date: August 1, 2013
Product Number: G04G04 | Price: $115.00
Spec 4F *
Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 4F.
4th Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: G04F04C | Price: $81.00
RP 4G
Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well
Servicing Structures
(includes Errata 1 dated September 2013)
Provides guidelines and establishes recommended procedures for
inspection, maintenance, and repair of items for drilling and well servicing
structures in order to maintain the serviceability of this equipment. The
information in this document should be considered as supplemental to, and
not as a substitute for, the manufacturer’s instructions and the
recommendations in RP 54. Items of drilling and well servicing structures
covered by this document include:
• masts/derricks and accessories and
• substructures and accessories.
Crown block sheaves and bearings are covered under RP 8B. Offshore masts,
derricks, substructures, and accessories are not under the scope of this
document relative to 6.2.4, Category IV inspection requirements. Pages: 57
4th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: G04G04 | Price: $116.00
RP 4G *
Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well
Servicing Structures—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 4G.
4th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: G04G04C | Price: $82.00
TUBULAR GOODS
RP 5A3/ISO 13678:2010
Recommended Practice on Thread Compounds for Casing, Tubing,
Line Pipe, and Drill Stem Elements
(includes Errata 1 dated April 2011)
Provides requirements, recommendations, and methods for the testing of
thread compounds intended for use on threaded casing, tubing, and line
pipe connections; and for thread compounds intended for use on rotary
shouldered connections. The tests outlined are used to evaluate the critical
performance properties and physical and chemical characteristics of thread
compounds under laboratory conditions.
This edition of API RP 5A3 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13678:2010. Pages: 47
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: GX5A303 | Price: $145.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
6
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 5A5/ISO 15463:2003
Field Inspection of New Casing, Tubing, and Plain-End Drill Pipe
RP 5C1
Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Casing and Tubing
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2009)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for field inspection and
testing of oil country tubular goods. This document covers the practices and
technology commonly used in field inspection; however, certain practices
may also be suitable for mill inspections. Covers the qualification of
inspection personnel, a description of inspection methods and apparatus
calibration, and standardization procedures for various inspection methods.
The evaluation of imperfections and marking of inspected oil country tubular
goods (OCTG) are included. Applicable to field inspection of OCTG and is not
applicable for use as a basis for acceptance or rejection.
This edition of API RP 5A5 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 15463:2003. Pages: 118
7th Edition | June 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: GX5A507 | Price: $157.00
Covers use, transportation, storage, handling, and reconditioning of casing
and tubing. Pages: 31
18th Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G05C18 | Price: $115.00
Spec 5B 
Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads
Covers dimensions and marking requirements for API Master thread gauges.
Additional product threads and thread gauges as well as instruments and
methods for the inspection of threads for line pipe, round thread casing,
buttress casing, and extreme-line casing connections are included. It is
applicable when so stipulated in the API standard governing the product. The
inspection procedures for measurements of taper, lead, height, and angle of
thread are applicable to threads having 11 1/2 or less turns per in. (11 1/2
or less turns per 25.4 mm). All thread dimensions shown without tolerances
are related to the basis for connection design and are not subject to
measurement to determine acceptance or rejection of product. Pages: 125
15th Edition | April 2008 | Effective Date: October 1, 2008
2-Year Extension: June 2013 | Product Number: G5B015 | Price: $118.00
Spec 5B *
Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5B.
15th Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: G05B15C | Price: $83.00
Spec 5B *
Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 5B.
15th Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: G05B15K | Price: $95.00
RP 5B1
Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads
(includes Addendum 1 dated September 2004)
Covers threading, gauging, gauging practice, and inspection of threads for
casing, tubing, and line pipe made under Spec 5CT, Spec 5DP, and Spec 5L.
Also covers gauge specifications and certification for casing, tubing, and line
pipe gauges. Pages: 48
5th Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G5B105 | Price: $142.00
RP 5B1 *
Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads—
Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5B1.
5th Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G05B15K | Price: $114.00
TR 5C3/ISO 10400:2007
Technical Report on Equations and Calculations for Casing, Tubing,
and Line Pipe Used as Casing or Tubing; and Performance
Properties Tables for Casing and Tubing
Illustrates the equations and templates necessary to calculate the various
pipe properties given in international standards, including:
• pipe performance properties, such as axial strength, internal pressure
resistance, and collapse resistance;
• minimum physical properties;
• product assembly force (torque);
• product test pressures;
• critical product dimensions related to testing criteria;
• critical dimensions of testing equipment; and
• critical dimensions of test samples.
This edition of API TR 5C3 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10400:2007 and supersedes Bull 5C2 and Bull 5C3. Pages: 378
1st Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: G5C301 | Price: $206.00
RP 5C5/ISO 13679:2002
Recommended Practice on Procedures for Testing Casing and
Tubing Connections
Establishes minimum design verification testing procedures and acceptance
criteria for casing and tubing connections for the oil and natural gas
industries. These physical tests are part of a design verification process and
provide objective evidence that the connection conforms to the
manufacturer’s claimed test load envelope and limit loads.
This edition of API RP 5C5 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13679:2002. Pages: 139
3rd Edition | July 2003 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: GX5C503 | Price: $163.00
RP 5C6
Welding Connections to Pipe
Provides a standard industry practice for the shop or field welding of
connectors to pipe. The technical content provides requirements for welding
procedure qualification, welder performance qualification, materials, testing,
production welding, and inspection. Additionally, suggestions for ordering are
included. Pages: 7
2nd Edition | March 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2012
Product Number: G05C62 | Price: $86.00
Spec 5CRA/ISO 13680:2010 
Specification for Corrosion Resistant Alloy Seamless Tubes for Use
as Casing, Tubing and Coupling Stock
(includes Errata 1 dated August 2011)
Specifies the technical delivery conditions for corrosion-resistant alloy
seamless tubulars for casing, tubing, and coupling stock for two product
specification levels.
This edition of API Spec 5CRA is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13680:2010. Pages: 87
1st Edition | February 2010 | Effective Date: August 1, 2010
Product Number: GG5CRA01 | Price: $155.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
7
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 5CT 
Specification for Casing and Tubing
RP 5L1
Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe
(includes Errata 1 dated September 2012)
Specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel pipes (casing, tubing,
and pup joints), coupling stock, coupling material, and accessory material
and establishes requirements for three product specification levels (PSL-1,
PSL-2, PSL-3). The requirements for PSL-1 are the basis of this standard.
The requirements that define different levels of standard technical
requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3, for all Grades except H-40, L-80 9Cr,
and C110, are contained in Annex H. This standard can also be applied to
tubulars with connections not covered by API standards. This standard is not
applicable to threading requirements. Pages: 269
9th Edition | July 2011 | Effective Date: January 1, 2012
Product Number: G5CT09 | Price: $237.00
Applies to the transportation on railcars of Spec 5L steel line pipe in sizes
2 3/8 and larger in lengths longer than single random. These
recommendations cover coated or uncoated pipe, but they do not
encompass loading practices designed to protect pipe coating from
damage. Pages: 5
7th Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: G5L107 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP 5L1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 5CT *
Specification for Casing and Tubing—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5CT.
9th Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09C | Price: $166.00
Spec 5DP/ISO 11961:2008 
Specification for Drill Pipe
Specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel drill-pipes with upset
pipe-body ends and weld-on tool joints for use in drilling and production
operations in petroleum and natural gas industries for three product
specification levels (PSL-1, PSL-2, and PSL-3).
This document covers the following grades of drill-pipe:
• Grade E drill-pipe and
• high-strength grades of drill-pipe, Grades X, G, and S.
This document can also be used for drill-pipe with tool joints not specified by
ISO or API standards. This document is based on Spec 5D and Spec 7.
This edition of API Spec 5DP is the identical national adoption of
ISO 11961:2008. Pages: 112
1st Edition | August 2009 | Effective Date: August 1, 2010
Product Number: GX5DP01 | Price: $181.00
Spec 5DP/ISO 11961:2008 *
Specification for Drill Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5DP.
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX5DP01C | Price: $127.00
Spec 5L 
Specification for Line Pipe
Specifies requirements for the manufacture of two product specification
levels (PSL 1 and PSL 2) of seamless and welded steel pipes for use in
pipeline transportation systems in the petroleum and natural gas industries.
Pages: 180
45th Edition | December 2012 | Effective Date: July 1, 2013
Product Number: G05L45 | Price: $258.00
You may access Spec 5L in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 5L *
Specification for Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5L.
45th Edition | December 2012
Product Number: G05L45C | Price: $181.00
RP 5L2
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for NonCorrosive Gas Transmission Service
Provides for the internal coating of line pipe used for non-corrosive natural
gas service. It is limited to the application of internal coatings on new pipe
prior to installation. Pages: 21
4th Edition | July 2002 | Reaffirmed: December 2007
Product Number: G5L204 | Price: $83.00
RP 5L2 *
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for NonCorrosive Gas Transmission Service—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5L2.
4th Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204K | Price: $67.00
RP 5L2 *
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for NonCorrosive Gas Transmission Service—Russian
Russian translation of RP 5L2.
4th Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204R | Price: $67.00
RP 5L3
Recommended Practice for Conducting Drop-Weight Tear Tests on
Line Pipe
Describes procedures for a recommended method for conducting dropweight tear tests to measure the fracture appearance or fracture ductility of
line pipe as referenced in Spec 5L. Pages: 9
3rd Edition | January 1996 | Reaffirmed: October 2008
Product Number: G05L33 | Price: $83.00
RP 5L7
Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Coating of Line Pipe
Provides recommendations for materials, application, testing, and inspection
of internal fusion bonded epoxy coatings on line pipe. Pages: 25
2nd Edition | June 1988 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G02906 | Price: $89.00
RP 5L7 *
Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Coating of Line Pipe—Russian
Russian translation of RP 5L7.
2nd Edition | June 1988 | Product Number: G02906R | Price: $72.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
8
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 5L8
Field Inspection of New Line Pipe
in both the oil and natural gas industries. Covers welded steel continuously
milled coiled line pipe in the size range 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) to 6.625 in.
(168.3 mm). Pipe that is pipe-to-pipe welded outside the confines of the
manufacturing plant is not included within this document. Pages: 42
2nd Edition | October 2006 | Reaffirmed: November 2012
Product Number: G5LCP2 | Price: $146.00
Covers the qualification of inspection personnel, a description of inspection
methods, and apparatus calibration and standardization procedures for
various inspection methods. The evaluation of imperfections and marking of
inspected new line pipe are included. Also included are recommended
procedures for field inspection and testing of new plain-end line pipe. This
document was prepared specifically to address the practices and technology
used in field inspection of line pipe, and certain parts are not suitable or
appropriate for mill inspections. Pages: 39
2nd Edition | December 1996 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G05L82 | Price: $125.00
Spec 5LCP *
Specification on Coiled Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5LCP.
2nd Edition | October 2006 | Product Number: G5LCP2C | Price: $103.00
Spec 5LD 
CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe
RP 5L8 *
Field Inspection of New Line Pipe—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5L8.
2nd Edition | December 1996
Product Number: G05L82K | Price: $100.00
Spec 5L9 
Recommended Practice for External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
of Line Pipe
Provides standards for pipe suitable for use in conveying gas, water, and oil
in both the oil and natural gas industries. Covers seamless and welded steel
line pipe, including standard-weight and extra-strong threaded line pipe; and
standard-weight plain-end, regular-weight plain-end, special plain-end,
extra-strong plain-end, and double-extra-strong plain-end pipe; as well as
bell and spigot and through-flowing pipe. Pages: 35
1st Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G5L901 | Price: $79.00
Spec 5L9 *
Recommended Practice for External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
of Line Pipe—Kazakh
Covers seamless, centrifugal cast, and welded clad steel line pipe, and lined
steel pipe with improved corrosion-resistant properties. The clad and lined
steel line pipe specified in this document shall be composed of a base metal
outside and CRA layer inside the pipe. The base material shall conform to
Spec 5L, except as modified in the Spec 5LC document. Provides standards
for pipe with improved corrosion resistance suitable for use in conveying gas,
water, and oil in both the oil and natural gas industries. Pages: 36
3rd Edition | March 2009 | Effective Date: September 1, 2009
Product Number: G05LD3 | Price: $129.00
Spec 5LD *
CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5LD.
3rd Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G05LD3C | Price: $91.00
RP 5LT
Recommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line Pipe
Kazakh translation of Spec 5L9.
1st Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901K | Price: $64.00
Applies to the transportation of coated or bare line pipe in sizes 2 3/8 in.
(60.3 mm) and larger on trailers. RP 5LT was developed and exists to
minimize transportation damage, including transit fatigue, for bare and
coated line pipe of sizes 2 3/8 in. (60.3 mm) and greater. Pages: 6
1st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G5LT01 | Price: $59.00
Spec 5L9 *
Recommended Practice for External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
of Line Pipe—Russian
RP 5LW
Recommended Practice for Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges
and Marine Vessels
Russian translation of Spec 5L9.
1st Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901R | Price: $64.00
Applies to the transportation of Spec 5L steel line pipe by ship or barge.
Covers both inland and marine waterways except in cases where the specific
requirement of a paragraph references only marine or only inland-waterway
transport. Pages: 5
3rd Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: G5LW03 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP 5LW in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 5LC 
Specification for CRA Line Pipe
Covers seamless, centrifugal cast, and welded corrosion resistant alloy line
pipe as well as austenitic stainless, martensitic stainless, duplex stainless,
and Ni base alloys. Also includes standard weight; regular weight; special,
extra strong, and double extra strong plain end line pipe; processes of
manufacturer, chemical, and physical requirements; and methods of testing.
Metric units in this specification are shown in italic type in parentheses in the
text and in many tables. Pages: 72
3rd Edition | July 1998 | Effective Date: December 31, 1998
Reaffirmed: August 2006 | Product Number: G05LC3 | Price: $157.00
Spec 5LCP 
Specification on Coiled Line Pipe
(includes Errata 1 dated July 2007)
Provides standards for pipe suitable for use in conveying gas, water, and oil
RP 5SI
Recommended Practice for Purchaser Representative Surveillance
and/or Inspection at the Supplier
Establishes a set of general guidelines addressing the protocol between
purchasers, suppliers, and the purchaser representative for surveillance
and/or inspection by the purchaser representative. It is a general document
for use at the request of the purchaser of API products and is intended to
provide only general guidance to the industry. Addresses the relationship
and responsibility of the purchaser, suppliers, and purchaser representatives
regarding surveillance and/or inspection of products from placement of the
order or the preproduction meeting, as appropriate, through the point of title
transfer from suppliers to purchasers. Pages: 7
1st Edition | January 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2012
Product Number: G5SI01 | Price: $57.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
9
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 5ST 
Specification for Coiled Tubing—U.S. Customary and SI Units
RP 5UE
Recommended Practice for Ultrasonic Evaluation of Pipe
Imperfections
Covers the manufacturing, inspection, and testing of all carbon and low alloy
steel coiled tubing in Grades CT70, CT80, CT90, CT100, and CT110, in the
designations and wall thicknesses given in Table A.5, that can be used as
work strings, completion strings, and static installations in oil and gas wells.
Coiled tubing may be ordered to this specification. Coiled tubing is
manufactured using the continuously milled process. This specification does
not cover the joining of seamless or welded tubing segments in lengths less
than 200 ft (61 m). Pages 68
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: G5ST01 | Price: $134.00
Spec 5ST *
Specification for Coiled Tubing—U.S. Customary and SI Units—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5ST.
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: G5ST01C | Price: $94.00
Std 5T1
Standard on Imperfection Terminology
(includes Addendum 1 dated September 2003)
Provides definitions in English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, and
Spanish for a number of defects that commonly occur in steel pipe.
Pages: 44
10th Edition | September 2003 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G05T10 | Price: $115.00
TR 5TP 
Torque-Position Assembly Guidelines for API Casing and Tubing
Connections
Provides alternative connection assembly procedures to those found in API
5B (power turns) and those found in API 5C1 (optimum torque). The
procedures set forth are referred to as "torque-position" because the makeup torque and final position are used as acceptance criteria for the assembly
operation. The connections are threaded in accordance with API 5B. The
torque-position assembly parameters have been developed for most SC
(short round thread casing), LC (long round thread casing), BC (buttress
thread casing), and EU (external upset tubing) connections.
Torque-position is a precision assembly method that relies on a controlled
process for successful implementation. When defined threading and
assembly procedures are followed, the performance of the resulting
assembled connection is optimized. Pages: 30
1st Edition | December 2013 | Product Number: G5TP01 | Price: $115.00
TR 5TRSR22
Technical Report in SR22 Supplementary Requirements for
Enhanced Leak Resistance LTC
Covers the supplemental requirements for Enhanced Leak Resistance LTC
(SC22) connections and the changes in Spec 5CT, Spec 5B, RP 5B1, and
RP 5C1 needed to produce and inspect these connections. By agreement
between the purchaser and manufacturer, the supplemental requirements
for SR22 shall apply to connections manufactured in accordance with
Spec 5CT. Pages: 24
1st Edition | June 2002 | Product Number: GSR221 | Price: $88.00
(includes Addendum 1 dated April 2009)
Describes procedures that may be used to “prove-up” the depth or size of
imperfections. Included in this practice are the recommended procedures for
ultrasonic prove-up inspection of new pipe using the Amplitude Comparison
Technique and the Amplitude-Distance Differential Technique for evaluation of:
• surface breaking imperfections in the body of pipe;
• surface breaking and subsurface imperfections in the weld area of electric
resistance, electric induction, or laser welded pipe; and
• surface breaking and subsurface imperfections in the weld area of arc
welded pipe. Pages: 22
2nd Edition | June 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: G5UE02 | Price: $79.00
VALVES AND WELLHEAD EQUIPMENT
Spec 6A/ISO 10423:2009 
Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2011, Addendum 1 and Errata 2
dated November 2011, Addendum 2 dated November 2012,
Addendum 3 dated March 2013, Errata 4 dated August 2013, and
Errata 5 dated November 2013)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the performance,
dimensional and functional interchangeability, design, materials, testing,
inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, shipment, purchasing, repair,
and remanufacture of wellhead and christmas tree equipment for use in the
petroleum and natural gas industries. This specification does not apply to field
use, field testing, or field repair of wellhead and christmas tree equipment.
This specification is applicable to the following specific equipment: wellhead
equipment (casing head housings, casing head spools, tubing head spools,
cross-over spools, multi-stage head housings and spools); connectors and
fittings (cross-over connectors, tubing head adapters, top connectors, tees
and crosses, fluid-sampling devices, adapter and spacer spools); casing and
tubing hangers (mandrel hangers, slip hangers); valves and chokes (single
valves, multiple valves, actuated valves, valves prepared for actuators, check
valves, chokes, surface and underwater safety valves and actuators, backpressure valves); loose connectors (weld neck connectors, blind connectors,
threaded connectors, adapter and spacer connectors, bullplugs, valveremoval plugs); and other equipment (actuators, hubs, pressure boundary
penetrations, ring gaskets, running and testing tools, wear bushings).
This specification defines service conditions, in terms of pressure,
temperature, and material class for the well-bore constituents, and operating
conditions. This document establishes requirements for five product
specification levels (PSL). These five PSL designations define different levels
of technical quality requirements.
This edition of API Spec 6A is the modified national adoption of
ISO 10423:2009. Pages: 436
20th Edition | October 2010 | Effective Date: April 1, 2011
Product Number: GX06A20 | Price: $260.00
You may access Spec 6A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 6A/ISO 10423:2009 *
Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 6A.
20th Edition | October 2010
Product Number: GX06A20C | Price: $182.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
10
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 6A718
Nickel Base Alloy 718 (UNS N07718) for Oil and Gas Drilling and
Production Equipment
TR 6AF2 
Technical Report on Capabilities of API Integral Flanges Under
Combination of Loading—Phase II
(includes Errata 1 dated April 2010)
Provides requirements for nickel base alloy 718 (UNS N07718) that are
intended to supplement the existing requirements of Spec 6A and
ISO 10423. These additional requirements include detailed process control
requirements and detailed testing requirements. The purpose of these
additional requirements is to ensure that the nickel base alloy 718 used in
the manufacture of Spec 6A or ISO 10423 pressure-containing and
pressure-controlling components is not embrittled by the presence of an
excessive level of deleterious phases. This standard is intended to apply to
pressure containing and pressure controlling components covered by
Spec 6A and ISO 10423 but is not invoked by Spec 6A and ISO 10423.
This standard is applicable when invoked by the equipment manufacturer or
the equipment purchaser. Pages: 18
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: G6A7182 | Price: $88.00
Evaluates the load carrying capacity of Spec 6A integral flanges, including
the end tension and bending moment in addition to the conventional rated
pressure and makeup forces. The effect of a temperature difference
corresponding to 250 °F on the inside and 30 °F on the outside is also
evaluated. Three-dimensional finite element meshes are generated for the
Type 6B and Type 6BX flanges. The computer program SESAM is used to
obtain the stresses at selected critical flange and hub sections and to
determine the gasket reaction due to each of the four unit load cases and
the temperature difference load case. The leakage criterion is defined as the
load combination with reduces the initial makeup compressive forces in the
gasket to zero. The stresses in each defined section are linearized in
accordance with the ASME Section VIII, Division 2, procedure to determine
the membrane and membrane-plus-bending stress intensities. The stress
intensities are checked against the allowable conditions specified in
Spec 6A. Pages: 119
5th Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: G6AF25 | Price: $170.00
Std 6A718 *
Nickel Base Alloy 718 (UNS N07718) for Oil and Gas Drilling and
Production Equipment—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 6A718.
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: GX6A20K | Price: $71.00
TR 6AF
Technical Report on Capabilities of API Flanges Under Combinations
of Load
Presents the results of analysis work done in to establish the load capacity of
all flanges give in the April 1986 editions of Spec 6A and Spec 6AB. A total
of 69 different geometries were analyzed initially. The various loads
considered were bolt makeup (preload), internal pressure, tension, and
bending moment. All flanges were analyzed with an axisymmetric finite
model for each of the four load cases. A post-processor program was written
to calculate the maximum moment capacity for various levels of pressure
and tension, based on linear superposition of results. Three different criteria
were used to establish the maximum moment:
• ASME Section VIII, Division 2 allowable stress categories for the flange
with the basic membrane stress allowable established by API;
• allowable bolt stresses as established by API; and
• loss of preload on the ring joint.
The results of this post-processing are presented in plots of pressure vs.
allowable moment for various tension levels. Limitations to this work include
the following:
• the effects of transverse shear or torsion were not considered in the
analysis;
• dynamic, fatigue, or fretting phenomena were not considered in these
results; and
• thermal stresses or elevated temperature effects were not considered.
The charts are intended to be used only as general guidelines for design.
These charts are not intended to replace a critical evaluation of any
particular connection in an application where the charts show the flange to
be marginal. Pages: 79
3rd Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: G6AF03 | Price: $150.00
TR 6AF1
Technical Report on Temperature Derating of API Flanges Under
Combination of Loading
Continuation to the report on the capabilities of flanges under combined
loadings (PRAC 86-21), which resulted in the publication of Bull 6AF.
Included in this technical report is an in-depth look into the effect of elevated
temperatures of API flanges. The results in this report are analytical and
assume a temperature gradient across the flange as stated in this report.
Pages: 256
2nd Edition | November 1998 | Product Number: G06AF1 | Price: $157.00
TR 6AM
Technical Report on Material Toughness
Includes Charpy V-notch test toughness requirement that can be used as a
quality assurance measure in Spec 6A equipment to screen materials with
poor notch toughness. Pages: 12
2nd Edition | September 1995 | Product Number: G06AM2 | Price: $76.00
Spec 6AV1 
Specification for Validation of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and
Underwater Safety Valves for Offshore Service
Establishes design validation requirements for Spec 6A surface safety
valves/underwater safety valves (SSV/USV) and associated valve bore
sealing mechanism(s) for Class II and Class III. These classes are intended
for use if substances such as sand can be expected to cause an SSV/USV
valve failure. Class III adds requirements for the validation of the valve
bonnet assembly inclusive of stem seals and may be selected by the user/
purchaser. Validation to Class III also validates the same SSV/USV for Class
II in accordance with scaling limitations specified in the document. The
validation requirements in this specification are not represented as
duplicating actual well conditions.
NOTE Previous editions of this document included reference to and
requirements for verification to PR1, standard service (Class I). Pages: 25
2nd Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: G6AV102 | Price: $80.00
You may access Spec 6AV1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 6D/ISO 14313:2007 
Specification for Pipeline Valves
(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2009, Addendum 2 dated
August 2011, Errata 6 dated August 2011, and Addendum 3 dated
October 2012)
Specifies requirements and provides recommendations for the design,
manufacturing, testing, and documentation of ball, check, gate, and plug
valves for application in pipeline systems meeting ISO 13623 or similar
requirements for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This specification
is not applicable to subsea pipeline valves, as they are covered by a
separate specification (Spec 6DSS). This specification is not for application
to valves for pressure ratings exceeding PN 420 (Class 2500).
This edition of API Spec 6D is the identical national adoption of
ISO 14313:2007. Pages: 79
23rd Edition | March 2008 | Effective Date: October 1, 2008
1-Year Extension: December 2013
Product Number: GX6D23 | Price: $131.00
You may access Spec 6D in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
11
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 6D/ISO 14313:2007 *
Specification for Pipeline Valves—Chinese
TR 6F1
Technical Report on Performance of API and ANSI End Connections
in a Fire Test According to API Specification 6FA
Chinese translation of Spec 6D.
23rd Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: GX6D23C | Price: $92.00
Spec 6D/ISO 14313:2007 *
Specification for Pipeline Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6D.
23rd Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: GX6D23R | Price: $105.00
RP 6DR
Recommended Practice for the Repair and Remanufacture of
Pipeline Valves
Provides guidelines for the repair and remanufacture of steel ball, check,
gate, and plug valves normally used in pipeline applications, as defined by
API 6D. This recommended practice covers repair or remanufacturing of end
user’s (owner’s) valves for continued service in the owner’s production
applications. It does not cover repair or remanufacture of used or surplus
valves intended for resale. Repaired or remanufactured valves may not meet
API 6D and/or the original equipment manufacturer’s original product
definition for new valves. The owner is responsible for the correct application
of valves repaired or remanufactured per this document. Field repair is
outside the scope of this document. Pages: 11
2nd Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: G06DR2 | Price: $78.00
Spec 6DSS/ISO 14723:2009 
Specification for Subsea Pipeline Valves
(includes Errata 2 dated November 2010)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design,
manufacturing, testing, and documentation of ball, check, gate and plug
valves for subsea application in offshore pipeline systems meeting the
requirements of ISO 13623 for the petroleum and natural gas industries.
This specification is not applicable to valves for pressure ratings exceeding
PN 420 (Class 2500).
This edition of API Spec 6DSS is the identical national adoption of
ISO 14723:2009. Pages: 72
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Effective Date: June 1, 2010
Product Number: GX6DSS2 | Price: $165.00
Spec 6DSS/ISO 14723:2009 *
Specification for Subsea Pipeline Valves—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 6DSS.
2nd Edition | December 2009
Product Number: GX6DSS2C | Price: $116.00
Std 6DX/ISO 12490:2011
Standard for Actuator Sizing and Mounting Kits for Pipeline Valves
Defines the requirements for mechanical integrity and sizing of actuators
used on valves manufactured under ISO 14313 and Spec 6D. This
document is applicable to all types of electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic
actuators, inclusive of mounting kit, installed on pipeline valves. This
document is not applicable to actuators installed on control valves, valves
being used for regulation, valves in sub-sea service, handheld powered
devices, stand-alone manually operated gearboxes, instrument tubing and
associated fittings, and actuator control equipment.
This edition of API Std 6DX is the identical national adoption of
ISO 12490:2011. Pages: 51
1st Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: GG6DX01 | Price: $131.00
Summarizes the results of four projects to test the performance of API and
ANSI end connections in a fire test according to Spec 6FA. The appendixes
present the analytical procedures used to generate performance prediction.
Pages: 29
3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06F13 | Price: $115.00
TR 6F2
Technical Report on Fire Resistance Improvements for API Flanges
Establishes recommended methods for improving the performance of
standard API flanges when subjected to the adverse effects of external high
temperatures induced by exposure to fires. This technical report does not
cover fire prevention, suppression, or firefighting practices. Pages: 19
3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06F23 | Price: $109.00
Spec 6FA
Fire Test for Valves
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2006 and Errata 2 dated
December 2008)
Establishes the requirements for testing and evaluating the pressurecontaining performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D valves when exposed to
fire. The performance requirements of this document are intended to
establish standard limits of acceptability regardless of size or pressure rating.
This document establishes acceptable levels for leakage through the test
valve and also external leakage after exposure to a fire for a 30 minute time
period. The burn period has been established on the basis that it represents
the maximum time required to extinguish most fires. Fires of greater duration
are considered to be of a major magnitude with consequences greater than
those anticipated in this test. This standard covers the requirements for
testing and evaluating the performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D valves
when exposed to specifically defined fire conditions. However, this standard
is not intended to cover check valves or end connections. Pages: 7
3rd Edition | April 1999 | Reaffirmed: September 2011
Product Number: G06FA3 | Price: $97.00
Spec 6FA *
Fire Test for Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FA.
3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06FA3R | Price: $78.00
Spec 6FB
Specification for Fire Test for End Connections
(includes Errata/Supplement dated December 2008)
Establishes procedures for testing and evaluating the pressure-containing
performance of API end connections when exposed to fire. Valves, wellhead
seals, or other related equipment are not included in the scope of this
document. The procedures are presented in two parts: Part I represents
conditions in an onshore or open offshore location and Part II represents
conditions in an offshore platform well bay. Background information on fireresistance of API end connections is contained in Bull 6F1. Further
background on fire-resistance improvements of API flanges is contained in
Bull 6F2. This specification covers Spec 6A end connections, which include:
• API flanged end and outlet connections (6B, 6BX, and segmented);
• API threaded end and outlet connections; and
• other end connections. Pages: 20
3rd Edition | May 1998 | Effective Date: November 30, 1998
Reaffirmed: September 2011 | Product Number: G06FB3 | Price: $109.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
12
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Spec 6FC
Specification for Fire Test for Valves with Automatic Backseats
Bull 6J
Testing of Oilfield Elastomers (A Tutorial)
Establishes the requirements for testing and evaluating the pressurecontaining performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D automatic backseating
valves when exposed to fire. The performance requirements of this document
are intended to establish standard limits of acceptability regardless of size or
pressure rating. This document establishes acceptable levels for leakage
through the test valve and also external leakage after exposure to a fire for a
30-minute time period, both before and after reworking the stuffing box. The
burn period has been established on the basis that it represents the
maximum time required to extinguish most fires. Fires of greater duration are
considered to be of a major magnitude with consequences greater than
those anticipated in this test. Pages: 9
4th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G06FC3 | Price: $97.00
(ANSI/API Bull 6J)
Contains a tutorial for the evaluation of elastomer test samples of actual
elastomeric seal members intended for use in the oil and gas industry. It is
also a review of the testing criteria, environments, evaluation procedures,
guidelines for comparisons, and effects of other considerations on the
evaluation of elastomeric seal materials and members. Pages: 15
1st Edition | February 1992| Product Number: G03230 | Price: $79.00
Spec 6FC *
Specification for Fire Test for Valves with Automatic Backseats—
Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FC.
4th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G06FC3R | Price: $78.00
Spec 6FD
Specification for Fire Test for Check Valves
Establishes the requirements for testing and evaluating the pressure
containing performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D check valves when
exposed to fire. The performance requirements of this document are
intended to establish standard limits of acceptability regardless of size or
pressure rating. This document establishes acceptable levels of leakage
through the test valve and also external leakage after exposure to a fire for a
30-minute time period. The burn period has been established on the basis
that it represents the maximum time required to extinguish most fires. Fires
of greater duration are considered to be of a major magnitude with
consequences greater than those anticipated in this test. Pages: 9
1st Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G06FD1 | Price: $89.00
Spec 6FD *
Specification for Fire Test for Check Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FD.
1st Edition | February 1995 | Product Number: G06FD1R | Price: $72.00
RP 6HT 
Heat Treatment and Testing of Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Large
Cross Section and Critical Section Components
Supplements the heat treatment and testing requirements found in the
API 6A equipment specification and is not intended to replace them
altogether. Heat treatment is a critical process that must be appropriate and
controlled in order to produce parts that comply with design requirements.
The specified mechanical properties may not necessarily be required or
achieved through the entire section thickness of the production part(s).
These procedures are intended to provide the manufacturer and end user
with a means of ensuring that the qualification test coupon (QTC) is more
representative of the mechanical properties in a large cross-section
component than can be expected with a standard API equipment
specification QTC. Furthermore, these procedures are intended to provide to
optimize the heat treatment and heat treatment response of large crosssection components, thereby insuring that the component has the required
mechanical properties at the depth below the surface established by the
manufacture at all critical locations. The recommend practice described
herein suggests the requirements for batch-type bath quench and water
spray quench-type heat treating practices. Pages: 9
2nd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G6HT02 | Price: $85.00
TR 6J1
Elastomer Life Estimation Testing Procedures
Outlines a technique based on the Arrhenius principle of chemical reaction
rates, which permits the life of an elastomeric material to be estimated when
exposed to a severe service environment. This is a companion document to
Bull 6J, 2nd Edition. Pages: 14
1st Edition | August 2000 | Product Number: G06J11 | Price: $79.00
TR 6MET
Metallic Material Limits for Wellhead Equipment Used in High
Temperature for API 6A and 17D Applications
Examines mechanical properties of metallic materials used for Spec 6A and
Spec 17D wellhead equipment for service above 250 ºF. A total of eleven
different alloys meeting Spec 6A, PSL 3 conditions were supplied “in
condition” by a variety of suppliers. Materials in this test program included
alloys common to the oil and gas industry. The alloys tested included low
alloy steels, martensitic, precipitation hardened and duplex stainless steels,
and nickel alloys. Yield strength reduction ratios at temperatures of 300 ºF,
350 ºF, 400 ºF, and 450 ºF are reported. As a result of testing, yield
strength reduction ratios at 300 ºF to 450 ºF ranged from 92 % to 87 % for
the low alloy steels, 92 % to 88 % for the martensitic stainless steels, 81 %
to 73 % for super duplex, 99 % to 89 % for the precipitation hardened
stainless steel, and 94 % to 89 % for the nickel alloys. The reported results
represent an average over the different heats for each type of material. These
results are intended to expand the data shown in Spec 6A, Appendix G.
Pages: 32
1st Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: G6MET1 | Price: $98.00
RP 14H
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore
Provides guidance for inspecting, installing, operating, maintaining, and
onsite repairing SSVs/USVs manufactured according to Spec 6A (17th
Edition or later), section 10.20 or Spec 14D (withdrawn). Included are
procedures for testing SSVs/USVs. This document covers guidelines for
inspecting, installing, maintaining, onsite repairing, and operating SSVs/
USVs. Nothing in this document is to be construed as a fixed rule without
regard to sound engineering judgment nor is it intended to override
applicable federal, state, or local laws. Pages: 15
5th Edition | August 2007 | 1-Year Extension: December 2013
Product Number: G14H05 | Price: $119.00
You may access RP 14H in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14H *
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore—
Russian
Russian translation of RP 14H.
5th Edition | August 2007 | Product Number: G14H05R | Price: $96.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
13
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
DRILLING EQUIPMENT
Spec 7-2/ISO 10424-2:2007 *
Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered
Thread Connections—Spanish
Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements
(includes Addendum 1 dated March 2007, Addendum 2 dated
August 2009, and Addendum 3 dated April 2011)
Covers the following products:
• upper and lower kelly valves,
• square and hexagon kellys,
• drill-stem subs,
• drill collars, and
• drilling and coring bits.
Rotary shouldered connections and gauging for drill stem elements are
covered in Spec 7-2.
This edition of Spec 7-1 is the modified national adoption of ISO 104241:2004. Pages: 87
1st Edition | February 2006 | Effective Date: September 1, 2006
Reaffirmed: December 2012 | Product Number: GX7101 | Price: $162.00
Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 *
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7-1.
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101C | Price: $114.00
Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 *
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements—Spanish
Spanish translation of Spec 7-1.
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101SP | Price: $162.00
Spec 7-2/ISO 10424-2:2007 
Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered
Thread Connections
(includes Addendum 1 dated December 2010)
Specifies requirements on rotary shouldered connections for use in
petroleum and natural gas industries, including dimensional requirements
on threads and thread gauges, stipulations on gauging practice, and gauge
specifications, as well as instruments and methods for inspection of thread
connections. These connections are intended primarily for use in drill-string
components. Other supplementary specifications can be agreed between
interested parties for special tolerance requirements, qualification, testing,
inspection, and finishing. Spec 7-2 is applicable to the following preferred
rotary shouldered connection designs:
• number style;
• regular style; and
• full hole style.
These are traceable to an internationally supported system of gauges and
calibration.
This edition of API Spec 7-2 is the identical (with a few editorial changes)
national adoption of ISO 10424-2:2007. Spec 7-2 replaces threading and
gauging previously covered by Spec 7. Pages: 102
1st Edition | June 2008 | Effective Date: December 1, 2008
2-Year Extension: June 2013 | Product Number: GX70201 | Price: $173.00
Spec 7-2/ISO 10424-2:2007 *
Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered
Thread Connections—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7-2.
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: GX70201C | Price: $122.00
Spanish translation of Spec 7-2.
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: GX70201SP | Price: $173.00
Spec 7F 
Oil Field Chain and Sprockets
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2013)
Covers the manufacture of the components for, and the assembly and
packaging of, single and multiple strand, numbers 40 through 240,
standard and heavy series roller chains for oil field applications, including
chain designation, chain length tolerance, tensile strength specifications, pin
and bushing press-out specifications, and dynamic test requirements.
For informational purposes, Annex A provides recommendations for
installation, lubrication, and maintenance of oil field chain drives and
Annex B includes a basic description of roller chain sprockets. Pages: 29
8th Edition | November 2010 | Effective Date: May 1, 2011
Product Number: G7F008 | Price: $116.00
Spec 7F *
Oil Field Chain and Sprockets—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7F.
8th Edition | November 2010 | Product Number: G7F008C | Price: $82.00
RP 7G
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2000, Addendum 1 dated
November 2003, and Addendum 2 dated August 2009)
Covers recommendations for the design and selection of drill string members
and includes considerations of hole angle control, drilling fluids, weight, and
rotary speed. Tables and graphs are included that present dimensional,
mechanical, and performance properties of new and used drill pipe; new
tool joints used with new and used drill pipe; drill collars; and kellys.
Recommended standards for inspection of used drill pipe, used tubing work
strings, and used tool joints are included. Pages: 154
16th Edition | August 1998 | Effective Date: December 1, 1998
Reaffirmed: October 2010 | Under Revision
Product Number: G07G6A | Price: $194.00
RP 7G *
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits—
Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 7G.
16th Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: G07G6AK | Price: $156.00
RP 7G-2/ISO 10407-2:2008
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Element Inspection
(includes Errata 1 dated October 2009)
Specifies the requirements for each level of inspection and procedures for the
inspection and testing of used drill stem elements. This document has been
prepared to address the practices and technology commonly used in
inspection. This document also specifies the qualification of inspection
personnel, a description of inspection methods and apparatus calibration, and
standardization procedures for various inspection methods. The evaluation of
imperfections and the marking of inspected drill stem elements is included.
This edition of API RP 7G-2 is the identical national adoption of ISO 104072:2008. Pages: 213
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX7G201 | Price: $140.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
14
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 7G-2/ISO 10407-2:2008 *
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Element Inspection—Spanish
RP 7L
Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, and Remanufacture of Drilling
Equipment
Spanish translation of RP 7G-2.
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX7G201SP | Price: $140.00
RP 7HU1
Safe Use of 2-Inch Hammer Unions for Oilfield Applications
Sets forth procedural recommendations as well as an engineering solution to
the mismatching of a female 2-in. Figure 402, a female 2-in. Figure 602, or a
female 2-in. Figure 1002 hammer union component (sub) with a male 2 in.
Figure 1502 hammer union component (wing nut) as described in 3.2. The
procedural recommendations described in this recommended practice should
be implemented to reduce further incidents. The engineering solution, which
makes impossible the mating of female 2-in. Figure 402, 2-in. Figure 602
and/or 2-in. Figure 1002 subs with the wing nut of the 2-in. Figure 1502
hammer union, applies to the manufacture of new hammer union components
and should not be applied in the modification of existing hammer union
components due to unknown factors caused by field wear. Pages: 12
1st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: H7HU11 | Price: $37.00
Spec 7K 
Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment
(includes Errata 1 dated August 2010)
Provides general principles and specifies requirements for design,
manufacture, and testing of new drilling and well-servicing equipment and of
replacement primary load-carrying components manufactured subsequent
to the publication of this specification.
This specification is applicable to the following equipment:
• rotary tables;
• rotary bushings;
• standard rotary slips designed for use in standard rotary bowls with a
33.333 cm/m (4 in./ft) API taper;
• nonstandard rotary slips without a taper of 33.333 cm/m (4 in./ft) for
use in manual spiders;
• high-pressure mud and cement hoses;
• piston mud-pump components;
• drawworks components;
• manual spiders that use standard rotary slips that are not capable for use
as elevators and are installed on or above the master bushing/rotary table;
• manual spiders that use nonstandard rotary slips not having a taper of
33.333 cm/m (4 in./ft) not capable of use as elevators, and installed on
or above the master bushing/rotary table;
• spring, pneumatic, or hydraulic spiders with integral slips not capable for
use as elevators and are installed on or above the master bushing/rotary
table;
• spring, pneumatic or hydraulic spiders with integral slips not capable for
use as elevators and are installed in, or partly in, the rotary table;
• manual tongs;
• safety clamps not used as hoisting devices;
• power tongs, including spinning wrenches;
• blowout preventer handling systems;
• pressure-relieving devices for high-pressure drilling fluid circulating
systems; and
• snub-lines for manual and power tongs. Pages: 105
5th Edition | June 2010 | Effective Date: December 1, 2010
Product Number: G07K05 | Price: $182.00
Spec 7K *
Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment—Chinese
(includes Addendum 1 dated February 2006 and Addendum 2 dated
March 2006)
Provides owners and users of drilling equipment with guidelines for
inspection, maintenance, repair, and remanufacture procedures that may be
utilized to maintain serviceability of the drilling equipment. Covers the
following drilling equipment:
• rotary tables;
• rotary bushings;
• rotary slips;
• rotary hoses;
• slush pump connectors;
• drawworks components;
• spiders not used as elevators;
• manual tongs; and
• safety clamps not used as hoisting devices. Pages: 26
1st Edition | December 1995 | Effective Date: April 1, 1996
Reaffirmed: August 2012 | Product Number: G07L01 | Price: $109.00
Spec 7NRV 
Specification on Non-Return Valves
Provides the minimum acceptable requirements for drill string non-return
valve (NRV) equipment. It covers drill string NRVs, NRV subs, NRV landing
nipples, NRV equalizing heads, and all components that establish tolerances
and/or clearances that may affect performance or interchangeability of the
NRV equipment. NRV subs, NRV landing nipples, NRV equalizing heads, and
NRVs manufactured by different facilities or manufacturers may be supplied
as separate items. Pages: 19
1st Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: December 2012
Product Number: G7NRV01 | Price: $70.00
Spec 7NRV *
Specification on Non-Return Valves—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7NRV.
1st Edition | July 2006 | Product Number: G7NRV01C | Price: $49.00
HOISTING TOOLS
RP 8B/ISO 13534:2000
Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, and Remanufacture of Hoisting
Equipment
(includes Addendum 1 dated November 2003 and Addendum 2 dated
April 2005)
Provides guidelines and establishes requirements for inspection,
maintenance, repair, and remanufacture of items of hoisting equipment
used in drilling and product operations to maintain equipment serviceability.
This recommended practice covers such items as crown-block sheaves and
bearings, drilling hooks, elevator links, rotary swivels, dead-line tie-down/
wireline anchors, and safety clamps.
This edition of API RP 8B is the modified national adoption of
ISO 13534:2000. Pages: 13
7th Edition | March 2002 | Reaffirmed: August 2012
Product Number: GX08B07 | Price: $83.00
Chinese translation of Spec 7K.
5th Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: G07K05C | Price: $128.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
15
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 8C 
Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment (PSL 1 and PSL 2)
guideline tensioner lines, riser tensioner lines, and mooring and anchor lines.
Ropes for lifting slings and cranes, and wire for well-measuring and strand
for well-servicing, are also included.
The minimum breaking forces for the more common sizes, grades, and
constructions of stranded rope are given in tables. However, this standard
does not restrict itself to the classes covered by those tables. Other types,
such as ropes with compacted strands and compacted (swaged) ropes, may
also conform with its requirements. The minimum breaking force values for
these ropes are provided by the manufacturer.
For information only, other tables present the minimum breaking forces for
large diameter stranded and spiral ropes (i.e. spiral strand and locked coil),
while approximate nominal length masses for the more common stranded
rope constructions and large diameter stranded and spiral ropes are also
given. Pages: 57
26th Edition | May 2011 | Effective Date: November 1, 2011
Product Number: G9A026 | Price: $109.00
You may access Spec 9A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Provides requirements for the design, manufacture, and testing of hoisting
equipment suitable for use in drilling and production operations.
This standard is applicable to the following drilling and production hoisting
equipment:
• hoisting sheaves;
• travelling blocks and hook blocks;
• block-to-hook adapters;
• connectors and link adapters;
• drilling hooks;
• tubing hooks and sucker-rod hooks;
• elevator links;
• casing elevators, tubing elevators, drill-pipe elevators, and drill-collar
elevators;
• sucker-rod elevators;
• rotary swivel-bail adapters;
• rotary swivels;
• power swivels;
• power subs;
• spiders, if capable of being used as elevators;
• wire-line anchors;
• drill-string motion compensators;
• kelly spinners, if capable of being used as hoisting equipment;
• pressure vessels and piping mounted onto hoisting equipment;
• safety clamps, if capable of being used as hoisting equipment; and
• guide dollies for traveling equipment (e.g. hooks, blocks, etc.).
This standard establishes requirements for two product specification levels
(PSLs). These two PSL designations define different levels of technical
requirements. All the requirements of Section 4 through Section 11 are
applicable to PSL 1 unless specifically identified as PSL 2. PSL 2 includes all
the requirements of PSL 1 plus the additional practices as stated herein.
Supplementary requirements apply only when specified. Annex A gives a
number of standardized supplementary requirements. Pages: 53
5th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: GX08C05 | Price: $140.00
Spec 8C *
Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment (PSL 1 and PSL 2)—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 8C.
5th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: GX08C05C | Price: $98.00
WIRE ROPE
Spec 9A 
Specification for Wire Rope
(includes Errata 1 dated October 2012)
Specifies the minimum requirements and terms of acceptance for the
manufacture and testing of steel wire ropes not exceeding rope Grade 2160
for the petroleum and natural gas industries. The following products are
covered by this specification:
• wire rope,
• bright- or drawn-galvanized wire rope,
• well-measuring wire, and
• well-measuring strand.
Typical applications include tubing lines, rod hanger lines, sand lines, cabletool drilling and clean out lines, cable tool casing lines, rotary drilling lines,
winch lines, horse head pumping unit lines, torpedo lines, mast raising lines,
Spec 9A *
Specification for Wire Rope—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 9A.
26th Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G9A026C | Price: $77.00
RP 9B
Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service
(includes Errata 1 dated April 2012 and Errata 2 dated January 2013)
Covers typical wire rope applications for the oil and gas industry. Typical
practices in the application of wire rope to oil field service are indicated in
Table 1, which shows the sizes and constructions commonly used. Because
of the variety of equipment designs, the selection of other constructions than
those shown is justifiable. In oilfield service, wire rope is often referred to as
wire line or cable. For the purpose of clarity, these various expressions are
incorporated in this recommended practice. Pages: 32
13th Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: G09B13 | Price: $109.00
RP 9B *
Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service—
Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 9B.
13th Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: G09B13K | Price: $88.00
OIL WELL CEMENTS
Spec 10A/ISO 10426-1:2009 
Specification for Cements and Materials for Well Cementing
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for six classes of well
cements, including their chemical and physical requirements and
procedures for physical testing.
Applicable to well cement classes A, B, C, and D, which are the products
obtained by grinding Portland cement clinker and, if needed, calcium sulfate
as an interground additive. Processing additives can be used in the
manufacture of cement of these classes. Suitable set-modifying agents can
be interground or blended during manufacture of class D cement.
Also applicable to well cement classes G and H, which are the products
obtained by grinding clinker with no additives other than one or more forms
of calcium sulfate, water or chemical additives as required for chromium (VI)
reduction.
This edition of API Spec 10A is the identical national adoption of ISO
10426-1:2009 (includes ISO errata). Pages: 38
24th Edition | December 2010 | Effective Date: June 1, 2011
Product Number: GX10A24 | Price: $145.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
16
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 10B-2/ISO 10426-2:2003
Recommended Practice for Testing Well Cements
Spec 10D/ISO 10427-1:2001 
Specification for Bow-Spring Casing Centralizers
(includes Errata 1 dated June 2006 and Errata 2 dated January 2007)
(supersedes API RP 10B)
Provides minimum performance requirements, test procedures and marking
requirements for bow-spring casing centralizers for the petroleum and
natural gas industries. The procedures provide verification testing for the
manufacturer’s design, materials and process specifications, and periodic
testing to confirm the consistency of product performance. Spec 10D is not
applicable to rigid or positive centralizers.
This edition of API Spec 10D is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10427-1:2001. Pages: 12
6th Edition | March 2002 | Effective Date: September 1, 2002
Reaffirmed: August 2010 | Product Number: GX10D06 | Price: $89.00
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the testing of cement
slurries and related materials under simulated well conditions.
This edition of API RP 10B-2 is the identical national adoption of ISO
10426-2:2003. Pages: 171
1st Edition | July 2005 | Reaffirmed: July 2010
Product Number: GX10B201 | Price: $212.00
RP 10B-3/ISO 10426-3:2003
Recommended Practice on Testing of Deepwater Well Cement
Formulations
Provides procedures for testing well cements and cement blends for use in
the petroleum and natural gas industries in a deepwater environment.
This edition of API RP 10B-3 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10426-3:2003. Pages: 13
1st Edition | July 2004 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: GX10B31 | Price: $77.00
RP 10B-4/ISO 10426-4:2004
Recommended Practice on Preparation and Testing of Foamed
Cement Slurries at Atmospheric Pressure
Defines the methods for the generation and testing of foamed cement
slurries and their corresponding unfoamed base cement slurries at
atmospheric pressure.
This edition of API RP 10B-4 is the identical national adoption of ISO
10426-4:2004. Pages: 13
1st Edition | July 2004 | Reaffirmed: July 2010
Product Number: GX10B41 | Price: $77.00
RP 10B-5/ISO 10426-5:2004
Recommended Practice on Determination of Shrinkage and
Expansion of Well Cement Formulations at Atmospheric Pressure
Provides the methods for the testing of well cement formulations to
determine the dimension changes during the curing process (cement
hydration) at atmospheric pressure only. This is a base document, because
under real well cementing conditions shrinkage and expansion take place
under pressure and different boundary conditions.
This edition of API RP 10B-5 is the identical national adoption of ISO 104265:2004. Pages: 13
1st Edition | April 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: GX10B501 | Price: $80.00
RP 10B-6/ISO 10426-6:2008
Recommended Practice on Determining the Static Gel Strength of
Cement Formulations
Specifies requirements and provides test methods for the determination of
static gel strength of the cement slurries and related materials under
simulated well conditions.
This edition of API RP 10B-6 is the modified national adoption of ISO
10426-6:2008. Pages: 7
1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: GG10B601 | Price: $62.00
Spec 10D/ISO 10427-1:2001 *
Specification for Bow-Spring Casing Centralizers—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 10D.
6th Edition | March 2002 | Product Number: GX10D06C | Price: $63.00
RP 10D-2/ISO 10427-2:2004
Recommended Practice for Centralizer Placement and Stop Collar
Testing
Provides calculations for determining centralizer spacing, based on
centralizer performance and desired standoff, in deviated and dogleg holes
in wells for the petroleum and natural gas industries. It also provides a
procedure for testing stop collars and reporting test results.
This edition of API RP 10D-2 is the identical national adoption of ISO
10427-2:2004. Pages: 14
1st Edition | August 2004 | Reaffirmed: July 2010
Product Number: GG10D21 | Price: $77.00
RP 10F/ISO 10427-3:2003
Recommended Practice for Performance Testing of Cementing Float
Equipment
(includes Errata 1 dated September 2003)
Describes testing practices to evaluate the performance of cementing float
equipment for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This recommended
practice is applicable to float equipment that will be in contact with waterbased fluids used for drilling and cementing wells. It is not applicable to float
equipment performance in non-water-based fluids.
This edition of API RP 10F is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10427:2003. Pages: 12
3rd Edition | April 2002 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Product Number: GX10F03 | Price: $64.00
TR 10TR1
Cement Sheath Evaluation
Provides the current principles and practices regarding the evaluation and
repair of primary cementations of casing strings in oil and gas wells. Cement
bond logs, compensated logging tools, ultrasonic cement logging tools, and
borehole fluid-compensated logging tools are covered. Pages: 124
2nd Edition | September 2008
Product Number: G10TR12 | Price: $145.00
TR 10TR1 *
Cement Sheath Evaluation—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR1.
2nd Edition | September 2008
Product Number: G10TR12K | Price: $116.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
17
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
TR 10TR2
Shrinkage and Expansion in Oilwell Cements
RP 65 *
Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells—Kazakh
Presents the results of research into shrinkage and expansion of oilwell
cements in the wellbore as well as a series of test methods and procedures
developed to measure these phenomena. Pages: 57
1st Edition | July 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2002
Product Number: G10TR2 | Price: $122.00
Kazakh translation of RP 65.
1st Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: G56001K | Price: $97.00
TR 10TR3
Temperatures for API Cement Operating Thickening Time Tests
Contains best practices for zone isolation in wells to prevent annular
pressure and/or flow through or past pressure-containment barriers that are
installed and verified during well construction. Well construction practices
that may affect barrier sealing performance are mentioned along with
methods to help ensure positive effects or to minimize any negative ones.
The objectives of this guideline are two-fold. The first is to help prevent and/
or control flows just prior to, during, and after primary cementing operations
to install or “set” casing and liner pipe strings in wells. The second objective
is to help prevent sustained casing pressure. The guidance from this
document covers recommendations for pressure-containment barrier design
and installation and well construction practices that affect the zone isolation
process to prevent or mitigate annular fluid flow or pressure. Pages: 83
2nd Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: G65202 | Price: $130.00
You may access Std 65-2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Work performed by the 1984-91 API Task Group on Cementing Temperature
Schedules to update the temperatures in API well-simulation test schedules
found in RP 10B are summarized in this report. The Task Group reviewed the
largest set of temperature data available to the industry to date, resulting in
significant improvements to the temperatures in the well-simulation test
schedules. Pages: 97
1st Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: May 2005
Product Number: G10TR3 | Price: $157.00
TR 10TR4
Technical Report on Considerations Regarding Selection of
Centralizers for Primary Cementing Operations
Provides the petroleum industry with information for three types of
centralizers, their selection and application, and their advantages and
limitations. Pages: 23
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40 | Price: $61.00
TR 10TR4 *
Technical Report on Considerations Regarding Selection of
Centralizers for Primary Cementing Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR4.
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40K | Price: $49.00
TR 10TR5
Technical Report on Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid
Centralizers
Provides the industry with methods for testing rigid and solid centralizers.
Pages: 16
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50 | Price: $61.00
TR 10TR5 *
Technical Report on Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid
Centralizers—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR5.
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50K | Price: $49.00
RP 65
Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells
(includes Errata 1 dated August 2003)
Contains a compilation of technology and practices used by many operators
drilling wells in deep water. It is meant to highlight key parameters for
increasing the chance of successfully drilling and cementing casings where
there is a risk of shallow water flow and to discuss options that are available.
Pages: 44
1st Edition | September 2002 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G56001 | Price: $121.00
You may access RP 65 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 65-2 
Isolating Potential Flow Zones During Well Construction
PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT
RP 11AR
Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Subsurface Pumps
(includes Errata dated December 2013)
Provides information on the proper selection, operation, and maintenance of
subsurface pumps so the best economical life can be obtained. Pages: 50
4th Edition | June 2000 | Reaffirmed: April 2008
Product Number: G11AR4 | Price: $124.00
Spec 11AX 
Specification for Subsurface Sucker Rod Pumps and Fittings
(includes Addendum 1 dated August 2011 and Addendum 2 dated
October 2012)
Covers rod pumps and tubing pumps in commonly used bore sizes. Sufficient
dimensional requirements are provided to assure interchangeability and
standardization of all component parts; however, details of design are not
specified. Standard materials are specified. Pages: 94
12th Edition | June 2006 | Effective Date: October 1, 2006
Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G11AX12 | Price: $134.00
Spec 11AX *
Specification for Subsurface Sucker Rod Pumps and Fittings—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11AX.
12th Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: G11AX12C | Price: $94.00
Spec 11B 
Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings,
Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping Tees
(includes Errata 2 dated February 2011)
Provides the requirements and guidelines for the design of steel sucker rods
and pony rods, polished rods, polished rod liners, couplings and subcouplings, fiber reinforced plastic sucker rods, sinker bars, polished rod
clamps, stuffing boxes, and pumping tees as defined herein for use in the
sucker rod lift method for the petroleum and natural gas industry. Annex A
through Annex H provide the requirements for specific products. Annex I
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
18
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
includes the requirements for thread gauges, Annex J illustrates the
components of a sucker rod lift system, and Annex K shows examples of
sucker rod discontinuities.
This specification does not cover sucker rod guides, sucker rod rotators,
shear tools, on-off tools, stabilizer bars, sealing elements used in stuffing
boxes, or interface connections for stuffing boxes and pumping tees. Also,
installation, operation, and maintenance of these products are not included
in this specification. Pages: 91
27th Edition | May 2010 | Effective Date: November 1, 2010
Product Number: G11B27 | Price: $155.00
Spec 11E 
Specification for Pumping Units
Spec 11B *
Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings,
Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping
Tees—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11B.
27th Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G11B27C | Price: $109.00
RP 11BR
Recommended Practice for the Care and Handling of Sucker Rods
Covers the care and handling of steel sucker rods, including guidelines on
selection, allowable stress, proper joint makeup, corrosion control, and used
rod inspection. Pages: 28
9th Edition | August 2008 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: G11BR09 | Price: $105.00
Provides the requirements and guidelines for the design and rating of beam
pumping units for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. Included
are all components between the carrier bar and the speed reducer input
shaft. This includes the beam pump structure, the pumping unit gear
reducer, and the pumping unit chain reducer. Only loads imposed on the
structure and/or gear reducer by the polished rod load are considered in this
specification. Also included are the requirements for the design and rating of
enclosed speed reducers wherein the involute gear tooth designs include
helical and herringbone gearing. The rating methods and influences
identified in this specification are limited to single and multiple stage
designs applied to beam pumping units in which the pitch-line velocity of
any stage does not exceed 5,000 ft/min and the speed of any shaft does
not exceed 3,600 r/min. This standard does not cover chemical properties
of materials, installation, and maintenance of the equipment, beam type
counterbalance units, prime movers and power transmission devices outside
the gear reducer, or control systems. Pages: 104
19th Edition | November 2013 | Effective Date: May 8, 2014
Product Number: G11E019 | Price: $170.00
Spec 11E *
Specification for Pumping Units—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11E.
19th Edition | November 2013
Product Number: G11E018C | Price: $119.00
Std 11D2/ISO 15136-1:2009
Progressing Cavity Pump Systems for Artificial Lift—Pumps
RP 11ER
Recommended Practice for Guarding of Pumping Units
Provides requirements for the design, design verification and validation,
manufacturing and data control, performance ratings, functional
evaluation, repair, handling, and storage of progressing cavity pumps for
use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This document is
applicable to those products meeting the definition of progressing cavity
pumps (PCP) included therein.
Connections to the drive string and tubulars are not covered by the
document. Additionally, equipment not covered by the requirements of this
document includes bottom-drive systems except for the PCP components,
drive-string components, and auxiliary equipment such as tag bars, gas
separators, and torque anchors.
This edition of API Std 11D2 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 15136-1:2009. Pages: 108
1st Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: GG11D21 | Price: $155.00
Provides a reference or guide for the design, manufacture, and installation of
guards for oil well pumping units. It is based on practices that experience
has shown to be functionally safe and practical. This recommended practice
is intended to provide safeguards for all persons who are required to work
around or on oil well pumping units. Pages: 17
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: G11ER03 | Price: $80.00
Std 11D3/ISO 15136-2:2006
Progressing Cavity Pump Systems for Artificial Lift—Surface-Drive
Systems
Provides requirements for the design, design verification and validation,
manufacturing and data control, performance ratings, and repair of
progressing cavity pump surface-drive systems for use in the petroleum and
natural gas industry. This standard is applicable to those products meeting
the definition of surface-drive systems. Additionally, informative annexes
provide information on brake system selection, installation, and operation;
and sucker rod selection and use. Equipment not covered by this standard,
unless integral by design, includes bottom drive systems, sucker rods,
polished rod clamps, stuffing boxes, electrical controls, instrumentation,
external power transmission devices, and auxiliary equipment, such as belts,
sheaves, and equipment guards.
This edition of API Std 11D3 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 15136-2:2006. Pages: 99
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: G11D301 | Price: $106.00
RP 11G 
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, and
Lubrication of Pumping Units
Provides guidance related to the proper installation, care, and maintenance
of surface mounted beam pumping units, varieties of which are described in
Spec 11E. Information provided in this document is of a general nature and
is not intended to replace specific instruction provided by the pumping unit
manufacturer. This document further establishes certain minimum
requirements intended to promote the safe installation, operation, and
servicing of pumping unit equipment. Pages: 26
5th Edition | November 2013 | Product Number: G11G05 | Price: $85.00
TR 11L
Design Calculations for Sucker Rod Pumping Systems
(Conventional Units)
Covers recommendations for design calculations for conventional unit sucker
rod pumping systems based on test data submitted to API by Sucker Rod
Pumping Research, Inc. The topics include vibration characteristics of sucker
rod strings, physical characteristics of sucker rods, and dimensional analysis
of sucker rod pumping systems. The calculations apply to the broad category
of average, normal pumping wells fitting the assumed conditions defined
therein. Unusual or out-of-the-ordinary conditions will cause deviations from
calculated performance. Pages: 24
5th Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: G11L05 | Price: $106.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
19
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Bull 11L2
Catalog of Analog Computer Dynamometer Cards
RP 11S2
Electric Submersible Pump Testing
Contains over 1100 polished rod dynamometer cards taken with the
electronic analog simulator and arranged in convenient form for comparison
with field tests. Pages: 77
1st Edition | December 1969 | Reaffirmed: September 1, 1999
Product Number: G05700 | Price: $122.00
Provides guidelines and procedures covering electric submersible pump
performance testing intended to establish product consistency. These
practices are generally considered appropriate for the majority of pump
applications. This document covers the acceptance testing of electric
submersible pumps (sold as new) by manufacturers, vendors, or users to the
prescribed minimum specifications. Pages: 12
2nd Edition | August 1997 | Effective Date: October 1, 1997
Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G11S22 | Price: $83.00
Bull 11L3
Sucker Rod Pumping System Design Book
(includes Errata 1 dated November 1973 and Supplement 1 dated
February 1977)
Contains print-out tables of computer calculated values for selecting sucker
rod systems. Values are included for depths of 200 ft to 12,000 ft in
increments of 500 ft and production rates of 100 barrels per day to over
1500 barrels per day in varying increments. Various rod string pump stroke,
pump size, and pumping speed combinations that will do the job within the
limiting parameters are listed. Pages: 574
1st Edition | May 1970 | Product Number: G05800 | Price: $132.00
TR 11L6
Technical Report on Electric Motor Prime Mover for Beam Pumping
Unit Service
Covers polyphase, squirrel-cage, induction motors for use as the prime
mover for beam pumping units (size range of 200 hp and below). Motors to
be operated from solid-state or other types of variable frequency/variable
voltage power supplies for adjustable speed applications will require
individual consideration to provide satisfactory performance and are beyond
the scope of this document. Motors conforming to this document are
suitable for operation in accordance with their full load rating under ambient
temperature at a maximum altitude of 1000 m (3300 ft) above sea level
with outdoor sever duty application, including blowing dust or snow, corrosive
atmospheres, high humidity, and cyclic loading. Pages: 13
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G11L602 | Price: $86.00
TR 11L6 *
Technical Report on Electric Motor Prime Mover for Beam Pumping
Unit Service—Chinese
Chinese translation of TR 11L6.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G11L602C | Price: $61.00
RP 11S
Recommended Practice for the Operation, Maintenance and
Troubleshooting of Electric Submersible Pump Installations
Covers all of the major components that comprise a standard electric
submersible pumping system, their operation, maintenance, and
troubleshooting. It is specifically prepared for installations in oil and water
producing wells where the equipment is installed on tubing. It is not
prepared for equipment selection or application. Pages: 18
3rd Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G11S03 | Price: $83.00
RP 11S1
Recommended Practice for Electrical Submersible Pump Teardown
Report
Covers a recommended electrical submersible pump teardown report form. It
also includes equipment schematic drawings that may provide assistance in
identifying equipment components. These schematics are for generic
equipment components, and there may be differences between manufacturers
on the exact description or configuration of the assemblies. Pages: 36
3rd Edition | September 1997 | Effective Date: December 15, 1997
Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G11S13 | Price: $122.00
RP 11S2 *
Electric Submersible Pump Testing—Russian
Russian translation of RP 11S2.
2nd Edition | August 1997 | Product Number: G11S22R | Price: $67.00
RP 11S3
Electric Submersible Pump Installations
Addresses the installation and replacement of all major components
comprising an electrical submersible pumping system. Specifically, it
addresses equipment installation on tubing in oil and gas production
operations Pages: 11
2nd Edition | March 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G11S32 | Price: $89.00
RP 11S3 *
Electric Submersible Pump Installations—Russian
Russian translation of RP 11S3.
2nd Edition | March 1999 | Product Number: G11S32R | Price: $72.00
RP 11S4
Recommended Practice for Sizing and Selection of Electric
Submersible Pump Installations
Discusses in some detail each component of the electric submersible pump
system (pump, motor, intake, seal or protector, cable, switchboard, etc.) as
far as what must be considered for the best selection at a desired rate and
well conditions. Examples are given to illustrate the basic design procedure
and illustrate how PVT correlations, multiphase flow correlations, and inflow
performance relationships are used. Summary designs and computer
examples using the detailed design principles are presented that show how
design considerations fit together and how tools such as computer programs
allow faster solutions resulting in easier trial and error calculations for
optimization of designs and study of existing installations. Topics such as PVT
correlations, multiphase flow correlations, and inflow performance
relationships are discussed in the appendices. Pages: 31
3rd Edition | July 2002 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G11S43 | Price: $79.00
RP 11S5
Recommended Practice for the Application of Electric Submersible
Cable Systems
Covers the application (size and configuration) of electrical submersible
cable systems by manufacturers, vendors, or users. The document
addresses the varies uses of different cable insulation systems, including
jackets, braids, armor, and related coverings, as well as auxiliary cable
components for cable conductors. The document also addresses splicing
and terminating cables including splicing, lengthening and repairs.
Pages: 38
2nd Edition | April 2008 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G11S52 | Price: $109.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
20
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 11S6
Recommended Practice for Testing of Electric Submersible Pump
Cable Systems
crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the
production segment of the industry. Pages: 27
11th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009
Product Number: G12D11 | Price: $97.00
You may access Spec 12D in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Covers field testing of electric submersible pump cable systems. This
document is organized into three major topic categories. The first category
provides general definitions and an overview of terms, safety considerations,
and cable system preparation guidelines. The second category identifies
various situations under which testing is performed. The third category
identifies test methods and procedures. Pages: 27
1st Edition | December 1995 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G11S61 | Price: $89.00
RP 11S7
Recommended Practice on Application and Testing of Electric
Submersible Pump Seal Chamber Section
Applies to the seal chamber section used in support of an electric
submersible motor. This recommended practice contains tutorial, testing,
and failure evaluation information on the seal chamber section used in
support of an electric submersible motor. The document provides a general
understanding of construction and functioning of seal chamber sections,
identification of well conditions, system requirements, and characteristics
that influence component section and application. Pages: 28
1st Edition | July 1993 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G05947 | Price: $89.00
RP 11S8
Recommended Practice on Electric Submersible System Vibrations
Provides guidelines to establish consistency in the control and analysis of
electric submersible pump (ESP) system vibrations. This document is
considered appropriate for the testing of ESP systems and subsystems for the
majority of ESP applications. This recommended practice covers the vibration
limits, testing, and analysis of ESP systems and subsystems. Pages: 18
2nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: G11S802 | Price: $78.00
LEASE PRODUCTION VESSELS
Spec 12B 
Specification for Bolted Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical,
cylindrical, aboveground, closed and open top, bolted steel storage tanks
with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and
capacities ranging from 100 to 10000 barrels. Tanks covered by this
specification have been designed using established engineering calculations
to determine minimum metal thickness and bolting specifications for each
size tank filled with water. This specification is designed to provide the oil
production industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy
for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly
handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. Pages: 33
15th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009
Product Number: G12B15 | Price: $97.00
You may access Spec 12B in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 12D 
Specification for Field Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical,
cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage tanks with internal
pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and capacities ranging
from 500 to 10000 barrels. Tanks covered by this specification have been
designed using established engineering calculations to determine minimum
metal thickness and bolting specifications for each size tank filled with water.
This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with
tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of
Spec 12D *
Specification for Field Welded Tanks for Storage of Production
Liquids—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12D.
11th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12D11C | Price: $68.00
Spec 12F 
Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for shopfabricated vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage
tanks with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and
capacities ranging from 90 to 750 barrels. Tanks covered by this
specification have been designed using established engineering calculations
to determine minimum metal thickness and bolting specifications for each
size tank filled with water. This specification is designed to provide the oil
production industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy
for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly
handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. Pages: 25
12th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009
Product Number: G12F12 | Price: $97.00
You may access Spec 12F in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 12F *
Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production
Liquids—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12F.
12th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12F12C | Price: $68.00
Spec 12J 
Specification for Oil and Gas Separators
Covers minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, and plant testing
of oil and gas separators and oil-gas-water separators that are used in the
production of oil and gas and are located at some point on the producing
flow line between the wellhead and pipeline. Separators covered by this
specification may be vertical, spherical, or single or double barrel horizontal.
Unless otherwise agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer,
the jurisdiction of this specification terminates with the pressure vessel as
defined in Section VII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code. Pressure vessels covered by this specification are normally classified
as natural resource vessels. Separators outside the scope of this
specification include centrifugal separators, filter separators, and desanding
separators. Pages: 25
8th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: March 31, 2009
Product Number: G12J08 | Price: $97.00
Spec 12J *
Specification for Oil and Gas Separators—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12J.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08C | Price: $68.00
Spec 12J *
Specification for Oil and Gas Separators—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 12J.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08R | Price: $78.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
21
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 12K 
Specification for Indirect Type Oilfield Heaters
outside the scope of this specification. Standard designs are based on a
maximum working pressure equal to the hydrostatic head of the stored fluid
plus 6 in. of water column (0.217 psig) and 2 in. of water column vacuum.
Design criteria are dependent on method of construction. Filament winding,
chop-spray and combinations of these methods (commonly referred to as
chop-hoop) are covered. Tanks constructed using hand lay-up (contact
molding) are to be designed to the same standard as chop-spray
construction. Pages: 27
3rd Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: March 31, 2009
Product Number: G12P03 | Price: $97.00
Covers minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, and shop testing
of oilfield indirect type fired heaters that are used in the production of oil,
gas, and associated fluid. The heaters are located at some point on the
producing flowline between the wellhead and pipeline. Heater components
covered by this specification include the pressurized coils, the shell, heater
bath, firetube, and the firing system. For purposes of this specification, the
termination of a heater coil is at the first bevel when coils are furnished
beveled for welding, or the face of the first fitting when fittings are furnished
as the inlet or outlet connection to the coil. All fittings and valves between
the inlet and outlet of the coil are to be considered within the coil limit.
Heaters outside the scope of this specification include steam and other
vapor generators, reboilers, indirect heaters employing heat media other
than water solutions, all types of direct fired heaters, shell-and-tube bundles
or electrical heating elements, and coils operating at temperatures less than
–20 °F. Pages: 35
8th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: March 31, 2009
Product Number: G12K08 | Price: $115.00
Spec 12K *
Specification for Indirect Type Oilfield Heaters—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12K.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12K08C | Price: $81.00
Spec 12L 
Specification for Vertical and Horizontal Emulsion Treaters
Covers minimum requirements for material, design, fabrication, and testing
of vertical and horizontal emulsion treaters. Emulsion treating is normally
conducted on crude oil immediately after it is separated from its associated
gas in a vessel referred to as a treater or sometimes as a heater treater. High
gas-oil ratio wells or those produced by gas lift may require the installation of
an oil and gas separator upstream of the treater to remove most of the
associated gas before the emulsion enters the treater. Where the water to oil
ratio is high, freewater knockouts may be required upstream of the treater.
The jurisdiction of this specification terminates with each pressure vessel as
applicable: the emulsion treater with firetube(s) and, if used, the heat
exchanger(s) and water siphon. Pressure vessels covered by this
specification are classified as natural resource vessels. An emulsion treater
is a pressure vessel used in the oil producing industry for separating oilwater emulsions and gas, and for breaking or resolving emulsified well
streams into water and saleable clean oil components. Emulsion treaters are
usually equipped with one or more removable firetubes or heat exchange
elements through which heat is applied to the water and/or emulsion to aid
the emulsion breaking process. Pages: 39
5th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: March 31, 2009
Product Number: G12L05 | Price: $97.00
RP 12N
Operations, Maintenance and Testing of Firebox Flame Arrestors
Covers practices that should be considered in the installation, maintenance,
and testing of firebox flame arrestors installed on the air intake of oilfield
production equipment. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: April 2008
Product Number: G12N02 | Price: $83.00
Spec 12P 
Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks
Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for fiberglass
reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks. Only shop-fabricated, vertical, cylindrical
tanks are covered. Tanks covered by this specification are intended for above
ground and atmospheric pressure service at various sizes and capacities
ranging from 90 to 1500 barrels. Unsupported cone bottom tanks are
RP 12R1
Recommended Practice for Setting, Maintenance, Inspection,
Operation, and Repair of Tanks in Production Service
Should be considered as a guide on new tank installations and maintenance
of existing tanks. It contains recommendations for good practices in the
collection of well or lease production; gauging; delivery to pipeline carriers for
transportation; and other production storage and treatment operations. This
recommended practice is intended primarily for application to tanks
fabricated to Spec 12F, Spec 12D, Spec 12F, and Spec 12P when employed
in on-land production service; but its basic principles are applicable to
atmospheric tanks of other dimensions and specifications when they are
employed in similar oil and gas production, treating, and processing
services. It is not applicable to refineries, petrochemical plants, marketing
bulk stations, or pipeline storage facilities operated by carriers. Pages: 49
5th Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: April 2008
Product Number: G12R15 | Price: $132.00
DRILLING FLUID MATERIALS
Spec 13A/ISO 13500:2009 
Specification for Drilling Fluid Materials
Covers physical properties and test procedures for materials manufactured
for use in oil- and gas-well drilling fluids. The materials covered are barite,
haematite, bentonite, nontreated bentonite, OCMA-grade bentonite,
attapulgite, sepiolite, technical-grade low-viscosity carboxymethylcellulose
(CMC LVT), technical-grade high-viscosity carboxymethylcellulose (CMCHVT), starch, low-viscosity polyanionic cellulose (PAC-LV), high-viscosity
polyanionic cellulose (PAC-HV), drilling-grade Xanthan gum, and barite 4,1.
This standard is intended for the use of manufacturers of named products.
This edition of API Spec 13A is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13500:2009. Pages: 109
18th Edition | February 2010 | Effective Date: August 1, 2010
Product Number: GX13A018 | Price: $181.00
Spec 13A/ISO 13500:2009 *
Specification for Drilling Fluid Materials—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 13A.
18th Edition | February 2010
Product Number: GX13A018C | Price: $127.00
RP 13B-1/ISO 10414-1:2008
Recommended Practice for Field Testing Water-Based Drilling Fluids
Provides standard procedures for determining the following characteristics of
water based drilling fluids:
• drilling fluid density (mud weight);
• viscosity and gel strength;
• filtration;
• water, oil, and solids contents;
• sand content;
• methylene blue capacity;
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
22
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
• pH;
• alkalinity and lime content;
• chloride content; and
• total hardness as calcium.
Annex A through Annex K provide additional test methods.
This edition of API 13B-1 is the identical national adoption of ISO 104141:2008. Pages: 91
4th Edition | March 2009 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: GX13B14 | Price: $165.00
RP 13D *
Rheology and Hydraulics of Oil-Well Fluids—Kazakh
RP 13B-2
Recommended Practice for Field Testing Oil-Based Drilling Fluids
Provides standard procedures for determining the following characteristics of
oil-based drilling fluids:
• drilling fluid density (mud weight);
• viscosity and gel strength;
• filtration;
• oil, water, and solids contents;
• alkalinity, chloride content, and calcium content;
• electrical stability;
• lime and calcium contents, calcium chloride content, and sodium
chloride content; and
• low-gravity solids and weighting material contents. Pages: 100
4th Edition | February 2005 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Under Revision, 2-Year Extension: June 2010
Product Number: G13B204 | Price: $163.00
RP 13C/ISO 13501
Recommended Practice on Drilling Fluid Processing Systems
Evaluation
Provides a standard procedure for assessing and modifying performance of
solids control equipment systems commonly used in the field in petroleum
and natural gas drilling fluids processing.
This procedure is not intended for the comparison of similar types of
individual pieces of equipment. This standard specifies a different labelling
requirement for shale shaker screens that will be permanently attached to
the screen. It also covers the marking of shipping containers for shale shaker
screens. This standard provides a standard procedure for quick assessment
of a solids control screen sizing. The method can be used in the field or
laboratory for identification of an unknown screen approximate size range.
This edition of API RP 13C is the modified national adoption of ISO 13501.
Pages: 52
4th Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: GX13C04 | Price: $121.00
RP 13D
Rheology and Hydraulics of Oil-Well Fluids
Provides a basic understanding of and guidance about drilling fluid rheology
and hydraulics and their application to drilling operations. For this
recommended practice, rheology is the study of flow characteristics of a
drilling fluid and how these characteristics affect movement of the fluid.
Specific measurements are made on a fluid to determine rheological
parameters under a variety of conditions. From this information the
circulating system can be designed or evaluated regarding how it will
accomplish certain desired objectives. Pages: 94
6th Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G13D06 | Price: $134.00
Kazakh translation of RP 13D.
6th Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G13D06K | Price: $108.00
RP 13I/ISO 10416:2008
Recommended Practice for Laboratory Testing of Drilling Fluids
Provides procedures for the laboratory testing of both drilling fluid materials
and drilling fluid physical, chemical, and performance properties. It is
applicable to both water-based and oil-based drilling fluids, as well as the
base or “make-up” fluid. It is not applicable as a detailed manual on drilling
fluid control procedures. Recommendations regarding agitation and testing
temperature are presented because the agitation history and temperature
have a profound effect on drilling fluid properties.
This edition of API RP 13I is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10416:2008. Pages: 108
8th Edition | March 2009 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: GX13I8 | Price: $186.00
RP 13J/ISO 13503-3:2005
Testing of Heavy Brines
Covers heavy brines commonly used in petroleum and natural gas
completion, workover, and drill-in fluids. These brines can be purchased or
rented from multiple sources and are available worldwide. No single source
or limited source of supply is included, either by inference or reference. Also
provides methods for assessing the performance and physical
characteristics of heavy brines for use in field operations. It includes
procedures for evaluating the density or specific gravity, clarity, or amount of
particulate matter carried in the brine, crystallization point, or the
temperature (both ambient and under pressure) at which the brines make
the transition between liquid and solid, pH, and iron contamination. It also
contains a discussion of gas hydrate formation and mitigation, buffering
capacity, and a standardized reporting form.
This edition of API RP 13J is the identical national adoption of ISO 135033:2005. Pages: 43
4th Edition | May 2006 | 2-Year Extension: January 2013
Product Number: G13J04 | Price: $124.00
RP 13K
Recommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite
Barite is used to increase the density of oil well drilling fluids. It is a mined
product that can contain significant quantities of minerals other than barium
sulfate, which is its main component.
It is the objective of this publication to provide a comprehensive, detailed
description of the chemical analytical procedures for quantitatively
determining the mineral and chemical constituents of barite. These
procedures are quite elaborate and will normally be carried out in a wellequipped laboratory. Pages: 51
3rd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G13K03 | Price: $107.00
RP 13K *
Recommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 13K.
3rd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G13K03K | Price: $86.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
23
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 13L
Recommended Practice for Training and Qualification of Drilling
Fluid Technologists
Spec 14A/ISO 10432:2004 *
Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment—Russian
A written summary of basic training and knowledge that an employee or
contractor shall possess to be identified as a drilling fluids technologist. This
recommended practice seeks to formalize the specific knowledge base,
professional skills, and application skills needed to ensure the competency
and professionalism of individuals working in the drilling fluids industry.
Drilling fluids technologists should use this recommended practice as an
outline to self-determine any gaps in learning and seek to improve their
skills. A company contracting the service of a drilling fluids technologist
should use this recommended practice as a checklist of knowledge that a
technologist should be able to demonstrate proficiency in applying Pages: 7
1st Edition | February 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G13L01 | Price: $53.00
RP 13M/ISO 13503-1:2003
Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Viscous Properties
of Completion Fluids
(RP 13M replaces API RP 39)
Provides consistent methodology for determining the viscosity of completion
fluids used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. For certain cases,
methods are also provided to determine the rheological properties of a fluid.
This edition of API RP 13M is the identical national adoption of ISO 135031:2003. Pages: 21
1st Edition | July 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: GX13M01 | Price: $98.00
RP 13M-4/ISO 13503-4:2006
Recommended Practice for Measuring Stimulation and Gravel-Pack
Fluid Leakoff Under Static Conditions
Provides for consistent methodology to measure fluid loss of stimulation and
gravel-pack fluid under static conditions. However, the procedure in this
recommended practice excludes fluids that react with porous media.
This edition of API RP 13M-4 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13503-4:2006. Pages: 14
1st Edition | December 2006 | Product Number: GG13M41 | Price: $57.00
OFFSHORE SAFETY AND ANTIPOLLUTION
Spec 14A/ISO 10432:2004 
Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment
Provides the minimum acceptable requirements for subsurface safety valves
(SSSVs). It covers subsurface safety valves including all components that
establish tolerances and/or clearance that may affect performance or
interchangeability of the SSSVs. It includes the interface connections to the
flow control or other equipment but does not cover the connections to the
well conduit.
This edition of API Spec 14A is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10432:2004. Pages: 79
11th Edition | October 2005 | Effective Date: May 1, 2006
Reaffirmed: July 2012 | Product Number: GX14A11 | Price: $171.00
You may access Spec 14A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 14A/ISO 10432:2004 *
Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment—Chinese
Russian translation of Spec 14A.
11th Edition | October 2005
Product Number: GX14A11R | Price: $137.00
RP 14B/ISO 10417:2004
Design, Installation, Repair and Operation of Subsurface Safety
Valve Systems
Establishes requirements and provides guidelines for configuration,
installation, test, operation and documentation of subsurface safety valve
(SSSV) systems. In addition, this standard establishes requirements and
provides guidelines for selection, handling, redress, and documentation of
SSSV downhole production equipment.
This edition of API RP 14B is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10417:2004. Pages: 31
5th Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: July 2012
Product Number: GX14B05 | Price: $115.00
You may access RP 14B in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14B/ISO 10417:2004 *
Design, Installation, Repair and Operation of Subsurface Safety
Valve Systems—Russian
Russian translation of RP 14B.
5th Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: GX14B05R | Price: $92.00
RP 14C
Recommended Practice for Analysis, Design, Installation, and
Testing of Basic Surface Safety Systems for Offshore Production
Platforms
Presents a standardized method to design, install, and test surface safety
systems on offshore production platforms. Uses recognized systems analysis
methods to develop requirements for a safety system and includes
procedures to document the safety system and verify conformance.
Pages: 110
7th Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
2-Year Extension: December 2012
Product Number: G14C07 | Price: $201.00
You may access RP 14C in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14E
Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Offshore
Production Platform Piping Systems
Recommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design and
installation of new piping systems on offshore production platforms. Includes
general recommendations on design and application of pipe, valves, and
fittings for typical processes; general information on installation, quality
control, and items related to piping systems such as insulation; and specific
recommendations for the design of particular piping systems. Pages: 61
5th Edition | October 1991 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G07185 | Price: $149.00
You may access RP 14E in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chinese translation of Spec 14A.
11th Edition | October 2005
Product Number: GX14A11C | Price: $120.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
24
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 14F
Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Systems for
Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and
Class I, Division 1, and Division 2 Locations
RP 14H
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore
Recommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design,
installation, and maintenance of electrical systems on fixed and floating
petroleum facilities located offshore. For facilities classified as Zone 0,
Zone 1, or Zone 2, reference RP 4FZ. These facilities include drilling,
producing, and pipeline transportation facilities associated with oil and gas
exploration and production. This recommended practice is not applicable to
mobile offshore drilling units without production facilities. This document is
intended to bring together in one place a brief description of basic desirable
electrical practices for offshore electrical systems. The recommended
practices contained herein recognize that special electrical considerations
exist for offshore petroleum facilities. Pages: 150
5th Edition | July 2008 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G14F05 | Price: $119.00
You may access RP 14F in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14FZ 
Recommended Practice for Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum
Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2
Locations
Recommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design,
installation, and maintenance of electrical systems on fixed and floating
petroleum facilities located offshore. For facilities classified as Division 1 or
Division 2, reference RP 14F. These facilities include drilling, producing and
pipeline transportation facilities associated with oil and gas exploration and
production. This recommended practice is not applicable to mobile offshore
drilling units without production facilities. This document is intended to bring
together in one place a brief description of basic desirable electrical
practices for offshore electrical systems. The recommended practices
contained herein recognize that special electrical considerations exist for
offshore petroleum facilities. These include:
• inherent electrical shock possibility presented by the marine environment
and steel decks;
• space limitations that require that equipment be installed in or near
hazardous (classified) locations;
• corrosive marine environment;
• motion and buoyancy concerns associated with floating facilities.
Pages: 177
2nd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: G14FZ02 | Price: $280.00
You may access RP 14FZ in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14G
Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on OpenType Offshore Production Platforms
Presents recommendations for minimizing the likelihood of an accidental
fire, and for designing, inspecting, and maintaining fire control systems. It
emphasizes the need to train personnel in fire fighting, to conduct routine
drills, and to establish methods and procedures for safe evacuation. The fire
control systems discussed are intended to provide an early response to
incipient fires and prevent their growth. Applicable to fixed open-type
offshore production platforms that are generally installed in moderate
climates and that have sufficient natural ventilation to minimize the
accumulation of vapors. Enclosed areas, such as quarters, buildings, and
equipment enclosures, normally installed on this type platform, are
addressed. Pages: 38
4th Edition | April 2007 | Product Number: G14G04 | Price: $124.00
You may access RP 14G in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Provides guidance for inspecting, installing, operating, maintaining, and
onsite repairing SSVs/USVs manufactured according to Spec 6A (17th
Edition or later), section 10.20 or Spec 14D (withdrawn). Included are
procedures for testing SSVs/USVs. This document covers guidelines for
inspecting, installing, maintaining, onsite repairing, and operating SSVs/
USVs. Nothing in this document is to be construed as a fixed rule without
regard to sound engineering judgment nor is it intended to override
applicable federal, state, or local laws. Pages: 15
5th Edition | August 2007 | Product Number: G14H05 | Price: $119.00
You may access RP 14H in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 14H *
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore—
Russian
Russian translation of RP 14H.
5th Edition | August 2007 | Product Number: G14H05R | Price: $96.00
RP 14J
Recommended Practice for Design and Hazards Analysis for
Offshore Production Facilities
Provides useful procedures and guidelines for planning, designing, and
arranging offshore production facilities; and performing a hazards analysis
on open-type offshore production facilities. Discusses several procedures
that can be used to perform a hazards analysis, and presents minimum
requirements for process safety information and hazards analysis that can
be used for satisfying RP 75. Pages: 75
2nd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G14J02 | Price: $117.00
You may access RP 14J in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 14L/ISO 16070:2005 
Specification for Lock Mandrels and Landing Nipples
Provides the requirements for lock mandrels and landing nipples within the
production/injection conduit for the installation of flow control or other
equipment used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. It includes the
interface connections to the flow control or other equipment, but does not
cover the connections to the well conduit.
This edition of API Spec 14L is the identical national adoption of
ISO 16070:2005. Pages: 25
2nd Edition | July 2007 | Reaffirmed: August 2012
Product Number: GG14L02 | Price: $119.00
Bull 91
Planning and Conducting Surface Preparation and Coating
Operations for Oil and Natural Gas Drilling and Production Facilities
in a Marine Environment
Worldwide, marine exploration, production, development and
decommissioning operations are conducted from a variety of structures.
These installments must be inspected periodically and maintained in order
to assure structural integrity and minimize pollution risks. Maintenance of an
offshore structure, regardless of its classification, necessarily includes
blasting and coating activities. The purpose of this publication is to establish
practices and procedures that should be followed to minimize the discharge
of spent blast abrasive, and paint overspray to the surrounding waters during
these activities. Pages: 16
1st Edition | June 2007 | Product Number: G09101 | Price: $61.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
25
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
FIBERGLASS AND PLASTIC PIPE
Spec 15LR 
Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe
RP 15CLT
Recommended Practice for Composite Lined Steel Tubular Goods
Provides guidelines for the design, manufacturing, qualification and
application of composite lined carbon steel downhole tubing in the handling
and transport of multiphase fluids, hydrocarbon gasses, hydrocarbon liquids
and water. The principles outlined in this recommended practice also apply
to line pipe applications. Composite lined tubing typically consists of a fiber
reinforced polymer liner within the steel host, providing protection of that
steel host from corrosive attack. Both API and premium connections can be
employed, typically using corrosive barrier rings to maintain corrosion
resistance between ends of adjacent liners. This document contains
recommendations on material selection, product qualification, and definition
of safety and design factors. Quality control tests, minimum performance
requirements are included. The recommended practice applies to composite
lined carbon steel for systems up to 10 in. (250 mm) diameter, operating at
pressures up to 10,000 psi (69 MPa) and maximum temperatures of
300 °F (150 °C). The principles described in this document can easily be
extended to apply to products being developed by manufacturers for
application outside this range. Pages: 13
1st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G15CLT1 | Price: $83.00
Spec 15HR 
High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe
(includes Addendum 1 dated November 2004, Errata 1 dated
February 2007, and Errata 2 dated January 2008)
Formulated to provide for the availability of safe, dimensionally and
functionally interchangeable high pressure fiberglass line pipe with a Spec
15HR Standard Pressure Rating from 500 psi to 5000 psi, inclusive, in 250
psi increments. This specification is limited to mechanical connections.
Pages: 25
3rd Edition | August 2001 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: G15HR3 | Price: $97.00
Spec 15HR *
High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 15HR.
3rd Edition | August 2001 | Product Number: G15HR3C | Price: $68.00
Spec 15LE 
Polyethylene (PE) Line Pipe
The purpose of this specification is to provide standards for polyethylene (PE)
line pipe suitable for use in conveying oil, gas and non-potable water in
underground, above ground and reliner applications for the oil and gas
producing industries. The technical content of this document provides
requirements and guidelines for performance, design, materials inspection,
dimensions and tolerances, marking, handling, storing and shipping.
Pages: 38
4th Edition | January 2008 | Effective Date: July 1, 2008
Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G15LE4 | Price: $101.00
Spec 15LE *
Polyethylene (PE) Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 15LE.
4th Edition | January 2008 | Product Number: G15LE4C | Price: $71.00
Covers filament wound (FW) and centrifugally cast (CC) fiberglass line pipe
and fittings for pipe in diameters up to and including 24 in. in diameter and
up to and including 1000 psig cyclic operating pressures. In addition, at the
manufacturer’s option, the pipe may also be rated for static operating
pressures up to 1000 psig. It is recommended that the pipe and fittings be
purchased by cyclic pressure rating. The standard pressure ratings range
from 150 psig to 300 psig in 50 psig increments, and from 300 psig to
1000 psig in 100 psig increments, based on either cyclic pressure or static
pressure. Pages: 25
7th Edition | August 2001 | Effective Date: February 1, 2002
Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G15LR7 | Price: $97.00
Spec 15LR *
Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 15LR.
7th Edition | August 2001 | Product Number: G15LR7C | Price: $68.00
RP 15S
Qualification of Spoolable Reinforced Plastic Line Pipe
Provides guidelines for the design, manufacture, qualification, and
application of spoolable reinforced plastic line pipe in oilfield flowline
applications, including transport of multiphase fluids, hydrocarbon gases,
hydrocarbon liquids, and water. Such products typically consist of a
continuous plastic liner reinforced with either glass reinforced epoxyspoolable composite pipe or aramid fibers-reinforced thermoplastic pipe.
They are continuous flowline systems capable of being reeled for storage,
transport, and installation. For offshore use, additional requirements may
apply Pages: 26
1st Edition | March 2006 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G15S01 | Price: $97.00
RP 15TL4
Care and Use of Fiberglass Tubulars
Provides information on the transporting, handling, installing, and
reconditioning of fiberglass tubulars in oilfield usage. Appendices are also
included to cover adhesive bonding, repair procedures, and inspection
practices. Pages: 20
2nd Edition | March 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G15TL4 | Price: $97.00
DRILLING WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Spec 16A/ISO 13533:2001 
Specification for Drill-Through Equipment
(includes Supplement/Errata 1 dated November 2004)
Provides requirements for performance, design, materials, testing and
inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, and shipping of drill-through
equipment used for drilling for oil and gas. It also defines service conditions
in terms of pressure, temperature, and wellbore fluids for which the
equipment will be designed.
This specification is applicable to and establishes requirements for the
following specific equipment:
• ram blowout preventers;
• ram blocks, packers, and top seals;
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
26
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
• annular blowout preventers;
• annular packing units;
• hydraulic connectors;
• drilling spools;
• adapters;
• loose connections; and
• clamps.
This document does not apply to field use or field testing of drill-through
equipment.
This edition of API RP 16A is the modified national adoption of
ISO 13533:2001. Pages: 109
3rd Edition | June 2004 | Effective Date: December 1, 2004
Reaffirmed: August 2010 | Under Revision
Product Number: GX16A03 | Price: $165.00
• control systems for diverter equipment;
• auxiliary equipment control systems and interfaces;
• emergency disconnect sequenced systems;
• backup systems; and
• special deepwater/harsh environment features. Pages: 97
2nd Edition | July 2004 | Effective Date: January 1, 2005
Reaffirmed: August 2013 | Product Number: G16D02 | Price: $177.00
Spec 16A/ISO 13533:2001 *
Specification for Drill-Through Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16A.
3rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: GX16A03C | Price: $116.00
Spec 16C 
Choke and Kill Systems
Provides for safe and functionally interchangeable surface and subsea choke
and kill systems equipment utilized for drilling and gas wells. Other parts of
the choke and kill system not specifically addressed in this document shall
be in accordance with the applicable sections of this specification. Technical
content of this document provides the minimum requirement for
performance, design, materials, welding, testing, inspection, storing, and
shipping. Pages: 61
1st Edition | January 1993 | Reaffirmed: July 2010
Under Revision | Product Number: G07242 | Price: $132.00
Spec 16C *
Choke and Kill Systems—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16C.
1st Edition | January 1993 | Product Number: G07242C | Price: $93.00
Spec 16C *
Choke and Kill Systems—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 16C.
1st Edition | January 1993 | Product Number: G07242K | Price: $106.00
Spec 16D 
Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment
and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment
Establishes design standards for systems used to control blowout preventers
(BOPs) and associated valves that control well pressure during drilling
operations. The design standards applicable to subsystems and
components do not include material selection and manufacturing process
details but may serve as an aid to the purchaser. Although diverters are not
considered well control devices, their controls are often incorporated as part
of the BOP control system and therefore are included in this specification.
The requirements provided in this specification apply to the following control
system categories:
• control systems for surface mounted BOP stacks;
• control systems for subsea BOP stacks (common elements);
• discrete hydraulic control systems for subsea BOP stacks;
• electro-hydraulic/multiplex control systems for subsea BOP stacks;
Spec 16D *
Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment
and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16D.
2nd Edition | July 2004 | Product Number: G16D02C | Price: $124.00
Spec 16F 
Specification for Marine Drilling Riser Equipment
Establishes standards of performance and quality for the design,
manufacture, and fabrication of marine drilling riser equipment used in
conjunction with a subsea blowout preventer (BOP) stack. This specification
covers the following major subsystems in the marine drilling riser system:
• riser tensioner equipment;
• flex/ball joints;
• choke, kill, and auxiliary lines;
• drape hoses and jumper lines for flex/ball joints;
• telescopic joint (slip joint) and tensioner ring;
• riser joints;
• buoyancy equipment;
• riser running equipment;
• special riser system components; and
• lower riser adapter. Pages: 43
1st Edition | August 2004 | Effective Date: February 1, 2005
Reaffirmed: August 2010 | Under Revision
Product Number: G16F01 | Price: $119.00
RP 16Q
Design, Selection, Operation and Maintenance of Marine Drilling
Riser Systems
(formerly API RP 2Q and RP 2K)
Includes guidelines for the design, selection, operation, and maintenance of
marine riser systems for floating drilling operations. Organized as a reference
for designers, for those who select system components and for those who
use and maintain this equipment. Pages: 48
1st Edition | November 1993 | Reaffirmed: August 2010
Under Revision | Product Number: G07249 | Price: $109.00
Spec 16R 
Marine Drilling Riser Couplings
(replaces API RP 2R)
Covers the design, rating, manufacturing, and testing of marine drilling riser
couplings. Coupling capacity ratings are established to enable the grouping
of coupling models according to their maximum stresses developed under
specific levels of loading, regardless of manufacturer or method of make-up.
This specification relates directly to RP 16Q, which covers the design,
selection, and operation of the marine drilling riser system as a whole.
Pages: 18
1st Edition | January 1997 | Effective Date: June 1, 1997
Reaffirmed: August 2010 | Under Revision
Product Number: G16R01 | Price: $97.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
27
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 16RCD 
Drill Through Equipment—Rotating Control Devices
RP 64 *
Recommended Practice for Diverter Systems Equipment and
Operations—Kazakh
Formulated to provide for the availability of safe and functionally
interchangeable rotating control devices (RCDs) utilized in air drilling, drilling
operations for oil and gas, and in geothermal drilling operations. Technical
content provides requirements for design, performance, materials, tests and
inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, and shipping. This
specification does not apply to field use or field testing of RCDs. Critical
components are those parts having requirements specified in this document.
Pages: 71
1st Edition | February 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2013
Product Number: G16RCD01 | Price: $151.00
Spec 16RCD *
Drill Through Equipment—Rotating Control Devices—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 16RCD.
1st Edition | February 2005
Product Number: G16RCD01K | Price: $121.00
RP 16ST
Coiled Tubing Well Control Equipment Systems
Addresses coiled tubing well control equipment assembly and operation as
it relates to well control practices. Industry practices for performing well
control operations using fluids for hydrostatic pressure balance are not
addressed in this recommended practice. This document covers well control
equipment assembly and operation used in coiled tubing intervention and
coiled tubing drilling applications performed through:
• christmas trees constructed to standards stipulated in Spec 6A;
• a surface flow head or surface test tree constructed to standards
stipulated in Spec 6A; and
• drill pipe or workstrings with connections manufactured in accordance
with Spec 7 and/or Spec 5CT. Pages: 75
1st Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G16ST01 | Price: $145.00
RP 59
Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations
Provides information that can serve as a voluntary industry guide for safe
well control operations. This publication is designed to serve as a direct field
aid in well control and as a technical source for teaching well control
principles. This publication establishes recommended operations to retain
pressure control of the well under pre-kick conditions and recommended
practices to be utilized during a kick. It serves as a companion to Std 53 and
RP 64. Pages: 92
2nd Edition | May 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G59002 | Price: $122.00
RP 59 *
Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 59.
2nd Edition | May 2006 | Product Number: G59002K | Price: $98.00
RP 64
Recommended Practice for Diverter Systems Equipment and
Operations
Covers surface and subsea diverter systems and components, including
design, controls, operating procedures, and maintenance for land, bottomsupported offshore, floating offshore, and floating offshore installations.
Pages: 61
2nd Edition | October 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G64002 | Price: $107.00
Kazakh translation of RP 64.
2nd Edition | October 2001 | Product Number: G64002K | Price: $86.00
SUBSEA PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
RP 17A/ISO 13628-1:2005
Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems—General
Requirements and Recommendations
(includes Addendum 1 dated December 2010)
Provides guidelines for the design, installation, operation, repair, and
decommissioning of subsea production systems. The elements of subsea
production systems included are wellheads (both subsea and mudline
casing suspension systems) and trees; pipelines and end connections;
controls, control lines and control fluids; templates and manifolds; and
production riser (both rigid and flexible). Other sections cover operations,
quality assurance, materials, and corrosion. This is intended as an umbrella
document to govern other parts of the subsea document suite of standards
dealing with more detailed requirements for the subsystems that typically
form part of a subsea production system. However, in some areas (e.g.
system design, structures, manifolds, lifting devices, and color and marking)
more detailed requirements are included herein, as these subjects are not
covered in a subsystem standard. The complete subsea production system
comprises several subsystems necessary to produce hydrocarbons from one
or more subsea wells and transfer them to a given processing facility located
offshore (fixed, floating, or subsea) or onshore or to inject water/gas through
subsea wells. Specialized equipment, such as split trees and trees and
manifolds in atmospheric chambers, are not specifically discussed because
of their limited use. However, the information presented is applicable to
those types of equipment.
This edition of API RP 17A is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13628:2005. Pages: 232
4th Edition | January 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2011
Product Number: GX17A04 | Price: $182.00
RP 17B/ISO 13628-11:2007
Recommended Practice for Flexible Pipe
Provides guidelines for the design, analysis, manufacture, testing,
installation, and operation of flexible pipes and flexible pipe systems for
onshore, subsea, and marine applications. This recommended practice
supplements Spec 17J and Spec 17K, which specify minimum requirements
for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and
packaging of unbonded and bonded flexible pipe, respectively. This
recommended practice applies to flexible pipe assemblies, consisting of
segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings attached to both ends. Both
bonded and unbonded pipe types are covered. In addition, this
recommended practice applies to flexible pipe systems, including ancillary
components. The applications covered by this recommended practice are
sweet- and sour-service production, including export and injection
applications. This recommended practice applies to both static and dynamic
flexible pipe systems used as flowlines, risers, and jumpers. This
recommended practice does cover, in general terms, the use of flexible pipes
for offshore loading systems. This recommended practice does not cover
flexible pipes for use in choke and kill lines or umbilical and control lines.
This edition of API RP 17B is the identical national adoption of ISO 1362811:2007. Pages: 213
4th Edition | July 2008 | 2-Year Extension: December 2013
Product Number: GX17B04 | Price: $208.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
28
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 17C/ISO 13628-3:2000
Recommended Practice on TFL (Through Flowline) Systems
equipment is utilized for control of subsea production of oil and gas and for
subsea water and gas injection services. Where applicable, this specification
may be used for equipment on multiple-well applications. This document
establishes design standards for systems, subsystems, components, and
operating fluids in order to provide for the safe and functional control of subsea
production equipment. It contains various types of information related to
subsea production control systems that includes: informative data that provide
an overview of the architecture and general functionality of control systems for
the purpose of introduction and information; basic prescriptive data that shall
be adhered to by all types of control system; selective prescriptive data that are
control-system-type sensitive and shall be adhered to only when they are
relevant; and optional data or requirements that need be adopted only when
considered necessary either by the purchaser or the vendor. In view of the
diverse nature of the data provided, control system purchasers and specifiers
are advised to select from this document only the provisions needed for the
application at hand. Rework and repair of used equipment are beyond the
scope of this specification.
This edition of API Spec 17F is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13628-6:2006. Pages: 58
2nd Edition | December 2006 | Effective Date: June 15, 2007
Reaffirmed: April 2011 | Product Number: GX17F02 | Price: $196.00
Presents recommendations for designing, fabricating, and operating TFL
equipment. Procedures and guidelines presented are for hydraulic servicing
of downhole equipment, subsea tree and tubing hanger, and pipelines and
equipment within the pipelines. This document primarily addresses TFL
systems for offshore, subsea applications but may also be used in other
applications such as highly-deviated wells or horizontally-drilled wells.
Subsea separation, boosting, metering, and downhole pumps are outside
the scope of this document.
This edition of API RP 17C is the identical national adoption of ISO 136283:2000. Pages: 67
2nd Edition | September 2002 | Reaffirmed: February 2010
Product Number: GX17C02 | Price: $125.00
Spec 17D 
Specification for Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
(includes Errata 1 dated September 2011, Errata 2 dated January
2012, Errata 3 dated June 2013, Errata 4 dated July 2013, and
Errata 5 dated October 2013)
Provides specifications for subsea wellheads, mudline wellheads, drillthrough mudline wellheads, and both vertical and horizontal subsea trees. It
specifies the associated tooling necessary to handle, test, and install the
equipment. It also specifies the areas of design, material, welding, quality
control (including factory acceptance testing), marking, storing, and
shipping for both individual sub-assemblies (used to build complete subsea
tree assemblies) and complete subsea tree assemblies. The user is
responsible for ensuring subsea equipment meets any additional
requirements of governmental regulations for the country in which it is
installed. This is outside the scope of this document. Where applicable, this
document can also be used for equipment on satellite, cluster
arrangements, and multiple well template applications. This document
includes equipment definitions, an explanation of equipment use and
function, an explanation of service conditions and product specification
levels, and a description of critical components. This document is not
applicable to the rework and repair of used equipment. Pages: 254
2nd Edition | May 2011 | Effective Date: November 1, 2011
Product Number: GX17D02 | Price: $186.00
Spec 17D *
Specification for Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 17D.
2nd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: GX17D02C | Price: $131.00
Spec 17E 
Specification for Subsea Umbilicals
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design, material
selection, manufacture, design verification, testing, installation, and
operation of subsea control systems, chemical injection, gas lift, utility and
service umbilicals, and associated ancillary equipment for the petroleum
and natural gas industries. This also applies to umbilicals containing
electrical conductors, optical fibers, thermoplastic hoses, and metallic tubes,
either alone or in combination, and applies to umbilicals that are for static or
dynamic service and with routings of surface-surface, surface-subsea and
subsea-subsea. Pages: 167
4th Edition | October 2010 | Effective Date: April 1, 2011
Product Number: GX17E04 | Price: $194.00
Spec 17F/ISO 13628-6:2006 
Specification for Subsea Production Control Systems
Applicable to design, fabrication, testing, installation, and operation of subsea
production control systems. Spec 17F covers surface control system
equipment, subsea-installed control system equipment, and control fluids. This
RP 17G/ISO 13628-7:2005
Recommended Practice for Completion/Workover Riser Systems
Gives requirements and recommendations for the design, analysis,
materials, fabrication, testing, and operation of subsea completion/workover
riser systems run from a floating vessel. Intended to serve as a common
reference for designers, manufacturers, and operators/users, thereby
reducing the need for company specifications. This document is intended to
serve as a common reference for designers, manufacturers, and operators/
users, thereby reducing the need for company specifications. This
recommended practice is limited to risers manufactured from low alloy
carbon steels. Risers fabricated from special materials such as titanium,
composite materials, and flexible pipes are beyond the scope of this
document. Specific equipment covered is listed as follows: riser joints;
connectors; workover control systems; surface flow trees; surface tree tension
frames; lower workover riser packages; lubricator valves; retainer valves;
subsea test trees; shear subs; tubing hanger orientation systems; swivels;
annulus circulation hoses; riser spiders; umbilical clamps; handling and test
tools; and tree cap running tools. Associated equipment not covered
includes: tubing hangers; internal and external tree caps; tubing hanger
running tools; surface coiled tubing units; surface wireline units; and surface
tree kill and production jumpers.
This edition of API RP 17G is the identical national adoption of ISO 136287:2005. Pages: 242
2nd Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2011
Product Number: GX17G02 | Price: $182.00
RP 17H 
Remotely Operated Tools and Interfaces on Subsea Production
Systems
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)
Provides recommendations for development and design of remotely
operated subsea tools and interfaces on subsea production systems in order
to maximize the potential of standardizing equipment and design principles.
This document does not cover manned intervention, internal wellbore
intervention, internal flowline inspection, tree running, and tree running
equipment. However, all the related subsea remotely operated vehicle/
remotely operated tool (ROV/ROT) interfaces are covered by this standard. It
is applicable to the selection, design, and operation of ROTs and ROVs
including ROV tooling, hereafter defined in a common term as subsea
intervention systems.
NOTE This document was written to include the information from RP 17M,
1st Edition (2004). With the release of API RP 17H, 2nd Edition (2013),
RP 17M is withdrawn. Pages: 83
2nd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G17H02 | Price: $160.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
29
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 17J/ISO 13628-2:2006 
Specification for Unbonded Flexible Pipe
document does not cover flexible pipe ancillary equipment beyond the
connector, with the exception of riser bases and load-transfer devices.
Therefore, this document does not cover turret structures or I-tubes and Jtubes for example. In addition, this document does not cover flexible pipe
storage devices such as reels, for example. This specification is intended to
cover ancillary equipment made from several material types, including
metallic, polymer and composite materials. It may also refer to material
types for particular ancillary components that are not commonly used for
such components currently but may be adopted more frequently in the
future. Pages: 340
1st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G17L101 | Price: $170.00
(includes Errata 1 dated February 2009 and Errata 2 dated
August 2010)
Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally
interchangeable flexible pipes that are designed and manufactured to
uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are specified for the
design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and packaging of
flexible pipes, with reference to existing codes and standards where
applicable. See RP 17B for guidelines on the use of flexible pipes and
ancillary components. This specification applies to unbonded flexible pipe
assemblies, consisting of segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings
attached to both ends. This specification does not cover flexible pipes of
bonded structure. This specification does not apply to flexible pipe ancillary
components. Guidelines for bend stiffeners and bend restrictors are given in
Annex B. This specification does not apply to flexible pipes that include
nonmetallic tensile armour wires. Pipes of such construction are considered
as prototype products subject to qualification testing. The applications
addressed by this document are sweet and sour service production,
including export and injection applications. Production products include oil,
gas, water, and injection chemicals. This specification applies to both static
and dynamic flexible pipes used as flowlines, risers, and jumpers. This
specification does not apply to flexible pipes for use in choke-and-kill line
applications.
This edition of API Spec 17J is the identical national adoption of ISO 136282:2006. Pages: 73
3rd Edition | July 2008 | Effective Date: January 1, 2009
2-Year Extension: December 2013
Product Number: GX17J03 | Price: $128.00
You may access Spec 17J in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Spec 17K/ISO 13628-10:2005 
Specification for Bonded Flexible Pipe
Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally
interchangeable bonded flexible pipes that are designed and manufactured to
uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are specified for the
design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and packaging of
bonded flexible pipes, with reference to existing codes and standards where
applicable. This document applies to bonded flexible pipe assemblies,
consisting of segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings attached to both
ends. It does not cover flexible pipes of unbonded structure or to flexible pipe
ancillary components. This document can be applied to flexible pipes that
include nonmetallic reinforcing layers, though no effort was made to address
the specific and unique technological aspects of this product.
This edition of API Spec 17K is the identical national adoption of ISO
13628-10:2005. Pages: 74
2nd Edition | November 2005 | Effective Date: May 1, 2006
Reaffirmed: May 2010 | Product Number: GX17K02 | Price: $151.00
Spec 17L1/ISO 13628-1:2005 
Specification for Flexible Pipe Ancillary Equipment
Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally
interchangeable flexible pipe ancillary equipment that is designed and
manufactured to uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are
specified for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing,
documentation, marking, and packaging of flexible pipe ancillary
equipment, with reference to existing codes and standards where applicable.
The applicability relating to a specific item of ancillary equipment is stated at
the beginning of the particular clause for the ancillary equipment in
question. This document applies to the following flexible pipe ancillary
equipment: bend stiffeners; bend restrictors; bellmouths; buoyancy modules
and ballast modules; subsea buoys; tethers for subsea buoys and tether
clamps; riser and tether bases; clamping devices; piggy-back clamps; repair
clamps; I/J-tube seals; pull-in heads/installation aids; connectors; loadtransfer devices; mechanical protection; and fire protection. This document
may be used for bonded flexible pipe ancillary equipment, though any
requirements specific to these applications are not addressed. This
30
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 17L2/ISO 13628-1:2005 
Recommended Practice for Flexible Pipe Ancillary Equipment
Provides guidelines for the design, materials selection, analysis, testing,
manufacture, handling, transportation, installation, and integrity management
of flexible pipe ancillary equipment. It presents the current best practice for
design and procurement of ancillary equipment, and it gives guidance on the
implementation of the specification for standard flexible pipe products. In
addition, this document presents guidelines on the qualification of prototype
products. The applicability relating to a specific item of ancillary equipment
within this recommended practice is stated at the beginning of the clause
dedicated to that item of ancillary equipment. This document applies to the
following flexible pipe ancillary equipment: bend stiffeners; bend restrictors;
bellmouths; buoyancy modules and ballast modules; subsea buoys; tethers
for subsea buoys and tether clamps; riser and tether bases; clamping
devices; piggy-back clamps; repair clamps; I/J-tube seals; pull-in heads/
installation aids; connectors; load-transfer devices; mechanical protection;
and fire protection. This document may be used for bonded flexible pipe
ancillary equipment, though any requirements specific to these applications
are not addressed. Where relevant, the applicability of recommendations to
umbilicals is indicated in the Applicability subclause for the ancillary
equipment in question. This document does not cover flexible pipe ancillary
equipment beyond the connector, with the exception of riser bases and loadtransfer devices. Therefore, this document does not cover turret structures or Itubes and J-tubes, for example. In addition, it does not cover flexible pipe
storage devices, for example reels. This recommended practice is intended to
cover ancillary equipment made from several material types, including
metallic, polymer, and composite materials. It may also refer to material types
for particular ancillary components that are not commonly used for such
components currently but may be adopted in the future. Pages: 275
1st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G17L201 | Price: $170.00
RP 17N
Recommended Practice for Subsea Production System Reliability
and Technical Risk Management
Provides a structured approach that organizations can adopt to manage this
uncertainty throughout the life of a project. This may range from the
management of general project risk through to the identification and removal
of potential failure modes in particular equipment.
This recommended practice aims to provide operators, contractors, and
suppliers with guidance in the application of reliability techniques to subsea
projects within their scope of work and supply only. It is applicable to
standard and nonstandard equipment and all phases of projects from
feasibility studies to operation.
This recommended practice does not prescribe the use of any specific
equipment or limit the use of any existing installed equipment or indeed
recommend any action, beyond good engineering practice, where current
reliability is judged to be acceptable. It is also not intended to replace
individual company processes, procedures, document nomenclature, or
numbering; it is a guide. However, this recommended practice may be used
to enhance existing processes, if deemed appropriate.
Most organizations will find much that is familiar and recognized as good
practice. Some sections of the annex may only be of interest to the reliability
specialist. The basic approach, however, is simple and consistent and when
applied correctly has the potential to greatly reduce the financial risk of
designing, manufacturing, installing, and operating subsea equipment.
Pages: 99
1st Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G17N01 | Price: $178.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 17O
Recommended Practice for High Integrity Pressure Protection
Systems (HIPPS)
considered for the internal pressure sheath. Elastomeric materials, which are
used in bonded flexible pipes, are not considered in this document.
Pages: 47
1st Edition | March 2003 | Product Number: G17TR11 | Price: $132.00
Addresses the requirements for the use of HIPPS for subsea applications.
RP 14C, IEC 61508, and IEC 61511 specify the requirements for onshore,
topsides, and subsea safety instrumented systems (SIS) and are applicable
to HIPPS, which are designed to autonomously isolate downstream facilities
from overpressure situations. This document integrates these requirements
to address the specific needs of subsea production. These requirements
cover the HIPPS pressure sensors, logic solver, shutdown valves, and
ancillary devices including testing, communications, and monitoring
subsystems. Pages: 38
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: G17O01 | Price: $109.00
RP 17P/ISO 13628-1:2005 
Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems—Subsea
Structures and Manifolds
Addresses specific requirements and recommendations for subsea
structures and manifolds, within the frameworks set forth by recognized and
accepted industry specifications and standards. As such, it does not
supersede or eliminate any requirement imposed by any other industry
specification. This recommended practice covers subsea manifolds and
templates utilized for pressure control in both subsea production of oil and
gas, and subsea injection services. Equipment within the scope of this
recommended practice is listed as follows: production and injection
manifolds; modular and integrated single satellite and multiwell templates;
subsea processing and subsea boosting stations; flowline riser bases and
export riser bases; pipeline end manifolds; pipe-line end terminations; Tand Y-connections; subsea isolation valve structures; subsea controls and
distribution structures; and associated protection structures. Pages: 69
1st Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: GG17P01 | Price: $150.00
RP 17Q
Recommended Practice for Subsea Equipment Qualification—
Standardized Process for Documentation
Provides guidance on relevant qualification methods that may be applied to
facilitate subsea project execution. Qualification of subsea equipment is
based on a breakdown of individual subsea components and categorization
of those individual components based on classes of equipment and
component functionality. A comprehensive component-level breakdown can
cater to wide flexibility for field-specific configurations. The qualification
process presented in this recommended practice is governed by componentlevel evaluation and referencing using two separate forms of documentation:
failure mode assessments (FMAs) and product qualification sheets (PQSs).
Detailed documentation resources related to the proactive qualification
methodology presented in this recommended practice are provided in the
annexes. These resources include an index of components and individual
PQS documents. Documents relating to manufacturing inspection and
factory acceptance testing are outside the scope of this document.
The templates in Annex B (FMA Templates) and Annex C (PQS Templates)
may be purchased separately in a Microsoft® Excel format for $59.00—
Single User, or $308.00—Intranet Licensing. Pages: 65
1st Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: G17Q01 | Price: $134.00
TR 17TR1
Evaluation Standard for Internal Pressure Sheath Polymers for High
Temperature Flexible Pipes
Defines the methodology and test procedures necessary for the evaluation
of polymeric materials suitable for use as the internal pressure sheath of an
unbonded flexible pipes in high temperature applications. It describes the
processes by which the critical material properties, both static and dynamic,
can be measured and evaluated against relevant performance criteria. This
document relates primarily to the properties necessary for an internal
pressure sheath required for oil and gas production. These are most relevant
to high temperature applications. Only thermoplastic materials are
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
TR 17TR2
The Ageing of PA-11 in Flexible Pipes
Provides comprehensive guidance on materials and pipe issues regarding
the use and operation of PA-11 in flexible pipe applications and
concentrates on the use of PA-11 in the internal sheath of flexible pipes. The
collective goal of this document is to prevent failure of the internal pressure
sheath, as a result of ageing and associated loss of mechanical properties,
by determining and disseminating the necessary scientific and practical
information. Pages: 31
1st Edition | June 2003 | Product Number: G17TR21 | Price: $101.00
TR 17TR3
An Evaluation of the Risks and Benefits of Penetrations in Subsea
Wellheads Below the BOP Stack
Provides an evaluation of the risks and benefits of allowing penetrations in
subsea wellheads below the blowout preventer (BOP) stack so annuli other
than the production tubing (commonly referred to as the “A” annulus) could
be monitored. Current industry standards (Spec 17D and ISO 13628-4) for
the design of subsea wellheads prohibit penetrations below the BOP stack.
In contrast, U.S. regulations (30 CFR 250.517) require that all annuli be
monitored for sustained casing pressure and that every occurrence of
sustained casing pressure be reported immediately. The study concludes
that the risks outweigh the benefits since the risk of maintaining the pressure
barrier using a wellhead with penetrations is approximately 2.5 times that of
a system without penetrations. The scope of this study is limited to
completed subsea wells in the Gulf of Mexico. The risks were evaluated using
fault tree analysis for three systems:
• wellhead system without penetrations,
• wellhead system with one penetration, and
• wellhead system with two penetrations. Pages: 123
1st Edition | November 2004 | Product Number: G17TR31 | Price: $132.00
TR 17TR4
Subsea Equipment Pressure Ratings
The impact of operation in deep water on the pressure rating of equipment is
a special concern. The objective of this document is to foster a better
understanding of the effects of simultaneous internal and external pressures
on the rated working pressure of equipment covered by the scope of
Spec 17D. Additionally, it seeks to provide a high-level overview of issues
that should be considered if a user elects to consider differential pressure in
their design, especially in components with irregular geometry and with high
stress concentrations. It is not intended to serve as a design specification.
Pages: 6
1st Edition | January 2012 | Product Number: G17TR41 | Price: $65.00
TR 17TR5
Avoidance of Blockages in Subsea Production Control and Chemical
Injection Systems
Addresses the avoidance of blockages in subsea production control and
chemical injection systems. It includes requirements and gives
recommendations for the design and operation of subsea production
systems (SPSs) with the aim of preventing blockages in control and
production chemical fluid conduits and associated connectors/fittings.
In the context of design, this covers not only installed subsea hardware
(trees, manifolds, etc.) and the connecting linkages (jumper arrangements,
umbilical systems, etc.) but also the fluids to be conveyed, initially from the
fluid manufacturers’ facilities through to bunkering at the host facility and,
ultimately, injection or usage at remote subsea locations.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
31
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
The guidelines set out the framework within which more detailed
specifications and procedures should be developed to address the particular
features of specific projects and specific installations in respect of design
through to production operations and, ultimately, decommissioning. They
also indicate what needs to be taken into account and approaches that can
be considered, or may be taken, in order that blockages do not occur during
the installation, commissioning, and operations of a SPS.
While the aim of this document is to prevent blockages in a SPS, it also
addresses the issues of topside equipment that provides the control and
chemical injection services necessary for the operation and performance of
a SPS. Pages: 44
1st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G17TR501 | Price: $98.00
RP 11V5
Operation, Maintenance, Surveillance and Troubleshooting of GasLift Installations
TR 17TR6
Attributes of Production Chemicals in Subsea Production Systems
identifies and specifies the essential attributes of production chemicals
intended to be introduced to subsea oil and gas production systems. The
document is intended for use by chemical suppliers to facilitate the provision
of chemicals compatible with existing and intended subsea production
systems (SPS) although it is envisaged that use of the document for
specification purposes by the operators of such processes will assist in
ensuring the completeness of requests to supply. The application of the
document requires acceptance of the principle that it is the supplier’s
responsibility to ensure that the chemicals supplied are fit for purpose and safe
to use, although it is acknowledged that this responsibility can only be fulfilled
if specification of requirements is complete. To this end the document
identifies essential information that only SPS designers and operators can
provide but without knowledge of which, suppliers should not supply. In the
requirements of this document, responsibility for obtaining these items of
critical information is placed upon the supplier, in the expectation that
designers and operators will respond with their ready provision.
The functional performance of production chemicals is outside the scope of
this document. The assessments and tests specified in this document are
not intended to qualify materials for use in an SPS in respect of pressure
containment, mechanical load, cyclic mechanical load, or other design
parameters. The chemical-chemical compatibility of production chemicals at
their respective application concentrations is also outside the scope of this
document as is the effect of any incompatibility on their respective functional
performance. Finally, this document does not consider the health, safety, or
environmental implications of deploying a production chemical in an SPS.
Pages: 42
1st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G17TR601 | Price: $98.00
COMPLETION EQUIPMENT
Spec 11D1/ISO 14310:2008 
Packers and Bridge Plugs
Provides requirements and guidelines for packers and bridge plugs as
defined herein for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This
specification provides requirements for the functional specification and
technical specification, including design, design verification and validation,
materials, documentation and data control, repair, shipment, and storage. In
addition, products covered by this specification apply only to applications
within a conduit. Installation and maintenance of these products are outside
the scope of this specification.
This edition of API Spec 11D1 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 14310:2008. Pages: 30
2nd Edition | July 2009 | Effective Date: January 1, 2010
Product Number: GG11D12 | Price: $98.00
Assists gas-lift system operators, analysts, technicians, engineers, and
others in understanding how to effectively plan, operate, maintain,
troubleshoot, and provide surveillance for gas-lift systems and gas-lift wells.
These recommended practices discuss continuous gas-lift with injection in
the casing/tubing annulus and production up the tubing. Annular flow gaslift (injection down the tubing and production up the annulus), dual gas-lift
(two tubing strings in the same casing), and intermittent gas-lift are
mentioned; however, most of the discussion focuses on conventional
continuous gas-lift. Pages: 123
3rd Edition | June 2008 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: G11V53 | Price: $155.00
RP 11V6
Design of Continuous Flow Gas Lift Installations Using Injection
Pressure Operated Valves
Guidelines for continuous flow gas lift installation designs using injection
pressure operated valves. The assumption is made that the designer is
familiar with and has available data on the various factors that affect a
design. Pages: 88
2nd Edition | July 1999 | Reaffirmed: March 2008
2-Year Extension: June 2013 | Product Number: G11V62 | Price: $149.00
RP 11V8
Recommended Practice for Gas Lift System Design and
Performance Prediction
Emphasizes gas lift as a system and to discuss methods used to predict its
performance. Information must be gathered and models validated prior to a
system design, which must precede wellbore gas lift mandrel and valve
design. The subsurface and surface components of the system must be
designed together to enhance the strengths of each and to minimize the
constraints. Pages: 79
1st Edition | September 2003 | Reaffirmed: March 2008
2-Year Extension: June 2013 | Product Number: G11V81 | Price: $119.00
RP 11V10
Recommended Practices for Design and Operation of Intermittent
and Chamber Gas-Lift Wells and Systems
Presents guidelines and recommended practices for the design and
operation of intermittent, chamber, and plunger gas-lift systems. The
document is formatted with Section 1 presenting a summary of the primary
guidelines and recommended practices for these methods of artificial lift for
use by practicing engineers and field operators. Section 2 to Section 7 are
designed to provide more detailed information, including theoretical
background for many of the guidelines and recommended practices. These
sections are available for anyone but are specifically intended for those who
wish to gain a comprehensive understanding of the theory and practice of
intermittent gas-lift. This document also contains three annexes. Annex A
contains mathematical derivations and models of some of the most
pertinent intermittent gas-lift calculations. Annex B contains a
comprehensive example of an intermittent gas-lift design. Annex C describes
how to use the Field Units Calculator and SI Units Calculator. These are two
spreadsheets that are part of this recommended practice. Pages: 165
1st Edition | June 2008 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: G11V1001 | Price: $179.00
Spec 11D1/ISO 14310:2008 *
Packers and Bridge Plugs—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11D1.
2nd Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: GG11D12C | Price: $69.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
32
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 19B 
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators
procedures and conditions for use in evaluating the long-term conductivity of
various hydraulic fracture proppant materials under laboratory conditions.
This procedure enables users to compare the conductivity characteristics
under the specifically described test conditions. The test results can aid
users in comparing proppant materials for use in hydraulic fracturing
operations.
This edition of API RP 19D is the identical national adoption of ISO 135035:2006 and replaces RP 61. Pages: 24
1st Edition | March 2008 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: GX19D01 | Price: $107.00
(formerly RP 43)
Describes standard procedures for evaluating the performance of perforating
equipment so that representations of this performance may be made to the
industry under a standard practice. Also contains tests to gauge
performance under the following conditions:
• ambient temperature and pressure,
• simulated wellbore (stressed Berea sandstone), and
• elevated temperature.
This edition also introduces a procedure to quantify the amount of debris
that comes out of the perforating gun during detonation. Pages: 42
2nd Edition | September 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2011
Product Number: G019B2 | Price: $122.00
RP 19B *
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators—Kazakh
(formerly RP 43)
Kazakh translation of RP 19B.
2nd Edition | September 2006
Product Number: G019B2K | Price: $98.00
RP 19B *
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators—Chinese
(formerly RP 43)
Chinese translation of RP 19B.
2nd Edition | September 2006
Product Number: G019B2C | Price: $86.00
RP 19C/ISO 13503-2:2006
Recommended Practice for Measurement of Properties of Proppants
Used in Hydraulic Fracturing and Gravel-Packing Operations
Provides standard testing procedures for evaluating proppants used in
hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing operations. The objective of this
recommended practice is to provide a consistent methodology for testing
performed on hydraulic fracturing and/or gravel packing proppants. These
procedures have been developed to improve the quality of proppants
delivered to the well site. They are for use in evaluating certain physical
properties used in hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing operations. These
tests should enable users to compare the physical characteristics of various
proppants tested under the described conditions and to select materials
useful for hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing operations.
This edition of RP 19C is the identical national adoption of ISO 135032:2006 and replaces RP 56 and RP 58. Pages: 30
1st Edition | May 2008 | 2-Year Extension: June 2013
Product Number: GX19C01 | Price: $113.00
RP 19D/ISO 13503-5:2006
Recommended Practice for Measuring the Long-Term Conductivity
of Proppants
(includes Errata 1 dated July 2008)
Provides standard testing procedures for evaluating proppants used in
hydraulic fracturing and gravel-packing operations. The proppants mentioned
in this publication refer to sand, ceramic media, resin coated proppants,
gravel packing media, and other materials used for hydraulic fracturing and
gravel-packing operations. The objective of RP 19D is to provide consistent
methodology for testing performed on hydraulic-fracturing and/or gravelpacking proppants. It is not intended for use in obtaining absolute values of
proppant pack conductivities under downhole reservoir conditions. The tests
and test apparatus herein have been developed to establish standard
Spec 19G1/ISO 17078-1:2004 
Side-Pocket Mandrels
Provides requirements for side-pocket mandrels used in the petroleum and
natural gas industry. Spec 19G1 includes specifying, selecting, designing,
manufacturing, quality control, testing, and preparation for shipping of sidepocket mandrels.
This specification does not address nor include requirements for end
connections between the side-pocket mandrels and the well conduit. The
installation and retrieval of side-pocket mandrels is outside the scope of this
part of ISO 17078. Additionally, this document does not include
specifications for center-set mandrels or mandrels that employ or support
tubing-retrievable flow control devices.
This specification does not include gas-lift or any other flow-control valves or
devices, latches, and/or associated wire line equipment that may or may not
be covered in other ISO specifications.
The side-pocket mandrels to which this specification refers are independent
devices that can accept installation of flow control or other devices downhole. Pages: 43
1st Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: GG19G11 | Price: $103.00
Spec 19G2/ISO 17078-2:2007 
Flow-Control Devices for Side-Pocket Mandrels
Provides requirements for subsurface flow-control devices used in sidepocket mandrels (hereafter called flow-control devices) intended for use in
the worldwide petroleum and natural gas industry. This includes
requirements for specifying, selecting, designing, manufacturing, qualitycontrol, testing, and preparation for shipping of flow-control devices.
Additionally, it includes information regarding performance testing and
calibration procedures.
The installation and retrieval of flow-control devices is outside the scope of
Spec 19G2. Additionally, Spec 19G2 is not applicable to flow-control
devices used in center-set mandrels or with tubing-retrievable applications.
Spec 19G2 does not include requirements for side-pocket mandrels,
running, pulling, and kick-over tools, and latches that might or might not be
covered in other API/ISO specifications. Reconditioning of used flow-control
devices is outside of the scope of Spec 19G2.
This edition of API Spec 19G2 is the modified national adoption of ISO
17078-2:2007. Pages: 132
1st Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: GX19G21 | Price: $155.00
Spec 19G3/ISO 17078-3:2009 
Running Tools, Pulling Tools and Kick-Over Tools and Latches for
Side-Pocket Mandrels
Provides requirements and guidelines for running tools, pulling tools, kick-over
tools, and latches used for the installation and retrieval of flow control and
other devices to be installed in side pocket mandrels for use in the petroleum
and natural gas industries. This includes requirements for specifying, selecting,
designing, manufacturing, quality control, testing, and preparation for shipping
of these tools and latches. Additionally, it includes information regarding
performance testing and calibration procedures. The processes of installation,
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
33
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
retrieval, maintenance, and reconditioning of used running, pulling, and kickover tools and latches are outside the scope of Spec 19G3. Center-set and
tubing retrievable mandrel applications are not covered.
This edition of API Spec 19G3 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 17078-3:2009. Pages: 43
1st Edition | June 2011 | Product Number: GG19G301 | Price: $145.00
RP 41
Standard Procedure for Presenting Performance Data on Hydraulic
Fracturing Equipment
RP 19G4/ISO 17078-4:2009
Practices for Side-Pocket Mandrels and Related Equipment
Provides informative documentation to assist the user/purchaser and the
supplier/manufacturer in specification, design, selection, testing, calibration,
reconditioning, installation, and use of side-pocket mandrels, flow-control
devices, and associated latches and installation tools. The product-design
and manufacturing-related requirements for these products are included
within the other parts of ISO 17078. The content and coverage of several
industry documents are compiled and refined within RP 19G4 (all parts).
This edition of API RP 19G4 is the identical national adoption of ISO 170784:2009. Pages: 48
1st Edition | June 2011 | Product Number: GG19G401 | Price: $155.00
RP 19G9
Design, Operation, and Troubleshooting of Dual Gas-Lift Wells
Provides recommended practices for the design, operation, optimization,
and troubleshooting of dual gas-lift wells. RP 19G9 also contains
suggestions on practices that should be avoided to minimize problems,
inefficiencies, and poor economics that may be associated with ineffective
dual gas-lift operations. Pages: 108
1st Edition | February 2010 | Product Number: G19G901 | Price: $143.00
Spec 19V/ISO 28781:2010 
Subsurface Barrier Valves and Related Equipment
Provides the requirements for subsurface barrier valves and related
equipment as they are defined herein for use in the petroleum and natural
gas industries. Included are the requirements for design, design validation,
manufacturing, functional evaluation, repair, redress, handling, and storage.
Subsurface barrier valves provide a means of isolating the formation or
creating a barrier in the tubular to facilitate the performance of pre- and/or
post-production/injection operational activities in the well. The subsurface
barrier valve is not designed as an emergency or fail-safe flow controlling
safety device. This document does not cover installation and maintenance,
control systems such as computer systems, and control conduits not integral
to the barrier valve. Also not included are products covered under
ISO 17078, ISO 16070, ISO 14310, ISO 10432, ISO 10423, and the
following products: downhole chokes, wellhead plugs, sliding sleeves,
casing-mounted flow-control valves, injection valves, well-condition-activated
valves, or drill-stem test tools. This document does not cover the connections
to the well conduit.
This edition of API Spec 19V is the modified national adoption of ISO
28781:2010, with the addition of the API Monogram Program annex.
Pages: 58
1st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: GG19V01 | Price: $150.00
RP 31A
Standard Form for Hardcopy Presentation of Downhole Well Log Data
Provides an improved standard format for hardcopy presentation of
downhole well log data. Standardizing the log form and data presentation
allows the user to more easily combine a broad range of log data in order to
interpret well status and performance. Pages: 18
1st Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G31A01 | Price: $97.00
34
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Provides a standard procedure for measuring, reporting, and certifying the
hydraulic horsepower rating of pumping units used in well cementing and
fracturing services. It is applicable to any type of pumping unit regardless of
components such as engines, transmissions, and fracturing pumps.
Pages: 8
2nd Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: G41002 | Price: $76.00
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Spec 20A 
Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel, and Nickel Base Alloy
Castings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry
(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2013)
Specifies requirements for the design, foundry qualification, production,
marking, and documentation of carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, and
nickel base alloy castings used in the petroleum and natural gas industries
when referenced by an applicable API equipment standard or otherwise
specified as a requirement for compliance.
This standard applies to castings used in the manufacture of pressure
containing, pressure controlling, and primary load bearing components.
Castings manufactured in accordance with this API standard may be
produced using any industry standard casting method.
This standard establishes requirements for four casting specification levels
(CSL). These four CSL designations define different levels of cast product
technical, quality, and qualification requirements. Pages: 29
1st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G20A01 | Price: $73.00
Spec 20B 
Open Die Shaped Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry
(includes Errata dated December 2013)
Specifies requirements for the qualification and production of open die
shaped forgings for use in API service components in the petroleum and
natural gas industries when referenced by an applicable equipment standard
or otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance. This API standard is
applicable to equipment used in the oil and natural gas industries where
service conditions warrant the use of individually shaped open die forgings,
including rolled rings. Examples include pressure containing or load bearing
components. Forged bar, rolled bar, and forgings from which multiple parts
are removed are beyond the scope of this specification. This API standard
establishes requirements for four forging specification levels (FSL). These
four FSL designations define different levels of forged product technical,
quality, and qualification requirements. Pages: 20
1st Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: G20B01 | Price: $85.00
Spec 20C 
Closed Die Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design,
qualification, and production of closed-die forgings for use in API service
components in the petroleum and natural gas industries when referenced by
an applicable equipment standard or otherwise specified as a requirement
for compliance. Spec 20C is applicable to equipment used in the oil and
natural gas industries where service conditions warrant the use of closed-die
forgings. Examples include pressure containing or load-bearing components.
This standard establishes requirements for four forging specification levels
(FSL). These FSL designations define different levels of forged product
technical, quality and qualification requirements. Pages: 18
1st Edition | October 2009 | Effective Date: March 31, 2010
Product Number: G20C01 | Price: $74.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Spec 20C *
Closed Die Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry—Chinese
RP 50
Natural Gas Processing Plant Practices for Protection of the
Environment
Chinese translation of Spec 20C.
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: G20C01C | Price: $52.00
Assists gas plant operators in understanding their environmental
responsibilities. It is intended to be used primarily by environmental,
engineering, and operations personnel and by management involved in
building, maintaining, modifying, and operating gas processing plants.
Operations within the scope of this standard include natural gas processing
and associated gas compression facilities. This publication begins with initial
plant planning, permitting, and construction and ends with plant closure and
site restoration procedures. General guidelines are provided to be used at
gas plant locations to develop site-specific environmental programs.
Pages: 23
2nd Edition | December 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G50002 | Price: $109.00
Std 20D 
Nondestructive Examination Services for Equipment Used in the
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry
Specifies requirements for the design, development, and qualification of
nondestructive examination (NDE) methods used in the manufacturer of
equipment for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This is applicable to
suppliers providing NDE services for equipment used in the oil and natural
gas industries. The requirements of this standard apply to magnetic particle,
liquid penetrant, radiographic, and ultrasonic methods of NDE. Pages: 21
1st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: G20D01 | Price: $85.00
Spec 20E 
Alloy and Carbon Steel Bolting for Use in the Petroleum and Natural
Gas Industries
Specifies requirements for the qualification, production, and documentation
of alloy and carbon steel bolting used in the petroleum and natural gas
industries. This standard applies when referenced by an applicable API
equipment standard or otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance.
An annex for supplemental requirements that may be invoked by the
purchaser is included.
This standard establishes requirements for three bolting specification levels
(BSL). These three BSL designations define different levels of technical,
quality, and qualification requirements, BSL-1, BSL-2, and BSL-3. The BSLs
are numbered in increasing levels of severity in order to reflect increasing
technical, quality, and qualification criteria.
This standard covers the following finished product forms, processes,
and sizes:
• machined studs;
• machined bolts, screws, and nuts;
• cold formed bolts, screws, and nuts (BSL-1 only);
• hot formed bolts and screws < 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) nominal diameter;
• hot formed bolts and screws ≥ 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) nominal diameter;
• roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws < 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) diameter;
• roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws ≥ 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) diameter;
• hot formed nuts < 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) nominal diameter; and
• hot formed nuts ≥ 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) nominal diameter. Pages: 19
1st Edition | August 2012 | Product Number: G20E01 | Price: $74.00
DRILLING AND PRODUCTION OPERATIONS
RP 45
Analysis of Oilfield Waters
Provides analysis methods for the determination of dissolved and dispersed
components in oilfield waters (produced water, injected water, aqueous
workover fluids, and stimulation fluids). Also includes the applications of
oilfield water analyses; the proper collection, preservation, and labeling of
field samples; a description of the various analytical methods available,
including information regarding interferences, precision, accuracy, and
detection limits; as well as the appropriate reporting formats for analytical
results. Pages: 60
3rd Edition | August 1998 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G45003 | Price: $142.00
RP 51
Onshore Oil and Gas Production Practices for Protection of the
Environment
Provides environmentally sound practices to promote protection of the
environment in domestic onshore oil and gas production operations.
Production facilities, including produced water handling facilities, are
covered. Coverage begins with design and construction of access roads and
well locations and carries through to abandonment and site restoration
activities. Pages: 17
3rd Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G51003 | Price: $76.00
RP 51R
Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production
Operations and Leases
Provides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines,
for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be
applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of
this document include all production facilities, including produced water
handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this
document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of
access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment,
and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or
production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced
oil recovery, is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to
consider as a “good neighbor.” Pages: 35
1st Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $52.00
RP 52
Land Drilling Practices for Protection of the Environment
Provides guidelines to promote the protection of the environment in land
drilling operations. Pages: 40
2nd Edition | July 1995 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: G52002 | Price: $115.00
Std 53
Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Wells
Provides requirements on the installation and testing of blowout prevention
equipment systems on land and marine drilling rigs (barge, platform,
bottom-supported, and floating).
Blowout preventer (BOP) equipment systems are comprised of a
combination of various components. The following components are required
for operation under varying rig and well conditions:
• BOPs;
• choke and kill lines;
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
35
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
• choke manifolds;
• control systems; and
• auxiliary equipment.
The primary functions of these systems are to confine well fluids to the
wellbore, provide means to add fluid to the wellbore, and allow controlled
volumes to be removed from the wellbore.
Diverters, shut-in devices, and rotating head systems (rotating control
devices) are no longer addressed in this standard (see RP 64 and
Spec 16RCD, respectively) as their primary purpose is to safely divert or
direct flow rather than to confine fluids to the wellbore.
The 4th Edition of this document is being published as a standard as
opposed to a recommended practice to bring additional consistency to the
industry on how BOP systems are inspected, maintained, tested, and
operated. In this revision, consideration was given to recommendations
made by the Joint Industry Equipment Task Force and other organizations
following the Macondo incident. International oil and gas operators,
manufacturers, and contractors participated in this revision and incorporated
those recommendations that were pertinent to the standard.
This document focuses on those items specific to BOP equipment systems
for drilling operations and is reorganized into major sections that contain
provisions for surface BOP systems, subsea BOP systems, and those that
apply to both. Pages: 112
4th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: G05304 | Price: $155.00
You may access Std 53 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
diagnostic testing, the establishment of a maximum allowable wellhead
operating pressure (MAWOP), and documentation of annular casing
pressure for the various types of wells that occur offshore. Included also is a
discussion of risk assessment methodologies that can be used for the
evaluation of individual well situations where the annular casing pressure is
not within the MAWOP guidelines. Provides guidelines in which a broad range
of casing annuli that exhibit annular pressure can be managed in a routine
fashion while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. Pages: 84
1st Edition | August 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G09001 | Price: $182.00
You may access RP 90 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 53 *
Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Wells—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 53.
4th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: G05304K | Price: $124.00
RP 68
Recommended Practice for Oil and Well Servicing and Workover
Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide
Addresses personnel training, personnel protective equipment, contingency
planning, and emergency procedures. Also included are classification of
locations, materials and equipment, operations, rig practices, special
operations, offshore operations, characteristics of hydrogen sulfide and
sulfur dioxide, and evaluation and selection of hydrogen sulfide monitoring
equipment. Pages: 54
1st Edition | January 1998 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: G68001 | Price: $76.00
RP 80
Guidelines for the Definition of Onshore Gas Gathering Lines
Developed by an industry coalition that included representatives from over
20 petroleum industry associations, this document provides a functional
description of onshore gas gathering pipelines for the sole purpose of
providing users with a practical guide for determining the application of the
definition of gas gathering in the federal Gas Pipeline Safety Standards,
49 CFR Part 192, and state programs implementing these standards.
Pages: 53
1st Edition | April 2000 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G80001 | Price: $125.00
You may access RP 80 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 90
Annular Casing Pressure Management for Offshore Wells
Intended to serve as a guide for managing annular casing pressure in
offshore wells. This guide is meant to be used for offshore wells that exhibit
annular casing pressure, including thermal casing pressure, sustained
casing pressure and operator-imposed pressure. Covers monitoring,
RP 92U
Underbalanced Drilling Operations
Provides information that can serve as a guide for planning, installation,
operation, and testing of underbalanced drilling equipment systems on land
and offshore drilling rigs (barge, platform, bottom-supported, and floating
with surface blowout preventers installed) thereby ensuring consideration of
personnel safety, public safety, integrity of the underbalanced drilling (UBD)
equipment, and preservation of the environment for onshore and offshore
UBD operations (including tripping of drill string). Pages: 72
1st Edition | November 2008 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G92U01 | Price: $105.00
RP 96 
Deepwater Well Design and Construction
Provides engineers a reference for deepwater (DW) well design as well as
drilling and completion operations. This recommended practice (RP) will also
be useful to support internal reviews, internal approvals, contractor
engagements, and regulatory approvals.
The scope of this RP is to discuss DW drilling and completion activities
performed on wells that are constructed using subsea blowout preventers
(BOPs) with a subsea wellhead. This document addresses the following.
• Identifies the appropriate barrier and load case considerations to
maintain well control during DW well operations (drilling, suspension,
completion, production, and abandonment).
• Supplements barrier documentation in Std 65-2 with a more detailed
description of barriers and discussion of the philosophy, number, type,
testing, and management required to maintain well control. This
document also supplements the barrier documentation in RP 90 in
regard to annular pressure buildup. Abandonment barrier requirements
are described for use when designing the well.
• Discusses load assumptions, resistance assumptions, and
methodologies commonly used to achieve well designs with high
reliability. The load case discussion includes less obvious events that can
arise when unexpected circumstances are combined.
• Describes the risk assessment and mitigation practices commonly
implemented during DW casing and equipment installation operations.
The purpose of this document is to enhance safety and minimize the
likelihood of loss of well control or damage to the environment. These
practices are generally intended to apply to subsea wells drilled with subsea
BOPs in any water depth. Some of the descriptions of rig hardware and
operations, such as remotely operated vehicles, are less relevant in
shallower water depths [e.g. less than 500 ft (152 m)]. In these shallower
water depths the operator may substitute alternative hardware or operations
that maintain safety and system reliability.
The following aspects of DW well design and construction are outside the
scope of this document.
• Detailed casing design load case definitions (does not include specific
casing designs or design factors). Individual companies combine differing
severities of loads and resistances or differing calculation methods to
achieve designs with similar high levels of reliability.
• Wells drilled and/or completed with a surface BOP and high pressure riser
from a floating production system; however, considerations for wells
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
36
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
predrilled with floating rigs to be completed to a floating production
system are included.
• Well control procedures (refer to RP 59 for well control information).
• Managed pressure drilling operations (including dual gradient drilling).
• Production operations and fluids handling downstream of the tree
(subsea facilities/subsea architecture and surface facilities/offloading
hydrocarbons).
• Intervention operations.
• Quality assurance programs. Pages: 158
1st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G09601 | Price: $175.00
fittings, reports and records, state and federal regulations, environmental,
health and safety concerns, economic considerations, and future trends.
Pages: 120
5th Edition | June 1996 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GVT015 | Price: $157.00
Bull 97 
Well Construction Interface Document Guidelines
Contains the structure and contents of a well control interface document
(WCID) that links the drilling contractor's safety case with the lease
operator’s safety management system. It includes well-specific information
such as the basis of design, the well execution plan, and critical well activity
risk assessment. This document exhibits how management of change and
risk assessment processes will apply during well construction activities and
assure personnel competency. A WCID also aligns all parties to assure their
health, safety, and environment (HSE) standards are not compromised and
all applicable regulatory requirements are met while undertaking shared
activities. A WCID will assign or delineate specific responsibilities for the
lease operator's personnel as well as provide a vehicle for the drilling
contractor to intervene in the case that unsafe acts are identified. Pages: 18
1st Edition | December 2013 | Product Number: G09701 | Price: $65.00
RP 98 
Personal Protective Equipment Selection for Oil Spill Responders
Provides general information and guidance for the development of oil spill
responder personal protective equipment (PPE) control measures. Although
an extensive amount of information has been developed on the topic of PPE
for emergency responders, this document focuses on the PPE selection
process as well as its technical evaluation based on the hazards present. The
purpose of this recommended practice is to assist users in developing
effective PPE control measures for oil spill responses using a systematic
approach. This recommended practice is intended for any company,
organization, or agency that oversees or responds to oil spills. It is not a
comprehensive “how-to” guide to selecting PPE for every type of situation
that may be encountered; rather, it is a guidance document that discusses
how proper PPE selection may be a useful control measure for responders
when engineering and administrative controls may not be feasible or effective
in reducing exposure to acceptable levels. Pages: 79
1st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: G09801 | Price: $130.00
DRILLING AND PRODUCTION OPERATIONS:
TRAINING
Gas Lift
(Book 6 in the Vocational Training Series)
Familiarizes field personnel with basic gas lift principles; operating
procedures for adjusting, regulating, operating, and troubleshooting gas-lift
equipment; and well conditions. Covers conventional practices and
concepts. Illustrated with drawings of typical gas-lift installations and related
equipment, as well as actual charts illustrating operation of and problems
encountered in gas-lifted wells. Pages: 143
3rd Edition | January 1994 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GVT063 | Price: $157.00
Introduction to Oil and Gas Production
(Book 1 in the Vocational Training Series)
Serves as a primer for oil and gas operations. It covers the origins and
accumulation of oil and gas, the well, well treatment and wellhead, artificial
lift, well testing, separation, treatment and storage, gauging and metering,
production, offshore production and structures, corrosion, enhanced
recovery, production personnel, tools and equipment, pipe, valves and
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Subsurface Salt Water Injection and Disposal
(Book 3 in the Vocational Training Series)
A handbook for the planning, installation, operation, and maintenance of
subsurface disposal systems. Design criteria and formulas are given for
gathering systems, treating plants, and injection facilities. Alternative
equipment and methods are discussed and illustrated. Economic
considerations are presented. Pages: 47
3rd Edition | January 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GVT033 | Price: $97.00
Wireline Operations and Procedures
(Book 5 in the Vocational Training Series)
Outlines to operators of oil and gas wells what applications are possible with
wireline tools and equipment. Also a guide for field personnel. Surface
equipment, service tools (standard and special), and subsurface equipment
(both permanent and removable) are described and illustrated. Their various
applications are included. Also presented is a general discussion of special
problems that wireline operations and procedures may serve to eliminate,
minimize, or control and methods by which this may be accomplished.
Pages: 60
3rd Edition | January 1994 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GVT053 | Price: $122.00
RP T-1
Orientation Programs for Personnel Going Offshore for the First Time
Serves as a guide to developing orientation standards and programs
applicable to all employees and visitors going offshore. Orientation programs
ensure that all new personnel know what is expected of them during their
first trip offshore, as well as what they may expect to encounter during this
trip. Employers have the option to institute broader procedures
commensurate with their own policies and standards. Pages: 4
4th Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GT1004 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP T-1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP T-2 
Recommended Practice for Qualification Programs for Offshore
Production Personnel Who Work with Safety Devices
Provides guidelines for the qualification of personnel engaged in installing,
inspecting, testing, and routinely maintaining surface and subsurface
devices that are used to insure safety and to prevent pollution during the
production of oil and gas on offshore platforms. The guidelines provide
expected candidate performance levels, instructional content and
recommendations for testing. The guidelines are divided into instructional
and testing phases. Pages: 3
2nd Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GT7002 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP T-2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP T-4
Training of Offshore Personnel in Nonoperating Emergencies
Represents an industry guide for the training of workers who work offshore. It
presents recommendations for training these personnel in handling
nonoperating emergencies, such as fires, transportation emergencies,
platform abandonment procedures, use of survival crafts, and water survival
guidelines. Pages: 3
2nd Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: June 2010
Product Number: GT4002 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP T-4 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
37
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP T-6
Recommended Practice for Training and Qualification of Personnel
in Well Control Equipment and Techniques for Wireline Operations
on Offshore Locations
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY:
EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION SAFETY STANDARDS
Provides criteria for the qualification of wireline personnel in well control
equipment operations and techniques. Although it does include
recommendations for training wireline personnel on general rig well control
equipment and theory, it should be noted that the main focus for training
should be those operations using a lubricator as the primary well control
mechanism. Wireline personnel classifications to which this recommended
practice is applicable are the Helper/Assistant and Operator/Supervisor.
Pages: 2
1st Edition | October 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GT0601 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP T-6 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP T-7
Training of Personnel in Rescue of Persons in Water
Applies to personnel who work offshore. It represents an industry guide for
training personnel in techniques for rescuing persons from the water and
using survival devices. It broadly identifies rescue devices, describes their
operations, and presents recommendations for training personnel. Training
recommendations are designed to develop personnel rescue proficiency
while minimizing an individual's exposure to injury or loss of life. Pages: 8
2nd Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: GT7002 | Price: $57.00
You may access RP T-7 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS
Community Matters: Community Outreach Guidance Manual
for Exploration and Production Facilities
Provides a model community outreach program to help oil and natural gas
industry exploration nad production facilities improve their ties to their local
communities. This document offers a step-by-step guide for implementing a
community outreach program and provides information on how to tailor
outreach efforts to meet the needs of the facility and local community.
Pages: 111
1st Edition | November 2000 | Product Number: G13660 | Price: $83.00
VOLUNTARY OPERATING AGREEMENTS AND BULLETINS
Bull D16
Suggested Procedure for Development of a Spill Prevention Control
and Countermeasure Plan
Assists the petroleum industry in understanding the Spill Prevention, Control,
and Countermeasure (SPCC) regulation in light of the latest rule (40 CFR
Part 112) and to offer guidance for developing SPCC plans wherever they are
needed. Included is a template for developing SPCC plans (i.e. onshore
excluding production; onshore oil production, oil drilling, or workover; or
offshore oil drilling, production, or workover) in accordance with the
regulation and guidance, instruction, and clarification for completing each
section of the template. The purpose of this rulemaking was to establish
procedures, methods, and equipment to prevent and contain discharges of
oil from non-transportation-related onshore and offshore facilities, thus
preventing pollution of navigable waters of the United States. The
development of this bulletin was commissioned by API and performed by
Response Management Associates, Inc. The purchase of D16 includes
Bull D16, the Plan Template, and a CD-ROM with the Microsoft® Word
version of the Plan Template.
5th Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: GD1605
Price: $258.00 | Template Only: Price: $95.00
38
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
API HF1
Hydraulic Fracturing Operations—Well Construction and Integrity
Guidelines
Provides guidance and highlights industry recommended practices for well
construction and integrity for wells that will be hydraulically fractured. The
guidance provided here will help to ensure that shallow groundwater aquifers
and the environment will be protected, while also enabling economically
viable development of oil and natural gas resources. This document is
intended to apply equally to wells in either vertical, directional, or horizontal
configurations.
Maintaining well integrity is a key design principle and design feature of all
oil and gas production wells. Maintaining well integrity is essential for the two
following reasons.
1) To isolate the internal conduit of the well from the surface and subsurface
environment. This is critical in protecting the environment, including the
groundwater, and in enabling well drilling and production.
2) To isolate and contain the well’s produced fluid to a production conduit
within the well.
Although there is some variability in the details of well construction because
of varying geologic, environmental, and operational settings, the basic
practices in constructing a reliable well are similar. These practices are the
result of operators gaining knowledge based on years of experience and
technology development and improvement. These experiences and practices
are communicated and shared via academic training, professional and trade
associations, extensive literature and documents, and very importantly,
industry standards and recommended practices. Pages: 24
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: GHF101 | Price: $42.00
You may access API HF1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
API HF2
Water Management Associated with Hydraulic Fracturing
Identifies and describe many of the current industry best practices used to
minimize environmental and societal impacts associated with the
acquisition, use, management, treatment, and disposal of water and other
fluids associated with the process of hydraulic fracturing. While this
document focuses primarily on issues associated with hydraulic fracturing
pursued in deep shale gas development, it also describes the important
distinctions related to hydraulic fracturing in other applications.
Moreover, this guidance document focuses on areas associated with the
water used for purposes of hydraulic fracturing and does not address other
water management issues and considerations associated with oil and gas
exploration, drilling, and production. These topics will be addressed in future
API documents. Pages: 40
1st Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: GHF201 | Price: $42.00
You may access API HF2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
API HF3
Practices for Mitigating Surface Impacts Associated with Hydraulic
Fracturing
Identifies and describes practices currently used in the oil and natural gas
industry to minimize surface environmental impacts-potential impacts on
surface water, soils, wildlife, other surface ecosystems, and nearby
communities-associated with hydraulic fracturing operations. While this
document focuses primarily on issues associated with operations in deep
shale gas developments, it also describes the important distinctions related
to hydraulic fracturing in other applications. Pages: 18
1st Edition | January 2011 | Product Number: GHF301 | Price: 42.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 49
Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Service Operations
Involving Hydrogen Sulfide
RP 55
Recommended Practices for Oil and Gas Producing and Gas
Processing Plant Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide
Recommendations set forth in this publication apply to oil and gas well
drilling and servicing operations involving hydrogen sulfide. These operations
include well drilling, completion, servicing, workover, downhole maintenance,
and plug and abandonment procedures conducted with hydrogen sulfide
present in the fluids being handled. Coverage of this publication is
applicable to operations confined to the original wellbore or original total
depth and applies to the selection of materials for installation or use in the
well and in the well drilling or servicing operation(s). The presence of
hydrogen sulfide in these operations also presents the possibility of exposure
to sulfur dioxide from the combustion of hydrogen sulfide. Pages: 29
3rd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G49003 | Price: $88.00
You may access RP 49 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Covers recommendations for protection of employees and the public, as well
as conducting oil and gas producing and gas processing plant operations
where hydrogen sulfide is present in the fluids being produced. Pages: 40
2nd Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G55002 | Price: $115.00
You may access RP 55 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 49 *
Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Service Operations
Involving Hydrogen Sulfide—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 49.
2nd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G04902K | Price: $71.00
RP 51R
Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production
Operations and Leases
Provides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines,
for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be
applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of
this document include all production facilities, including produced water
handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this
document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of
access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment,
and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or
production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced
oil recovery is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to
consider as a “good neighbor.” Pages: 35
1st Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $52.00
You may access RP 51R in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 54
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well
Drilling and Servicing Operations
Includes procedures for promotion and maintenance of safe working
conditions for employees engaged in rotary drilling operations and well
servicing operations, including special services. Applies to rotary drilling rigs,
well servicing rigs, and special services as they relate to operations on
locations. Pages: 35
3rd Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G54003 | Price: $125.00
You may access RP 54 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 54 *
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well
Drilling and Servicing Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 54.
3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003K | Price: $100.00
RP 67
Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety
Applies to explosives used in oil and gas well operations, more specifically,
explosives used inside the wellborne. Guidance is provided for explosives
transportation, on-site explosives loading and unloading operations,
electrical wireline operations, tubing conveyed operations, self-contained
activating tools, setting tools, sidewall sample taker tools, select fire
perforating guns, and bullet perforating guns. Recommendations are
presented regarding surface equipment and downhole equipment.
Recommended training and minimum qualifications are presented for
personnel who participate in handling and using explosives at the well site.
Pages: 18
2nd Edition | May 2007 | 2-Year Extension: December 2012
Product Number: G06702 | Price: $85.00
You may access RP 67 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 67 *
Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 67.
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G09308K | Price: $68.00
RP 74
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Onshore Oil and
Gas Production Operation
Recommends practices and procedures for promoting and maintaining safe
working conditions for personnel engaged in onshore oil and gas production
operations, including special services. Pages: 23
1st Edition | October 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G74001 | Price: $61.00
You may access RP 74 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 75
Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and
Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and
Facilities
Provides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental
management programs for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities
located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable
to well drilling, servicing, and production and pipeline facilities and
operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental
hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included
for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and
management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design,
construction, start-up, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new,
existing, and modified facilities Pages: 41
3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G07503 | Price: $89.00
You may access RP 75 in a read-only platform at publications.api.org
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
39
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 75L
Guidance Document for the Development of a Safety and
Environmental Management System for Onshore Oil and Natural
Gas Production Operation and Associated Activities
Bull E1
Generic Hazardous Chemical Category List and Inventory for the Oil
and Gas Exploration and Production Industry
Provides general information and guidance for the development of a safety
and environmental management system (SEMS) for onshore oil and natural
gas operations, including drilling, production, and well servicing activities.
Although there is an extensive amount of information that has been
developed on the topic of safety and environmental management systems,
this document focuses on this industry sector to help foster continuous
improvement in our industry’s safety and environmental performance. It is
recognized that many onshore oil and natural gas companies have effective
SEMS in place; however, the intent of this document is to provide an
additional tool that can assist these and especially other operators in taking
the next step toward implementing a complete system at a pace that
complements their business plan. For those who already have a mature
SEMS in place, this document can be used for continuous improvement of
the system. Pages: 12
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G75L01 | Price: $34.00
You may access RP 75L in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 76
Contractor Safety Management for Oil and Gas Drilling and
Production Operations
Intended to assist operators, contractors, and subcontractors (third parties)
in the implementation of a contractor safety program and improve the overall
safety performance while preserving the independent contractor relationship.
It is intended for the Upstream segment of the petroleum industry; however,
since the Operator requirements and the contracted work are diverse, this
publication may not be applicable to all operations at each company or to
all contract work performed in those operations. Many oil and gas
exploration and production companies contract for equipment and
personnel services for a wide range of activities, including drilling production,
well servicing, equipment repair, maintenance, and construction. Certain
activities of Contractors have the potential to take place either Contractor
and/or Operator personnel and/or equipment at risk. It is important that
operations are carried out in a safe manner. Operators and contractors need
to provide safe work places and to protect the safety of their work places and
to protect the safety of their workforces and the general public. When they
work together to improve safety, both benefit. Pages: 60
2nd Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G07602 | Price: $57.00
You may access RP 76 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY:
GENERAL
Achieving Common Sense Environmental Regulation: Oil and
Gas Exploration and Production
Discusses proposals to achieve a balanced approach to environmental
regulation of the oil and gas exploration and production industry that
protects the environment as well or better than the current system and does
the job more efficiently. Pages: 36
May 1996 | Product Number: G13715 | Price: Free*
Exploration and Production: Protecting the Environment
Discusses work the exploration and production industry does to protect the
environment while exploring for and producing oil and natural gas. Describes
a number of innovative and socially responsible actions taken by exploration
and production companies to minimize impacts to air, water, land, and
wildlife. This document is only available in a PDF format. Pages: 24
September 1997 | Product Number: G13650 | Price: Free*
Publ 4702
Technologies to Reduce Oil and Grease Content of Well Treatment,
Well Completion, and Workover Fluids for Overboard Disposal
Technologies to reduce oil and grease content of well treatment, well
completion, and workover fluids for overboard disposal. Pages: 54
March 2001 | Product Number: I47020 | Price: $122.00
40
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
(Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act)
(includes Errata 1 dated September 1991)
Under Sections 311 and 312 of the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986, owners and operators of oil and gas
exploration and production facilities must provide to state and local
emergency response agencies information on hazardous chemicals they
produce or use. This bulletin provides a simplified means of compliance with
these regulations. Pages: 86
2nd Edition | December 1990 | Reaffirmed: June 2000
Product Number: G11000 | Price: $142.00
Bull E3
Well Abandonment and Inactive Well Practices for U.S. Exploration
and Production Operations, Environmental Guidance Document
Addresses the environmental concerns related to well abandonment and
inactive well practices. The primary environmental concerns are
(1) protection of freshwater aquifers from fluid migration and (2) isolation of
hydrocarbon production and water injection intervals. Additional issues in
the document include protection of surface soils and surface waters, future
and use, and permanent documentation of plugged and abandoned
wellbore locations and conditions. Pages: 52
1st Edition | January 1993 | Reaffirmed: June 2000
Product Number: G11007 | Price: $142.00
Bull E4
Environmental Guidance Document: Release Reporting for the Oil
and Gas Exploration and Production Industry as Required by the
Clean Water Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, and the Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act
Developed to provide the oil and gas production industry guidance on
reporting releases of hazardous substances and petroleum to water as
required by the Clean Water Act and reporting releases of hazardous
substances into the environment as required by the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act. Also covers the
reporting of what most in the industry consider “emergency” releases, which
are unplanned and typically are not covered under a permit issued by a
government agency. Pages: 106
2nd Edition | May 2003 | Product Number: GE4002 | Price: $169.00
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY:
NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
Bull E2
Management of Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM)
in Oil and Gas Production
NORM are present in oil and gas operations at some locations and can
deposit in well tubulars, surface piping, vessels, pumps, and other producing
and processing equipment. The purpose of this document is to inform oil
and gas operators of the possible presence of NORM and to provide relevant
information on protecting workers, the public, and the environment. The
objective of this document is to provide general information to users so that
they have an understanding of the fundamental radiation issues associated
with the management of NORM. Issues where the advice of a professional
health physicist, industrial hygienist, or other technical expert may be useful
are identified and guidance provided. Readers are advised to contact their
state regulatory office and work very closely with that office on all NORM
issues. Pages: 50
2nd Edition | March 2006 | Product Number: GE2002 | Price: $122.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Exploration and Production
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 7100
A NORM Disposal Cost Study
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY:
WASTE
Details the reported quantities of NORM that have accumulated over the
years and the annual rate of NORM production for 1993 from U.S. oil and
gas condensate production. The document also determines the 1992 cost
of available NORM disposal options and the annual costs of complying with
existing and proposed NORM regulations. Pages: 59
1st Edition | November 1996 | Product Number: G71001 | Price: $115.00
Publ 7101
A National Survey on Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material
(NORM) in Petroleum Producing and Gas Processing Facilities
Defines the general occurrence of NORM in the United States based on
statistical analysis of gamma measurements taken external to certain
petroleum producing and gas processing equipment. Pages: 265
October 1997 | Product Number: G71011 | Price: $115.00
Publ 7102
Methods for Measuring Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials
(NORM) in Petroleum Production Equipment
The use and capabilities of common field-survey equipment are
characterized for measuring NORM in sludges and scales accumulated in oil
and gas production equipment. A correlation between radium
concentrations in accumulated scales and sludges and measured external
radiation is presented. Pages: 85
October 1997 | Product Number: G71021 | Price: $115.00
Publ 7103
Management and Disposal Alternatives for Naturally Occurring
Radioactive Material (NORM) Wastes in Oil Production and Gas
Plant Equipment
Presents radiological analyses of disposal alternatives that will protect
against elevated radiation exposures and facilitate cost-effective precautions
that are proportionate to any hazards posed by the NORM. Four waste forms
and 12 waste disposal alternatives were analyzed. Pages: 65
October 1997 | Product Number: G71031 | Price: $115.00
Guidelines for Commercial Exploration and Production Waste
Management Facilities
Provides guidelines for the design and operations of commercial exploration
and production waste management facilities to allow operators to identify
areas where their facility could have impacts on the surrounding community
and environment, and gives options for preventing/reducing those impacts.
The guidelines are not meant to supersede any applicable local, state or
federal requirements. Pages: 80
March 2001 | Product Number: G00004 | For a free copy of this document, please visit ww.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/
environmental-performance/environmental-stewardship/
waste-management-facilities.aspx
Protecting Livestock Answers to Frequently Asked Questions
About Livestock Exposure to Crude Oil in Oilfield Operations
Describes ways livestock might be significantly exposed to petroleum
hydrocarbons via a conceptual site model and outlines how to make a
screening level determination of whether or not livestock are at risk from the
exposure.
2006 | Product Number: I0PL06 | For a free copy, please visit
www.api.org/aboutoilgas/sectors/explore/livestock.cfm
API E5
Environmental Guidance Document: Waste Management in
Exploration and Production Operations
Includes recommendations for the environmentally sound management of
solid waste resulting from the exploration and production of oil and gas.
Guidance is provided for the management of drilling fluids, produced waters,
and other wastes associated with the operation of gas plants, field facilities,
drilling, and workover. Pages: 84
2nd Edition | February 1997 | Product Number: GE5002 | Price: $125.00
SECURITY
API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity
Publ 7104
Proceedings of the 1995 API and GRI Naturally Occurring
Radioactive Material (NORM) Conference
A compilation of 17 papers presented at the 1995 API/GRI NORM
Conference. Subjects include measurement and survey; regulatory issues
and activities; management and disposal; and scale prediction and control.
Pages: 225
October 1997 | Product Number: G71041 | Price: $115.00
Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between
the information technology systems and network of two companies that have
a business relations and a common objective.
The standard will provide suggestions for companies to establish third-party
network connections while protecting their individual systems and data from
unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $90.00
Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry
Publ 7105
Probabilistic Estimates of Dose and Indoor Radon Concentrations
Attributable to Remediated Oilfield Naturally Occurring Radioactive
Material (NORM)
Evaluates the concentration limit of 30 pCi/g Ra-226 in pipe scale and
sludge left near the surface of remediated oilfield sites and returned to
unrestricted public use. Includes an extensive bibliography of NORM
research. Pages: 97
October 1997 | Product Number: G71051 | Price: $115.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
API’s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities
around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks.
Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation,
pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid
foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and
recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety,
environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft
and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the U.S. Department of
Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a
living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of
September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security
plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 58
3rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $191.00
You may access this document in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
41
Exploration and Production
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the
Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries
API and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed
a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of
terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This
document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and
potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post
September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at
their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical
tool to determine “the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting
vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact.” This vulnerability
assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155
October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $191.00
You may access this in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 70
Security for Offshore Oil and Natural Gas Operations
Intended to assist the offshore oil and natural gas drilling and producing
operators and contractors in assessing security needs during the
performance of oil and natural gas operations. It includes information on
security awareness, conducting security vulnerability assessments when
warranted, and developing security plans for offshore facilities. Pages: 16
1st Edition | March 2003 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: G07001 | Price: $57.00
RP 70I
Security for Worldwide Offshore Oil and Natural Gas Operations
Intended to assist the offshore oil and natural gas drilling and producing
operators and contractors in assessing security needs during the
performance of oil and natural gas operations worldwide. Pages: 14
1st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: G70I03 | Price: $61.00
42
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
If you have questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
MANUAL OF PETROLEUM MEASUREMENT STANDARDS
API currently maintains a comprehensive Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards (MPMS). This manual is an ongoing project, as
new chapters and revisions of old chapters will be released periodically.
Publications regarding measurement of evaporative loss are listed under
Chapter 19 of the API MPMS.
Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (Complete Set)
The price of the complete set is subject to change as new chapters and
sub-chapters are released; an order for one complete set would not
include the chapters released after the release date of this catalog (but
before order receipt) and the binders to house the set.
NOTE: Chapter 11 standards, Chapter 19 standards, and Spanish translations
must be ordered separately.
Price: $9,064.00 | *Price subject to change (If purchased individually, a
complete set would cost approximately $10,300.00)
Chapter 1
Vocabulary
Provides definitions and terms used throughout the API Manual of
Petroleum Measurement Standards (MPMS). Pages: 70
2nd Edition | July 1994 | Product Number: H01002 | Price: $109.00
You may access Ch. 1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 1 *
Vocabulary—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 1.
2nd Edition | July 1994 | Product Number: H010SP | Price: $109.00
Chapter 2
Tank Calibration
Contains procedures necessary for calibrating closed storage vessels
larger than a drum and methods for computing the volumes contained
therein. The following API standards cover the subject of tank calibration
and are included in the manual.
Chapter 2.2A
Measurement and Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks by the
Manual Strapping Method
Contains procedures for calibrating upright cylindrical tanks used primarily
for the storage of petroleum liquids. This standard addresses necessary
measurement procedures to determine total and incremental tank
volumes and procedures for computing volumes. Both metric and
customary units are included. The metric units reflect what is available in
commercial equipment. The standard also provides guidelines for
recalibration and computerization of capacity tables. Ch. 2.2A should be
used in conjunction with Ch. 2.2B. These two standards combined
supersede the previous Std 2550. Pages: 58
1st Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: February 2012
Product Number: H022A1 | Price: $125.00
You may access Ch. 2.2A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 2.2B
Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Optical Reference
Line Method
Describes measurement and calculation procedures for determining the
diameters of upright, welded (lap/butt) cylindrical tanks, or vertical cylindrical
tanks, with a smooth outside surface and either floating or fixed roofs. The
optical reference line method is an alternative to the manual tank strapping
method for determining tank diameter. Ch. 2.2B should be used in
conjunction with Ch. 2.2A. Pages: 8
1st Edition | March 1989 | Reaffirmed: January 2013
Product Number: H30023 | Price: $83.00
You may access Ch. 2.2B in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 2.2C/ISO 7507-3:1993
Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the OpticalTriangulation Method
(ANSI/API MPMS 2.2C)
Describes the calibration of vertical cylindrical tanks by means of optical
triangulation using theodolites. The method is an alternative to other
methods such as strapping (Ch. 2.2A) and the optical-reference-line
method (Ch. 2.2B).
This edition of Ch. 2.2C is the national adoption of ISO 7507-3:1993.
Pages: 19
1st Edition | January 2002 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: H022C1 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 2.2D/ISO 7507-4:1995
Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Internal ElectroOptical Distance Ranging Method
(ANSI/API MPMS 2.2D)
Specifies a method for the calibration of upright cylindrical tanks having
diameters greater than 5 m by means of internal measurements using an
electro-optical distance-ranging instrument and for the subsequent
compilation of tank capacity tables.
This edition of Ch. 2.2D is the national adoption of ISO 7507-4:1995.
Pages: 13
1st Edition | August 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2009
Product Number: H022D1 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 2.2E/ISO 12917-1:2002
Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products—Calibration of Horizontal
Cylindrical Tanks—Part 1: Manual Methods
(includes Errata dated November 2009)
(ANSI/API MPMS 2.2E)
Specifies manual methods for the calibration of nominally horizontal cylindrical
tanks, installed at a fixed location. It is applicable to horizontal tanks up to 4 m
(13 ft) in diameter and 30 m (100 ft) in length. The methods are applicable to
insulated and non-insulated tanks, either when they are above-ground or
underground. The methods are applicable to pressurized tanks and to both
knuckle-dish-end and flat-end cylindrical tanks as well as elliptical and
spherical head tanks. This document is applicable to tanks inclined by up to
10 % from the horizontal provided a correction is applied for the measured tilt.
For tanks over and above these dimensions and angle of tilt, appropriate
corrections for tilt and appropriate volume computations should be based on
the “Coats” equation.
This edition of Ch. 2.2E is the national adoption of ISO 12917-1:2002.
Pages: 18
1st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2009
Product Number: HX202E01 | Price: $88.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
43
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 2.2F/ISO 12917-2:2002
Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products—Calibration of Horizontal
Cylindrical Tanks—Part 2: Internal Electro-Optical Distance-Ranging
Method
Chapter 2.8A
Calibration of Tanks on Ships and Oceangoing Barges
(ANSI/API MPMS 2.2F)
Specifies a method for the calibration of horizontal cylindrical tanks having
diameters greater than 2 m (6 ft) by means of internal measurements
using an electro-optical distance-ranging instrument and for the
subsequent compilation of tank-capacity tables. This method is known as
the internal electro-optical distance-ranging method.
This edition of Ch. 2.2F is the national adoption of ISO 12917-2:2002.
Pages: 14
1st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2009
Product Number: HH202F01 | Price: $77.00
Std 2552
Measurement and Calibration of Spheres and Spheroids
Three methods for determining the total and incremental volumes of
liquids in tanks, oceangoing barges, and integrated tug barge units that
have integral hull tanks. The three methods include liquid calibration,
calibration by linear measurement, and calibration from vessel drawings.
This document and Ch. 2.7 supersede the previous Std 2553. A joint API/
Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation
Hydrocarbon Management, HM 2 Section 5B. Pages: 22
1st Edition | March 1991 | Reaffirmed: March 2012
Product Number: H30049 | Price: $89.00
Chapter 2.8B
Establishment of the Location of the Reference Gauge Point and the
Gauge Height of Tanks on Marine Tank Vessels
Describes the procedures for calibrating spheres and spheroids, which are
used as liquid containers. It outlines the procedures for the measurement
and calibration of spherical tanks. Pages: 17
1st Edition | October 1966 | Reaffirmed: September 2012
Product Number: H25520 | Price: $97.00
You may access Std 2552 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Recommended practice, for use in conjunction with Ch. 2.7 and Ch. 2.8A.
Establishes reference gauge heights during calibration of marine tank
vessels. A reference gauge point is necessary for converting ullage to
innage and when determining the volume of the quantities remaining on
board. A reference gauge point is also used for wedge formulas and
establishing wedge tables. Pages: 26
1st Edition | September 1995 | Reaffirmed: October 2009
Product Number: H028B1 | Price: $97.00
Std 2554
Measurement and Calibration of Tank Cars
Chapter 3
Tank Gauging
Describes the procedures for calibrating tank cars. It outlines procedures
for nonpressure-type tank cars and pressure-type tank cars. Pages: 41
1st Edition | October 1966 | Reaffirmed: September 2012
Product Number: H25540 | Price: $115.00
Covers standardized procedures for gauging liquid hydrocarbons in various
types of tanks, containers, and carriers.
Std 2555
Method for Liquid Calibration of Tanks
Describes the procedure for calibrating tanks, or portions of tanks, larger
than a barrel or drum by introducing or withdrawing measured quantities
of liquid. Pages: 14
1st Edition | September 1966 | Reaffirmed: March 2009
Product Number: H25550 | Price: $97.00
You may access Std 2555 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2556
Correcting Gauge Tables for Incrustation
Incrustation is defined in this publication as any material that adheres to
the internal vertical sidewall surfaces of a tank when the tank is otherwise
empty. The tables given in this recommended practice show the percent of
error of measurement caused by varying thicknesses of uniform
incrustation in tanks of various sizes. Pages: 3
2nd Edition | August 1993 | Reaffirmed: November 2013
Product Number: H25560 | Price: $76.00
You may access RP 2556 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 2.7
Calibration of Barge Tanks
Describes three methods for determining the total incremental volumes of
liquids in barge tanks for coastal and inland waterway service that have
integral hull tanks. The three methods are as follows: a) liquids calibration,
b) calibration by linear measurement, and c) calibration from vessel
drawings. This document and Ch. 2.8A supersede the previous Std 2553.
A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation
Hydrocarbon Management, HM 2 Section 5A. Pages: 25
1st Edition | March 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2008
Product Number: H30044 | Price: $59.00
44
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Chapter 3.1A 
Standard Practice for the Manual Gauging of Petroleum and
Petroleum Products
Describes the following: (a) the procedures for manually gauging the liquid
level of petroleum and petroleum products in non-pressure fixed-roof,
floating-roof tanks and marine tank vessels, (b) procedures for manually
gauging the level of free water which may be found with the petroleum or
petroleum products, (c) methods used to verify the length of gauge tapes
under field conditions and the influence of bob weights and temperature
on the gauge tape length, and (d) the influences that may affect the
position of gauging reference point (either the datum plate or the reference
gauge point). Throughout this standard the term petroleum is used to
denote petroleum, petroleum products, or the liquids normally associated
with the petroleum industry.
The method used to determine the volume of tank contents determined
from gauge readings is not covered in this standard. The determination of
temperature, API gravity, and suspended sediment and water of the tank
contents are not within the scope of this standard. Pages: 31
3rd Edition | August 2013| Product Number: H301A03 | Price: $100.00
You may access Ch. 3.1A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 3.1B
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging
Covers level measurement of liquid hydrocarbons in stationary,
aboveground, atmospheric storage tanks using automatic tank gauges
(ATGs). This publication discusses automatic tank gauging in general,
calibration of ATGs for custody transfer and inventory control, and the
requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving. The
appendices discuss the operation and installation of the most commonly
used ATG equipment and of the less commonly used, electronic ATGs.
Pages: 17
2nd Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H301B2 | Price: $97.00
You may access Ch. 3.1B in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 3.1B *
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging—Spanish
measurement are similar to that for LPG and NGL gauging. This standard
also covers the requirements for data collection, transmission, and
receiving. Pages: 8
1st Edition | March 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2013
Product Number: H03051 | Price: $83.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 3.1B.
2nd Edition | June 2001 | Product Number: H301B2S | Price: $97.00
Chapter 3.2
Standard Practice for Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum Products in
Tank Cars
Provides method for measuring liquids and liquefied gases in tank cars by
liquid level measurement. Measurement of both vapor space and liquid
level are covered. Gauging and temperature measurement equipment
used in both open and closed measurement systems are described in this
standard. These procedures reduce variability in the results of
measurement and sampling operations when comparing loading terminal
data to unloading terminal data. Pages: 20
1st Edition | September 1995 | Reaffirmed: May 2013
Product Number: H03021 | Price: $97.00
Chapter 3.3
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging
Provides guidance on the installation, calibration, and verification of automatic
tank gauges used in custody transfer for measuring the level of liquid
hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure of 15 psi (103 kPa) or greater,
stored in stationary, pressurized storage tanks. This standard also provides
guidance on the requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving.
Pages: 10
1st Edition | June 1996 | Reaffirmed: October 2011
Product Number: H03031 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 3.4
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on
Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging
Provides guidance on the selection, installation, calibration, and
verification of automatic tank gauges (ATGs) for measuring the level of
liquid hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure less than 15 psia
(103 kPa), transported aboard marine vessels (tankers and barges). This
standard also provides guidance on the requirements for data collection,
transmission, and receiving. This standard supersedes all applicable
sections of Std 2545. Pages: 10
1st Edition | April 1995 | Reaffirmed: April 2011
Product Number: H03041 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 3.4 *
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on
Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 3.4.
1st Edition | April 1995 | Product Number: H03041S | Price: $83.00
Chapter 3.5
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon
Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging
Covers the standard practice for level measurement of light hydrocarbon
liquids onboard marine vessels by automatic tank gauges. This publication
covers pressurized and refrigerated light hydrocarbon liquids. The light
hydrocarbon liquids covered include the following: liquefied petroleum gas
(LPG), natural gas liquid (NGL), and other petrochemical liquids where the
storage and transportation requirements and the methods of
Chapter 3.6
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Hybrid Tank Measurement
Systems
(includes Errata dated September 2005)
Covers selection, installation, commissioning, calibration, and verification
of Hybrid Tank Measurement Systems for the measurement of level, static
mass, observed and standard volume, and observed and reference
density in tanks storing petroleum and petroleum products for custody
transfer and/or inventory control purposes. Pages: 26
1st Edition | February 2001 | Reaffirmed: October 2011
Product Number: H03061 | Price: $96.00
Chapter 4
Proving Systems
Serves as a guide for the design, installation, calibration, and operation of
meter proving systems.
Chapter 4.1
Introduction
Provides general introduction to the subject of proving. The requirements in
Ch. 4 are based on customary practices that evolved for crude oils and
products covered by Ch. 11.1. The prover and meter uncertainties should
be appropriate for the measured fluids and should be agreeable to the
parties involved. Pages: 4
3rd Edition | February 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2009
Product Number: H04013 | Price: $82.00
You may access Ch. 4.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 4.2
Displacement Provers
Outlines the essential elements of provers that accumulate meter pulses as a
displacing element within the prover travels between detector switches. It
provides design and installation details for the types of displacement provers
that are currently in use. The provers discussed are designed for proving
measurement devices under dynamic operating conditions with single-phase
liquid hydrocarbons. Pages: 45
3rd Edition | September 2003 | Reaffirmed: March 2011
Product Number: H04023 | Price: $123.00
You may access Ch. 4.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 4.4
Tank Provers
Specifies the characteristics of tank provers that are in general use and the
procedures for their calibration. This standard does not apply to weir-type,
vapor-condensing, dual-tank water-displacement, or gas-displacement
provers. Pages: 11
2nd Edition | May 1998 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H04042 | Price: $83.00
You may access Ch. 4.4 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
45
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 4.5
Master-Meter Provers
Chapter 4.9.2
Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers
Part 2—Determination of the Volume of Displacement and Tank
Provers by the Waterdraw Method of Calibration
Covers the use of displacement, turbine, Coriolis, and ultrasonic meters as
master meters. The requirements in this standard are intended for singlephase liquid hydrocarbons. Meter proving requirements for other fluids
should be appropriate for the overall custody transfer accuracy and should
be agreeable to the parties involved. This document does not cover master
meters to be used for the calibration of provers. For information
concerning master meter calibration of provers, see Ch. 4.9.3. Pages: 14
3rd Edition | November 2011
Product Number: H40303 | Price: $73.00
You may access Ch. 4.5 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 4.6
Pulse Interpolation
(includes Errata 1 dated April 2007)
Describes how the double-chronometry method of pulse interpolation,
including system operating requirements and equipment testing, is
applied to meter proving. Pages: 8
2nd Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: H04062 | Price: $65.00
You may access Ch. 4.6 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 4.7
Field Standard Test Measures
Details the essential elements of field standard test measures by providing
descriptions, construction requirements, as well as inspection, handling, and
calibration methods. Bottom-neck scale test measures and prover tanks are
not addressed in this document. The scope of this standard is limited to the
certification of “delivered volumes” of test measures. Pages: 19
3rd Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: H40703 | Price: $86.00
You may access Ch. 4.7 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 4.8 
Operation of Proving Systems
Provides information for operating meter provers on single-phase liquid
hydrocarbons. It is intended for use as a reference manual for operating
proving systems.
The requirements of this chapter are based on customary practices for
single-phase liquids. This standard is primarily written for hydrocarbons,
but much of the information in this chapter may be applicable to other
liquids. Specific requirements for other liquids should be agreeable to the
parties involved. Pages: 40
2nd Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: H04082 | Price: $125.00
Chapter 4.9.1
Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers
Part 1—Introduction to the Determination of the Volume of
Displacement and Tank Provers
Provers are precision devices, defined as volumetric standards, which are
used to verify the accuracy of liquid volumetric meters used for custody
transfer measurement. Both displacement and tank provers are used to
prove a meter in order to obtain its meter factor, which is then used to
correct for meter error caused by differences between the metered volume
and the true volume. The base volume of a displacement or tank prover,
determined by calibration, is an essential requirement in the
determination of these meter factors. The accuracy of a meter factor is
limited by several considerations:
• equipment performance,
• observation errors,
• prover volume calibration errors, and
• calculation errors. Pages: 28
1st Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H409011 | Price: $76.00
46
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
All prover volumes used to calibrate meters shall be determined by
calibration and not by theoretical calculation. Volumetric provers have an
exact reference volume, which has been determined by a recognized
method of calibration. Techniques for the determination of this reference
volume include the waterdraw, master meter, and gravimetric methods of
calibration. This standard describes only the waterdraw method of
calibration, which is used to accurately determine the calibrated volume of
both displacement and tank provers. Pages: 92
1st Edition | December 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H409021 | Price: $182.00
Chapter 4.9.3
Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers
Part 3—Determination of the Volume of Displacement Provers by the
Master Meter Method of Calibration
Covers the procedures required to determine the field data necessary to
calculate a base prover volume of a field displacement prover by the
master meter method for calibration. This standard applies to liquids that
for all practical purposes are considered to be clean, single-phase,
homogeneous, and Newtonian at metering conditions. Detailed calculation
procedures are not included in this standard: see Ch. 12.2.5. Pages: 19
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: H409031 | Price: $74.00
Chapter 4.9.4
Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers
Part 4—Determination of the Volume of Displacement and Tank Provers
by the Gravimetric Method of Calibration
Covers the specific procedures, equipment, and calculations required to
determine the base prover volume of both tank and displacement provers
by the gravimetric method of calibration. This standard presents both U.S.
customary and metric units and may be implemented in either system of
units. The presentation of both units is for the convenience of the user and
is not necessarily the exact conversions. The system of units to be used is
typically determined by contract, regulatory requirement, the
manufacturer, or the user’s calibration program. Throughout this document
issues of traceability are addressed by references to National Institute of
Standards and Technology. However, other appropriate national metrology
institutes can be referenced. There is no intent to cover safety aspects of
conducting the work described in this standard, and it is the duty of the
user to be familiar with all applicable safe work practices. It is also the
duty of the user to comply with all existing federal, state, or local
regulations (e.g. the Occupational Safety and Health Administration) that
govern the types of activities described in this standard and to be familiar
with all such safety and health regulations. Pages: 38
1st Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: H4090401 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 5
Metering
Covers the dynamic measurement of liquid hydrocarbons by means of
meters and accessory equipment.
Chapter 5.1
General Considerations for Measurement by Meters
(includes Errata 1 dated June 2008 and Errata 2 dated June 2011)
Intended to be a guide for the proper specification, installation, and
operation of meter runs designed to dynamically measure liquid
hydrocarbons so that acceptable accuracy, service life, safety, reliability,
and quality control can be achieved. Chapter 5 also includes information
that will assist in troubleshooting and improving the performance of
meters. Pages: 8
4th Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: March 2011
Product Number: H05014 | Price: $94.00
You may access Ch. 5.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 5.1 *
General Considerations for Measurement by Meters—Spanish
Chapter 5.6
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Coriolis Meters
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.1.
4th Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: H05014S | Price: $94.00
Chapter 5.2
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Displacement Meters
Ch. 5.2, together with the general considerations for measurement by
meters found in Ch. 5.1, describes methods for obtaining accurate
quantity measurement with displacement meters in liquid hydrocarbon
service. It covers the unique performance characteristics of displacement
meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. It does not apply to the
measurement of two-phase fluids. Pages: 3
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H05023 | Price: $87.00
You may access Ch. 5.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 5.2 *
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Displacement Meters—
Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.2.
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: H50203S | Price: $87.00
Chapter 5.3
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meters
(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2009)
Defines the application criteria for turbine meters and discusses
appropriate considerations regarding the liquids to be measured.
Discusses the installation of a turbine metering system and the
performance, operation, and maintenance of turbine meters in liquid
hydrocarbon service. Includes “Selecting a Meter and Accessory
Equipment” and information on the recommended location for prover
connections. Pages: 11
5th Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H05035 | Price: $106.00
You may access Ch. 5.3 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 5.3 *
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meters—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.3.
5th Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H50305S | Price: $106.00
(ANSI/API MPMS 5.6)
Describes methods for achieving custody transfer levels of accuracy when
a Coriolis meter is used to measure liquid hydrocarbons. Topics covered
include the following: applicable API standards used in the operation of
Coriolis meters; proving and verification using both mass- and volumebased methods; and installation, operation, and maintenance. Both mass
and volume-based calculation procedures for proving and quantity
determination are included in Appendix E. Pages: 48
1st Edition | October 2002 | Reaffirmed: November 2013
Product Number: H05061 | Price: $139.00
Chapter 5.8
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Ultrasonic Flow Meters
(ANSI/API MPMS 5.8)
Defines the application criteria for ultrasonic flow meters (UFMs) and
addresses the appropriate considerations regarding the liquids to be
measured. This document addresses the installation, operation, and
maintenance of UFMs in liquid hydrocarbon service. The field of
application of this standard is the dynamic measurement of liquid
hydrocarbons. While this document is specifically written for custody
transfer measurement, other acceptable applications may include
allocation measurement, check meter measurement, and leak detection
measurement. This document only pertains to spool type, multi-path
ultrasonic flow meters with permanently affixed acoustic transducer
assemblies. Pages: 23
2nd Edition | November 2011| Product Number: H050802 | Price: $86.00
Draft Standard
Vortex Shedding Flowmeter for Measurement of Hydrocarbon Fluids
Describes the design, installation, and operation of vortex shedding
flowmeters for the measurement of fluid flows, especially hydrocarbon flow
measurement. It is being issued initially as a draft standard in order for the
industry to obtain more experience with the technology, as well as to
determine where this technology may best be applied within the industry.
One particular are where additional experience is needed prior to
converting this to a custody transfer standard is in the area of proving.
However, this document may provide guidance for non-custody application
where the technology provides benefits. Pages: 32
1st Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: HDVSF00 | Price: $96.00
Chapter 6
Metering Assemblies
Discusses the design, installation, and operation of metering systems for
coping with special situations in hydrocarbon measurement.
Chapter 5.4
Accessory Equipment for Liquid Meters
Describes the characteristics of accessory equipment used with
displacement and turbine meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. Includes
guidance on the use of electronic flow computers. Pages: 8
4th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H05044 | Price: $94.00
You may access Ch. 5.4 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 5.5
Fidelity and Security of Flow Measurement Pulsed-Data Transmission
Systems
Serves as a guide for the selection, operation, and maintenance of various
types of pulsed-data, cabled transmission systems for fluid metering
systems to provide the desired level of fidelity and security of transmitted
flow pulse data. This publication does not endorse or advocate the
preferential use of any specific type of equipment or systems nor is it
intended to restrict future development of such equipment. Pages: 8
2nd Edition | July 2005 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H50502 | Price: $70.00
Chapter 6.1
Lease Automatic Custody Transfer (LACT) Systems
Prepared as a guide for the design, installation, calibration, and operation
of a LACT system. It applies to unattended and automatic measurement by
meter of hydrocarbon liquids produced in the field and transferred to a
pipeline in either a scheduled or nonscheduled operation. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: H30121 | Price: $60.00
Chapter 6.2
Loading Rack Metering Systems
Serves as a guide in the selection, installation and operation of loading
rack metering systems for petroleum products, including liquefied
petroleum gas. This standard does not endorse or advocate the
preferential use of any specific type of metering system or meter.
Pages: 30
3rd Edition | February 2004 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H60203 | Price: $79.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
47
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 6.4
Metering Systems for Aviation Fueling Facilities
temperature of the liquid at specific locations. Examples of where static
temperature determination is required include storage tanks, ships, and
barges. The application of this standard is restricted to automatic methods
for the determination of temperature using fixed automatic tank
thermometer (ATT) systems for hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure
at or below 101.325 kPa (14.696 psia). Although not included in the
scope, requirements in this standard or other Ch. 7 sections (see the
Foreword) can be used for other fluids and other applications including
petroleum liquids having Reid vapor pressures in excess of 101.325 kPa
(14.696 psia) tanks with inert gas systems and cryogenic liquids.
However, such applications can require different performance and
installation specifications. Pages: 27
2nd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: H70302 | Price: $83.00
General requirements of flow metering of aviation fuel as it is either
dispensed to an aircraft or used to defuel an aircraft. Pages: 9
2nd Edition | January 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: H60402 | Price: $65.00
Chapter 6.5
Metering Systems for Loading and Unloading Marine Bulk Carriers
Deals with the operation and special arrangements of meters, provers,
manifolding, instrumentation, and accessory equipment used for
measurement during loading and unloading of marine bulk carriers. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: H30125 | Price: $65.00
Chapter 6.6
Pipeline Metering Systems
Chapter 7.3 *
Fixed Automatic Tank Temperature Systems—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 7.3.
2nd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: H70302S | Price: $83.00
Provides guidelines for selection of the type and size of meters to be used
to measure pipeline oil movements, as well as the relative advantages and
disadvantages of the methods of proving meters by tank prover,
conventional pipe prover, small volume prover, and master meter. It also
includes discussion on obtaining the best operating results from a
pipeline-meter station. Pages: 9
2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: H30126 | Price: $65.00
You may access Ch. 6.6 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 6.7
Metering Viscous Hydrocarbons
Serves as a guide for the design, installation, operation, and proving of meters
and auxiliary equipment used in metering viscous hydrocarbons. It defines
viscous hydrocarbons and describes the difficulties that arise when viscous
hydrocarbons are raised to high temperature. The effects of such temperatures
on meters, auxiliary equipment, and fittings are discussed, and advice and
warnings to overcome or mitigate difficulties are included. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: H30127 | Price: $65.00
You may access Ch. 6.7 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 7
Temperature Determination
(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2011)
Describes methods and practices that may be used to obtain accurate
measurements of temperature of petroleum and petroleum products in
pipelines, storage tanks, gathering tanks, ships, barges, tank cars, pipe provers,
tank provers, and test measures under both static and dynamic conditions using
electronic temperature measuring devices or mercury-in-glass thermometers.
Describes the methods, equipment, and procedures for determining the
temperature of petroleum and petroleum products under both static and
dynamic conditions. This chapter discusses temperature measurement
requirements in general for custody transfer, inventory control, and marine
measurements. The actual method and equipment selected for temperature
determination are left to the agreement of the parties involved. Pages: 38
1st Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2012
Product Number: H07001 | Price: $197.00
You may access Ch. 7 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 7.3
Fixed Automatic Tank Temperature Systems
Describes the methods, equipment, and procedures for determining the
temperature of petroleum and petroleum products under static conditions
by the use of an automatic method. Automatic temperature measurement
is discussed for custody transfer and inventory control for both onshore
and marine measurement applications. Temperatures of hydrocarbon
liquids under static conditions can be determined by measuring the
Chapter 8
Sampling
Covers standardized procedures for sampling crude oil or its products.
Chapter 8.1 
Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum
Products
(ASTM D4057)
Covers procedures and equipment for manually obtaining samples of
liquid petroleum and petroleum products, crude oils, and intermediate
products from the sample point into the primary container. Procedures are
also included for the sampling of free water and other heavy components
associated with petroleum and petroleum products. This practice also
addresses the sampling of semi-liquid or solid-state petroleum products.
This practice provides additional specific information about sample
container selection, preparation, and sample handling. This practice does
not cover sampling of electrical insulating oils and hydraulic fluids. The
procedures described in this practice may also be applicable in sampling
most non-corrosive liquid industrial chemicals provided that all safety
precautions specific to these chemicals are followed (also, refer to ASTM
Practice E300). The procedures described in this practice are also
applicable to sampling liquefied petroleum gases and chemicals.
Pages: 48
4th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: H80104 | Price: $120.00
You may access Ch. 8.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 8.2
Standard Practice for Automatic Sampling of Liquid Petroleum and
Petroleum Products
(ANSI/ASTM D4177)
Covers automatic procedures for obtaining representative samples of
petroleum and nonuniform stocks or shipments, except electrical
insulating oil. Pages: 32
2nd Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2010
Product Number: H08022 | Price: $97.00
You may access Ch. 8.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 8.2 *
Standard Practice Automatic Sampling of Liquid Petroleum and
Petroleum Products—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 8.2.
2nd Edition | October 1995 | Product Number: H80202SP | Price: $97.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
48
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 8.3
Standard Practice for Mixing and Handling of Liquid Samples of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products
Readings determined as density, relative density, or API gravity can be
converted to equivalent values in the other units or alternate reference
temperatures by means of Interconversion Procedures (API MPMS
Ch. 11.5), or volume correction factors (API MPMS Ch. 11.1), or both, or
tables, as applicable. Pages: 8
3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: H09013 | Price: $41.00
You may access Ch. 9.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
(includes Errata 1 dated March 1996)
(ANSI/ASTM D5854)
Covers the handling, mixing, and conditioning procedures required to
ensure that a representative sample of the liquid petroleum or petroleum
product is delivered from the primary sample container/receiver into the
analytical test apparatus or into intermediate containers. For sampling
procedures, refer to Ch. 8.1 and Ch. 8.2. Refer to Ch. 8.4 for the mixing
and handling of light fuels for volatility measurement. Pages: 27
1st Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2010
Product Number: H08031 | Price: $89.00
Chapter 8.3 *
Standard Practice for Mixing and Handling of Liquid Samples of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 8.3.
1st Edition | October 1995 | Product Number: H80301SP | Price: $89.00
Chapter 8.4
Standard Practice for Sampling and Handling of Fuels for Volatility
Measurement
(ASTM D5842)
Covers procedures and equipment for obtaining, mixing, and handling
representative samples of volatile fuels for the purpose of testing for
compliance with the standards set forth for volatility related measurements
applicable to light fuels. The applicable dry vapor pressure equivalent
range of this practice is 13 kPa to 105 kPa (2 psia to 16 psia). This
practice is applicable to the sampling, mixing, and handling of
reformulated fuels including those containing oxygenates. Pages: 7
2nd Edition | December 2004 | Reaffirmed: June 2009
Product Number: H80402 | Price: $39.00
Chapter 9
Density Determination
Describes the standard methods and apparatus used to determine the
specific gravity of crude oil and petroleum products normally handled as
liquids.
Chapter 9.1
Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity),
or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by
Hydrometer Method
(ASTM D1298)
Covers the laboratory determination using a glass hydrometer in
conjunction with a series of calculations, of the density, relative density, or
API gravity of crude petroleum, petroleum products, or mixtures of
petroleum and nonpetroleum products normally handled as liquids, and
having a Reid vapor pressure of 101.325 kPa (14.696 psi) or less. Values
are determined at existing temperatures and corrected to 15°C or 60°F
by means of a series of calculations and international standard tables.
The initial hydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected hydrometer
readings and not density measurements.
Readings are measured on a hydrometer at either the reference
temperature or at another convenient temperature, and readings are
corrected for the meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion effect,
alternate calibration temperature effects and to the reference temperature
by means of volume correction factors; values obtained at other than the
reference temperature being hydrometer readings and not density
measurements.
Chapter 9.2
Standard Test Method for Density or Relative Density of Light
Hydrocarbons by Pressure Hydrometer
(ASTM D1657)
Covers the determination of the density or relative density of light
hydrocarbons including liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) having Reid vapor
pressures exceeding 101.325 kPa (14.696 psi).
The prescribed apparatus should not be used for materials having vapor
pressures higher than 1.4 MPa (200 psi) at
the test temperature. This pressure limit is dictated by the type of
equipment. Higher pressures can apply to other equipment designs.
The initial pressure hydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected
hydrometer readings and not density measurements. Readings are
measured on a hydrometer at either the reference temperature or at
another convenient temperature, and readings are corrected for the
meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion effect, alternate calibration
temperature effects and to the reference temperature by means of
calculations and volume correction factors (API MPMS Ch. 11.1) or API
MPMS Ch. 11.2.4 (GPA TP-27), as applicable.
Values determined as density or relative density can be converted to
equivalent values in the other units or alternative reference temperatures
by means of Interconversion Procedures (API MPMS Ch. 11.5), or
volume correction factors (API MPMS Ch. 11.1) or API MPMS Ch. 11.2.4
(GPA TP-27), as applicable. Pages: 6
3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: H09023 | Price: $41.00
You may access Ch. 9.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 9.3
Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density, and API Gravity of
Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Thermohydrometer
Method
(ASTM D6822)
Covers the determination, using a glass thermohydrometer in conjunction
with a series of calculations, of the density, relative density, or API gravity of
crude petroleum, petroleum products, or mixtures of petroleum and
nonpetroleum products normally handled as liquids and having a Reid
vapor pressures of 101.325 kPa (14.696 psi) or less.
Values are determined at existing temperatures and corrected to 15°C or
60°F by means of a series of calculations and international standard
tables.
The initial thermohydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected
hydrometer readings and not density measurements.
Readings are measured on a thermohydrometer at either the reference
temperature or at another convenient
temperature, and readings are corrected for the meniscus effect, the
thermal glass expansion effect, alternate calibration temperature effects
and to the reference temperature by means of calculations and volume
correction factors (API MPMS Ch. 11.1).
Readings determined as density, relative density, or API gravity can be
converted to equivalent values in the other units or alternate reference
temperatures by means of Interconversion Procedures (API MPMS Ch.
11.5) or volume correction factors (API MPMS Ch. 11.1), or both, or
tables as applicable. Pages: 10
3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: H09033 | Price: $41.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
49
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 10
Sediment and Water
Chapter 10.6 
Standard Test Method for Water and Sediment in Fuel Oils by the
Centrifuge Method (Laboratory Procedure)
Describes methods for determining the amount of sediment and water,
either together or separately in petroleum products. Laboratory and field
methods are covered.
Chapter 10.1
Standard Test Method for Sediment in Crude Oils and Fuel Oils by
the Extraction Method
(ANSI/ASTM D473)
Covers the determination of sediment in crude oils and fuel oils by
extraction with toluene. The precision applies to a range of sediment levels
from 0.01 % to 0.40 % mass, although higher levels may be determined.
Pages: 6
3rd Edition | November 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: H10013 | Price: $39.00
You may access Ch. 10.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 10.2 
Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oil by Distillation
(ASTM D4006)
Specifies a method for the determination of water in crude petroleum by
distillation. Pages: 11
3rd Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: H100203 | Price: $41.00
You may access Ch. 10.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 10.3 
Standard Test Method for Water and Sediment in Crude Oil by the
Centrifuge Method (Laboratory Procedure)
(ASTM D4007)
Describes the laboratory determination of water and sediment in crude
oils by means of the centrifuge procedure. This centrifuge method for
determining water and sediment in crude oils is not entirely satisfactory.
The amount of water detected is almost always lower than the actual water
content. When a highly accurate value is required, the revised procedures
for water by distillation, API MPMS Chapter 10.2, and sediment by
extraction, API MPMS Chapter 10.1, shall be used. Pages: 13
4th Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: H100304 | Price: $41.00
You may access Ch. 10.3 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 10.4 
Determination of Water and/or Sediment in Crude Oil by the
Centrifuge Method (Field Procedure)
Describes the field centrifuge method for determining both water and
sediment or sediment only in crude oil. This method may not always
produce the most accurate results, but it is considered the most practical
method for field determination of water and sediment. This method may
also be used for field determination of sediment. Pages: 23
4th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: H100404 | Price: $85.00
You may access Ch. 10.4 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 10.5 
Standard Test Method for Water in Petroleum Products and
Bituminous Materials by Distillation
(ASTM D95)
Covers the determination of water in the range from 0 to 25 % volume in
petroleum products, tars, and other bituminous materials by the
distillation method. Volatile water-soluble material, if present, may be
measured as water. The specific products considered during the
development of this test method were asphalt, bitumen, tar, fuel oil,
lubricating oil, lubricating oil additives, and greases. For bituminous
emulsions, refer to ASTM Test Method D244. Pages: 6
5th Edition | September 2013
Product Number: H100505 | Price: $41.00
50
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
(ASTM D1796)
Describes the laboratory determination of water and sediment in fuel oils
in the range from 0 to 30 % volume by means of the centrifuge procedure.
Note that with some types of fuel oils such as residual fuel oils or distillate
fuel oils containing residual components, it is difficult to obtain water or
sediment contents with this test method. When this situation is
encountered, API MPMS Ch. 10.5 or API MPMS Ch. 10.1 may be used.
Pages: 7
5th Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: H100605 | Price: $41.00
Chapter 10.7
Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Potentiometric Karl
Fischer Titration
(ANSI/ASTM D4377)
Describes the procedure for the determination of water in crude oils by
Karl Fischer titration (potentiometric). This test method covers the
determination of water in the range from 0.02 to 2 mass % in crude oils.
Mercaptan and sulfide (S¯ or H2S) sulfur are known to interfere with the
method. Pages: 6
2nd Edition | December 2002 | Reaffirmed: May 2011
Product Number: H10072 | Price: $39.00
Chapter 10.8
Standard Test Method for Sediment in Crude Oil by Membrane
Filtration
(ANSI/ASTM D4807)
Covers the determination of sediment in crude oils by membrane filtration.
This test method has been validated for crude oils with sediments up to
approximately 0.15 mass %. The accepted unit of measure for this test
method is mass percent, but an equation to convert to volume percent is
provided. Pages: 5
2nd Edition | November 2005 | Reaffirmed: March 2010
Product Number: H100802 | Price: $39.00
Chapter 10.9 
Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Coulometric Karl
Fischer Titration
(ASTM D4928)
Covers the determination of water in the range from 0.02 to 5.00 mass or
volume % in crude oils. Mercaptan (RSH) and sulfide (S¯ or H2S) as sulfur
are known to interfere with this test method, but at levels of less than
500 μg/g [ppm(m)], the interference from these compounds is
insignificant. This test method can be used to determine water in the
0.005 to 0.02 mass % range, but the effects of the mercaptan and sulfide
interference at these levels has not been determined. For the range 0.005
to 0.02 mass %, there is no precision or bias statement. This test method
is intended for use with standard commercially available coulometric Karl
Fischer reagent. Pages: 6
3rd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H09033 | Price: $41.00
You may access Ch. 10.9 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
TR 2570
Continuous On-Line Measurement of Water in Petroleum (Crude Oil
and Condensate)
Provides guidance for the application, installation, operation, verification,
and proving of on-line water devices for use in the non-custody transfer
measurement of water in crude oil and condensate. Pages: 17
1st Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: H25701 | Price: $73.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
TR 2573 
Standard Guide for Sediment and Water Determination in Crude Oil
Chapter 11.1
Add-In Program for Microsoft® Excel
(ASTM D7829)
Covers a summary of the water and sediment determination methods from
API MPMS Ch. 10 for crude oils. The purpose of this guide is to provide a
quick reference to these methodologies such that the reader can make the
appropriate decision regarding which method to use based on the
associated benefits, uses, drawbacks, and limitations. Pages: 7
1st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: H257301 | Price: $41.00
A Microsoft® Windows compatible 32-bit add-in for Microsoft® Excel that
provides callable functions for density, correction for temperature and pressure
of a liquid (CTPL), and compressibility coefficient (Fp). These functions allow
calculating density at base conditions or at alternate conditions, CTPL
correction factor used to transform volume and density data to base or desired
conditions, and the scaled compensation factor for transformation from
alternate to base conditions or from observed to base conditions for
generalized crude oils, refined products, and lubricating oils. They support the
following process variables: density (API gravity, relative density, and kg/m3),
temperature (°F and °C) and pressure (psig, bar, and kPa).
To order the Add-In, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at (281) 282-0865 or send an
e-mail to [email protected]
XL Add-In—runs on a single standalone computer with no network access
Price: $750.00
XL Add-In—installed on less than 15 standalone computers or ran on a
network with less than 15 nodes | Price: $5,000.00
XL Add-In—installed on less than 50 standalone computers or ran on a
network with less than 50 nodes | Price: $7,500.00
XL Add-In—installed on an unlimited number of standalone computers or
ran on a network with unlimited nodes | Price: $11,000.00
Chapter 11
Physical Properties Data (Volume Correction Factors)
Ch. 11 is the physical data that has direct application to volumetric
measurement of liquid hydrocarbons. It is presented in tabular form, in
equations relating volume to temperature and pressure, and computer
subroutines. The subroutines for Ch. 11.1 are available in electronic form.
These standards are not included in the complete set of API Manual of
Petroleum Measurement Standards. Each element of Ch. 11 must be ordered
separately.
Chapter 11.1–2004
Volume Correction Factors
(the 2004 edition of this standard also supersedes Ch. 11.2.1 and
Ch. 11.2.1M)
The (2004 edition of this) standard (revised standard) was effective on the
date of publication and supersedes the previous (1980) edition of the
standard(s). However, due to the nature of the changes in this revised
standard, it is recognized that guidance concerning an implementation period
may be needed in order to avoid disruptions within the industry and ensure
proper application. As a result, it is recommended that this revised standard be
utilized on all new applications no later than TWO YEARS after the publication
date. An application for this purpose is defined as the point where the
calculation is applied. Once the revised standard is implemented in a
particular application, the previous standard will no longer be used in that
application. If an existing application complies with the previous standard(s)
then it shall be considered in compliance with this revised standard. However,
the use of API standards remains voluntary, and the decision on when to utilize
a standard is an issue that is subject to the negotiations between the parties
involved in the transaction.
See the listing for “Chapter 11.1–1980” on page 153 of this Catalog for
more information on the previous edition of the standard(s).
Chapter 11.1
Temperature and Pressure Volume Correction Factors for
Generalized Crude Oils, Refined Products, and Lubricating Oils
(includes Addendum 1 dated September 2007)
Provides the algorithm and implementation procedure for the correction of
temperature and pressure effects on density and volume of liquid
hydrocarbons that fall within the categories of crude oil, refined products,
or lubricating oils; natural gas liquids and liquefied petroleum gas are
excluded from consideration in this standard. This document is distributed
on CD-ROM in Portable Document Format (PDF). A utility program is
included on the CD to allow users to calculate corrections for temperature
and pressure effects and to print pages of correction factors for a userdefined range of temperature, pressure and density in both U.S. customary
and metric units of measure. The utility is used within a supported web
browser and uses the Java language. Internet access is not required.
September 2004 | Product Number: H11013 | Reaffirmed: August 2012
Single User | Price: $512.00
2 to 10 Users | Price: $731.00
11 to 50 Users | Price: $947.00
51+ Users | Price: $1,433.00
You may access Ch. 11.1 (without the utility program) in a read-only
platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Chapter 11.1
Dynamic Link Library (DLL)
The DLL is compiled from source code written in the C programming
language. The DLL provides subroutines that can be called from
applications written in C or other programming languages. These
subroutines are subdivided into three groups (density, volume correction
factors, and scaled compressibility factor) for generalized crude oils,
refined products, and lubricating oils.
• The density subroutines have two sets of density functions allowing
calculations at base conditions or at alternate conditions.
• The volume correction factor subroutines calculate a correction for
temperature and pressure of a liquid (CTPL), correction for the effect of
temperature on liquid (CTL), and correction for the effect of pressure on
liquid (CPL), which are used to transform volume and density data to
base or desired conditions.
• The scaled compressibility factor subroutines will convert from alternate to
base conditions or from observed to base conditions.
The DLL supports the following process units, densities in API gravity,
relative density, and kg/m3, temperatures in °F and °C, and pressures in
psig, bar, and kPa. This version is compatible with and can coexist with the
1980 version DLL.
To order the DLL, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at (281) 282-0865 or send an
e-mail to [email protected]
DLL—runs on a single standalone computer with no network access
Price: $2,000.00
DLL—installed on less than 15 standalone computers or ran on a network
with less than 15 nodes | Price $7,500.00
DLL—installed on less than 50 standalone computers or ran on a network
with less than 50 nodes | Price $15,000.00
DLL—installed on an unlimited number of standalone computers or ran on a
network with unlimited nodes | Price $20,000.00
DLL—compiled as part of an application for distribution (software
distributor) Price: $30,000.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
51
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 11.1
Source Code
Chapter 11.2.4
Temperature Correction for the Volume of NGL and LPG
Tables 23E, 24E, 53E, 54E, 59E, 60E
ANSI C-Code used to compile the dynamic link libraries (DLLs). The source
code may be compiled into user programs to calculate temperature and
pressure volume correction factors for generalized crude oils, refined
products, and lubricating oils.
NOTE: An experienced C programmer will be needed to implement the CCode subroutines. The API does not directly provide technical support for
the C-Code; however, a support program is available from Flow-Cal, Inc.
To order the C-Code Subroutines, contact Flow-Cal, Inc.
at (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to [email protected]
C-Code—compiled to run on a network with less than 50 nodes
Price: $22,500.00
C-Code—compiled to run on a network with unlimited nodes
Price: $30,000.00
C-Code—compiled as part of an application for distribution
(software distributor) | Price: $45,000.00
Chapter 11.1
Source Code, DLL & XL Add-In—Combined
To order the C-Code Subroutines, Add-In, and DLL, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at
(281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to [email protected]
C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In—compiled to run on a network with less
than 50 nodes | Price: $27,500.00
C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In—compiled to run on a network with
unlimited nodes | Price: $37,000.00
C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In—compiled as part of an application for
distribution (software distributor) | Price: $55,000,00
Chapter 11.2.2
Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: 0.350–0.637 Relative
Density (60 °F/60 °F) and –50 °F to 140 °F Metering
Temperature
(includes Errata 1 dated June 1996)
Provides tables to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered under pressure for
the metered temperature. Contains compressibility factors related to the
meter temperature and relative density (60 °F/60 °F) of the metered
material. Pages: 246
2nd Edition | October 1986 | Reaffirmed: December 2012
Product Number: H27307 | Price: $171.00
You may access Ch. 11.2.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 11.2.2M
Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: 350–637 Kilograms per
Cubic Meter Density (15 °C) and –46 °C to 60 °C Metering
Temperature
Provides tables to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered under pressure to
corresponding volumes at equilibrium pressure for the metered temperature.
The standard contains compressibility factors related to the meter temperature
and density (15 °C) of the metered material. Pages: 264
1st Edition | October 1986 | Reaffirmed: December 2012
Product Number: H27309 | Price: $171.00
Chapter 11.2
Data File of Chapters 11.2.2 and 11.2.2M
(includes Errata dated September 2011)
This publication is an updated version of TP-25. The actual standard represented by this report consists of the explicit implementation procedures.
Sample tables, flow charts, and specific examples created from a computerized version of these implementation procedures are included. The examples
are to provide guides and checkpoints for those who wish to implement a
computerized procedure to represent the standard; however, these are not
part of the actual standard. This standard covers a 60 °F relative density
range of 0.3500 to 0.6880, which nominally equates to a density at 15 °C of
351.7 kg/m3 to 687.8 kg/m3 and a density at 20 °C of 331.7 kg/m3 to
686.6 kg/m3. The temperature range of this standard is 50.8 °F to 199.4 °F
(–46 °C to 93 °C). At all conditions, the pressure is assumed to be at saturation conditions (also known as bubble point or saturation vapor pressure). Pages: 149
1st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: H1102041 | Price: $180.00
Chapter 11.2.5
A Simplified Vapor Pressure Correlation for Commercial NGLs
(supersedes the Addendum to Chapter 11.2.2–1994)
Methods used for calculation of the correction factor for pressure effects
such as Ch. 11.2.1–1984 (now superseded by Ch. 11.1–2004) and
Ch. 11.2.2–1986 require knowledge of the equilibrium bubble point
pressure (vapor pressure) at the measured conditions. However, the vapor
pressure of the process liquid is generally not measured. The vapor
pressure can also be calculated form compositional information, but the
composition is not always measured for natural gas liquids (NGLs).
Therefore, a correlation for the vapor pressure of NGLs is based upon
normally measured properties is required and is documented in this
publication. Pages: 27
1st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: August 2012
Product Number: H1102051 | Price: $90.00
Chapter 11.3.2.1 
Ethylene Density
Identifies an equation of state (EOS) suitable for use in custody transfer
measurement of pure ethylene (>99 %) in the gaseous, liquid, and super
critical phases. Given flowing temperature and pressure, an EOS is
capable of calculating density and other thermodynamic properties used
to calculate mass and volumetric flow of ethylene to custody transfer
accuracy. All accuracy and uncertainty statements in this standard are
limited to the EOS results and do not include the uncertainty added by the
primary and secondary measuring equipment. Pages: 4
2nd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H1132102 | Price: $60.00
Chapter 11.3.3
Ethanol Density and Volume Correction Factors
Covers density and volume correction factors for pure and denatured fuel
ethanol. The actual standard consists of the explicit implementation
procedures set forth in this document. Sample tables and other examples
created from a computerized version of this implementation procedure are
presented as examples only and do not represent the standard. This
standard is applicable at any liquid operating temperature to pure
(99+ %) ethanol and denatured ethanol containing ASTM D4806 allowed
denaturants (natural gasoline, gasoline blend stocks, and unleaded
gasoline) in the 2 % to 5 % by volume range. Pages: 13
1st Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: H1103031 | Price: $124.00
This package includes a data file of tables found in Ch. 11.2.2 and
Ch. 11.2.2M. The tables, presented in both U.S. customary and metric
units, cover compressibility factors for light hydrocarbons.
1st Edition | August 1984 | Product Number: H27320 | Price: $296.00
52
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 11.3.3.2
Propylene Compressibility
Part 2—Conversions for Relative Density (60/60 °F)
An electronic FORTRAN Source Code text file on CD-ROM that will produce
a table of values applicable to liquid propylene in the following ranges:
temperature, 30 °F to 165 °F and saturation pressure to 1600 psia. It
computes the following two values: density (pounds per cubic foot) at
flowing temperature and pressure, and ratio of density at flowing conditions to density at 60 °F and saturation pressure. A documentation file is
also included.
January 1974 | Reaffirmed: July 2012
Product Number: H25656 | Price: $296.00
Chapter 11.4.1
Properties of Reference Materials
Part 1—Density of Water and Water Volume Correction Factors for
Calibration of Volumetric Provers
(includes Errata dated September 2011)
(replaces Ch. 11.2.3 and Ch. 11.2.3M)
Specifies the density of water to be used in all applicable API MPMS
documents. It also specifies the volume correction factor equation for
water and demonstrates its use for water calibration of volumetric provers.
Pages: 14
1st Edition | December 2003 | Reaffirmed: September 2013
Product Number: H11411 | Price: $53.00
Chapter 11.5
Density/Weight/Volume Intraconversion
[includes Errata dated September 2011 (updated September 2013)]
[replaces Ch. 11.1–1980 Volumes XI/XII (ASTM D1250-80, IP 200/80)]
These intraconversion tables are applicable to all crude oils, petroleum
products, and petrochemicals. These standards are intended for
application to bulk liquid quantities. Ch. 11.5, Parts 1 to 3 are available
collectively on one CD-ROM.
1st Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: H1105CD | Price: $248.00
Part 1—Conversions of API Gravity at 60 °F
Provides implementation procedures for conversion of API gravity at 60 °F
to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values. This standard
gives the following equivalents for any value of API gravity at 60 °F:
• relative density at 60 °F (old Table 3);
• absolute density at 60 °F;
• absolute density at 15 °C (old Table 3);
• pounds per U.S. gallon at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 8);
• U.S. gallons per pound at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 8);
• short tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old
Table 9);
• U.S. gallons per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 10);
• short tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 9);
• barrels per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 10);
• long tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old
Table 11);
• U.S. gallons per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 12);
• long tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 11);
• barrels per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 12);
• metric tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old
Table 13);
• metric tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 13);
• barrels per metric ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• cubic metres per short ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old Table 14); and
• cubic metres per long ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old Table 14).
While not related to API gravity, the following are included for user
convenience:
• U.S. gallons at 60 °F to litres at 15 °C (old Table 4) and
• barrels at 60 °F to litres at 15 °C (old Table 4).
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Provides implementation procedures for conversion of relative density
(60/60 °F) to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values.
This standard gives the following equivalents for any value of relative
density (60/60 °F):
• API gravity at 60 °F (old Table 21);
• absolute density at 60 °F;
• absolute density at 15 °F (old Table 21);
• pounds per U.S. gallon at 60 °F in and in air (old Table 26);
• U.S. gallons per pound at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 26);
• short tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old
Table 27);
• U.S. gallons per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 28);
• short tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 27);
• barrels per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 28);
• long tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old
Table 29);
• U.S. gallons per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 30);
• long tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 29);
• barrels per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 30);
• metric tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• metric tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• barrels per metric ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• cubic metres per short ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old Table 31);
• cubic metres per long ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old Table 31).
While not related to relative density, the following are included for user
convenience:
• U.S. gallons at 60 °F to litres at 15 °C (old Table 22) and
• barrels at 60 °F to litres at 15 °C (old Table 22, Table 52).
Part 3—Conversions for Absolute Density at 15 °C
Provides implementation procedures for conversion of absolute density at
15 °C to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values. This standard
gives the following equivalents for any value of absolute density at 15 °C:
• relative density at 15 °C;
• absolute density at 60 °F;
• relative density at 60 °F (old Table 51);
• API gravity at 60 °F (old Table 51);
• density at 15 °C (similar to old Table 56);
• conversion of apparent density at 15 °C to absolute density at 15 °C;
• cubic metres per metric ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (similar to old
Table 56);
• cubic metres per short ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air;
• cubic metres per long ton at 15 °C in vacuo and in air;
• pounds per U.S. gallon at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• U.S. gallons per pound at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• short tons per 1000 litres (cubic metres) at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old
Table 57);
• short tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• U.S. gallons per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• short tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• barrels per short ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• long tons per 1000 litres (cubic metres) at 15 °C in vacuo and in air (old
Table 57);
• U.S. gallons per metric ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 58);
• barrels per metric ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air (old Table 58);
• long tons per 1000 U.S. gallons at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• U.S. gallons per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air;
• long tons per barrel at 60 °F in vacuo and in air; and
• barrels per long ton at 60 °F in vacuo and in air.
While not related to relative density, the following are included for user
convenience:
• litres at 15 °C to U.S. gallons at 60 °F and
• cubic metres at 15 °C to barrels at 60 °F (old Table 52).
1st Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: H1105CD | Price: $248.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
53
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 12
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities
Chapter 12.2.2
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement
Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors,
Part 2—Measurement Tickets
Describes the standard procedures for calculating net standard volumes,
including the application of correction factors and the importance of
significant figures. The purpose of standardizing the calculation procedure
is to achieve the same result regardless of which person or computer does
the calculating.
Chapter 12.1.1
Calculation of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 1—Upright Cylindrical
Tanks and Marine Vessels
Guides the user through the steps necessary to calculate static liquid
quantities, at atmospheric conditions, in upright, cylindrical tanks and
marine tank vessels. The standard defines terms employed in the
calculation of static petroleum quantities.
The standard also specifies equations that allow the values of some
correction factors to be computed. Fundamental to this process is the
understanding that in order for different parties to be able to reconcile
volumes, they must start with the same basic information (tank capacity
table, levels, temperatures, and so forth) regardless of whether the
information is gathered automatically or manually.
This standard does not address the calculation of clingage, non-liquid
material, small quantities (such as onboard quantities, quantities
remaining on board, and Wedge Formula, where material is not touching
all bulkheads on marine vessels), and vapor space calculations. Pages: 40
3rd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H1201013 | Price: $114.00
Chapter 12.1.2
Calculation of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 2—Calculation
Procedures for Tank Cars
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007)
Describes the standardized method for calculating target loading
quantities and actual loading quantities of liquids in tank cars. Also
explained are the factors required for the calculations. This information is
applicable to all crude oils, petroleum products, and petrochemicals
(including liquefied petroleum gas and other liquefied gases) transported
by rail tank car. It does not cover any products loaded or measured as
solids. It defines the terms required to understand the calculations and
provides instructions for their use; includes thirteen calculation examples
in Appendix E. Pages: 39
1st Edition | May 2003 | Reaffirmed: May 2011
Product Number: H12121 | Price: $111.00
Chapter 12.2.1
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement
Methods and Volume Correction Factors,
Part 1—Introduction
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1
dated July 2009)
Provides the general introduction of this standard that is divided into five
parts, each published separately. The base (reference or standard)
volumetric determination of metered quantities is discussed along with the
general terms required for solution of the various equations. General rules
for rounding of numbers, including field data, intermediate calculations
numbers, and discrimination levels are specified. Pages: 23
2nd Edition | May 1995 | Reaffirmed: February 2009
Product Number: H12021 | Price: $109.00
You may access Ch. 12.2.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
54
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007)
Provides standardized calculation methods for the quantification of liquids
and the determination of base prover volumes under defined conditions,
regardless of the point of origin or destination or the units of measure
required by governmental customs or statute. The publication rigorously
specifies the equations for computing correction factors, rules for
rounding, calculational sequence, and discrimination levels to be
employed in the calculations. Pages: 18
3rd Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: H12223 | Price: $101.00
You may access Ch. 12.2.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 12.2.3
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement
Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors,
Part 3—Proving Reports
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007)
Consolidates and standardizes calculations for metering petroleum liquids
using turbine or displacement meters and clarifies terms and expressions
by eliminating local variations among terms. This standard provides
calculation methods for the determination of meter factors under defined
conditions, regardless of the point of origin or destination or units of
measure required by governmental customs or statute. This document
specifies the equations for computing correction factors, including the
calculation sequence, discrimination levels, and rules for rounding.
Pages: 59
1st Edition | October 1998 | Reaffirmed: March 2009
Product Number: H12023 | Price: $119.00
Chapter 12.2.4
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement
Methods and Volume Correction Factors,
Part 4—Calculation of Base Prover Volumes by Waterdraw Method
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1
dated July 2009)
Provides a standardized calculation method to determine a base prover
volume under defined conditions. Specifically, this standard discusses the
calculation procedures for the waterdraw calibration method, which is one
of several different procedures used to determine base prover volume of a
displacement prover. Pages: 58
1st Edition | December 1997 | Reaffirmed: March 2009
Product Number: H12024 | Price: $122.00
Chapter 12.2.5
Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement
Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors,
Part 5—Base Prover Volume Using Master Meter Method
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1
dated July 2009)
Provides standardized calculation methods for the quantification of liquids
and the determination of base prover volumes under defined conditions,
regardless of the point of origin or destination or units of measure required
by governmental customs or statute. The criteria contained in this
document allow different entities using various computer languages on
different computer hardware (or manual calculations) to arrive at identical
results using the same standardized input data. Pages: 108
1st Edition | September 2001 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H12025 | Price: $170.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 12.3
Calculation of Volumetric Shrinkage from Blending Light Hydrocarbons
with Crude Oil
Chapter 14.2
Compressibility Factors of Natural Gas and Other Related
Hydrocarbon Gases
(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007)
Provides background, theory, calculation examples, and tables to correct
for volumetric shrinkage resulting when blending volatile hydrocarbons with
crude oil. The tables are entered with density differentials at standard
conditions and percentage light hydrocarbon in total mix. This standard
supersedes and replaces Bull 2509C, 2nd Edition, 1967. Pages: 110
1st Edition | July 1996 | Reaffirmed: April 2011
Product Number: H12031 | Price: $89.00
(AGA Report No. 8)(GPA 8185-90)
Presents detailed information for precise computations of compressibility
factors and densities for natural gas and other hydrocarbon gases. Also
included are calculation uncertainty estimations and FORTRAN computer
program listings.
2nd Edition | August 1994 | Reaffirmed: February 2012
Order from American Gas Association, 400 N. Capitol Street NW,
Washington, DC 20001 | 202-824-7000
Chapter 13
Statistical Aspects of Measuring and Sampling
Chapter 14.3.1
Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters
Part 1—General Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines
The more accurate petroleum measurement becomes, the more its
practitioners stand in need of statistical methods to express residual
uncertainties. This chapter covers the application of statistical methods to
petroleum measurement and sampling.
Chapter 13.1
Statistical Concepts and Procedures in Measurement
(includes Errata dated July 2013)
Designed to help those who make measurement of bulk oil quantities
improve the value of their result statement by making proper estimates of
the uncertainty or probable error involved in measurements. Pages: 17
1st Edition | June 1985 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: H30321 | Price: $83.00
Chapter 13.1 *
Statistical Concepts and Procedures in Measurement—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 13.1.
1st Edition | June 1985 | Product Number: H130101SP | Price: $83.00
Chapter 13.2
Statistical Methods of Evaluating Meter Proving Data
Addresses procedures for evaluating any meter’s performance where meter
proving factors are developed in accordance with Ch. 12.2. The data in
examples used in this chapter are intended to be typical of custody
transfer operations of low-vapor-pressure fluids using displacement or
turbine meters in accordance with Ch. 4, Ch. 5, and Ch. 6 of API’s Manual
of Petroleum Measurement Standards. However, the procedures in Ch.
13.2 can be used for noncustody transfer metering applications and for
custody transfer metering of high-vapor-pressure and gaseous fluids where
meter proving data are available. Pages: 41
1st Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: H13021 | Price: $97.00
Chapter 14
Natural Gas Fluids Measurement
Standardizes practices for measuring, sampling, and testing natural gas
fluids.
Chapter 14.1
Collecting and Handling of Natural Gas Samples for Custody Transfer
Concentrates on proper sampling systems and procedures. It recognizes
the critical impact of hydrocarbon dew point consideration to the overall
accuracy and success of these practices and procedures. Analyses of gas
samples are used for many purposes and are applied to various
calculations, some of which have an impact on the accuracy of custody
transfer calculations (quantity and quality). Pages: 58
6th Edition | February 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2011
Product Number: H140106 | Price: $182.00
(ANSI/API MPMS 14.3.1) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 1)
(includes Errata dated July 2013)
Provides a single reference for engineering equations, uncertainty
estimations, construction and installation requirements, and standardized
implementation recommendations for the calculation of flow rate through
concentric, square-edged, flange-tapped orifice meters. Both U.S.
customary units and international system of are included.
The mass flow rate and base (or standard) volumetric flow rate equations
are discussed, along with the terms required for solution of the flow
equation. The empirical equations for the coefficient of discharge and
expansion factor are also presented. This revision includes a change to the
empirical expansion factor calculation for flange-tapped orifice meters.
Pages: 58
4th Edition | September 2012
Product Number: H1403014 | Price: $181.00
Chapter 14.3.2
Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters
Part 2—Specification and Installation Requirements
(ANSI/API MPMS 14.3.2) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 2)
(GPA 8185-00, Part 2)
Outlines the specification and installation requirements for the
measurement of single-phase, homogeneous Newtonian fluids using
concentric, square-edged, flange-tapped orifice meters. It provides
specifications for the construction and installation of orifice plates, meter
tubes, and associated fittings when designing metering facilities using
orifice meters. Pages: 70
4th Edition | April 2000 | Reaffirmed: May 2011
Product Number: H14324 | Price: $188.00
You may access Ch. 14.3.2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 14.3.3 
Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters
Part 3—Natural Gas Applications
(ANSI/API MPMS 14.3.3) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 3)
Developed as an application guide for the calculation of natural gas flow
through a flange-tapped, concentric orifice meter, using the U.S.
Customary (USC) inch-pound system of units. It also provides practical
guidelines for applying Chapter 14.3, Parts 1 and 2, to the measurement
of natural gas. Pages: 54
4th Edition | November 2013
Product Number: H1403034 | Price: $220.00
You may access Ch. 14.3.3 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
55
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 14.3.4
Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters
Part 4—Background, Development, Implementation Procedures and
Subroutine Documentation
Chapter 14.7
Mass Measurement of Natural Gas Liquids
(AGA Report No. 3, Part 4) (GPA 8185, Part 4)
Describes the background and development of the equation for the
coefficient of discharge of flange-tapped, square-edged, concentric orifice
meters and recommends a flow rate calculation procedure. The
recommended procedures provide consistent computational results for the
quantification of fluid flow under defined conditions, regardless of the
point of origin or destination, or the units of measure required by
governmental customs or statute. The procedures allow different users with
different computer languages on different computing hardware to arrive at
almost identical results using the same standardized input data.
Pages: 138
3rd Edition | November 1992 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H30354 | Price: $164.00
Chapter 14.4
Converting Mass of Natural Gas Liquids and Vapors to Equivalent
Liquid Volumes
(GPA 8173-91)
Prescribes a method for converting the measured mass of natural gas
liquids or natural gas vapors at operating conditions to equivalent liquid
volume of the components at 60 °F and equivalent liquid volumes of the
components at 15 °C and equilibrium pressure for SI units. Pages: 3
1st Edition | April 1991 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: H30344 | Price: $59.00
Chapter 14.5
Calculation of Gross Heating Value, Relative Density, Compressibility
and Theoretical Hydrocarbon Liquid Content for Natural Gas
Mixtures for Custody Transfer
(ANSI/API MPMS 14.5) (GPA 8172-09)
Presents procedures for calculating, at base conditions from composition,
the following properties of natural gas mixtures: gross heating value,
relative density (real and ideal), compressibility factor, and theorectical
hydrocarbon liquid content, which in the U.S. is typically expressed as
GPM, the abbreviation for gallons of liquid per thousand cubic feet of gas.
Rigorous calculation of the effect of water upon these calculations is
complicated. Because this document relates primarily to custody transfer,
the water effect included is an acceptable contractual calculation. Annex A
of this standard contains a detailed investigation of the effect of water and
detailed derivations of the equations presented in the standard. Pages: 41
3rd Edition | January 2009 | Product Number: H140503 | Price: $73.00
You may access Ch. 14.5 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 14.6
Continuous Density Measurement
(includes Errata dated August 1998) (ANSI/API MPMS 14.6)
Provides criteria and procedures for designing, installing, and operating
continuous density measurement systems for Newtonian fluids in the
petroleum, chemical, and natural gas industries. The application of this
standard is limited to clean, homogeneous, single-phase liquids or
supercritical fluids. The procedures and criteria in this standard have been
successfully applied to fluids whose flowing density is greater than 0.3 g/cm3
at operating conditions of 60 °F (15.6 °C) and saturation pressure. The
intent of the standard is to provide the user with a density accuracy of 0.10 %
for most applications. The errata provides editorial clarification regarding
conversion factors and variables used in various calculation equations.
Pages: 51
2nd Edition | April 1991 | Reaffirmed: February 2012
Product Number: H30346 | Price: $132.00
You may access Ch. 14.6 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
56
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
(GPA 8182-12)
Serves as a reference for the selection, design, installation, operation, and
maintenance of single-phase dynamic liquid mass measurement systems
that operate in the 351.7 kg/m3 to 687.8 kg/m3 (0.350 to 0.688 relative
density at 60 °F) density range. The mass measurement systems within
the scope of this document include inferred mass measurement, where
volume at flowing conditions is combined with density at similar conditions
to result in measured mass, as well as Coriolis mass measurement.
Liquids with density below 351.7 kg/m3 and above 687.8 kg/m3 (below
0.350 and above 0.688 relative density at 60 °F) and cryogenic fluids
(colder than approximately –50.8 °F) are excluded from the scope of this
document, but the principles described herein may apply to such streams.
Sampling equipment and techniques are covered including standards for
analytical methods used to determine the composition of the sampled
product. Equations of state and correlations used to calculate the density
of the product are discussed. The standard used to convert mass to
equivalent liquid volumes of components is also discussed. Pages: 8
4th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H140704 | Price: $65.00
Chapter 14.8
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Measurement
Describes dynamic and static metering systems used to measure liquefied
petroleum gas in the density range of 0.30 to 0.70 g/cm3 This edition
revises the February 1983 version of the standard to incorporate the 1992
version of the Ch. 14.3 orifice meter discharge coefficient equation and
revises and simplifies the mass flow rate sample calculations. Pages: 20
2nd Edition | July 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2011
Product Number: H14082 | Price: $97.00
You may access Ch. 14.8 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 14.9 
Measurement of Natural Gas by Coriolis Meter
(AGA Report No. 11)
Developed to assist designers and users in operating, calibrating,
installing, maintaining, and verifying Coriolis flow meters used for natural
gas flow measurement.
2nd Edition | February 2013
Order from the American Gas Association, 500 N. Capitol Street NW,
Washington, DC 20001 | 202-824-7000
Chapter 14.10
Measurement of Flow to Flares
Addresses measurement of flow to flares, and includes the following:
• application considerations,
• selection criteria and other considerations for flare meters and related
instrumentation,
• installation considerations,
• limitations of flare measurement technologies,
• calibration,
• operation,
• uncertainty and propagation of error, and
• calculations.
The scope of this standard does not include analytical instrumentation.
Pages: 54
1st Edition | July 2007 | Reaffirmed: June 2012
Product Number: H140101 | Price: $107.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 15
Guidelines for Use of the International System of Units (SI) in the
Petroleum and Allied Industries
Chapter 17.1 *
Guidelines for Marine Cargo Inspection—Spanish
Specifies the API preferred units for quantities involved in petroleum
industry measurements and indicates factors for conversion of quantities
expressed in customary units to the API-preferred metric units. The
quantities that comprise the tables are grouped into convenient categories
related to their use. They were chosen to meet the needs of the many and
varied aspects of the petroleum industry but also should be useful in
similar process industries. Pages: 43
3rd Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: May 2007
2-Year Extension: November 2012 | Product Number: H15003
Price: $115.00
Chapter 16
Measurement of Hydrocarbon Fluids by Weight or Mass
Covers the static and dynamic measurement of hydrocarbon fluids by
weight or mass.
Chapter 16.2
Mass Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Vertical Cylindrical
Storage Tanks by Hydrostatic Tank Gauging
Provides guidance on the installation, commissioning, maintenance,
validation, and calibration of hydrostatic tank gauging systems for the
direct measurement of static mass of liquid hydrocarbons in storage tanks.
This edition is applicable to hydrostatic tank gauging systems that use
pressure sensors with one port open to the atmosphere. It is also
applicable for use on vertical cylindrical atmospheric storage tanks with
either fixed or floating roofs. (Based entirely on ISO 11223.) Pages: 20
1st Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: March 2012
Product Number: H16021 | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17
Marine Measurement
Provides guidelines for the measurement and reporting of crude oil or
petroleum product transfers by shore terminal operators, vessel personnel,
and other parties involved in marine cargo transfer measurement and
accountability operations.
Chapter 17.1
Guidelines for Marine Cargo Inspection
Encourages uniform inspection practices for marine petroleum cargo
quantity and quality control. These guidelines specify the policy and
minimum recommended practices for manual and automatic
measurement, sampling, and accounting for bulk quantities of crude oil
(including spiked, blended, and reconstituted crude oil) and petroleum
products that are transferred from one port to another on marine vessels.
Activities described include actions by producers, buyers, sellers, shore
terminal operators, vessel owners and their crews, customs authorities,
independent inspectors, and other parties with an interest in oil
measurement. Use also will simplify the making of agreements for
transferring volumes of petroleum cargoes and will help ensure that the
agreements can be clearly interpreted and executed between parties.
Included in this text are sample forms designed to provide a standard
comprehensive format to record and report essential data obtained during
the marine cargo inspection procedure. Pages: 68
5th Edition | March 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2012
Product Number: H170105 | Price: $129.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.1.
5th Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: H1701SP | Price: $129.00
Chapter 17.2
Measurement of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels
(includes Errata 1 dated April 2000)
Covers manual portable measurement units through deck-fitted vapor
control valves and fixed automatic tank gauge systems for use when a
marine vessel’s cargo tanks may not be open to the atmosphere. It
establishes the procedures for obtaining the level measurements of cargo,
free water, and onboard quantity/remaining onboard, as well as taking the
temperatures and samples required for the marine custody transfer of bulk
liquid petroleum cargoes under closed or restricted system measurement
conditions. This standard is not intended for use with pressurized or
refrigerated cargoes such as liquefied petroleum gas and liquefied
natural gas. Pages: 19
2nd Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: September 2011
Product Number: H17022 | Price: $132.00
Chapter 17.2 *
Measurement of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.2.
2nd Edition | May 1999 | Product Number: H1702SP | Price: $132.00
Chapter 17.3
Guidelines for Identification of the Source of Free Waters Associated
with Marine Petroleum Cargo Movements
(includes Errata dated November 1992)
Provides guidelines for identifying the source of free waters associated
with marine petroleum cargo movements. The presence of free water is a
factor in marine custody transfers of bulk petroleum, especially in the case
of crude oil cargoes. This standard recommends the water samples and
volumes to be taken, the containers to be used, the care and distribution
of the samples, and the analytical procedures of use in identifying sources
of free water associated with marine petroleum cargoes. Pages: 26
1st Edition | April 1992 | Reaffirmed: September 2009
Product Number: H30407 | Price: $109.00
Chapter 17.4
Method for Quantification of Small Volumes on Marine Vessels
(OBQ/ROB)
(includes Errata dated September 2004)
Provides a method for determining the small volumes of on-board quantity
(OBQ) prior to loading or material remaining on-board (ROB) a vessel on
completion of discharge. This standard applies only to quantification by
manual gauging of small volumes on marine vessels prior to loading or
upon completion of discharge. The OBQ/ROB material may include any
combination of water, oil, slops, oil residue, oil/water emulsion, and
sediment present in the vessel's cargo tanks, void spaces, and pipelines. It
does not address clingage, hydrocarbon vapors, cargoes in transit, or
cargo pumpability (refer to Ch. 3). Pages: 20
1st Edition | October 1994 | Reaffirmed: August 2009
Product Number: H30410 | Price: $97.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
57
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 17.4 *
Method for Quantification of Small Volumes on Marine Vessels
(OBQ/ROB)—Spanish
Chapter 17.8
Guidelines for Pre-Loading Inspection of Marine Vessel Cargo Tanks
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.4.
1st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: H30410SP | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.5
Guidelines for Voyage Analysis and Reconciliation of Cargo Quantities
Covers guidelines for the reconciliation of marine cargo quantities. These
guidelines are intended to provide a basis for analyzing and reconciling the
quantity differences (gains/losses) resulting from marine custody transfer
movement(s) of petroleum and petroleum product cargoes. As such, the
guidelines are complementary to, but do not replace, normal inspection
procedures.
The purchase of this document includes an Excel® spreadsheet for
determining voyage analysis and reconciliation of cargo quantities.
Pages: 39
3rd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H170503 | Price: $145.00
Chapter 17.5 *
Guidelines for Voyage Analysis and Reconciliation of Cargo
Quantities—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.5
3rd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H170503S | Price: $145.00
Chapter 17.6
Guidelines for Determining Fullness of Pipelines Between Vessels
and Shore Tanks
Designed to improve the accuracy of custody transfer volumes by
establishing recommended procedures for determining the amount of
crude oil and petroleum products in shore or vessel pipeline systems
before and after the liquid is loaded onto or discharged from marine
vessels. These procedures will improve line fill determination activities and
assist in making results reproducible at loading and discharge ports.
Pages: 20
1st Edition | August 1994 | Reaffirmed: May 2010
Product Number: H17061 | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.6 *
Guidelines for Determining Fullness of Pipelines Between Vessels
and Shore Tanks—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.6.
1st Edition | August 1994 | Product Number: H17061SP | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.7
Recommended Practices for Developing Barge Control Factors
(Volume Ratio)
Describes the procedure to determine a fixed barge/shore ratio that can
be used either when no reliable vessel experience factor (VEF) is available
or to verify and validate an existing VEF. The resultant ratio may be used as
a “control factor” to ascertain a corrected barge volume for comparison
against future shore delivery or receipt volumes. These procedures apply to
a single transfer between the shore and the barge, using a light or medium
product or chemical with an approximate volume of at least 80 % fill of the
barge capacity. This publication should be utilized for inland waterway
barges. Ocean-going barges should use the VEF method. Pages: 6
1st Edition | September 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2012
Product Number: H17071 | Price: $97.00
Outlines procedures for determining that cargo tanks and associated
loading equipment of marine vessels are clean and in appropriate
condition to receive the intended cargoes. This document provides
different levels of inspections for typical cargoes and a recommended
format for report preparation. Pages: 14
1st Edition | August 1998 | Reaffirmed: September 2009
Product Number: H17081 | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.8 *
Guidelines for Pre-Loading Inspection of Marine Vessel Cargo
Tanks—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.8.
1st Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: H1708SP | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.9
Vessel Experience Factor (VEF)
Provides a recommended practice for the calculation and application of a VEF
and provides guidelines for data compilation, data validation, and
recommendations on the appropriate use of VEF during custody transfer
involving marine tank vessels. It also provides clear guidance on maintenance
of quantity data on board the vessel, calculation of VEFs, and application of
VEFs. The key aim is to provide a single unambiguous figure for vessel
experience factor on loading or vessel experience factor on discharging and to
remove the possibility of any arbitrary inclusion or exclusion of data on the
part of the individual(s) performing the final calculation.
The standard also provides instruction for parcel tankers, part cargoes,
compartmental VEFs, and vessel-to-vessel transfers. The methods are
applicable to liquid bulk cargoes including crude oil, petroleum products,
chemicals, and liquefied petroleum gas. Pages: 22
2nd Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: H170902 | Price: $165.00
Chapter 17.9 *
Vessel Experience Factor (VEF)—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.9.
2nd Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: H170902S | Price: $165.00
Chapter 17.10.2
Measurement of Refrigerated and/or Pressurized Cargoes On Board
Marine Gas Carriers
Part 2—Liquefied Petroleum and Chemical Gases
(includes Errata dated September 2010)
Provides guidance to vessel and shore personnel regarding accepted
methods for determining quantities of liquefied petroleum and chemical
gas cargoes (excluding LNG) on board refrigerated and/or pressurized
carriers. This standard covers all measurement systems commonly used
on refrigerated and/or pressurized gas carriers designed to carry those
types of cargoes and includes recommended methods for measuring,
sampling, documenting, and reporting quantities on board these vessels.
Pages: 80
1st Edition | November 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: H1701002 | Price: $113.00
Chapter 17.11
Measurement and Sampling of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels
Using Closed/Restricted Equipment
Provides guidance on the use, maintenance, and calibration of restricted
and closed measurement and sampling equipment. It also provides
guidance on preferred size and positioning for gauging and sampling
fittings on vessels. Pages: 17
1st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: H170111 | Price: $98.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
58
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 17.11 *
Measurement and Sampling of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels
Using Closed/Restricted Equipment—Spanish
readily be predicted [to calculate emissions from tanks that contain
material at or above their boiling point or the point at which material starts
to flash, the API model E&P Tank (Publ 4697) can be used].
• To estimate losses from fixed-roof tanks that have an internal floating roof.
Ch. 19.2 and TR 2569 address these.
• To estimate losses from fixed-roof tanks that have either roof or shell
insulation.
• To estimate losses from cleaning fixed-roof tanks. TR 2568 addresses this.
The 4th Edition of this document was published following a revision that was
carried out concurrently with revisions to Ch. 19.2, published as the
3rd Edition and Ch. 19.4, published as the 3rd Edition. Primary changes are:
• Consolidation of common material in Ch. 19.4. Material that had
previously been included in both Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 has been moved
to Ch. 19.4. Ch. 19.4, which was previously Recommended Practice for
Speciation of Evaporative Losses, now has the title Evaporative Loss
Reference Information and Speciation Methodology. This chapter had
already contained reference information on the properties of chemicals
and typical petroleum liquids, and this information has now been removed
from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2. In addition, meteorological data have been
moved from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 to Ch. 19.4. In the revised documents:
• meteorological data are found in Ch. 19.4;
• calculation of storage tank temperatures is found in Ch. 19.1 and
Ch. 19.2 (in that fixed-roof tanks involve calculation of the vapor space
temperature in order to determine vapor density, whereas this step is
not involved in estimating emissions from floating-roof tanks); and
• calculation of true vapor pressure is found in Ch. 19.4 (in that this is
now calculated in the same manner for both fixed- and floating-roof
tanks). Pages: 26
4th Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: H190104 | Price: $140.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.11.
1st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: H170111SP | Price: $98.00
Chapter 17.12
Procedure for Bulk Liquid Chemical Cargo Inspection by Cargo
Inspectors
Provides systematic cargo measurement procedures for use primarily by
cargo inspectors and to specify procedures directed at minimizing cargo
contamination and losses, in the absence of, or in conjunction with,
specific client guidelines. This document should be considered a summary
of best practices used within the industry. Pages: 31
1st Edition | September 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2012
Product Number: H170121 | Price: $133.00
Chapter 18
Custody Transfer
Covers application of other measurement standards to unique custody
transfer situations.
Chapter 18.1
Measurement Procedures for Crude Oil Gathered from Small Tanks
by Truck
Describes procedures to encourage uniform custody transfer measurement
and testing practices for crude oil gathered from small tanks (1,000 barrels
or less in capacity) by truck. The publication contains recommended steps
for manually determining the quantity and quality of crude oil being
transferred in trucks under field conditions. This publication is of interest to
measurement personnel and crude oil producers and transporters. Pages: 13
2nd Edition | April 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2012
Product Number: H18012 | Price: $115.00
Chapter 19
Evaporation Loss Measurement
Covers methods for estimating hydrocarbon evaporation losses from
various types of tanks. Note that Ch. 19 is not included in the complete
set of API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards.
Chapter 19.1D
Documentation File for API Manual of Petroleum Measurement
Standards Chapter 19.1—Evaporative Loss from Fixed-Roof Tanks
(previously Bull 2518)
(includes Errata 1 dated June 1994)
Presents information on the development of theoretical equations;
comparisons with test data; a sensitivity analysis of the loss equation; and
other pertinent information that was developed during the preparation of
Ch. 19.1. Pages: 190
1st Edition | March 1993 | Product Number: H30553 | Price: $171.00
Chapter 19.2
Evaporative Loss from Floating-Roof Tanks
Chapter 19.1
Evaporative Loss from Fixed-Roof Tanks
(previously Publ 2518)
Contains methodologies for estimating the total evaporative losses of
hydrocarbons from fixed-roof tanks. The methodologies provide loss
estimates for general equipment types based on laboratory, test-tank, and
field-tank data. Types of fixed-roof tanks and roof fittings described are for
information only.
The equations estimate average annual losses from uninsulated fixed-roof
tanks for various liquid stocks, stock vapor pressures, tank sizes,
meteorological conditions, and operating conditions.
The following special cases are addressed:
• horizontal tanks,
• higher volatility stocks (true vapor pressure greater than 0.1 psia), and
• vent settings higher than 0.03 psia (0.5 oz/in.2).
The estimation may be improved by using detailed field information, including
climatic data and operational data for the appropriate time period.
The equations are not intended to be used in the following applications:
• To estimate losses from unstable or boiling stocks or from petroleum liquids
or petrochemicals for which the vapor pressure is not known or cannot
(previously Publ 2517 and Publ 2519)
Contains methodologies for estimating the total evaporative losses of
hydrocarbons from external floating-roof tanks (EFRTs), freely vented
internal floating-roof tanks (IFRTs), and domed external floating-roof tanks
(domed EFRTs). The methodologies provide loss estimates for general
equipment types based on laboratory, test-tank, and field-tank data. Types
of floating roofs, rim-seal systems, and deck fittings are described for
information only.
The equations estimate average annual losses from floating-roof tanks for
various types of tank construction, floating-roof construction, rim-seal
systems, and deck fittings, as well as for various liquid stocks, stock vapor
pressures, tank sizes, and wind speeds (EFRTs).
The equations were developed for:
• stocks with a true vapor pressure greater than approximately 0.1 psia,
• average wind speeds ranging from 0 miles per hour (mph) to 15 mph
(EFRTs), and
• tank diameters greater than 20 ft.
The estimation techniques become more approximate when these
conditions are not met.
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
59
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
When this standard is used to estimate losses from non-freely vented
(closed vent) internal or domed external floating-roof tanks (tanks vented
only through a pressure-vacuum relief vent, blanketed with an inert gas,
vented to a vapor processing unit, or otherwise restricted from being freely
vented), refer to the methodology in TR 2569.
The equations are not intended to be used in the following applications.
• To estimate losses from unstable or boiling stocks (i.e. stocks with a true
vapor pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure at the tank
location) or from petroleum liquids or petrochemicals for which the vapor
pressure is not known or cannot readily be predicted.
• To estimate losses from tanks in which the materials used in the rim seal,
deck fittings, or deck seams have either deteriorated or been significantly
permeated by the stored stock.
• To estimate losses from storage tanks that do not have a floating roof.
• To estimate losses from landing floating roofs (TR 2567 addresses this).
• To estimate losses from cleaning storage tanks (TR 2568 addresses this).
The 3rd Edition of Ch. 19.4 was published following a revision that was
carried out concurrently with revisions to Ch. 19.1, published as the
4th Edition, and Ch. 19.2, published as the 3rd Edition. Primary changes are:
• Consolidation of common material in Ch. 19.4. Material that had
previously been included in both Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 has been moved
to Ch. 19.4. Ch. 19.4, which was previously Recommended Practice for
Speciation of Evaporative Losses, now has the title Evaporative Loss
Reference Information and Speciation Methodology. This chapter had
already contained reference information on the properties of chemicals
and typical petroleum liquids, and this information has now been removed
from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2. In addition, meteorological data have been
moved from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 to Ch. 19.4. In the revised documents:
• meteorological data are found in Ch. 19.4;
• calculation of storage tank temperatures is found in Ch. 19.1 and
Ch. 19.2 (in that fixed-roof tanks involve calculation of the vapor space
temperature in order to determine vapor density, whereas this step is
not involved in estimating emissions from floating-roof tanks); and
• calculation of true vapor pressure is found in Ch. 19.4 (in that this
is now calculated in the same manner for both fixed- and floatingroof tanks). Pages: 85
3rd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: H190203 | Price: $176.00
Chapter 19.3, Part C
Weight Loss Test Method for the Measurement of Rim-Seal Loss
Factors for Internal Floating-Roof Tanks
Chapter 19.3, Part A
Wind Tunnel Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Fitting Loss
Factors for External Floating-Roof Tanks
Describes the procedures to establish evaporative loss factors for deck
fittings on external floating-roof tanks. The test method involves measuring
the weight loss of a test assembly over time. The standard specifies the
test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and calculation procedures
to be used. It also addresses the variables to be measured, format for
reporting the test values, and their associated uncertainty. Pages: 27
1st Edition | June 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2012
Product Number: H1903A | Price: $122.00
Chapter 19.3, Part B
Air Concentration Test Method—Rim-Seal Loss Factors for FloatingRoof Tanks
Describes the procedures to establish evaporative rim-seal loss factors for
rim seals used on external floating-roof tanks. The test method involves
passing a controlled flow rate of air through a test chamber that contains a
test liquid and a test rim seal and measuring the concentration of the test
liquid vapor in the air streams entering and leaving the test chamber. The
standard specifies the test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and
calculation procedures to be used. It also addresses the variables to be
measured, format for reporting the test values, and their associated
uncertainty. Pages: 30
1st Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: H1903B | Price: $122.00
60
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Provides a uniform method for measuring evaporative loss from rim seals
used on aboveground storage tanks. This information can be utilized to
establish product specific loss factors in terms of loss rate and seal gap
area. Pages: 29
1st Edition | July 1998 | Reaffirmed: November 2012
Product Number: H1903C | Price: $122.00
Chapter 19.3, Part D
Fugitive Emission Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Seam
Loss Factors for Internal Floating-Roof Tanks
Establishes a uniform method for measuring evaporative deck-seam loss
factors and deck-joint loss factors of mechanically-joined deck seams that
are used on internal floating-roof tanks. These deck-seam loss factors and
deck-joint loss factors are to be determined in terms of their loss rate at
specified pressure differences across the deck seam or deck joint for
certification purposes. Pages: 31
1st Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: December 2012
Product Number: H1903D | Price: $122.00
Chapter 19.3, Part E
Weight Loss Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Fitting Loss
Factors for Internal Floating-Roof Tanks
Describes the test methods to be used to establish evaporative loss
factors for deck fittings on internal floating-roof tanks. This chapter
specifies the test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and calculation
procedures to be used. The standard also addresses the requirements for
reporting test report values. Pages: 30
1st Edition | May 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: H1903E | Price: $122.00
Chapter 19.3, Part H
Tank Seals and Fittings Certification—Administration
Provides guidance for the administration of the former API Tank Seals and
Fittings Certification Program. The document includes detailed methods for
monitoring and analysis of tests conducted on individual devices and
describes the steps in the certification process. Pages: 53
1st Edition | March 1998 | Reaffirmed: February 2009
Product Number: H1903H | Price: $122.00
Chapter 19.4
Evaporative Loss Reference Information and Speciation Methodology
(includes Addendum 1 dated November 2013)
Provides methodology to estimate emissions of individual hydrocarbon
species using the total emissions of multicomponent hydrocarbon mixtures
(such as crude oils and gasoline) estimated from Ch. 19.1 for fixed-roof
tanks, Ch. 19.2 for floating-roof tanks, Ch. 19.5 for marine vessels, and
other methods used for total hydrocarbon emission estimates. This
process is referred to as speciation.
Speciation of emissions from hydrocarbon mixtures accounts for the higher
evaporation rate of the more volatile components, resulting in a different
composition of the mixture in the vapor phase than in the liquid phase. The
methodology presented in this standard assumes that there is sufficient liquid
present such that the chemical composition at the liquid surface may be
considered to not change as a result of the evaporative loss.
This standard also contains reference information used for estimating
emissions in accordance with Ch. 19.1, Ch. 19.2, and Ch. 19.5.
The methodology in this standard applies to:
• liquids with vapor pressure that has reached equilibrium with ambient
conditions at a true vapor pressure less than the ambient atmospheric
pressure (i.e. not boiling);
• liquids for which the vapor pressure is known or for which sufficient data
are available to determine the vapor pressure; and
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
•
predicts emissions for tanks ranging in size from 17,000 to 35,000 dead
weight tons and for tanks being loaded within the lower 48 states. The model
does not appear to apply to crude oil loading of tankers in Valdez, Alaska
because of unique local operating conditions. However, no known test data
invalidates the model for predicting crude oil loading emissions from carriers
smaller than very large crude carriers in the lower 48 states. Pages: 194
July 1992 | Product Number: H25240 | Price: $157.00
liquid mixtures where Raoult’s Law can be used to describe the vapor
phase equilibria.
This methodology does not apply to:
• emissions that result from leaks from piping components (e.g. valves,
flanges, pumps, connectors etc.);
• liquid mixtures where Raoult’s Law cannot be used to describe the vapor
phase equilibria (e.g. mixtures in which hydrocarbons are dissolved in
water, or mixtures of hydrocarbons with alcohols).
This 3rd Edition of Ch. 19.4 was published following a revision that was
carried out concurrently with revisions to Ch. 19.1, published as the
4th Edition, and Ch. 19.2, published as the 3rd Edition. Primary changes are:
• Consolidation of common material in Ch. 19.4. Material that had
previously been included in both Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 has been moved
to Ch. 19.4. Ch. 19.4, which was previously Recommended Practice for
Speciation of Evaporative Losses, now has the title Evaporative Loss
Reference Information and Speciation Methodology. This chapter had
already contained reference information on the properties of chemicals
and typical petroleum liquids, and this information has now been
removed from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2. In addition, meteorological data
have been moved from Ch. 19.1 and Ch. 19.2 to Ch. 19.4. In the revised
documents:
• meteorological data are found in Ch. 19.4;
• calculation of storage tank temperatures is found in Ch. 19.1 and
Ch. 19.2 (in that fixed-roof tanks involve calculation of the vapor space
temperature in order to determine vapor density, whereas this step is
not involved in estimating emissions from floating-roof tanks); and
• calculation of true vapor pressure is found in Ch. 19.4 (in that this
is now calculated in the same manner for both fixed- and floatingroof tanks). Pages: 136
3rd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: H190403 | Price: $196.00
Chapter 19.5
Atmospheric Hydrocarbon Emissions from Marine Vessel Transfer
Operations
(formerly Publ 2514A)
Provides methods for estimating evaporative loss from marine vessel
transfer operations. Specifically, this standard addresses
• loading stock into:
• ship or ocean barges or
• shallow draft barges and
• loading ballast water into ship or ocean barges from which crude oil has
been unloaded.
The emission estimates are for uncontrolled loading operations and do not
apply to operations using vapor balance or vapor control systems or
ballasting of ships with segregated ballast tanks. This standard does not
address evaporative loss for:
• very large crude carriers or ultra large crude carriers (unless the saturation
factor KS is determined);
• marine vessels employing crude oil washing;
• marine vessel transit loss;
• loading ballast water into marine vessels that, prior to dockside
unloading, held anything other than crude oil (unless the saturation factor
KS is determined); or
• unloading marine vessels.
This standard supersedes API 2514A, 2nd Edition, September 1981,
which is withdrawn. Pages: 31
1st Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: H19051 | Price: $124.00
Publ 2524
Impact Assessment of New Data on the Validity of American
Petroleum Institute Marine Transfer Operation Emission Factors
Publ 2558
Wind Tunnel Testing of External Floating-Roof Storage Tanks
Presents the results of a wind tunnel study to determine the local wind
velocities, wind directions, and roof pressures on external floating roof
tanks. Pages: 13
1st Edition | June 1993 | Product Number: H25580 | Price: $195.00
TR 2567
Evaporative Loss from Storage Tank Floating Roof Landings
Investigates storage tank emissions that may result from landing and
subsequently refloating a floating roof. The existing emission factors for
floating-roof tanks are based on the assumption that the floating roof is
continuously floating on the stored stock liquid. Additional emissions may
occur, however, if the tank is emptied such that the floating roof is no
longer floating. This study sought to quantify these floating-roof landing
loss emissions. Pages: 26
1st Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: H256701 | Price: $106.00
TR 2568
Evaporative Loss from the Cleaning of Storage Tanks
Provides guidance for estimating emissions that result from removing the liquid
heel (free-standing stock liquid) and cleaning the remaining deposits of stock
liquid mixed with residue and water (sludge) from the bottoms of aboveground
storage tanks. The emissions addressed in this report are those that leave the
tank during the tank cleaning process. This report does not address:
• the fate of vapors after the have left the tank (other accounting for the
efficiency of the control device);
• the fate of sludge after it has left the tank (or emissions that may occur
during sludge treatment or disposal); or
• emissions that may be expelled by the vacuum pump of a vacuum truck
or suction pump, if such devices are used in the tank cleaning process.
In other words, this report addresses the estimation of the mass of volatile
organic compounds that leave the tank as vapor during the tank cleaning
process. It does not address emissions that may result from the handling of
liquids or sludge after such materials have been removed from the tank. This
report is intended to reduce the effort required to generate a good faith
estimate of tank cleaning emissions and to result in more uniformity in the
resulting emissions estimates. Pages: 47
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: H25680 | Price: $107.00
TR 2569
Evaporative Loss from Closed-Vent Internal Floating-Roof Storage Tanks
Addresses evaporative loss from internal floating-roof tanks (IFRTs) with
closed vents. When the vents in the fixed roof of an IFRT are closed, rather
than open, estimation of emissions is shown to be highly complex. This
subject is not covered in other API standards such as Ch. 19.1, which
specifically excludes fixed-roof tanks that have an internal floating roof,
and Ch. 19.2, which specifically excludes closed internal floating-roof
tanks (that is, tanks vented only through a pressure-vacuum relief vent,
blanketed with an inert gas, vented to a vapor processing unit, or
otherwise restricted from being freely vented). Pages: 26
1st Edition | August 2008 | Product Number: H25690 | Price: $107.00
Consultant CH2M Hill confirmed the validity of the model used in Publ 2514A
by comparing emission test data with predictive emisssion models developed
by API, ARCO, and Exxon. The study found that the API model adequately
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
61
Petroleum Measurement
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 20
Allocation Measurement of Oil and Natural Gas
Provides design and operating guidelines for sampling, sample handling,
and analysis for high water content streams, up to 50 % water on a
volumetric basis. As a guide, this RP targets a relative accuracy of 5 % of
reading up to a maximum of 50 % water content as a qualifier for various
methods described herein. For example, the corresponding absolute
accuracy for a 10 % water content stream is ±0.5 % and for 20 % water
content is ±1.0 %. Pages: 19
1st Edition | August 2007 | Reaffirmed September 2012
Product Number: G08701 | Price: $90.00
Chapter 20.1
Allocation Measurement
(includes Addendum 1 dated January 2013)
Provides design and operating guidelines for liquid and gas allocation
measurement systems. Included are recommendations for metering, static
measurement, sampling, proving, calibrating, and calculating procedures.
Pages: 67
1st Edition | September 1993 | Reaffirmed: September 2011
Product Number: H30701 | Price: $109.00
You may access Ch. 20.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 20.3
Measurement of Multiphase Flow
(superseces RP 86)
This standard addresses multiphase flow measurement in the production
environment, upstream of the custody transfer (single-phase)
measurement point, where allocation measurement for onshore, offshore,
or subsea is applied. For other multiphase flow measurement applications
such as reservoir management, well tests, and flow assurance, the
standard can be used as a reference or guide. However, the focus of this
standard is on those applications where the accuracy of multiphase flow
measurement for allocation systems is required.
This document refers to existing standards and recommended practices to
supplement the guidance it provides in this subject area. The document
addresses principles used in multiphase flow measurement, multiphase
metering types and classifications, assessment of expected performance,
and selecting and operating multiphase measurement systems.
Operational requirements or constraints are addressed, including
expectations for flow meter acceptance, calibration criteria, flow loop and
in situ verifications, and other guidance specific to different multiphase
flow metering applications. The document does not address specific meter
configurations.
This edition of API MPMS Chapter 20.3 supersedes API Recommended
Practice 86–2005, which is withdrawn. Pages: 72
1st Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: H200301 | Price: $180.00
RP 85
Use of Subsea Wet-Gas Flowmeters in Allocation Measurement
Systems
Chapter 21
Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems
Describes standard practices and minimum specifications for electronic
measurement systems used in the measurement and recording of flow
parameters. This chapter covers natural gas fluid and petroleum and
petroleum product custody transfer applications using industry-recognized
primary measurement devices.
Chapter 21.1 
Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems—Electronic
Gas Measurement
Describes the minimum specifications for electronic gas measurement
systems used in the measurement and recording of flow parameters of
gaseous phase hydrocarbon and other related fluids for custody transfer
applications utilizing industry recognized primary measurement devices.
This standard provides the minimum reporting and change management
requirements of the various intelligent components required for accurate
and auditable measurement. The requirements can be met by a
combination of electronically and/or manually recorded configuration, test
reports, change record reporting of the electronic gas measurement
system components and flow parameters. It is recognized that diagnostic
capabilities of the newer meter and transmitter technologies are important
but due to the device specific complexity, intelligent device diagnostics are
out of scope for this standard. Pages: 94
2nd Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: H210102 | Price: $165.00
You may access Ch. 21.1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chapter 21.2
Electronic Liquid Volume Measurement Using Positive Displacement
and Turbine Meters
(includes Addendum dated January 2013)
Presents a recommended allocation methodology that best fits the
application and that equitably accommodates variances in the uncertainty
level between meters in the system. It is intended to advise the user on
various aspects of the use of subsea wet-gas flowmeters in allocation
measurement systems. Marinization, operation, abnormal operation, and
meter testing are important topics included here, but foremost, this
document proposes techniques to be used in the allocation of total
production to individual contributing streams. Pages: 64
1st Edition | March 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: G08501 | Price: $123.00
Provides guidance for the effective use of electronic liquid measurement
systems for custody transfer measurement of liquid hydrocarbons under
the following conditions. Use of the measurement systems must fall within
the scope and field of application of Ch. 12.2. Guidance applies to
systems using turbine or positive displacement meters. Guidance applies
to systems using on-line correction for the effect of temperature on liquid
(CTL) and correction for the effect of pressure on liquid (CPL)
compensation. The procedures and techniques in Ch. 21.2 are
recommended for new measurement applications. This standard provides
custody transfer measurement procedures for pipeline and other electronic
liquid metering systems including design, selection, use, auditing,
reporting, calibration, verification, and security. Pages: 60
1st Edition | June 1998 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H21021 | Price: $191.00
RP 87
Recommended Practice for Field Analysis of Crude Oil Samples
Containing from Two to Fifty Percent Water by Volume
Chapter 21.2-A1
Addendum 1 to Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering
Systems, Inferred Mass
Provides the user with recommended “field” methods of sampling, sample
handling and analysis for high water content streams up to 50 % water on
a volumetric basis. In particular, this recommended practice (RP) was
developed giving consideration to offshore installations (both floating and
fixed platforms). These installations are generally subject to motion and
vibrations, have minimal laboratory equipment, and perform S&W analysis
with multi-skilled operations personnel as opposed to laboratory chemists.
The techniques described, however, are applicable to onshore locations.
1st Edition | August 2000 | Reaffirmed: August 2011
Product Number: H2102A | Price: $60.00
62
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Petroleum Measurement
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 22
Testing Protocols
intended to provide a comprehensive source of data and information on
multiphase metering; the reader needs to carefully review the source of the
data in the documents when utilizing the information. Pages: 80
1st Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: H25661 | Price: $127.00
Testing protocols for devices used in the measurement of hydrocarbon
fluids. Testing protocols define appropriate methods for measuring and
reporting the performance characteristics of similar equipment in a
comparable manner; thus providing a means to highlight the relative
performance advantages and disadvantages of similar devices.
Chapter 22.1
Testing Protocols—General Guidelines for Developing Testing
Protocols for Devices Used in the Measurement of Hydrocarbon Fluids
Intended to be a guideline for the development of testing protocols to
document the performance characteristics of any of the following
hydrocarbon fluid measurement devices:
• meter or device designed for measurement of flow;
• instruments or devices for determining hydrocarbon fluid properties;
• instruments or devices used to monitor and/or record operating
conditions; and
• devices or instruments used to monitor, calculate, or measure key
parameters in custody transfer applications. Pages: 16
1st Edition | November 2006 | Reaffirmed: December 2011
Product Number: H22011 | Price: $76.00
Chapter 22.2
Testing Protocols—Differential Pressure Flow Measurement Devices
(supersedes Ch. 5.7)
Defines the testing and reporting protocols for flow measurement devices
based on the detection of a pressure differential that is created by the
device in a flowing stream. This protocol is designed to supply industry
with a comparable description of the capabilities of these devices for the
measurement of single-phase fluid flow when they are used under similar
operating conditions. The objectives of this document are as follows:
• ensure that the user of any differential pressure flow meter knows the
performance characteristics of the meter over a range of Reynolds
numbers as applicable or defined by tests,
• facilitate both the understanding and the introduction of new
technologies,
• provide a standardized vehicle for validating manufacturer’s performance
specifications,
• provide information about relative performance characteristics of the
primary elements of the differential pressure metering devices under
standardized testing protocol, and
• quantify the uncertainty of these devices and define the operating and
installation conditions for which the stated uncertainties apply. Pages: 29
1st Edition | August 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2012
Product Number: H220201 | Price: $87.00
Std 2560
Reconciliation of Liquid Pipeline Quantities
Provides methodologies for monitoring liquid pipeline loss/gain and for
determining the normal loss/gain level for any given pipeline system.
Troubleshooting suggestions are also presented. Pages: 19
1st Edition | December 2003 | Reaffirmed: January 2010
Product Number: H25601 | Price: $79.00
TR 2571
Fuel Gas Measurement
Provides a performance-based methodology for the measurement and
reporting of fuel gas consumption. The document provides guidance in the
following areas to allow the user to achieve a targeted uncertainty of
measurement:
• selection of flow meter type; differential pressure, displacement,
ultrasonic, Coriolis, vortex, turbine, thermal, and others;
• associated instrumentation for measuring fluid properties and flowing
conditions, such as pressure and temperature transmitters,
densitometers, and gas chromatographs;
• obtaining and use of gas composition or other analytical data;
• design and installation requirements of the measurement system;
• inspection, verification, and calibration practices of flow meters and their
associated accessory instrumentation; and
• simplified uncertainty calculations with examples to illustrate the
methodology.
Techniques are described to assess the uncertainty contribution of
individual components of fuel gas measurement systems and overall
facility fuel gas measurement uncertainty. Pages: 67
1st Edition | March 2011 | Product Number: H257101 | Price: $124.00
TR 2572 
Carbon Content, Sampling, and Calculation
Carbon emission quantities can be calculated from either the volume/
mass of fuel or feedstock fed to a process (as applicable) and carbon
content of the process or fuel supply, or by directly measuring volume/
mass emissions. This technical report (TR) provides guidance on the
sampling and calculation of carbon content of process or fuel supplies.
The API companion technical report, API TR 2571, can be referenced for
guidance on measuring the volume/mass of process fuel gas or feedstock,
and the API Compendium of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Estimation
Methodologies for the Oil and Natural Gas Industry can be reference for
guidance on the calculation of emissions. TR 2572 provides guidance and
a methodology for the determination of carbon content from hydrocarbonbased petroleum and petrochemical products, and the uncertainty of the
average carbon content as calculated from multiple samples taken during
a reporting period. This method is intended to make use of industryaccepted mixture property data and test methods with no new or modified
test methods introduced in this document. The method is applicable to
carbon-content-based reporting or trading for all gaseous and liquid
hydrocarbons. This TR provides references and supplemental information
on applicable industry practices based on the published resources,
existing industry standards, industry-accepted physical constants or
properties of hydrocarbons for measurement, sampling, sampling
frequency, and analysis of hydrocarbon samples. Pages: 24
1st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H257201 | Price: $100.00
Publ 2566
State of the Art Multiphase Flow Metering
Provides information on multiphase flow metering systems gleaned from
more than 150 published documents that are in the public domain. The
documentation was prepared from information obtained through mid2002. It should be noted that the indicated performances data stated in
these published documents have not necessarily been verified by an
independent body. The listing of these references in the Appendix 2 is
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
63
Stay Informed
IHS Global Store is your online store for all the latest API standards.
API produces more than 500 standards, recommended practices,
specifications, codes and technical publications, reports and studies
that cover each segment of the oil and gas industry.
IHS will keep you current with API standards. We’ll automatically alert
you to updates and revisions for the standards you purchase. A variety
of formats are available to ensure you have the latest version of the
standards you need including online, individual PDF, or hardcopy.
Visit the IHS Global Store at www.global.ihs.com to learn which
API standards you need.
15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112
+1 877 413 5184
global.ihs.com
Marketing
If you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
NOTE: Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $10.00 handling
charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges.
GENERAL
Publ 1593
Gasoline Marketing in the United States Today
Provides information on motor fuel and gasoline consumption; U.S. motor
fuel distribution; the U.S. gasoline pricing system; motor gasoline prices and
taxes; the number/configuration of retail gasoline outlets; and employment/
productivity in the retail gasoline distribution industry. Pages: 77
3rd Edition | May 1992 | Product Number: A15930 | Price: $115.00
Publ 1673
Compilation of Air Emission for Petroleum Distribution Dispensing
Facilities
Compiles the most widely accepted, available emission factors and emission
estimation techniques for developing air emission estimates from
evaporative loss sources of petroleum products at marketing and distribution
facilities. These losses can occur from transfer and storage operations and
fugitive equipment leaks and spillage. Pages: 29
2nd Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: A16732 | Price: $81.00
AVIATION
RP 1543
Documentation, Monitoring and Laboratory Testing of Aviation Fuel
During Shipment from Refinery to Airport
Aviation fuels pass through a variety of storage and handling facilities from
refinery to airport. As aviation fuels are stored and transported in storage
and transportation systems where contact with non-aviation products may
occur, a fuel quality monitoring program is required in addition to equipment,
operating, inspection, and maintenance standards. The purpose of this
practice is to ensure the fuel remains on specification. This recommended
practice was developed to provide guidance on the development of an
aviation fuel monitoring and testing program (fuel quality monitoring
program) for aviation fuel from point of manufacture to delivery to the airport.
“Proper handling” entails documenting and testing aviation fuel quality as
product is transported throughout the supply chain to maintain the original
product specification. Pages: 25
1st Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: A154301 | Price: $59.00
RP 1595
Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of
Aviation Pre-Airfield Storage Terminals
Contains basic requirements for the design, construction, operation, and
maintenance of pre-airfield storage terminals located directly upstream of
the airport, hereafter referred to as “pre-airfield storage terminals.”
This recommended practice (RP) is intended to provide guidance on the
minimum equipment standards and operating procedures for the receipt
and storage of aviation fuels at pre-airfield storage terminals, located directly
upstream of an airport, and its shipment directly via a grade-dedicated
pipeline, marine vessel (barge or ship), or road/rail transport to an airport.
This RP does not address in-transit or breakout storage upstream of the preairfield storage terminal.
The design and construction provisions of this standard are intended for
application at new facilities. Application of the design and construction
provisions of this standard to facilities, equipment, structures, or installations
that are already in place, that are in the process of construction, or that are
installed before the date of this publication should be evaluated when
circumstances merit. Such an evaluation should consider the site-specific
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
circumstances and detailed accounting for both the potential and tolerance
for risk, existing conditions at the installation, and overall benefit for applying
the required design and construction provisions.
The operation, sampling, testing, and maintenance provisions in the various
sections of this standard shall apply to both new and existing installations.
Pages: 75
2nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: C159502 | Price: $232.00
As of 2010, API does not maintain or distribute the following
aviation fuel equipment related documents:
EI 1529
Aviation Fuelling Hose
EI 1540
Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Aviation
Fueling Facilities, IP Model Code of Safe Practice Part 7
EI 1542
Identification Markings for Dedicated Aviation Fuel Manufacturing
and Distribution Facilities, Airport Storage and Mobile Fuelling
Equipment
EI 1550
Handbook on Equipment Used for the Maintenance and Delivery of
Clean Aviation Fuel
EI 1581
Specification and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Jet Fuel
Filter/Separators
EI 1582
Specification for Similarity for API/EI 1581 Aviation Jet Fuel Filter/
Separators
EI 1584
Four-Inch Aviation Hydrant System Components and Arrangements
EI 1585
Guidance in the Cleaning of Aviation Fuel Hydrant Systems at
Airports
EI 1590
Specifications and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Fuel
Microfilters
EI 1594
Initial Pressure Strength Testing of Airport Fuel Hydrant Systems with
Water
EI 1596
Design and Construction of Aviation Fuel Filter Vessels
EI 1597
Procedures for Overwing Fuelling to Ensure Delivery of the Correct
Fuel Grade to an Aircraft
EI 1598
Considerations for Electronic Sensors to Monitor Free Water and/or
Particulate Matter in Aviation Fuel
EI 1599
Laboratory Tests and Minimum Performance Levels for Aviation Fuel
Dirt Defense Filters
The documents listed above are maintained and distributed by the Energy
Institute. For ordering information, please refer to the following website:
www.energypublishing.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
65
Marketing
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
MARKETING OPERATIONS
Methods for vapor-freeing tanks, removing sediment, and cleaning interior
surfaces of steel and fiberglass tanks are also presented, as are guidelines
for identifying tanks that maybe lined. Pages: 25
5th Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: December 2010
Product Number: A16315 | Price: $86.00
RP 1525 
Bulk Oil Testing, Handling, and Storage Guidelines
Designed to be used as a reference and management guide by personnel
operating and managing petroleum and tank facilities associated with the
storage and distribution of petroleum lubricants. Topics covered include
equipment and facility standards, product sampling and testing methods
and equipment, receiving and storage of bulk lubricants, and packaging and
loading petroleum lubricants for distribution to other facilities. Pages: 28
1st Edition | June 1997 | Product Number: F15251 | Price: $65.00
RP 1604
Closure of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks
Provides operating procedures that may be used for the abandonment,
removal, storage, temporarily out of service, and sale of used underground
tanks that have contained gasoline or other flammable liquids Pages: 9
3rd Edition | March 1996 | Reaffirmed: December 2010
Product Number: A16043 | Price: $76.00
RP 1615
Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems
A guide to procedures and equipment that should be used for the proper
installation of underground petroleum storage systems. For use by architects,
engineers, tank owners, tank operators, and contractors. Applies to
underground storage tank systems that store petroleum products at retail
and commercial facilities. Pages: 89
6th Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: A16156 | Price: $205.00
Publ 1621
Bulk Liquid Stock Control at Retail Outlets
Primarily applies to underground storage of motor fuels and used oil at retail
and commercial facilities. Assists the operator in controlling bulk stock
losses, thereby achieving a high level of safety and pollution control while
maximizing profits. Pages: 25
5th Edition | May 1993 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: A16210 | Price: $83.00
RP 1626
Storing and Handling Ethanol and Gasoline-Ethanol Blends at
Distribution Terminals and Filling Stations
(includes Errata 1 dated February 2011)
Describes recommended practices for the storing, handling, and fire
protection of ethanol and gasoline-ethanol blends from E1 to E10 and from
E70 to E100 (used for E85) at distribution terminals and filling stations.
Where information exists for gasoline-ethanol blends from E11 to E15 it is
shared. Recommended practices for E16 through E69 are not covered
because currently these blends are not legal gasolines blends or alternative
fuels, there is a general lack of information on the properties of these
blends, and there are currently no filling station components certified by any
nationally recognized testing laboratory for these blends. Pages: 59
2nd Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: A16262 | Price: $155.00
Std 1631
Interior Lining and Periodic Inspection of Underground Storage
Tanks
Provides minimum recommendations for the interior lining of existing steel
and fiberglass reinforced plastic underground tanks used to store petroleumbased motor fuels and middle distillates. Recommendations and procedures
to be followed by contractors, mechanics, and engineers are presented.
66
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 1637
Using the API Color-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles
for Product Identification at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities and
Distribution Terminals
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2007)
Describes a system for marking equipment used to store and handle bulk
petroleum, alcohol-blended petroleum, and biodiesel products. The marking
system described in this recommended practice does not cover aviation
fuels. Marking systems for aviation fuels are described in API/IP 1542.
Pages: 15
3rd Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: A16373 | Price: $66.00
You may access RP 1637 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1639
Owner/Operator's Guide to Operation and Maintenance of Vapor
Recovery Systems at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
Provides guidance for owners and operators of gasoline dispensing facilities
and regulatory officials regarding the operation and maintenance of gasoline
vapor recovery systems and components. Proper operation and
maintenance of the equipment can improve compliance with vapor recovery
regulations and provide substantial emission reductions. This guide does not
address the maintenance required by qualified service technicians.
Pages: 22
1st Edition | July 2003 | Reaffirmed: May 2012
Product Number: A16391 | Price: $86.00
RP 1640 
Product Quality in Light Product Storage and Handling Operations
Prepared by the API Fuels Marketing Subcommittee with technical
participation and feedback from other industry stakeholders. Assists those
involved in fuel handling at distribution and intermediate storage facilities.
This publication provides guidance on the minimum equipment standards
and operating procedures for the receipt, storage blending, and delivery of
light products, their blend components, and additives at distribution and
intermediate storage terminals, including related operations of pipeline,
marine vessel (barge or ship), and road/rail transport. This document also
covers the minimum equipment standards and operating procedures for the
receipt, storage, and blending of light products, including but not limited to
gasoline, kerosene, diesel, heating oil, and their blend components (i.e.
ethanol, biodiesel, and butane) at distribution and storage terminals, as well
as light product shipments directly via a pipeline, marine vessel (barge or
ship), or road and rail transport. In addition, this document provides
guidance for the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of light
products storage and distribution terminals with the specific intent of
protecting or ensuring product quality. Pages: 64
1st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: A164001 | Price: $160.00
Publ 1642
Alcohol, Ethers, and Gasoline-Alcohol and Gasoline-Ether Blends
Examines fire safety considerations at petroleum marketing facilities.
Focuses on gasoline blended with oxygenates, and M85 but also includes
alcohols and ethers because they may be present at terminals and bulk
plants for blending purposes. Pages: 12
1st Edition | February 1996 | Product Number: A16421 | Price: $60.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Marketing
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 1645
Stage II Cost Study
Publ 1835 
Study of Used Oil Recycling in Eleven Selected Countries
This publication is a study that was conceived and scoped to address the
general installation cost information for three different types of retail gasoline
outlet vapor recovery systems: vapor balance, passive vacuum assist, and
active vacuum assist. Additionally, it provides an overview of how each
system operates. Pages: 6
1st Edition | August 2002 | Product Number: A16451 | Price: $57.00
The study described in this report obtained information about used motor oil
collection and recycling programs in 11 selected countries around the world.
Pages: 55
1st Edition | November 1997 | Product Number: B18351 | Price: $59.00
Std 2610
Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of
Terminal and Tank Facilities
For Safety's Sake—MC 306 Cargo Tank Vehicle Inspection
(ANSI/API 2610)
Covers the design, construction, operation, inspection, and maintenance of
petroleum terminal and tank facilities associated with marketing, refining,
pipeline, and other similar activities. Covers site selection and spacing,
pollution prevention and waste management, safe operations, fire prevention
and protection, tanks, dikes and berms, mechanical systems (pipe, valves,
pumps and piping systems), product transfer, corrosion protection,
structures, utilities and yard, and removals and decommissioning. Pages: 53
2nd Edition | May 2005 | Reaffirmed: December 2010
Product Number: C26102 | Price: $122.00
RP 2611
Terminal Piping Inspection—Inspection of In-Service Terminal Piping
Systems
Covers the inspection of typical terminal piping systems within terminal
boundaries, which includes off-plot piping. Off-plot piping includes, but is
not limited to, piping between facilities, piping that comes from or goes to a
refinery or other type facility, or piping that may cross a road, ditch, or other
property outside the confines of a terminal facility. Piping for transportation
of finished fuel products such as gasoline, diesel, lubricating oils, jet fuel, and
aviation fuel are covered by the scope of this document. Also covered are
piping systems for nonfuel-type fluids. The piping for other terminal nonfueltype fluids typically found in terminals include asphaltic products, process
water, transmix, slop water, and biofuels. This document does not include
piping in a refinery facility, sanitary waste piping, cast iron piping, and
nonmetallic gravity flow piping systems. Pages: 42
1st Edition | June 2011 | Product Number: A261101 | Price: $98.00
USED OIL
A Guidebook for Implementing Curbside and Drop-Off Used Motor
Oil Collection Programs
Designed to help municipal managers and regulators evaluate the types of
available programs (either curbside or drop-off programs, including examples
of both) and how to effectively implement these used oil recycling programs.
It is based on national surveys of existing programs throughout the country
and includes examples of budgets, procedures, equipment, and model
programs that are currently underway. Pages: 47
1st Edition | February 1992 | Product Number: B20002 | Price: Free
National Used Oil Collection Study
Reviews the status of used engine oil collection in the United States.
Documents state efforts to collect oil and the outcomes of such efforts.
Provides examples of how used oil collection can be successful, as well as
warning of the pitfalls that should be avoided, based on the experience of
other states. Pages: 248
1st Edition | June 1996 | Product Number: B18301 | Price: $59.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
TANK TRUCK OPERATIONS
This VHS tape provides a step-by-step approach to pre- and post-trip
inspection of MC 306 cargo tank vehicles. The tape follows a driver through
an actual walk-around inspection and covers driver recordkeeping and the
inspection itself—brakes, lights, mirrors, tires, wiring, the tank, and placards.
Also includes common truck defects. The videotape was prepared under the
direction of the API Highway Safety Committee and parallels the U.S.
Department of Transportation’s truck inspection regulations. Two minutes of
blank leader is provided on the tape so that it can be customized to fit
company training needs. 14 minutes. Pages: 65
January 1989 | Product Number: A11500 | Price: $103.00
RP 1004
Bottom Loading and Vapor Recovery for MC-306 & DOT-406 Tank
Motor Vehicles
Provides an industry standard for bottom loading and vapor recovery of
proprietary and hired carrier DOT MC306 tank vehicles at terminals operated
by more than one supplier. Guides the manufacturer and operator of a tank
vehicle as to the uniform features that should be provided to permit loading
of a tank vehicle with a standard 4-in. adapter. This edition requires an
independent secondary control system and maximum requirements for
outage in the tank to allow the secondary control system to function.
Pages: 21
8th Edition | January 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: A10048 | Price: $111.00
You may access RP 1004 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1007
Loading and Unloading of MC 306/DOT 406 Cargo Tank Motor
Vehicles
Ensuring the safe and efficient loading and delivery of petroleum products to
retail service stations and bulk facilities is the primary goal for all companies
that transport product. This document is a guideline for use by the truck
driver and persons responsible for loading and unloading of MC306/
DOT406 cargo tanks. It identifies specific steps to ensure that product can
be loaded into tank trucks and unloaded into both underground and
aboveground storage tanks in a safe and efficient manner that protects the
environment. It is intended to be used in conjunction with existing driver
training programs and procedures. Pages: 24
1st Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: A10071 | Price: $39.00
You may access RP 1007 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
To order, contact Techstreet at:
3916 Ranchero Drive | Ann Arbor, MI 48108, USA
Telephone Orders: 1-800-699-9277 (Toll-free in the U.S. and Canada)
(734) 780-8000 (Local and International)
Fax Orders: (734) 780-2046
Online Orders: www.techstreet.com
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
67
Marketing
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 1112
Developing a Highway Emergency Response Plan for Incidents
Involving Hazardous Materials
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: GENERAL
Provides minimum guidelines for developing an emergency response plan for
incidents involving hazardous liquid hydrocarbons such as gasoline and
crude oil, transported in MC 306/DOT 406 and MC 307/DOT 407
aluminum cargo tanks, and for coordinating and cooperating with local,
state, and federal officials. Covers response plan priorities, personnel
training, special equipment, media relations, environmental relations, and
post-response activities. The appendixes outline a highway emergency
response plan and suggest a procedure for removing liquid hydrocarbons
from overturned cargo tanks and righting the tank vehicles. Pages: 21
3rd Edition | November 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: A11123 | Price: $76.00
You may access RP 1112 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
MOTOR OILS AND LUBRICANTS
Motor Oil Shelf Cards
The purpose of this two page laminated guide to help consumers understand
the API Engine Oil Quality Marks—the API Certification Mark “Starburst” and
Service Symbol “Donut”—and the API Service Categories.
Shelf cards are available in English and Spanish and can be personalized
with a company logo. For information on personalizing the shelf cards, call
202-682-8516.
Single copies free on request from API [[email protected] or (202)-682-8516]
Packs of 50 for $130.00
Publ 1509 
Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System
Describes the voluntary API Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System
(EOLCS) and explains to marketers how different API marks are licensed and
displayed for the consumer. The publication describes methods for
developing new engine oil performance requirements and provides the
marketer with a description of the API marks and their use, licensing
requirements, aftermarket conformance, and enforcement procedures.
EOLCS is the result of cooperation between the U.S. automobile
manufacturers represented by the American Automobile Manufacturers
Association and the U.S. petroleum industry represented by API. This
program will benefit consumers, the petroleum industry, and automobile
manufacturers. Pages: 72
15th Edition | April 2002 | Product Number: F150915 | Price: $131.00
Publ 1520 
Directory of Licensees: API Engine Oil Licensing and Certification
System
Identifies the companies licensed to display the API Engine Oil Licensing and
Certification System Symbols.
This directory can be accessed only through API's website, www.api.org
DIESEL FUEL
Publ 1571
Diesel Fuel—Questions and Answers for Highway and Off-Highway Use
Provides answers to some of the frequent questions asked about diesel fuel.
Included are explanations of the quality features of diesel fuel and their
significance; descriptions of diesel fuel classifications; discussions of
additives normally used and their purposes; and explanations of factors that
can affect performance. Pages: 20
4th Edition | January 1996 | Product Number: F15714
Price: Pack of 25 for $73.00
68
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 2350
Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities
Addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognized that
prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both
terms “protection” and “prevention,” the document emphasizes prevention.
The standard’s scope covers minimum overfill (and damage) prevention
practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including
refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that
receive flammable and combustible liquids.
Use of this standard is intended for storage tanks associated with marketing,
refining, pipeline, and terminals containing Class I or Class II petroleum
liquids. Use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard
does not apply to:
• underground storage tanks;
• aboveground tanks of 1320 U.S. gallons (5000 liters) or less;
• aboveground tanks which comply with PEI 600;
• pressure vessels;
• tanks containing non-petroleum liquids;
• tanks storing LPG and LNG;
• tanks at service stations;
• tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles (i.e. tank trucks or railroad
tank cars); and
• tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.119 and EPA 40 CFR 68 or similar
regulations.
This standard recommends application of PEI RP 600, Recommended
Practices for Overfill Prevention for Shop-Fabricated Aboveground Tanks for
overfill protection where applicable for aboveground tanks falling outside the
scope of this document.
The purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating
personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a
comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive
product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of containment.
This standard is one of minimum requirements. Alternate approaches or
variations on the principles of this standard that provide equivalent or more
robust overfill prevention are acceptable. Alternate approaches may be
needed when the tank system varies from the typical configurations
described in this standard. The rationale for the implementation of each OPP
should be documented and retained by the owner and operator. Pages: 47
4th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $114.00
You may access RP 2350 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: WASTE
Publ 1638
Waste Management Practices for Petroleum Marketing Facilities
Provides specific guidance for managing typical waste streams at petroleum
marketing facilities. This publication covers petroleum marketing facilities
ranging from retail fuel convenience stores to terminals and lube plants.
Pages: 20
1st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: A16381 | Price: $76.00
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: WATER
Publ 1612
Guidance Document for Discharging of Petroleum Distribution
Terminal Effluents to Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Provides terminal managers with guidance on discharging terminal effluents
to publicly owned treatment works (POTWs). Covers relations with POTW
personnel, POTW concerns in accepting terminals wastewater, pretreatment
regulations and local limits on the discharge of wastewaters to POTWs, and
associated costs. Pages: 34
1st Edition | November 1996 | Product Number: A16121 | Price: $97.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Marketing
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 1669
Results of a Retail Gasoline Outlet and Commercial Parking Lot
Storm Water Runoff Study
Publ 1628E
Operation and Maintenance Considerations for Hydrocarbon
Remediation Systems
Presents the findings of a study to characterize storm water runoff from retail
gasoline outlets and compares the results with runoff from commercial
parking lots and published urban “background” values. Funded by the
Western States Petroleum Association and API, the results of this study
indicate that fueling activities at normally operated and maintained retail
gasoline outlets do not contribute additional significant concentrations of
measured constituents in storm water runoff. Pages: 24
1st Edition | December 1994 | Product Number: A16691 | Price: $83.00
Discusses concepts regarding operation and maintenance procedures
necessary to achieve and maintain optimal performance of petroleum
hydrocarbon remediation systems. Pages: 23
1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628E | Price: $59.00
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY:
SOIL AND GROUNDWATER
Publ 1628
A Guide to the Assessment and Remediation of Underground
Petroleum Releases
Provides an overview of proven technologies for the assessment and
remediation of petroleum releases in soil and groundwater. Covers
accidental releases arising from the production, transportation, refining, and
marketing of liquid petroleum products or unrefined crude oil. Pages: 119
3rd Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A16283 | Price: $164.00
Publ 1628 and Its five companion publications (1628A, 1628B, 1628C,
1628D, and 1628E) may be purchased as a set.
Order Number: A1628S | Price: $323.00
Publ 1628A
Natural Attenuation Processes
Provides information regarding the site and release characteristics relevant to
and methods for assessing and remediating soils contaminated with
petroleum hydrocarbons released from underground storage tank or
aboveground storage tank systems and operations. Developed to
complement Publ 1628, which focuses primarily on assessing and
remediating petroleum releases that may impact groundwater. Pages: 81
1st Edition | October 1993 | Product Number: A16290 | Price: $150.00
SECURITY
API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity
Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between
the information technology systems and network of two companies that have
a business relations and a common objective. The standard will provide
suggestions for companies to establish third-party network connections while
protecting their individual systems and data from unauthorized access or
manipulation. Pages: 36
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $90.00
Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry
Describes the physical, chemical, and biological processes that decrease
the concentrations and ultimately limit the extent of the dissolved plume
migrating from a hydrocarbon release. Pages: 16
1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628A | Price: $59.00
Publ 1628B
Risk-Based Decision Making
Discusses risk-based decision making approaches used for the assessment
of hazardous conditions. Also presents information that can be utilized to
focus remedial measures and funds on petroleum hydrocarbon release sites
while being protective of human health and the environment and to facilitate
timely closure of hydrocarbon-impacted sites. Pages: 13
1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628B | Price: $59.00
API’s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities
around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks.
Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation,
pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid
foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and
recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety,
environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft
and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the U.S. Department of
Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a
living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of
September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security
plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 58
3rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $191.00
You may access this document in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
Publ 1628C
Optimization of Hydrocarbon Recovery
Covers the optimization, in its broadest sense, to achieve an environmentally
sound site closure in the appropriate time frame for the least cost (to
maximize efficiency of the selected system). Pages: 20
1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628C | Price: $59.00
Publ 1628D
In-Situ Air Sparging
Covers in-situ air sparging. Covers remediation technologies starting with the
early techniques of containment or mass reduction through today’s very
aggressive site closure techniques. Addresses containment as well as
residual petroleum hydrocarbon compounds. Pages: 13
1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628D | Price: $59.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 1629
Guide for Assessing and Remediating Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Soils
API and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed
a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of
terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This
document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and
potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post
September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at
their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical
tool to determine “the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting
vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact.” This vulnerability
assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155
October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $191.00
You may access this in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
69
Marketing
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Std 1164
Pipeline SCADA Security
Provides guidance to the operators of oil and gas liquids pipeline systems for
managing SCADA system integrity and security. The use of this document is
not limited to pipelines regulated under Title 49 CFR 195.1 but should be
viewed as a listing of best practices to be employed when reviewing and
developing standards for a SCADA system. This document embodies API’s
Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry. This guideline is specifically
designed to provide the operators with a description of industry practices in
SCADA security and to provide the framework needed to develop sound
security practices within the operator individual companies. It is important
that operators understand system vulnerability and risks when reviewing the
SCADA system for possible system improvements.
The goal of an operator is to control the pipeline in such a way that there are
no adverse effects on employees, the environment, the public, or the
customers as a result of actions by the operator or by other parties. This
document is structured so that the main body provides the high-level view of
holistic security practices. The annexes provide further details and technical
guidance. Reviewing the main body of this document and following the
guidance set forth in the annexes assists in creating inherently secure
operations. Implementation of this standard, to advance supervisory control
and data acquisition (SCADA) cyber security, is not a simple process or one
time event but a continuous process. The overall process could take years to
implement correctly depending on the complexity of the SCADA system.
Additionally the process would optimally be started as part of a SCADA
upgrade project and use this standard to “design in” security as a element of
the new system. Pages: 64
2nd Edition | June 2009 | Product Number: D11642 | Price: $146.00
You may access Std 1164 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
70
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Pipeline Transportation
If you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
NOTE: Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $10.00 handling
charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges.
PIPELINE OPERATIONS PUBLICATIONS
PIPELINE PUBLIC EDUCATION AND AWARENESS
(includes Errata 1 dated November 2008, Errata 2 dated May 2010,
and Errata 3 dated September 2012)
Gives primary emphasis to provisions for public safety. It covers the design,
installation, inspection, and testing required to ensure safe crossings of steel
pipelines under railroads and highways. The provisions apply to the design
and construction of welded steel pipelines under railroads and highways. The
provisions of this practice are formulated to protect the facility crossed by
the pipeline, as well as to provide adequate design for safe installation and
operation of the pipeline.
The provisions herein should be applicable to the construction of pipelines
crossing under railroads and highways and to the adjustment of existing
pipelines crossed by railroad or highway construction. This practice should
not be applied retroactively. Neither should it apply to pipelines under
contract for construction on or prior to the effective date of this edition.
Neither should it be applied to directionally drilled crossings or to pipelines
installed in utility tunnels. Pages: 39
7th Edition | December 2007 | Reaffirmed: December 2012
Product Number: D11021 | Price: $116.00
Get the Dirt
Video
A damage prevention awareness video produced by the Dig Safely Team. The
video explains the call first process and encourages its use. Available in both
English and Spanish.
Single copies free from the API Pipeline Segment: 202-682-8125 Multiple
copies available for $1.30 each plus shipping from
Revak & Associates: 330-533-1727
Guidelines for Property Development
Brochure
The liquid petroleum pipeline industry has developed these guidelines to
improve understanding and increase awareness of the nature of underground
pipelines that transport oil, petroleum products, natural gas liquids, and
other hazardous liquids and how to conduct land development and use
activity near pipeline rights-of-way (ROW).
The guidelines are intended for use by anyone who is involved in land
development, agriculture, and excavation/construction activities near a
pipeline. The industry goal is to protect public safety of the people who live
and work along pipeline ROW, protect the environment along ROW, and
maintain the integrity of the pipeline so that petroleum products can be
delivered to customers safely and without interruption.
A pipeline ROW is property in which a pipeline company and a landowner
both have a legal interest. Each has a right to be there, although each has a
different type of use for the land. Pipeline companies are granted permission
from private landowners to transport petroleum products across their private
lands. That permission is documented in a written agreement called an
easement, and it is obtained though purchase, license, or by agreement with
the landowner. In cases where the land is owned by the government, whether
local, state, or federal, similar arrangements for easements, licenses, or
occupancy agreements are obtained.
A pipeline requires regular observation, integrity assessment, and
maintenance to maintain the safety of its operations. Part of that task is to
ensure that the pipeline ROW is kept clear of trees, structures, and other
encroachments that might interfere with the safe operation of the pipeline
and the pipeline company access to the line.
The pipeline industry hopes that these guidelines will help both pipeline
operators and people working and living along pipeline ROW to better
understand their respective responsibilities for maintaining the safety of this
vital, but invisible, transportation system.
November 2009 | Product Number: D0GP04
Price: $67.00 for a packet of 5 | $515.00 for a customized PDF
(for more information on the customized PDF, contact API
at [email protected])
RP 1102
Steel Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
Std 1104 
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
Covers the gas and arc welding of butt, fillet, and socket welds in carbon
and low-alloy steel piping used in the compression, pumping, and
transmission of crude petroleum, petroleum products, fuel gases, carbon
dioxide, nitrogen, and where applicable, it covers welding on distribution
systems. It applies to both new construction and in-service welding. The
welding may be done by a shielded metal-arc welding, submerged arc
welding, gas tungsten-arc welding, gas metal-arc welding, flux-cored arc
welding, plasma arc welding, oxyacetylene welding, or flash butt welding
process or by a combination of these processes using a manual,
semiautomatic, mechanized, or automatic welding technique or a
combination of these techniques. The welds may be produced by position
or roll welding or by a combination of position and roll welding.
This standard also covers the procedures for radiographic, magnetic particle,
liquid penetrant, and ultrasonic testing, as well as the acceptance standards
to be applied to production welds tested to destruction or inspected by
radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, ultrasonic, and visual
testing methods.
It is intended that all work performed in accordance with this standard shall
meet or exceed the requirements of this standard. Pages: 118
21st Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D110421 | Price: $345.00
You may access Std 1104 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 1104 *
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 1104.
21st Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D110420K | Price: $276.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor
supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these
translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
71
Pipeline Transportation
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 1109
Marking Liquid Petroleum Pipeline Facilities
Limit state design has been incorporated into the document to provide a
uniform factor of safety with respect to rupture or burst failure as the
primary design condition independent of the pipe diameter, wall
thickness, and grade.
The criteria contained in this document are intended to permit the
economical transportation of hydrocarbons while providing for the safety of
life and property and the protection of the environment. The general
adoption of these criteria should assure that offshore hydrocarbon pipelines
possess the requisite structural integrity for their safe and efficient operation.
Pages: 68
4th Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: D11114 | Price: $133.00
(includes Errata 1 dated November 2010)
Addresses the permanent marking of liquid petroleum pipeline
transportation facilities. It covers the design, message, installation,
placement, inspection, and maintenance of markers and signs on pipeline
facilities located onshore and at inland waterway crossings. Markers and
signs indicate the presence of a pipeline facility and warn of the potential
hazards associated with its presence and operation. The markers and signs
may contain information to be used by the public when reporting
emergencies and seeking assistance in determining the precise location of a
buried pipeline.
The provisions of this recommended practice (RP) cover the minimum
marker and sign requirements for liquid petroleum pipeline facilities.
Alternative markers, which are recommended for some locations under
certain circumstances, are also discussed. The pipeline operator is
responsible for determining the extent of pipeline marking. Consideration
should be given to the consequences of pipeline failure or damage;
hazardous characteristics of the commodity being transported; and the
pipeline proximity to industrial, commercial, residential, and environmentally
sensitive areas. The pipeline marking programs are also integral parts of the
pipeline operator maintenance and emergency plans. This RP is not
intended to be applied retroactively. Its recommendations are for new
construction and for normal marker maintenance programs subsequent to
the effective date of this edition. Pages: 13
4th Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: D11094 | Price: $89.00
You may access RP 1109 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1110 
Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Steel Pipelines
for the Transportation of Gas, Petroleum Gas, Hazardous Liquids,
Highly Volatile Liquids or Carbon Dioxide
Applies to all parts of a pipeline or pipeline facility including line pipe, pump
station piping, terminal piping, compressor station piping, metering station
piping, delivery station piping, regulator station piping, appurtenances
connected to line pipe, appurtenances connected to facility piping,
fabricated assemblies, valves, tees, elbows, reducers, flanges, and any other
pipeline equipment or appurtenances. This recommended practice (RP)
does not apply to pumping units, compressor units, breakout tanks,
pressure vessels, control piping, sample piping, instrument piping/tubing, or
any component or piping system for which other codes specify pressure
testing requirements (i.e. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, piping
systems covered by building codes, etc.). Although this RP contains
guidelines that are based on sound engineering judgment, it is important to
note that certain governmental requirements may differ from the guidelines
presented in this document. Nothing in this RP is intended to inhibit the use
of engineering solutions that are not covered by the RP. This may be
particularly applicable where there is innovative developing technology.
Where an alternative is offered, the RP may be used, provided any and all
variations from the RP are identified and documented. This RP does not
address piping systems that are pressure tested with natural gas, nitrogen,
or air. Pages: 25
6th Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: D11106 | Price: $95.00
RP 1111
Recommended Practice for the Design, Construction, Operation, and
Maintenance of Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines (Limited State Design)
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2011)
Sets criteria for the design, construction, testing, operation, and
maintenance of offshore steel pipelines used in the production, production
support, or transportation of hydrocarbons from the outlet flange of a
production facility.
The criteria applies to transportation piping facilities located on production
platforms after separation and treatment, including meter facilities, gas
compression facilities, liquid pumps, and associated piping and
appurtenances. This document may also be used for water injection
pipelines offshore.
72
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 1113
Developing a Pipeline Supervisory Control Center
(supersedes the 3rd Edition of Publ 1113)
Focuses on the design aspects that may be considered appropriate for
developing or revamping a control center. A pipeline supervisory control
center is a facility where the function of centralized monitoring and
controlling of a pipeline system occurs. This document is not all-inclusive. It
is intended to cover best practices and provide guidelines for developing a
control center only. It does not dictate operational control philosophy or
overall supervisory control and data acquisition system functionality. This
document is intended to apply to control centers for liquids pipelines;
however, many of the considerations may also apply to gas control center
design. Pages: 10
1st Edition | August 2007 | Reaffirmed: June 2012
Product Number: D11131 | Price: $85.00
RP 1114 
Recommended Practice for the Design of Solution-Mined
Underground Storage Facilities
Provides basic guidance on the design and development of new solutionmined underground storage facilities. It is based on the accumulated
knowledge and experience of geologists, engineers, and other personnel in
the petroleum industry. Users of this guide are reminded that no publication
of this type can be complete nor can any written document be substituted
for qualified, site-specific engineering analysis. All aspects of solution-mined
underground storage are covered, including selecting an appropriate site,
physically developing the cavern, and testing and commissioning the cavern.
Additionally, a section on plug and abandonment practices is included. This
recommended practice does not apply to caverns used for waste disposal
purposes. See API 1115 for guidance in the operation of solution-mined
underground storage facilities. Pages: 47
2nd Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: D11142 | Price: $90.00
RP 1115
Operation of Solution-Mined Underground Storage Facilities
Provides basic guidance on the operation of solution-mined underground
hydrocarbon liquid or liquefied petroleum gas storage facilities. This
document is intended for first-time cavern engineers or supervisors but
would also be valuable to those people experienced in cavern operations.
This recommended practice (RP) is based on the accumulated knowledge
and experience of geologists, engineers, and other personnel in the
petroleum industry. All aspects of solution-mined underground storage
operation, including cavern hydraulics, brine facilities, wellhead and hanging
strings, and cavern testing are covered. Users of this guide are reminded that
no publication of this type can be complete, nor can any written document
be substituted for effective site-specific operating procedures.
Does not apply to caverns used for natural gas storage, waste disposal
purposes, caverns that are mechanically mined, depleted petroleum reserve
cavities, or other underground storage systems that are not solution-mined.
Pages: 16
1st Edition | September 1994 | Reaffirmed: October 2012
Product Number: D11151 | Price: $86.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Pipeline Transportation
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 1117
Recommended Practice for Movement in In-Service Pipelines
The utility of the results from this study is to enable users (i.e. pipeline
companies) to determine the achievable level of leak detection for a specific
pipeline with a specified set of instrumentation and SCADA system. The
results also help users to understand the sensitivity of leak detectability with
respect to the variables involved. This information is useful in several ways:
investigating the feasibility of leak detection systems, justifying and
prioritizing changes to instrumentation and SCADA systems, configuring
pipeline and measurement stations, and aiding leak detection operations.
Three general types of software-based leak detection methods are
addressed in this study: (1) mass balance, (2) mass balance with lineful
correction, and (3) transient flow analysis. The leak detection potential of
these methods are discussed based on hydraulics to the extent possible.
The liquids considered are crude oils and refined petroleum products such
as gasoline, jet fuel, and fuel oil.
The pipeline configuration considered is a pipe segment with pressure,
temperature, and volumetric flow measurements at each end. During steadystate flow, this configuration applies to pipelines with booster pumping
stations where rates of flow are measured only at the inlet and the outlet of
the entire system. All variables affecting leak detection are listed. General
relationships between the variable uncertainties and leak detection potential
are analyzed. The methodology are described and verified with field tests.
The variables are ranked according to their importance to leak detectability.
A step-by-step method and a data base are established to enable simple
hand calculations for establishing leak detectability based on mass balance.
The method and the data base are verified with field data. The rationale and
the procedure to establish leak detectability using mass balance with line
pack correction and transient flow simulations are given and illustrated with
examples and field trial results. Pages: 118
1st Edition | November 1993 | Product Number: D11491 | Price: $188.00
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2008 and Errata 2 dated
August 2009)
Covers the design, execution, inspection, and safety of a pipeline-lowering or
other movement operation conducted while the pipeline is in service. (In this
document, the terms lowering and movement can be used interchangeably.)
This document presents general guidelines for conducting a pipelinemovement operation without taking the pipeline out of service. It also
presents equations for estimating the induced stresses. To promote the
safety of the movement operation, it describes stress limits and procedures.
Additionally, it outlines recommendations to protect the pipeline against
damage. The practicality and safety of trench types, support systems, and
lowering or other methods are considered. Inspection procedures and
limitations are presented. Pages: 33
3rd Edition | July 2008 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: D11173 | Price: $132.00
RP 1130
Computational Pipeline Monitoring for Liquids
Focuses on the design, implementation, testing and operation of
computational pipeline monitoring (CPM) systems that use an algorithmic
approach to detect hydraulic anomalies in pipeline operating parameters.
The primary purpose of these systems is to provide tools that assist pipeline
controllers in detecting commodity releases that are within the sensitivity of
the algorithm. It is intended that the CPM system would provide an alarm
and display other related data to the pipeline controllers to aid in
decisionmaking. The pipeline controllers would undertake an immediate
investigation, confirm the reason for the alarm, and initiate an operational
response to the hydraulic anomaly when it represents an irregular operating
condition or abnormal operating condition or a commodity release. The
purpose of this document is to assist the pipeline operator in identifying
issues relevant to the selection, implementation, testing, and operation of a
CPM system. Pages: 42
1st Edition| September 2007 | Reaffirmed: April 2012
Product Number: D011301 | Price: $112.00
You may access RP 1130 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1133
Guidelines for Onshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines Affecting High
Consequence Floodplains
Sets out criteria for the design, construction, operation, maintenance, and
abandonment of onshore pipelines that could affect high consequence
floodplains and associated commercially navigable waterways. This
document applies only to steel pipelines that transport gas, hazardous
liquids, alcohols, or carbon dioxide.
The design, construction, inspection, and testing provisions of this document
should not apply to pipelines that were designed or installed prior to the
latest revision of this publication. The operation and maintenance provisions
of this document should apply to existing facilities. The contents in this
document should not be considered a fixed rule for application without
regard to sound engineering judgment. Pages: 9
1st Edition | February 2005 | Reaffirmed: February 2010
Product Number: D11331 | Price: $82.00
Publ 1149
Pipeline Variable Uncertainties and Their Effects on Leak Detectability
Std 1160 
Managing System Integrity for Hazardous Liquid Pipelines
(includes Errata 1 dated September 2013)
Outlines a process that an operator of a pipeline system can use to assess
risks and make decisions about risks in operating a hazardous liquid
pipeline in order to reduce both the number of incidents and the adverse
effects of errors and incidents.
An integrity management program provides a means to improve the safety of
pipeline systems and to allocate operator resources effectively to: identify
and analyze actual and potential precursor events that can result in pipeline
incidents; examine the likelihood and potential severity of pipeline incidents;
provide a comprehensive and integrated means for examining and
comparing the spectrum of risks and risk reduction activities available;
provide a structured, easily communicated means for selecting and
implementing risk reduction activities; and establish and track system
performance with the goal of improving that performance.
This standard is intended for use by individuals and teams charged with
planning, implementing, and improving a pipeline integrity management
program. Typically, a team would include engineers, operating personnel,
and technicians or specialists with specific experience or expertise
(corrosion, in-line inspection, right-of-way patrolling, etc.). Users of this
standard should be familiar with the pipeline safety regulations (Title 49 CFR
Part 195), including the requirements for pipeline operators to have a written
pipeline integrity program and to conduct a baseline assessment and
periodic reassessments of pipeline management integrity. Pages: 99
2nd Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D116002 | Price: $215.00
You may access Std 1160 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Quantifies the effects of variables on leak detection using common softwarebased leak detection methods. This study provides a data base and a stepby-step methodology to evaluate leak detection potential of a given pipeline
with specified instrumentation and supervisory control and data acquisition
(SCADA) capabilities. Incremental improvement of leak detectability resulting
from upgrading individual variables can also be determined.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
73
Pipeline Transportation
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 1161
Recommended Practice for Pipeline Operator Qualification
where there is innovative developing technology. Where an alternative is
offered, the standard may be used, provided any and all variations from the
standard are identified and documented. Pages: 79
2nd Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: D11632 | Price: $131.00
(includes Addendum 1 dated January 2013 and Addendum 2 dated
July 2013)
Provides guidance for developing and maintaining a compliant Operator
Qualification (OQ) program. Operators may choose to use all, part, or none of
this document. Additionally, many components of this recommended practice
(RP) also apply to gas transmission lines regulated under 49 CFR 192.
Therefore, operators may choose to utilize the RP as applicable for these lines.
Operators should be aware that the OQ rule is applicable only to U.S.
Department of Transportation jurisdictional pipelines. For purposes of this
document, the word “pipeline” is used interchangeably with pipeline,
pipeline facility, and pipeline system and any and all jurisdictional pipeline
components as defined in 49 CFR Part 195.
This document is written to provide guidance for achieving compliance with
the regulation at the time of publication and is comprised of two individual
components: the Guidance Document and the API Covered Task List
(Annex A). A separate publication, the API Covered Task Standards, will
contain guidance on the individual covered tasks. This guidance will include
knowledge and skill components, span of control, and abnormal operating
conditions. Pages: 38
2nd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: D11612 | Price: $155.00
You may access RP 1161 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1162
Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline Operators
Provides guidance for pipeline operators to develop and manage public
awareness programs tailored to meet the needs of the community. It is
meant to raise the quality of public awareness programs and align baseline
core safety messages across the oil and gas industry.
The scope of this recommended practice (RP) covers the development,
implementation, evaluation, and documentation of public awareness
programs associated with the normal operation of existing pipeline systems
and facilities, including transmission pipelines, local distribution systems,
and gathering lines. Two important objectives of this RP are to provide a
framework to help each pipeline operator create and manage a public
awareness program as well as a process for periodic program evaluation to
encourage each operator to enhance the program, at the operator discretion,
as circumstances warrant.
Communications related to new pipeline construction, offshore operations,
and during emergencies are not covered by this RP, nor is it intended to
provide guidance to operators for communications about operator-specific
performance measures that are addressed through other means of
communication or regulatory reporting. Provides the operator with the
elements of a recommended baseline public awareness program and
considerations to determine when and how to enhance the program to
provide the appropriate level of public awareness outreach. Enhancements
may affect messages, delivery frequency and methods, geographic coverage
areas, program evaluation, and other elements. Pages: 59
2nd Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: D11622 | Price: $124.00
You may access RP 1162 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 1163 
In-Line Inspection Systems Qualification
Covers the use of in-line inspection (ILI) systems for onshore and offshore
gas and hazardous liquid pipelines. This includes, but is not limited to,
tethered, self-propelled, or free flowing systems for detecting metal loss,
cracks, mechanical damage, pipeline geometries, and pipeline location or
mapping, The standard applies to both existing and developing
technologies. This standard is an umbrella document that provides
performance-based requirements for ILI systems, including procedures,
personnel, equipment, and associated software. Nothing in this standard is
intended to inhibit the use of inspection systems or engineering solutions
that are not covered by the standard. This may be particularly applicable
74
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Std 1164
Pipeline SCADA Security
Provides guidance to the operators of oil and gas liquids pipeline systems for
managing supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system integrity
and security. The use of this document is not limited to pipelines regulated
under Title 49 CFR 195.1 but should be viewed as a listing of best practices
to be employed when reviewing and developing standards for a SCADA
system. This document embodies API’s Security Guidelines for the Petroleum
Industry. This guideline is specifically designed to provide the operators with
a description of industry practices in SCADA security and to provide the
framework needed to develop sound security practices within the operator
individual companies. It is important that operators understand system
vulnerability and risks when reviewing the SCADA system for possible system
improvements.
The goal of an operator is to control the pipeline in such a way that there are
no adverse effects on employees, the environment, the public, or the
customers as a result of actions by the operator or by other parties. This
document is structured so that the main body provides the high-level view of
holistic security practices. The annexes provide further details and technical
guidance. Reviewing the main body of this document and following the
guidance set forth in the annexes assists in creating inherently secure
operations. Implementation of this standard, to advance SCADA cyber
security, is not a simple process or one time event but a continuous process.
The overall process could take years to implement correctly depending on
the complexity of the SCADA system. Additionally the process would
optimally be started as part of a SCADA upgrade project and use this
standard to “design in” security as a element of the new system. Pages: 64
2nd Edition | June 2009 | Product Number: D11642 | Price: $146.00
You may access Std 1164 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1165
Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA Displays
Focuses on the design and implementation of displays used for the display,
monitoring, and control of information on pipeline supervisory control and
data acquisition (SCADA) systems. The primary purpose is to document
industry practices that provide guidance to a pipeline company or operator
who want to select a new SCADA system or update or expand an existing
SCADA system.
Assists pipeline companies and SCADA system developers in identifying
items that are considered best practices when developing human machine
interfaces. Design elements that are discussed include, but are not limited
to, hardware, navigation, colors, fonts, symbols, data entry, and control
selection techniques. Pages: 45
1st Edition | January 2007 | Reaffirmed: July 2012
Product Number: D11651 | Price: $152.00
You may access RP 1165 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 1166
Excavation Monitoring and Observation
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2006)
Provides a consistently applied decision making process for monitoring and
observing of excavation and other activities on or near pipeline Rights-of Way for “hazardous liquid” and “natural and other gas” transmission
pipelines. (Note: One call provisions and laws vary by state and it is the
operator’s responsibility to be familiar with and comply with all applicable
one-call laws.). This document’s purpose is to protect the public, excavation
employees, and the environment by preventing damage to pipeline assets
from excavation activities. Pages: 4
1st Edition | November 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: D11661 | Price: $106.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Pipeline Transportation
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 1167
Pipeline SCADA Alarm Management
PIPELINE MAINTENANCE WELDING
Intended to provide pipeline operators with recommended industry practices
in the development, implementation, and maintenance of an alarm
management program. It provides guidance on elements that include, but
are not limited to, alarm definition, alarm philosophy, documentation,
management of change, and auditing.
Not intended to be a step-by-step set of instructions on how to build an
alarm management system. Each pipeline operator has a unique operating
philosophy and will therefore have a unique alarm philosophy as well. This
document is intended to outline key elements that should be considered
when building an alarm management system. Pages: 41
1st Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: D116701 | Price: $116.00
Investigation and Prediction of Cooling Rates During Pipeline
Maintenance Welding, and User's Manual for Battelle’s Hot-Tap
Thermal-Analysis Models
RP 1168
Pipeline Control Room Management
Provides pipeline operators and pipeline controllers with guidance on
industry best practices on control room management to consider when
developing or enhancing practices and procedures. This document was
written for operators with continuous and noncontinuous operations, as
applicable. This document addresses four pipeline safety elements for
hazardous liquid and natural gas pipelines in both the transportation and
distribution sectors: pipeline control room personnel roles, authorities, and
responsibilities; guidelines for shift turnover; pipeline control room fatigue
management; and pipeline control room management of change. Pages: 11
1st Edition | September 2008 | 2-Year Extension: December 2013
Product Number: D11681 | Price: $83.00
RP 1169 
Recommended Practice for Basic Inspection Requirements—New
Pipeline Construction
Covers the basic requirements and their associated references needed to
effectively and safely perform inspection activities during construction of new
onshore pipelines. Use of this document will provide the basis for what
construction inspectors need to know and where to find detailed information
related to each facet of new pipeline construction inspection activities. The
requirements are organized into the following major sections:
• inspector responsibilities,
• personnel and general pipeline safety,
• environmental and pollution control,
• general pipeline construction inspection.
Users of this document include those individuals either engaged in pipeline
construction inspection or seeking to become certified inspectors. Pipeline
owner/operators and pipeline inspection service companies may also use this
document to aid and enhance their inspector training programs. Pages: 46
1st Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: D11691 | Price: $115.00
Investigated and improved the methods of predicting cooling rates during
pipeline maintenance welding. The scope of this study included (1) a review
of three previous research efforts to develop satisfactory methods for welding
appurtenances to in-service pipelines; (2) a survey of pipeline leak and
rupture incidents associated with appurtenances; (3) the enhancement of
existing analytical models for predicting cooling rates and temperatures
during welding on an in-service pipeline; and (4) a validation of the thermalanalysis models that was achieved by performing welds on pipeline carrying
three different liquid-petroleum products.
May 2002 | Product Number: | Version 4.2 | May 2002
Please order this document from PRCI: www.prci.com
Std 1104 
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
Covers the gas and arc welding of butt, fillet, and socket welds in carbon
and low-alloy steel piping used in the compression, pumping, and
transmission of crude petroleum, petroleum products, fuel gases, carbon
dioxide, nitrogen, and where applicable, it covers welding on distribution
systems. It applies to both new construction and in-service welding. The
welding may be done by a shielded metal-arc welding, submerged arc
welding, gas tungsten-arc welding, gas metal-arc welding, flux-cored arc
welding, plasma arc welding, oxyacetylene welding, or flash butt welding
process or by a combination of these processes using a manual,
semiautomatic, mechanized, or automatic welding technique or a
combination of these techniques. The welds may be produced by position
or roll welding or by a combination of position and roll welding.
This standard also covers the procedures for radiographic, magnetic particle,
liquid penetrant, and ultrasonic testing, as well as the acceptance standards
to be applied to production welds tested to destruction or inspected by
radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, ultrasonic, and visual
testing methods.
It is intended that all work performed in accordance with this standard shall
meet or exceed the requirements of this standard. Pages: 118
21st Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D110421 | Price: $345.00
You may access Std 1104 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 1104 *
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 1104.
21st Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D110420K | Price: $276.00
RP 2200
Repairing Crude Oil, Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Product Pipelines
SECURITY
Discusses guidelines to safe practices while repairing in-service pipelines for
crude oil, liquefied petroleum gas, highly volatile liquids, and product
service. Although it is recognized that the conditions of a particular job will
necessitate an on-the-job approach, the observance of the suggestions in
this document should improve the probability that repairs will be completed
without accidents or injuries. Pages: 11
4th Edition | September 2010 | Product Number: D22004 | Price: $71.00
API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity
Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between
the information technology systems and network of two companies that have
a business relations and a common objective.
The standard will provide suggestions for companies to establish third-party
network connections while protecting their individual systems and data from
unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $90.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
75
Pipeline Transportation
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry
API’s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities
around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks.
Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation,
pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid
foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and
recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety,
environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft
and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the U.S. Department of
Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a
living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of
September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security
plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 58
3rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $191.00
You may access this document in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
API and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed
a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of
terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This
document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and
potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post
September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at
their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical
tool to determine “the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting
vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact.” This vulnerability
assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155
October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $191.00
You may access this in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
76
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
If you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
NOTE: Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $10.00 handling
charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges.
API 570 *
Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and
Alteration of Piping Systems—Chinese
INSPECTION OF REFINERY EQUIPMENT
Chinese translation of API 570.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57003C | Price: $94.00
API 510 
Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating,
Repair, and Alteration
RP 571 
Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining
Industry
(ANSI/API 510)
(Purchase includes addenda to the current edition of the code)
Covers the in-service inspection, repair, alteration, and rerating activities for
pressure vessels and the pressure-relieving devices protecting these vessels.
This inspection code applies to most refining and chemical process vessels
that have been placed in service. This includes:
• vessels constructed in accordance with an applicable construction code;
• vessels constructed without a construction code (non-code): a vessel not
fabricated to a recognized construction code and meeting no known
recognized standard;
• vessels constructed and approved as jurisdictional special based upon
jurisdiction acceptance of particular design, fabrication, inspection,
testing, and installation; and
• nonstandard vessels: a vessel fabricated to a recognized construction
code but has lost its nameplate or stamping. Pages: 56
9th Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: C51009 | Price: $151.00
You may access API 510 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Provides background information on damage that can occur to equipment in
the refining process. It is intended to supplement Risk Based Inspection
(RP 580 and Publ 581) and Fitness-for-Service (RP 579) technologies
developed in recent years by API to manage existing refining equipment
integrity. It is also an excellent reference for inspection, operations, and
maintenance personnel. Covers over 60 damage mechanism. Each write-up
consists of a general description of the damage, susceptible materials, of
construction, critical factors, inspection method selection guidelines, and
control measures. Wherever possible, pictures are included and references
are provided for each mechanism. In addition, generic process flow diagrams
have been included that contain a summary of the major damage flow
mechanism expected for typical refinery process units. Pages: 362
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102 | Price: $329.00
API 510 *
Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating,
Repair, and Alteration—Chinese
Chinese translation of API 510.
9th Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: C51009C | Price: $106.00
API 570 
Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and
Alteration of Piping Systems
(Purchase includes addenda to the current edition of the code)
Covers the inspection, rating, repair, and alteration procedures for metallic
and fiberglass reinforced plastic piping systems and their associated
pressure relieving devices that have been in-service.
The intent of this code is to specify the in-service inspection and conditionmonitoring program that is needed to determine the integrity of piping. That
program should provide reasonably accurate and timely assessments to
determine if any changes in the condition of piping could possibly
compromise continued safe operation.
API 570 was developed for the petroleum refining and chemical process
industries but may be used, where practical, for any piping system. It is
intended for use by organizations that maintain or have access to an
authorized inspection agency, a repair organization, and technically qualified
piping engineers, inspectors, and examiners. Intended for use by
organizations that maintain or have access to an authorized inspection
agency, repair organization, and technically qualified personnel. May be
used, where practical, for any piping system. Piping inspectors are to be
certified as stated in this inspection code. Pages: 65
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57003 | Price: $134.00
RP 571 *
Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 571.
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102C | Price: $231.00
RP 572 
Inspection Practices for Pressure Vessels
Covers the inspection of pressure vessels. It includes a description of the
various types of pressure vessels (including pressure vessels with a design
pressure below 15 psig) and the standards for their construction and
maintenance. RP 572 also includes reasons for inspection, causes of
deterioration, frequency and methods of inspection, methods of repair, and
preparation of records and reports. Pages: 136
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57203 | Price: $154.00
RP 572 *
Inspection Practices for Pressure Vessels—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 572.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57203C | Price: $108.00
RP 573 
Inspection of Fired Boilers and Heaters
Covers the inspection practices for fired boilers and process heaters
(furnaces) used in petroleum refineries and petrochemical plants. The
practices described in this document are focused to improve equipment
reliability and plant safety by describing the operating variables that impact
reliability and to ensure that inspection practices obtain the appropriate
data, both on-stream and off-stream, to assess current and future
performance of the equipment. Pages: 109
3rd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C57303 | Price: $150.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
77
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 574 
Inspection Practices for Piping System Components
RP 576 *
Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices—Chinese
Supplements API 570 by providing piping inspectors with information that
can improve skill and increase basic knowledge and practices. This
document describes inspection practices for piping, tubing, valves (other
than control valves), and fittings used in petroleum refineries and chemical
plants. Common piping components, valve types, pipe joining methods,
inspection planning processes, inspection intervals and techniques, and
types of records are described to aid the inspector in fulfilling their role
implementing API 570. This publication does not cover inspection of
specialty items, including instrumentation and control valves. Pages: 88
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57403 | Price: $136.00
Chinese translation of RP 576.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57603C | Price: $94.00
RP 574 *
Inspection Practices for Piping System Components—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 574.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57403C | Price: $96.00
RP 575 
Inspection of Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks
(ANSI/API RP 575)
Covers the inspection of atmospheric and low-pressure storage tanks that
have been designed to operate at pressures from atmospheric to 15 psig.
Includes reasons for inspection, frequency and methods of inspection,
methods of repair, and preparation of records and reports. This document is
intended to supplement Std 653, which covers the minimum requirements
for maintaining the integrity of storage tanks after they have been placed in
service. Pages: 60
2nd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: C57502 | Price: $130.00
RP 575 *
Inspection of Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 575.
2nd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: C57502C | Price: $91.00
RP 576 
Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices
Describes the inspection and repair practices for automatic pressurerelieving devices commonly used in the oil and petrochemical industries. As
a guide to the inspection and repair of these devices in the user’s plant, it is
intended to ensure their proper performance. This publication covers such
automatic devices as pressure-relief valves, pilot-operated pressure-relief
valves, rupture disks, and weight-loaded pressure-vacuum vents.
The scope of this document includes the inspection and repair of automatic
pressure-relieving devices commonly used in the oil and petrochemical
industry. This publication does not cover weak seams or sections in tanks,
explosion doors, fusible plugs, control valves, and other devices that either
depend on an external source of power for operation or are manually
operated. Inspections and tests made at manufacturers’ plants, which are
usually covered by codes or purchase specifications, are not covered by this
publication.
This publication does not cover training requirements for mechanics involved in
the inspection and repair of pressure-relieving devices. Those seeking these
requirements should see API 510, which gives the requirements for a quality
control system and specifies that the repair organization maintain and
document a training program ensuring that personnel are qualified. Pages: 65
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57603 | Price: $134.00
RP 577 
Welding Processes, Inspection, and Metallurgy
Provides guidance to the API authorized inspector on welding inspection as
encountered with fabrication and repair of refinery and chemical plant
equipment and piping. This document includes descriptions of common
welding processes, welding procedures, welder qualifications, metallurgical
effects from welding, and inspection techniques to aid the inspector in
fulfilling their role implementing API 510, API 570, API 653, and API 582.
The level of learning and training obtained from this document is not a
replacement for the training and experience required to be a certified
welding inspector under one of the established welding certification
programs such as the American Welding Society (AWS) Certified Welding
Inspector (CWI), or Canadian and European equivalent schemes such as
CWB, CSWIP, PCN, or EFW. Pages: 145
2nd Edition | December 2013| Product Number: C57702 | Price: $225.00
RP 578 
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems
Provides the guidelines for a material and quality assurance system to verify
that the nominal composition of alloy components within the pressure
envelope of a piping system is consistent with the selected or specified
construction materials to minimize the potential for catastrophic release of
toxic or hazardous liquids or vapors. This recommended practice (RP) provides
the guidelines for material control and material verification programs on
ferrous and nonferrous alloys during the construction, installation,
maintenance, and inspection of new and existing process piping systems
covered by the ASME B31.3 and API 570 piping codes. This RP applies to
metallic alloy materials purchased for use either directly by the owner/user or
indirectly through vendors, fabricators, or contractors and includes the supply,
fabrication, and erection of these materials. Carbon steel components
specified in new or existing piping systems are not specifically covered under
the scope of this document unless minor/trace alloying elements are critical to
component corrosion resistance or similar degradation. Pages: 13
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802 | Price: $129.00
RP 578 *
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802C | Price: $91.00
RP 578 *
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Russian
Russian translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802R | Price: $91.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
78
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1
Fitness-For-Service
and standards allow an owner/user latitude to plan an inspection strategy
and increase or decrease the code-designated inspection frequencies based
on the results of a RBI assessment. Pages: 83
2nd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C58002 | Price: $189.00
Describes standardized fitness-for-service assessment techniques for
pressurized equipment used in the petrochemical industry. Fitness-forservice is defined as the ability to demonstrate the structural integrity of an
in-service component containing a flaw. This publication is intended to
supplement the requirements in API 510, API 570, and Std 653 by: a)
ensuring safety of plant personnel and the public while older equipment
continues to operate; b) providing technically sound fitness-for-service
assessment procedures to ensure that different service providers furnish
consistent life predictions; and c) helping optimize maintenance and
operation of existing facilities to maintain the availability of older plants and
enhance their long term economic viability.
The assessment procedures in this publication can be used for fitness-forservice evaluation and rerating of pressure vessels designed and constructed
to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; piping systems designed and
constructed to the ASME B31.3 piping code; and aboveground storage
tanks designed and constructed to Std 650 and Std 620. The assessment
procedures cover the present integrity of pressure containing equipment
given a current state of damage and the projected remaining life. This
publication can also be applied to pressure containing equipment
constructed to other recognized codes and standards as defined in this
publication.
2nd Edition | June 2007
Hard Copy Only Price: $726.00
CD Only Price: $865.00
Hard Copy and CD Price: $1,167.00
API 579-2/ASME FFS-2
Example Problem Manual
Fitness-For-Service (FFS) assessments in Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1, FitnessFor-Service are engineering evaluations that are performed to demonstrate the
structural integrity of an in-service component that may contain a flaw or
damage or that may be operating under specific conditions that could
produce a failure. Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1 provides guidance for conducting
FFS assessments using methodologies specifically prepared for pressurized
equipment. The guidelines provided in this standard may be used to make
run-repair-replace decisions to help determine if pressurized equipment
containing flaws that have been identified by inspection can continue to
operate safely for some period of time. These FFS assessments of Std 579-1/
ASME FFS-1 are currently recognized and referenced by the API codes and
standards (API 510, API 570, and Std 653) and by NB-23 as suitable means
for evaluating the structural integrity of pressure vessels, piping systems, and
storage tanks where inspection has revealed degradation and flaws in the
equipment or where operating conditions suggest that a risk of failure may be
present. Example problems illustrating the use and calculations required for
Fitness-For-Service Assessments described in Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1 are
provided in this document. Example problems are provided for all calculation
procedures in both SI and U.S. customary units.
An introduction to the example problems in this document is described in
Part 2 of this standard. The remaining Parts of this document contain the
example problems. The Parts in this document coincide with the Parts in
Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1. For example, example problems illustrating
calculations for local thin areas are provided in Part 5 of this document. This
coincides with the assessment procedures for local thin areas contained in
Part 5 of Std 579-1/ASME FFS-1. Pages: 366
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: C57921 | Price: $155.00
RP 580 
Risk-Based Inspection
RP 581
Risk-Based Inspection Technology
API has researched and developed an approach to risk-based inspection
(RBI). This document details the procedures and methodology of RBI. RBI is
an integrated methodology that uses risk as a basis for prioritizing and
managing an in-service equipment inspection program by combining both
the likelihood of failure and the consequence of failure. Utilizing the output of
the RBI, the user can design an inspection program that manages or
maintains the risk of equipment failures. The following are three major goals
of the RBI program:
• provide the capability to define and quantify the risk of process
equipment failure, creating an effective tool for managing many of the
important elements of a process plant;
• allow management to review safety, environmental, and businessinterruption risks in an integrated, cost effective manner; and
• systematically reduce the likelihood and consequence of failure by
allocating inspection resources to high risk equipment.
The RBI methodology provides the basis for managing risk by making
informed decisions on the inspection method, coverage required, and
frequency of inspections. In most plants, a large percent of the total unit risk
will be concentrated in a relatively small percent of the equipment items.
These potential high risk components may require greater attention, perhaps
through a revised inspection plan. With an RBI program in place, inspections
will continue to be conducted as defined in existing working documents, but
priorities and frequencies will be guided by the RBI procedure. The RBI
analysis looks not only at inspection, equipment design, and maintenance
records but also at numerous process safety management issues and all
other significant issues that can affect the overall mechanical integrity and
safety of a process unit. Pages: 607
2nd Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: C58102
Hard Copy Only Price: $721.00
CD Only Price: $824.00
Hard Copy and CD Price: $1,133.00
API Risk-Based Inspection Software
API RBI software, created by petroleum refinery and chemical plant owner/
users for owner/users, finds its basis in API Publication 581, Base Resource
Document—Risk-Based Inspection. Practical, valuable features are built into
the technology, which is based on recognized and generally accepted good
engineering practices.
The purposes of the Risk-Based Inspection Program are:
• screen operating units within a plant to identify areas of high risk;
• estimate a risk value associated with the operation of each equipment
item in a refinery or chemical process plant based on a consistent
methodology;
• prioritize the equipment based on the measured risk;
• design a highly effective inspection program; and
• systematically manage the risks associated with equipment failures.
The RBI method defines the risk of operating equipment as the combination of
two separate terms: the consequence of failure and the likelihood of failure.
For more information: e-mail [email protected] or call 281-537-8848
Provides users with the basic elements for developing and implementing a
risk-based inspection (RBI) program for fixed equipment and piping in the
hydrocarbon and chemical process industries. This document is intended to
supplement API 510, API 570, and Std 653. These API inspection codes
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
79
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 582
Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries
Std 611
General Purpose Steam Turbines for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas
Industry Services
Provides supplementary guidelines and practices for welding and welding
related topics for shop and field fabrication, repair, and modification of the
following: a) pressure-containing equipment such as pressure vessels, heat
exchangers, piping, heater tubes, and pressure boundaries of rotating
equipment and attachments welded thereto; b) tanks and attachments
welded thereto; c) nonremovable internals for process equipment; d)
structural items attached and related to process equipment; e) other
equipment or component item when referenced by an applicable purchase
document. This document is general in nature and is intended to augment
the welding requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section IX and similar codes, standards, specifications, and practices such
as those listed in Section 2. The intent of this document is to be inclusive of
chemical, oil, and gas industry standards, although there are many areas not
covered herein, e.g. pipeline welding and offshore structural welding are
intentionally not covered. This document is based on industry experience
and any restrictions or limitations may be waived or augmented by the
purchaser. Pages: 28
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C58202 | Price: $124.00
RP 582 *
Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries—Russian
Russian translation of RP 582.
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C58202R | Price: $100.00
Std 653 
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction
(includes Addendum 1 dated August 2010, Addendum 2 dated
January 2012, and Addendum 3 dated November 2013)
Covers the inspection, repair, alteration, and reconstruction of steel
aboveground storage tanks used in the petroleum and chemical industries.
Provides the minimum requirements for maintaining the integrity of welded or
riveted, nonrefrigerated, atmospheric pressure, aboveground storage tanks
after they have been placed in service. Pages: 152
4th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C65304 | Price: $212.00
You may access Std 653 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 653 *
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 653.
4th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C65304C | Price: $149.00
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT STANDARDS FOR REFINERY SERVICE
Std 610/ISO 13709:2009
Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas
Industries
(ANSI/API Std 610)
(includes Errata 1 dated July 2011)
Specifies requirements for centrifugal pumps, including pumps running in
reverse as hydraulic power recovery turbines, for use in petroleum,
petrochemical, and gas industry process services. This document is applicable
to overhung pumps, between bearings pumps, and vertically suspended
pumps. Section 9 provides requirements applicable to specific types of
pumps. All other clauses of this document apply to all pump types. Illustrations
are provided of the various specific pump types and the designations assigned
to each specific pump type. It does not cover sealless pumps.
This edition of API Std 610 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13709:2009. Pages: 205
11th Edition|September 2010|Product Number: CX61011|Price: $257.00
You may access Std 610 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2008)
Covers the minimum requirements for general-purpose steam turbines. These
requirements include basic design, materials, related lubrication systems,
controls, auxiliary equipment, and accessories. General-purpose turbines are
horizontal or vertical turbines used to drive equipment that is usually spared,
is relatively small in size, or is in noncritical service. They are generally used
where steam conditions will not exceed a pressure of 48 bar (700 psig) and a
temperature of 400 °C (750 °F) or where speed will not exceed 6000 rpm.
This standard does not cover special-purpose turbines. Pages: 118
5th Edition | March 2008 |Product Number: C61105 | Price: $147.00
Std 612/ISO 10437:2003
Petroleum Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries—Steam
Turbines—Special-Purpose Applications
(ANSI/API Std 612)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design,
materials, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment for
special-purpose steam turbines. It also covers the related lube-oil systems,
instrumentation, control systems, and auxiliary equipment. It is not
applicable to general-purpose steam turbines, which are covered in Std 611.
This edition of API Std 612 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10437:2003. Pages: 113
6th Edition | November 2005 | Product Number: CX61206 | Price: $198.00
Std 613
Special Purpose Gear Units for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas
Industry Services
(ANSI/API Std 613)
(includes Errata 1 dated December 2005)
Covers the minimum requirements for special-purpose, enclosed, precision
single- and double-helical one-and two-stage speed increasers and reducers
of parallel-shaft design for refinery services. Primarily intended for gear units
that are in continuous service without installed spare equipment. Pages: 94
5th Edition | February 2003 | Reaffirmed: August 2007
Product Number: C61305 | Price: $165.00
Std 614/ISO 10438-1:2007
Lubrication, Shaft-Sealing, and Control-Oil Systems and Auxiliaries
for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2008)
Covers the minimum requirements for general purpose and special purpose
oil systems. The standard also includes requirements for self-acting gas seal
support systems. The standard includes the systems’ components, along with
the required controls and instrumentation. Chapters included in Std 614:
1. General Requirements; 2. Special-Purpose Oil Systems; 3. GeneralPurpose Oil Systems; and 4. Self-Acting Gas Seal Support Systems.
This edition of API Std 614 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10438:2007. Pages: 202
5th Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: CX61402 | Price: $293.00
Std 616
Gas Turbines for the Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services
Covers the minimum requirements for open, simple, and regenerative-cycle
combustion gas turbine units for services of mechanical drive, generator
drive, or process gas generation. All auxiliary equipment required for
operating, starting, controlling, and protecting gas turbine units are either
discussed directly in this standard or referred to in this standard through
references to other publications. Specifically, gas turbine units that are
capable of firing gas or liquid or both are covered by this standard. This
standard covers both industrial and aeroderivative gas turbines. Pages: 168
5th Edition | January 2011 | Product Number: C61605 | Price: $206.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
80
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 617
Axial and Centrifugal Compressors and Expander-Compressors for
Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services
that can be required to operate continuously for extended periods, are often
unspared, and are critical to the continued operation of the installation. By
agreement, it can be used for other applications or services.
Couplings covered are designed to accommodate parallel (or lateral) offset,
angular misalignment and axial displacement of the shafts without imposing
unacceptable mechanical loading on the coupled machines. It is applicable
to gear, metallic flexible element, quill shaft, and torsionally resilient type
couplings. Torsional damping and resilient type couplings are detailed in
Annex A; gear-type couplings are detailed in Annex B; and quill shaft style
coupling are detailed in Annex C. Also covers the design, materials of
construction, manufacturing quality, inspection, and testing of special
purpose couplings.
This edition of API Std 671 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10441:2007. Pages: 56
4th Edition | August 2007 | Reaffirmed: September 2010
Product Number: C67104 | Price: $167.00
You may access Std 671 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
(ANSI/API Std 617)
(includes Errata 1 dated June 2003)
Covers the minimum requirements for axial compressors, single-shaft and
integrally geared process centrifugal compressors, and expandercompressors for use in the petroleum, chemical, and gas industries services
that handle air or gas. This standard does not apply to fans (covered by Std
673) or blowers that develop less than 34 kPa (5 psi) pressure rise above
atmospheric pressure. This standard also does not apply to packaged,
integrally-geared centrifugal plant and instrument air compressors (covered
by Std 672). Hot gas expanders over 300 °C (570 °F) are not covered in
this standard. Pages: 193
7th Edition | July 2002 | Reaffirmed: January 2009
Product Number: C61707 | Price: $219.00
Std 618
Reciprocating Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas
Industry Services
(ANSI/API Std 618)
(includes Errata 1 dated November 2009 and Errata 2 dated
July 2010)
Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating compressors and their
drivers used in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services for handling
process air or gas with either lubricated or nonlubricated cylinders.
Compressors covered by this standard are of low-to-moderate speed and in
critical services. Also covered are related lubricating systems, controls,
instrumentation, intercoolers, aftercoolers, pulsation suppression devices,
and other auxiliary equipment. Pages: 190
5th Edition | December 2007 | Product Number: C61805 | Price: $181.00
Std 619/ISO 10440-1:2007
Rotary-Type Positive Displacement Compressors for Petroleum,
Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries
Specifies requirements for dry and oil-flooded, helical-lobe rotary
compressors used for vacuum or pressure or both in petroleum,
petrochemical, and gas industry services. It is intended for compressors that
are in special-purpose applications. It is not applicable to general-purpose
air compressors, liquid-ring compressors, or vane-type compressors.
This edition of API Std 619 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 10440-1:2007. Pages: 135
5th Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: CX61905 | Price: $216.00
Std 670
Machinery Protection Systems
This standard covers the minimum requirements for a machinery protection
system measuring radial shaft vibration, casing vibration, shaft axial position,
shaft rotational speed, piston rod drop, phase reference, overspeed, and
critical machinery temperatures (such as bearing metal and motor
windings). It covers requirements for hardware (transducer and monitor
systems), installation, documentation, and testing. Pages: 96
4th Edition | December 2000 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: C67004 | Price: $180.00
Std 671/ISO 10441:2007
Special Purpose Couplings for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas
Industry Services
Specifies the requirements for couplings for the transmission of power
between the rotating shafts of two machines in special-purpose applications
in the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. Such
applications are typically in large and/or high speed machines, in services
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Std 672
Packaged, Integrally Geared Centrifugal Air Compressors for
Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry Services
(includes Errata 1 dated October 2007 and Errata 2 dated July 2010)
Covers the minimum requirements for constant-speed, packaged, general
purpose integrally geared centrifugal air compressors, including their
accessories. This standard is not applicable to machines that develop a
pressure rise of less than 0.35 bar (5.0 psi) above atmospheric pressure,
which are classed as fans or blowers. Pages: 136
4th Edition | March 2004 | Reaffirmed: December 2008
Product Number: C67204 | Price: $235.00
Std 673
Centrifugal Fans for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services
(includes Errata 1 dated October 2002)
Covers the minimum requirements for centrifugal fans intended for
continuous duty in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services. Fan
pressure rise is limited to differential from a single impeller, usually not
exceeding 100 in. of water equivalent air pressure. Cooling tower, aerial
cooler, and ventilation fans and positive displacement blowers are NOT
covered by this standard. Pages: 89
2nd Edition | January 2002 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: C67302 | Price: $151.00
Std 674
Positive Displacement Pumps—Reciprocating
Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating positive displacement
pumps and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas
industry services. Both direct-acting and power-frame types are included.
Controlled-volume pumps, hydraulically driven pumps, and rotary pumps are
not included. Pages: 95
3rd Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: C67403 | Price: $186.00
Std 675
Positive Displacement Pumps—Controlled Volume for Petroleum,
Chemical, and Gas Industry Services
Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating, controlled volume
pumps, and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas
industry services. These pumps are either hydraulic diaphragm or packed
plunger design. Rotary positive displacement pumps are not included.
Diaphragm pumps that use direct mechanical actuation are also excluded.
NOTE: See Std 674 for positive displacement reciprocating pumps and
Std 670 for positive displacement rotary pumps.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
81
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
This standard requires the Purchaser to specify certain details and features.
A bullet at the beginning of a paragraph indicates that either a decision by,
or further information from, the Purchaser is required. Further information
should be shown on the datasheets (see example in Annex A) or stated in
the quotation request and purchase order.
Alternate designs and conflicting requirements are now located in Section 6.
Pages: 64
3rd Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C67503 | Price: $127.00
You may access Std 675 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 684
API Standard Paragraphs Rotordynamic Tutorial: Lateral Critical
Speeds, Unbalance Response, Stability, Train Torsionals, and Rotor
Balancing
Std 676
Positive Displacement Pumps—Rotary
Covers the minimum requirements for rotary positive displacement process
pumps and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas
industry services. Controlled-volume pumps, hydraulically driven pumps, and
positive displacement reciprocating pumps are not included. Pages: 102
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C67603 | Price: $150.00
Std 677
General-Purpose Gear Units for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas
Industry Services
Covers the minimum requirements for general-purpose, enclosed, single and
multistage gear units incorporating parallel shaft helical and right angle spiral
bevel gears for the petroleum, chemical, and gas industries. Gears
manufactured according to this standard shall be limited to the following
pitchline velocities. Helical gears shall not exceed 60 m/s (12,000 ft/min),
and spiral bevels shall not exceed 40 m/s (8,000 ft/min). Typical
applications for which this standard is intended are cooling tower water
pump systems, forced and induced draft fan systems, and other generalpurpose equipment trains. Pages: 84
3rd Edition | April 2006 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: C67703 | Price: $165.00
Std 681
Liquid Ring Vacuum Pumps and Compressors
Defines the minimum requirements for the basic design, inspection, testing,
and preparation for shipment of liquid ring vacuum pump and compressor
systems for service in the petroleum, chemical, and gas industries. It
includes both vacuum pump and compressor design and system design.
Pages: 86
1st Edition | February 1996 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: C68101 | Price: $142.00
Std 682/ISO 21049:2004
Pumps—Shaft Sealing Systems for Centrifugal and Rotary Pumps
(ANSI/API Std 682)
(includes Errata 1 dated November 2006)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for sealing systems for
centrifugal and rotary pumps used in the petroleum, natural gas, and
chemical industries. It is applicable to hazardous, flammable, and/or toxic
services where a greater degree of reliability is required for the improvement
of equipment availability and the reduction of emissions to the atmosphere.
It covers seals for pump shaft diameters from 20 mm (0.75 in.) to 110 mm
(4.3 in.). This standard is also applicable to seal spare parts and can be
referred to for the upgrading of existing equipment. A classification system
for the seal configurations covered by this document into categories, types,
arrangements, and orientations is provided.
This edition of API Std 682 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 21049:2004. Pages: 195
3rd Edition|September 2004| Product Number: CX68203 | Price: $231.00
82
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Describes, discusses, and clarifies the section of the API standard
paragraphs that outline the complete lateral and torsional rotordynamics
and rotor balancing acceptance program designed by API to ensure
equipment mechanical reliability. Background material on the fundamentals
of these subjects (including terminology) along with rotor modeling utilized in
this analysis is presented for those unfamiliar with the subject. This
document is an introduction to the major aspects of rotating equipment
vibrations that are addressed during a typical lateral dynamics analysis.
Pages: 303
2nd Edition | August 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2010
Product Number: C68402 | Price: $176.00
Std 685
Sealless Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Gas
Industry Process Service
Specifies the minimum requirements for sealless centrifugal pumps for use
in petroleum, heavy duty petrochemical, and gas industry services. This
standard is applicable to single stage overhung pumps of two classifications:
magnetic drive pumps and canned motor pumps. Pages: 170
2nd Edition | February 2011 | Product Number: C68502 | Price: $206.00
RP 686
Machinery Installation and Installation Design
Intended to provide recommended procedures, practices, and checklists for
the installation and precommissioning of new, existing, and reapplied
machinery and to assist with the installation design of such machinery for
petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services facilities. In general, this
recommended practice (RP) is intended to supplement vendor instructions
and the instructions provided by the original equipment manufacturer should
be carefully followed with regard to equipment installation and checkout.
Most major topics of this RP are subdivided into sections of “Installation
Design” and “Installation” with the intent being that each section can be
removed and used as needed by the appropriate design or installation
personnel. Pages: 254
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C68602 | Price: $187.00
RP 687
Rotor Repair
Covers the minimum requirements for the inspection and repair of special
purpose rotating equipment rotors, bearings, and couplings used in
petroleum, chemical, and gas industry service. Pages: 540
1st Edition | September 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2009
Product Number: C68701 | Price: $267.00
RP 687
Rotor Repair—Data CD
CD-ROM containing all datasheets from RP 687.
1st Edition | September 2001 | Product Number: C68701 | Price: $247.00
RP 688
Pulsation and Vibration Control in Positive Displacement Machinery
Systems for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industry
Services
Provides guidance on the application of pulsation and vibration control
requirements found in the API purchasing specifications for positive
displacement machinery. The fundamentals of pulsation and piping system
analysis are presented in this Part.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
The text begins with an overview of the fundamentals of pulsation and
mechanical theory in Section 3. The intent of Section 3 is to introduce
terminology and define the elements of the analysis process. Section 4
begins with a discussion of the acoustic and mechanical modeling
techniques associated with the different design philosophies, which
emphasize either pulsation or mechanical control, and concludes with a
discussion on the appropriate selection of a design approach and
philosophy. Section 5 discusses the effects of pulsation on the accuracy of
various types of flow measurement devices. Section 6 summarizes the
requirements for documenting study results. Section 7 offers guidance on
the performance of field testing to validate the results of the design process
and to troubleshoot pulsation or vibration problems. Finally, methodologies
for conducting a dynamic analysis of the compressor or pump valve
performance are described in Section 8. The material in this Part is generally
applicable to all types of positive displacement machinery.
Part 2 deals specifically with reciprocating compressors and provides
commentary regarding each paragraph of Section 7.9 of Std 618,
5th Edition. It is the intent of the API Subcommittee on Mechanical
Equipment that similar material be provided on reciprocating pumps and
screw compressors in future editions. Pages 128
1st Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: C68801 | Price: $156.00
The API Specification Database
Std 689/ISO 14224:2006
Collection and Exchange of Reliability and Maintenance Data for
Equipment
Summarizes the results of a literature review conducted for API on the impact
of gasoline blended with ethanol on the long-term structural integrity of liquid
petroleum storage systems and components. It is anticipated that the use of
ethanol in motor fuels will continue to increase. This has generated interest
about the potential long-term structural effects of ethanol on liquid petroleum
storage systems, including underground storage tanks (USTs), underground
piping, and associated components. The objective of the literature review is to
determine the state of industry knowledge and research on the effects of
ethanol/gasoline blends on the long-term structural integrity of UST systems
and components. This review is intended to assist decision-makers on further
research requirements and needed changes or supplements to existing
standards for underground storage system components used for storing and
dispensing gasoline blended with ethanol.
Appendix A may be purchased separately as an electronic database file.
Includes the database synopsis’ and bibliographic information for all articles
reviewed for the project. The report is organized by article index numbers.
Reference numbers cited in this report refer to the article index number.
Pages: 25
January 2003 | Executive Summary | Price: $65.00
Appendix A—Literature Review | Price $127.00
(ANSI/API Std 689)
Provides a comprehensive basis for the collection of reliability and
maintenance (RM) data in a standard format for equipment in all facilities
and operations within the petroleum, natural gas, and petrochemical
industries during the operational life cycle of equipment. It describes datacollection principles and associated terms and definitions that constitute
“reliability language” that can be useful for communicating operational
experience. The failure modes defined in the normative part of this standard
can be used as a “reliability thesaurus” for various quantitative as well as
qualitative applications. This standard also describes data quality control
and assurance practices to provide guidance for the user. Std 689
establishes requirements that any inhouse or commercially available RM
data system is required to meet when designed for RM data exchange.
Examples, guidelines, and principles for the exchange and merging of such
RM data are addressed.
This edition of API Std 689 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 14224:2006. Pages: 171
1st Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: CC68901 | Price: $213.00
EQUIPMENT DATASHEETS
Electronically formatted mechanical equipment standards datasheets are
now available in electronic format (Excel 5.0 spreadsheets):
All of the following datasheets are available for single user at $59.00 each or
for intranet licensing at $308.00 each.
Std 537 2nd Edition
Std 660 8th Edition
Std 546 3rd Edition
Std 662 2nd Edition
Std 560 4th Edition
Std 670 4th Edition
Std 610 11th Edition
Std 671 4rd Edition
Std 611 5th Edition
Std 672 4rd Edition
Std 612 6th Edition
Std 673 2nd Edition
Std 613 5th Edition
Std 674 3rd Edition
Std 614 5th Edition
Std 675 2nd Edition
Std 616 5th Edition
Std 676 3rd Edition
Std 617 7th Edition
Std 677 3rd Edition
Std 618 5th Edition
Std 682 3rd Edition
Std 619 5th Edition
Std 685 2nd Edition
Mechanical Equipment Residual Unbalance Worksheets
Electronic versions of the residual unbalance worksheets that appear in
mechanical equipment standards (Excel) along with instructions (Word).
Price: $115.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
The American Petroleum Institute Specification Database Software™
provides a knowledge-management toolset for the project engineering team.
Facilitates the entire equipment specification process including the entry of
process data and release to design to the final entry of mechanical
datasheets and development of the technical bid specification package.
Electronic outputs can be combined to form a master technical specification
bid package for quotation and purchasing purposes with a modern tree-view
format for ease of navigation. Completed projects provide on-going
documentation for plant equipment assets—improving safety and reliability.
Available in a full-featured corporate wide Oracle® format or a portable
ODBC database format with primary focus on equipment datasheets.
Contact EPCON International at (281) 398-9400
or visit the EPCON website: www.epcon.com
STORAGE TANKS
Impact of Gasoline Blended with Ethanol on the Long-Term
Structural Integrity of Liquid Petroleum Storage Systems and
Components
Std 620 
Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
Covers large, field-assembled storage tanks of the type described in 1.2 that
contain petroleum intermediates (gases or vapors) and finished products, as
well as other liquid products commonly handled and stored by the various
branches of the industry. The rules presented in this standard cannot cover
all details of design and construction because of the variety of tank sizes and
shapes that may be constructed. Where complete rules for a specific design
are not given, the intent is for the manufacturer—subject to the approval of
the purchaser’s authorized representative—to provide design and
construction details that are as safe as those that would otherwise be
provided by this standard. Pages: 277
12th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C62012 | Price: $435.00
You may access Std 620 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 625
Tank Systems for Refrigerated Liquefied Gas Storage
Covers low pressure, aboveground, vertical, and cylindrical tank systems
storing liquefied gases requiring refrigeration. This standard provides general
requirements on responsibilities, selection of storage concept, performance
criteria, accessories/appurtenances, quality assurance, insulation, and
commissioning of tank systems.
This standard covers tank systems having a storage capacity of 800 m3
(5000 bbls) and larger. Stored product shall be liquids that are in a gaseous
state at ambient temperature and pressure and require refrigeration to less
than 5 °C (40 °F) to maintain a liquid phase. Tank systems with a minimum
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
83
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
design temperature of –198 °C (–325 °F), a maximum design internal
pressure of 50 kPa (7 psig), and a maximum design uniform external
pressure of 1.75 kPa (0.25 psig) are covered.
The tank system configurations covered consist of a primary liquid and vapor
containment constructed of metal, concrete, or a metal/concrete
combination, and when required, a secondary liquid containment. Metallic
container materials, design, fabrication, inspection, examination, and testing
are covered in Std 620, Appendix Q or Appendix R. The applicable appendix
of Std 620 depends on the design metal temperature and the applicable
temperature ranges given in these appendices. Pages: 59
1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C62501 | Price: $232.00
RP 652 *
Lining of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms—Chinese
Std 650 
Welded Tanks for Oil Storage
(includes Errata 1 dated July 2013)
Establishes minimum requirements for material, design, fabrication,
erection, and testing for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed- and opentop wielded carbon or stainless steel storage tanks in various sizes and
capacities for internal pressures approximating atmospheric pressure
(internal pressures not exceeding the weight of the roof plates), but a higher
internal pressure is permitted when addition requirements are met. This
standard applies only to tanks whose entire bottom is uniformly supported
and to tanks in nonrefrigerated service that have a maximum design
temperature of 93 °C (200 °F) or less. Pages: 498
12th Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: C65012 | Price: $475.00
You may access Std 650 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 651 
Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks
(ANSI/API RP 651)
Presents procedures and practices for achieving effective corrosion control
on aboveground steel storage tank bottoms through the use of cathodic
protection. It is the intent of this document to provide information and
guidance for the application of cathodic protection to existing and new
storage tanks in hydrocarbon service. Specific cathodic protection designs
are not provided. Certain practices recommended herein may also be
applicable to tanks in other services. Corrosion control methods based on
chemical control of the environment or the use of protective coatings are not
covered in detail. Pages: 33
3rd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: C65103 | Price: $106.00
RP 651 *
Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 651.
3rd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: C65103C | Price: $75.00
RP 652 
Lining of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms
(ANSI/API RP 652)
Provides guidance on achieving effective corrosion control by the application
of tank bottom linings in aboveground storage tanks in hydrocarbon service.
It contains information pertinent to the selection of lining materials, surface
preparation, lining application, cure, and inspection of tank bottom linings
for existing and new storage tanks. In many cases, tank bottom linings have
proven to be an effective method of preventing internal corrosion of steel
tank bottoms.
Provides information and guidance specific to aboveground steel storage
tanks in hydrocarbon service. Certain practices recommended herein may
also applicable to tanks in other services. This document is intended to
serve only as a guide and detailed tank bottom lining specifications are not
included. Pages: 15
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: C65203 | Price: $117.00
You may access RP 652 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Chinese translation of RP 652.
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: C65203C | Price: $82.00
Std 653 
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction
(includes Addendum 1 dated August 2010, Addendum 2 dated
January 2012, and Addendum 3 dated November 2013)
Covers the inspection, repair, alteration, and reconstruction of steel
aboveground storage tanks used in the petroleum and chemical industries.
Provides the minimum requirements for maintaining the integrity of welded or
riveted, nonrefrigerated, atmospheric pressure, aboveground storage tanks
after they have been placed in service. Pages: 152
4th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C65304 | Price: $212.00
You may access Std 653 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 653 *
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 653.
4th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C65304C | Price: $149.00
Publ 937
Evaluation of Design Criteria for Storage Tanks with Frangible Roof Joints
Describes research that evaluated the ability of the present Std 650 tank
design criteria to ensure the desired frangible joint behavior. Particular
questions include: 1) evaluation of the area inequality as a method to
predict the buckling response of the compression ring, 2) effect of roof
slope, tank diameter, and weld size on the frangible joint, and 3) effect of
the relative strength of the roof-to-shell joint compared to the shell-to-bottom
joint. Pages: 73
1st Edition | April 1996 | Product Number: C93701 | Price: $135.00
TR 939-D
Stress Corrosion Cracking of Carbon Steel in Fuel-Grade Ethanol—
Review, Experience Survey, Field Monitoring, and Laboratory Testing
(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2013)
Addresses stress corrosion cracking in carbon steel equipment used in
distribution, transportation, storage, and blending of denatured fuel ethanol.
API, with assistance from the Renewable Fuels Association, conducted
research on the potential for metal cracking and product leakage in certain
portions of the fuel ethanol distribution system. TR 939-D contains a review
of existing literature, results of an industry survey on cracking events and
corrosion field monitoring, and information on mitigation and prevention.
Pages: 172
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: C939D0 | Price: $160.00
Std 2510
Design and Construction of LPG Installations
Provides minimum requirements for the design and construction of
installations for the storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
at marine and pipeline terminals, natural gas processing plants, refineries,
petrochemical plants, and tank farms. This standard covers storage vessels,
loading and unloading systems, piping, and related equipment. Pages: 22
8th Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: October 2011
Product Number: C25108 | Price: $103.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
84
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
PRESSURE-RELIEVING SYSTEMS FOR REFINERY SERVICE
• center-to-face dimensions, inlet and outlet.
Nameplate nomenclature and requirements for stamping are detailed in
Annex A. Pages: 43
6th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C52606 | Price: $156.00
Std 520, Part 1
Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices in
Refineries—Part 1, Sizing and Selection
Applies to the sizing and selection of pressure relief devices used in
refineries and related industries for equipment that has a maximum
allowable working pressure of 15 psig (103 kPag) or greater. The pressure
relief devices covered in this standard are intended to protect unfired
pressure vessels and related equipment against overpressure from operating
and fire contingencies. This standard includes basic definitions and
information about the operational characteristics and applications of various
pressure relief devices. It also includes sizing procedures and methods
based on steady state flow of Newtonian fluids. Atmospheric and lowpressure storage tanks covered in Std 2000 and pressure vessels used for
the transportation of products in bulk or shipping containers are not within
the scope of this standard. See Std 521 for information about appropriate
ways of reducing pressure and restricting heat input. The rules for
overpressure protection of fired vessels are provided in ASME Section I and
ASME B31.1 and are not within the scope of this standard. Pages: 135
8th Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: C52018 | Price: $249.00
RP 520, Part 2
Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices in
Refineries—Part 2, Installation
Covers the methods of installation for pressure relief devices for equipment
that has a maximum allowable working pressure of 15 psig (1.03 bar g) or
greater. Pressure relief valves or rupture disks may be used independently or
in combination with each other to provide the required protection against
excessive pressure accumulation. The term “pressure relief valve” includes
safety relief valves used in either compressible or incompressible fluid
service and relief valves used in incompressible fluid service. Covers gas,
vapor, steam, and incompressible fluid service. Pages: 29
5th Edition | August 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: C52025 | Price: $171.00
Std 521/ISO 23251:2006
Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems
(includes Errata 1 dated June 2007 and Addendum 1 dated May 2008)
Applies to pressure-relieving and vapordepressuring systems intended for
use primarily in oil refineries, although it is also applicable to petrochemical
facilities, gas plants, liquefied natural gas facilities, and oil and gas
production facilities. This document specifies requirements and gives
guidelines for examining the principal causes of overpressure; determining
individual relieving rates; and selecting and designing disposal systems,
including such component parts as piping, vessels, flares, and vent stacks.
This document does not apply to direct-fired steam boilers. The information
provided is designed to aid in the selection of the system that is most
appropriate for the risks and circumstances involved in various installations.
This document is intended to supplement the practices set forth in RP 5201
or ISO 4126 for establishing a basis of design. Pages: 192
5th Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: C52105 | Price: $219.00
Std 526
Flanged Steel Pressure-Relief Valves
(includes Errata 1 dated May 2009 and Errata 2 dated October 2012)
This standard is a purchase specification for flanged steel pressure-relief
valves. Basic requirements are given for direct spring-loaded pressure-relief
valves and pilot-operated pressure-relief valves as follows:
• orifice designation and area;
• valve size and pressure rating, inlet, and outlet;
• materials;
• pressure-temperature limits; and
Std 527
Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves
(ANSI/API Std 527)
Describes methods of determining the seat tightness of metal- and softseated pressure relief valves, including those of conventional, bellows, and
pilot-operated designs. Pages: 4
3rd Edition | July 1991 | Reaffirmed: July 2007
Product Number: C52700 | Price: $65.00
Std 527 *
Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Std 527.
3rd Edition | July 1991 | Product Number: C52700R | Price: $52.00
RP 576 
Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices
Describes the inspection and repair practices for automatic pressurerelieving devices commonly used in the oil and petrochemical industries. As
a guide to the inspection and repair of these devices in the user’s plant, it is
intended to ensure their proper performance. This publication covers such
automatic devices as pressure-relief valves, pilot-operated pressure-relief
valves, rupture disks, and weight-loaded pressure-vacuum vents. The scope
of this document includes the inspection and repair of automatic pressurerelieving devices commonly used in the oil and petrochemical industry. This
publication does not cover weak seams or sections in tanks, explosion doors,
fusible plugs, control valves, and other devices that either depend on an
external source of power for operation or are manually operated. Inspections
and tests made at manufacturers’ plants, which are usually covered by codes
or purchase specifications, are not covered by this publication. This
publication does not cover training requirements for mechanics involved in
the inspection and repair of pressure-relieving devices. Those seeking these
requirements should see API 510, which gives the requirements for a quality
control system and specifies that the repair organization maintain and
document a training program ensuring that personnel are qualified.
Pages: 65
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57603 | Price: $134.00
RP 576 *
Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 576.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57603C | Price: $94.00
Std 2000/ISO 28300:2008
Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
(ANSI/API Std 2000)
Covers the normal and emergency vapour venting requirements for
aboveground liquid petroleum or petroleum products storage tanks and
aboveground and underground refrigerated storage tanks, designed for
operation at pressures from full vacuum through 103,4 kPa (ga) (15 psig).
Discussed in this document are the causes of overpressure and vacuum;
determination of venting requirements; means of venting; selection and
installation of venting devices; and testing and marking of relief devices.
Intended for tanks containing petroleum and petroleum products, but it can
also be applied to tanks containing other liquids; however, it is necessary to
use sound engineering analysis and judgment whenever this document is
applied to other liquids.
This document does not apply to external floating-roof tanks.
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
85
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
This edition of API Std 2000 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 28300:2008. Pages: 76
6th Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: CX20006 | Price: $148.00
You may access Std 2000 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
installation, maintenance, and inspection of new and existing process piping
systems covered by the ASME B31.3 and API 570 piping codes. This RP
applies to metallic alloy materials purchased for use either directly by the
owner/user or indirectly through vendors, fabricators, or contractors and
includes the supply, fabrication, and erection of these materials. Carbon
steel components specified in new or existing piping systems are not
specifically covered under the scope of this document unless minor/trace
alloying elements are critical to component corrosion resistance or similar
degradation. Pages: 13
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802 | Price: $129.00
PIPING COMPONENT AND VALVE STANDARDS
API 570 
Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and
Alteration of Piping Systems
(Purchase includes addenda to the current edition of the code)
Covers the inspection, rating, repair, and alteration procedures for metallic
and fiber reinforced plastic piping systems and their associated pressure
relieving devices that have been in-service. The intent of this code is to
specify the in-service inspection and condition-monitoring program that is
needed to determine the integrity of piping. That program should provide
reasonably accurate and timely assessments to determine if any changes in
the condition of piping could possibly compromise continued safe operation.
API 570 was developed for the petroleum refining and chemical process
industries but may be used, where practical, for any piping system. It is
intended for use by organizations that maintain or have access to an
authorized inspection agency, a repair organization, and technically qualified
piping engineers, inspectors, and examiners. Intended for use by
organizations that maintain or have access to an authorized inspection
agency, repair organization, and technically qualified personnel. May be
used, where practical, for any piping system. Piping inspectors are to be
certified as stated in this inspection code. Pages: 65
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57003 | Price: $134.00
RP 578 *
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802C | Price: $91.00
RP 578 *
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Russian
Russian translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802R | Price: $91.00
RP 591
Process Valve Qualification Procedure
Chinese translation of API 570.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57003C | Price: $94.00
Provides recommendations for evaluation of a manufacture’s valve
construction and quality assurance program for the purpose of determining a
manufacturer's capability to provide new valves manufactured in accordance
with the applicable API standards. Qualification of valves under this
recommended practice (RP) is “manufacturing facility specific” and does not
cover valves manufactured by other manufacturing facilities, whether owned
by the same manufacturer or a third party. Fugitive emissions testing is
outside the scope of this RP. Pages: 16
4th Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: C59104 | Price: $89.00
RP 574 
Inspection Practices for Piping System Components
RP 591 *
Process Valve Qualification Procedure—Russian
Supplements API 570 by providing piping inspectors with information that
can improve skill and increase basic knowledge and practices. This
document describes inspection practices for piping, tubing, valves (other
than control valves), and fittings used in petroleum refineries and chemical
plants. Common piping components, valve types, pipe joining methods,
inspection planning processes, inspection intervals and techniques, and
types of records are described to aid the inspector in fulfilling their role
implementing API 570. This publication does not cover inspection of
specialty items, including instrumentation and control valves. Pages: 88
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57403 | Price: $136.00
Russian translation of RP 591.
4th Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: C59104R | Price: $72.00
API 570 *
Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and
Alteration of Piping System—Chinese
RP 574 *
Inspection Practices for Piping System Components—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 574.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57403C | Price: $96.00
RP 578 
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping Systems
Provides the guidelines for a material and quality assurance system to verify
that the nominal composition of alloy components within the pressure
envelope of a piping system is consistent with the selected or specified
construction materials to minimize the potential for catastrophic release of
toxic or hazardous liquids or vapors. This recommended practice (RP)
provides the guidelines for material control and material verification
programs on ferrous and nonferrous alloys during the construction,
Std 594 
Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding
Covers design, materials, face-to-face dimensions, pressure-temperature
ratings, and examination, inspection, and test requirements for two types of
check valves:
• Type “A” check valves are short face-to-face and can be: wafer, lug, or
double flanged; single plate or dual plate; gray iron, ductile iron, steel,
nickel alloy, or other alloy designed for installation between Classes 125
and 250 cast iron flanges as specified in ASME B16.1, between Classes
150 and 300 ductile iron flanges as specified in ASME B16.42, between
Classes 150 and 2500 steel flanges as specified in ASME B16.5, and
between Classes 150 and 600 steel pipeline flanges as specified in
MSS SP-44 or steel flanges as specified in ASME B16.47.
• Type “B” bolted cover swing check valves are long face-to-face as defined
in 5.1.2 and can be: flanged or buttwelding ends of steel, nickel alloy, or
other alloy material. End flanges shall be as specified in ASME B16.5, or
ends shall be butt-welding as specified in ASME B16.25. Pages: 21
7th Edition | September 2010 | Effective Date: March 1, 2011
Product Number: C59407 | Price: $106.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
86
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 594 *
Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding—Chinese
•
Chinese translation of Std 594.
7th Edition | September 2010 | Product Number: C59407C | Price: $75.00
Std 598
Valve Inspection and Testing
Covers inspection, examination, supplementary examinations, and pressure
test requirements for resilient-seated, nonmetallic-seated (e.g. ceramic),
and metal-to-metal-seated valves of the gate, globe, plug, ball, check, and
butterfly types. Pages: 11
9th Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: C59809 | Price: $87.00
Std 598 *
Valve Inspection and Testing—Russian
Russian translation of Std 598.
9th Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: C59809R | Price: $70.00
Std 599 
Metal Plug Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends
Covers steel, nickel base, and other alloy plug valves with flanged or buttwelding ends and ductile iron plug valves with flanged ends in sizes NPS 1/2
through NPS 24 and threaded or socket-welding ends for sizes NPS 1/2
through NPS 2. Valve bodies conforming to ASME B16.34 may have one
flange and one butt-welding end or one threaded and one socket welding
end. Pages: 17
7th Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: C59907 | Price: $80.00
Std 600 
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets
(includes Errata 1 dated November 2009)
Specifies the requirements for a heavy-duty series of bolted bonnet steel
gate valves for petroleum refinery and related applications where corrosion,
erosion, and other service conditions would indicate a need for full port
openings, heavy wall sections, and large stem diameters. Pages: 22
12th Edition | March 2009 | Effective Date: September 1, 2009
Product Number: C60012 | Price: $119.00
corresponding to nominal sizes DN 8, DN 10, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25, DN
32, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, DN 80, and DN 100.
It is also applicable to pressure designations of Class 150, Class 300,
Class 600, Class 800, and Class 1500. Class 800 is not a listed class
designation but is an intermediate class number widely used for socket
welding and threaded end compact valves. It includes provisions for the
following valve characteristics:
• outside screw with rising stems, in sizes 1/4 NPS 4 (8 DN 100) and
pressure designations including Class 800;
• inside screw with rising stems, in sizes 1/4 NPS 2 1/2 (8 DN 65) and
pressure designations of Classes 800;
• socket welding or threaded ends, in sizes 1/4 NPS 2 1/2 (8 DN 65) and
pressure designations of Class 800 and Class 1500;
• flanged or butt-welding ends, in sizes 1/2 NPS 4 (15 DN 100) and
pressure designations of Class 150 through Class 1500, excluding
flanged end Class 800;
• bonnet joint construction;
• bolted, welded and threaded with seal weld for Classes 1500 and union
nut for Classes 800;
• standard and full-bore body seat openings;
• materials, as specified; and
• testing and inspection.
This publication is applicable to valve end flanges in accordance with
ASME B16.5, valve body ends having tapered pipe threads to
ASME B1.20.1 or ISO 7-1, valve body ends having socket weld ends to
ASME B16.11, and butt-weld connections per the requirements described
within this standard. It is applicable to extended body construction in sizes
1/2 NPS 2 (15 DN 50) and pressure designations of Class 800 and
Class 1500 and to bellows and bellows assembly construction as may be
adaptable to gate or globe valves in sizes 1/4 NPS 2 (8 DN 50). It covers
bellows stem seal type testing requirements. Pages: 50
9th Edition | October 2009 | Effective Date: April 1, 2010
Product Number: C60209 | Price: $110.00
Std 602 *
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller
for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 602.
9th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60209C | Price: $77.00
Std 600 *
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets—
Chinese
Std 602 *
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller
for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries—Russian
Chinese translation of Std 600.
12th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: C60012C | Price: $84.00
Russian translation of Std 602.
9th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60209R | Price: $88.00
Std 600 *
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets—
Russian
Std 603 
Corrosion-Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves—Flanged and ButtWelding Ends
Russian translation of Std 600.
12th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: C60012R | Price: $96.00
Specifies the requirements for corrosion-resistant bolted bonnet gate valves
meeting the requirements of ASME B16.34, Standard Class, for valves having
flanged or butt-weld ends in sizes NPS 1/2 through 24, corresponding to
nominal pipe sizes in ASME B36.10M, and Classes 150, 300, and 600.
Covers requirements for corrosion resistant gate vales for use in process
piping applications. Covered are requirements for outside-screw-and-yoke
valves with rising stems, nonrising hand-wheels, bolted bonnets, and various
types of gate configurations. Pages: 19
8th Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: C60308 | Price: $80.00
Std 602 
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller
for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
Specifies the requirements for a series of compact steel gate, globe and
check valves for petroleum and natural gas industry applications.
It is applicable to valves of:
• nominal pipe sizes NPS 1/4, NPS 3/8, NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, NPS 1,
NPS 1 1/4, NPS 1 1/2, NPS 2, NPS 2 1/2, NPS 3, and NPS 4 and
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
87
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Std 607
Fire Test for Quarter-Turn Valves and Valves Equipped with Non-Metallic
Seats
Classes 150 and 300, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 48. For doubleflanged short pattern, Class 600, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 24.
Pages: 30
7th Edition | October 2009 | Effective Date: April 1, 2010
Product Number: C60907 | Price: $92.00
Specifies fire type-testing requirements and a fire type-test method for
confirming the pressure-containing capability of a valve under pressure
during and after the fire test. It does not cover the testing requirements for
valve actuators other than manually operated gear boxes or similar
mechanisms when these form part of the normal valve assembly. Other
types of valve actuators (e.g. electrical, pneumatic, or hydraulic) may need
special protection to operate in the environment considered in this valve test,
and the fire testing of such actuators is outside the scope of this standard.
Pages: 14
6th Edition | September 2010 | Product Number: C60706 | Price: $84.00
Std 608 
Metal Ball Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends
Specifies the requirements for metal ball valves suitable for petroleum,
petrochemical, and industrial applications that have:
• flanged ends in sizes DN 15 through DN 600 (NPS 1/2 through NPS 24);
• butt-welding ends in sizes DN 15 through DN 600 (NPS 1/2 through
NPS 24);
• socket-welding ends in sizes DN 8 through DN 50 (NPS 1/4 through
NPS 2);
• threaded ends in sizes DN 8 through DN 50 (NPS 1/4 through NPS 2).
Corresponding to the nominal pipe sizes in ASME B36.10M.
This standard applies to metal ball valves with pressure classes as follows:
• flanged ends in Classes 150, 300, and 600;
• butt-welding ends in Classes 150, 300, and 600;
• socket-welding ends in Classes 150, 300, 600, and 800; and
• threaded ends in Classes 150, 300, 600, and 800.
This standard establishes requirements for bore sizes described as:
• full bore;
• single reduced bore; and
• double reduced bore.
This standard applies to floating (seat-supported) ball (Figure B.1) and
trunnion ball valve designs (Figure B.2). These figures are to be used only for
the purpose of establishing standard nomenclature for valve components—
other floating and trunnion designs also exist.
This standard establishes additional requirements for ball valves that are
otherwise in full conformance to the requirements of ASME B16.34,
Standard Class. Pages: 15
5th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C60805 | Price: $109.00
Std 609 
Butterfly Valves: Double-Flanged, Lug- and Wafer-Type
This standard covers design, materials, face-to-face dimensions, pressuretemperature ratings, and examination, inspection, and test requirements for
gray iron, ductile iron, bronze, steel, nickel-based alloy, or special alloy
butterfly valves that provide tight shutoff in the closed position. The following
two categories of butterfly valves are included.
Category A—Manufacturer’s rated cold working pressure butterfly valves,
usually with a concentric disc and seat configuration. Sizes covered are
NPS 2 to NPS 48 for valves having ASME Class 125 or Class 150 flange
bolting patterns.
Category B—ASME Class and pressure-temperature rated butterfly valves
that have an offset seat and either an eccentric or a concentric disc
configuration. These valves may have a seat rating less than the body rating.
For lug and wafer, Classes 150, 300, and 600, sizes covered are NPS 3 to
NPS 24. For double flanged long pattern, Classes 150, 300, and 600, sizes
covered are NPS 3 to NPS 36. For double flanged short pattern,
Std 609 *
Butterfly Valves: Double-Flanged, Lug- and Wafer-Type—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 609.
7th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60907C | Price: $65.00
API 615
Valve Selection Guide
Provides guidance on the selection of common types of valves used by the
petroleum refining, chemical, petrochemical, and associated industries.
These include gate, ball, plug, butterfly, check, and globe valves covered by
API and ASME standards. Modulating control valves and pressure relief
valves are outside the scope of this document. Pages: 35
1st Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: C61501 | Price: $76.00
RP 621
Reconditioning of Metallic Gate, Globe, and Check Valves
Provides guidelines for reconditioning heavy wall (Std 600 and Std 594 type)
carbon steel, ferritic alloy (up to 9 % Cr), stainless steel, and nickel alloy gate,
globe, and check valves for ASME Pressure Classes 150, 300, 400, 600,
900, 1500, and 2500. Guidelines contained in this recommended practice
(RP) apply to flanged and butt weld cast or forged valves. This RP does not
cover reconditioning or remanufacturing of used or surplus valves intended for
resale. The only intent of this RP is to provide guidelines for refurbishing an
end user’s (Owner) valves for continued service in the Owner’s facility. Valves
reconditioned or remanufactured to this RP may not meet API standard
requirements for new valves. Pages: 26
3rd Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C62103 | Price: $140.00
Std 622
Type Testing of Process Valve Packing for Fugitive Emissions
Specifies the requirements for comparative testing of block valve stem
packing for process applications where fugitive emissions are a consideration.
Packing(s) shall be suitable for use at –29 °C to 538 °C (–20 °F to
1000 °F). Factors affecting fugitive emissions performance that are
considered by this standard include temperature, pressure, thermal cycling,
mechanical cycling, and corrosion. Pages: 29
2nd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: C62202 | Price: $140.00
Std 623 
Steel Globe Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted
Bonnets
Specifies the requirements for a heavy-duty series of bolted bonnet steel
globe valves for petroleum refinery and related applications where corrosion,
erosion, and other service conditions would indicate a need for heavy wall
sections and large stem diameters.
This standard sets forth the requirements for the following globe valve
features:
• bolted bonnet,
• outside screw and yoke,
• rotating rising stems and nonrotating rising stems,
• rising handwheels and nonrising handwheels,
• conventional, y-pattern, right-angle,
• stop-check (nonreturn type globe valves in which the disc may be
positioned against the seat by action of the stem but is free to rise as a
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
88
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
check valve due to flow from under the disc, when the stem is in a full or
partially open position),
• plug, narrow, conical, ball, or guided disc,
• metallic seating surfaces,
• flanged or butt-welding ends.
It covers valves of the nominal pipe sizes NPS:
• 2, 2 1/2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24;
corresponding to nominal pipe sizes DN:
• 50, 65, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600;
applies for pressure class designations:
• 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500.
1st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: C62301 | Price: $75.00
RP 540
Electrical Installations in Petroleum Processing Plants
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND EQUIPMENT
RP 500
Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1
and Division 2
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)
Provides guidelines for determining the degree and extent of Class I,
Division 1 and Class I, Division 2 locations at petroleum facilities, for the
selection and installation of electrical equipment. Basic definitions provided
in the National Electric Code have been followed in developing this document,
which apply to the classification of locations for both temporarily and
permanently installed electrical equipment. RP 500 is intended to be applied
where there may be a risk of ignition due to the presence of flammable gas or
vapor, mixed with air under normal atmospheric conditions. Pages: 146
3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: C50003 | Price: $279.00
You may access RP 500 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 500 *
Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1
and Division 2—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 500.
3rd Edition | December 2012
Product Number: C50003K | Price: $224.00
RP 505
Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0,
Zone 1 and Zone 2
(ANSI/API RP 505)
Provides guidelines for determining the degree and extent of Class I, Zone 0,
Zone 1, and Zone 2 locations at petroleum facilities, for the selection and
installation of electrical equipment. Basic definitions provided in the
National Electrical Code have been followed in developing this document,
which apply to the classification of locations for both temporarily and
permanently installed in electrical equipment. RP 505 is intended to be
applied where there may be a risk of ignition due to the presence of
flammable gas or vapor, mixed with air under normal atmospheric
conditions. Pages: 131
1st Edition | November 1997 | Reaffirmed: August 2013
Product Number: C50501 | Price: $203.00
You may access RP 505 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Provides information on electrical installations in petroleum processing
plants. It is intended for all individuals and organizations concerned with the
safe design, installation, and operation of electrical facilities in petroleum
processing plants. Pages: 107
4th Edition | April 1999 | Reaffirmed: August 2013
Product Number: C54004 | Price: $188.00
Std 541
Form-Wound Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors 500 Horsepower and
Larger
Covers the minimum requirements for all form-wound squirrel-cage induction
motors 500 horsepower and larger for use in petroleum industry services.
This standard may be applied to adjustable speed motors and induction
generators with appropriate attention to the specific requirements of such
applications Pages: 84
4th Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: C54104 | Price: $171.00
RP 545
Lightning Protection for Aboveground Storage Tanks
Replaces the requirements of RP 2003 regarding lightning protection for
preventing fires in storage tanks with flammable or combustible contents.
This recommended practice (RP) provides guidance and information to
assist owners/operators with lightning protection for tanks. This RP does not
provide complete protection for all possible lightning stroke occurrences.
Pages: 12
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C54501 | Price: $101.00
TR 545-A
Verification of Lightning Protection Requirements for Above Ground
Hydrocarbon Storage Tanks
Collates a number of research reports investigating the lightning phenomena
and the adequacy of lightning protection requirements on above ground
hydrocarbon storage tanks. These are as follows:
• review of lightning phenomena and the interaction with above ground
storage tanks,
• review of tank base earthing and test current recommendations,
• lightning tests to tank shell/shunt samples,
• visits to oil refinery A and B,
• review of burn-through and hot-spot effects on metallic tank skins from
lightning strikes,
• lightning simulation testing to determine the required characteristics for
roof bonding cables on external floating roof above ground storage
tanks, and
• investigative tests on the lightning protection of submerged shunts with
parallel roof bonding cables. Pages: 193
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: CLP2009 | Price: $134.00
Std 546
Brushless Synchronous Machines 500 kVA and Larger
Covers the minimum requirements for form- and bar-wound brushless
synchronous machines in petroleum-related industry service. The standard
has been updated to include both synchronous motors and generators with
two different rotor designs: 1) the conventional salient-pole rotor with solid or
laminated poles and 2) the cylindrical rotor with solid or laminated
construction. Also included are new datasheet guides to help clarify the
datasheet requirements. Pages: 191
3rd Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: C54603 | Price: $208.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
89
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Std 547 
General-Purpose Form-Wound Squirrel Cage Induction Motors—
250 Horsepower and Larger
RP 535 *
Burners for Fired Heaters in General Refinery Services—Russian
Covers the requirements for form-wound induction motors for use in generalpurpose petroleum, chemical and other industrial severe duty applications.
These motors:
• are rated 250 hp (185 kW) through 3000 hp (2250 kW) for 4, 6, and 8
pole speeds,
• are rated less than 800 hp (600 kW) for two-pole (3000 RPM or
3600 RPM) motors of totally-enclosed construction,
• are rated less than 1250 hp (930 kW) for two-pole motors of WP-II type
enclosures,
• drive centrifugal loads,
• drive loads having inertia values within those listed in NEMA MG 1
Part 20), and
• are not induction generators. Pages: 30
1st Edition | January 2005 | Product Number: C54701 | Price: $94.00
HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT STANDARDS FOR REFINERY SERVICE
Std 530/ISO 13704:2007
Calculation of Heater-Tube Thickness in Petroleum Refineries
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2009)
Specifies the requirements and gives recommendations for the procedures
and design criteria used for calculating the required wall thickness of new
tubes and associated component fittings for petroleum refinery heaters.
These procedures are appropriate for designing tubes for service in both
corrosive and non-corrosive applications. These procedures have been
developed specifically for the design of refinery and related process fired
heater tubes (direct-fired, heat-absorbing tubes within enclosures). These
procedures are not intended to be used for the design of external piping. This
standard does not give recommendations for tube retirement thickness.
This edition of API Std 530 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 13704:2007. Pages: 146
6th Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: C53006 | Price: $264.00
RP 534
Heat Recovery Steam Generators
Provides guidelines for the selection or evaluation of heat recovery steam
generator (HRSG) systems. Details of related equipment designs are
considered only where they interact with the HRSG system design. The
document does not provide rules for design but indicates areas that need
attention and offers information and descriptions of HRSG types available to
the designer/user for purposes of selecting the appropriate HRSG. Pages: 60
2nd Edition | February 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2013
Product Number: C53402 | Price: $95.00
RP 535
Burners for Fired Heaters in General Refinery Services
Provides guidelines for the selection and/or evaluation of burners installed in
fired heaters in general refinery services. Details of fired heater and related
equipment designs are considered only where they interact with the burner
selection. This document does not provide rules for design but indicates
areas that need attention. It offers information and descriptions of burner
types available to the designer/user for purposes of selecting the
appropriate burner for a given application. Pages: 76
2nd Edition | January 2006 | 2-Year Extension: November 2010
Product Number: C53502 | Price: $117.00
Russian translation of RP 535.
2nd Edition | January 2006 | Product Number: C53502R | Price: $94.00
RP 536
Post Combustion NOx Control for Equipment in General Refinery
Services
Covers the mechanical description, operation, maintenance, and test
procedures of post-combustion NOx control equipment. It covers the
selective non-catalytic reduction and selective catalytic reduction methods of
post-combustion NOx reduction. It does not cover reduced NOx formation
through burner design techniques such as external flue gas recirculation.
Pages: 41
2nd Edition | December 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2013
Product Number: C53602 | Price: $97.00
Std 537/ISO 25457:2008
Flare Details for General Refinery and Petrochemical Service
Specifies requirements and provides guidance for the selection, design,
specification, operation, and maintenance of flares and related combustion
and mechanical components used in pressure-relieving and vapourdepressurizing systems for petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas
industries. Although this standard is primarily intended for new flares and
related equipment, it is also possible to use it to evaluate existing flare
facilities.
This edition of API Std 537 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 25457:2008. Pages: 156
2nd Edition| December 2008 | 2-Year Extension: April 2013
Product Number: CX53702 | Price: $217.00
Std 560/ISO 13705:2006
Fired Heaters for General Refinery Services
(ANSI/API Std 560)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design,
materials, fabrication, inspection, testing, preparation for shipment, and
erection of fired heaters, air preheaters, fans, and burners for general refinery
service. This standard is not intended to apply to the design of steam
reformers or pyrolysis furnace.
This edition of API Std 560 is an identical national adoption of
ISO 13705:2006. Pages: 266
4th Edition | August 2007 | Product Number: GX56004 | Price: $302.00
RP 573 
Inspection of Fired Boilers and Heaters
Covers the inspection practices for fired boilers and process heaters
(furnaces) used in petroleum refineries and petrochemical plants. The
practices described in this document are focused to improve equipment
reliability and plant safety by describing the operating variables that impact
reliability and to ensure that inspection practices obtain the appropriate
data, both on-stream and off-stream, to assess current and future
performance of the equipment. Pages: 109
3rd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C57303 | Price: $150.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
90
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 660/ISO 16812:2007
Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
(ANSI/API Std 660)
Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the mechanical
design, material selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for
shipment of shell-and-tube heat exchangers for the petroleum, petrochemical,
and natural gas industries. This standard is applicable to the following types of
shell-and-tube heat exchangers: heaters, condensers, coolers, and reboilers.
It is not applicable to vacuum-operated steam surface condensers and feedwater heaters.
This edition of API Std 660 is the identical national adoption of
ISO 16812:2007. Pages: 41
8th Edition | August 2007 | 2-Year Extension: November 2012
Product Number: CX66008 | Price: $165.00
RP 551
Process Measurement Instrumentation
Std 661 
Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industries—Air-Cooled
Heat Exchangers
RP 552
Transmission Systems
Gives requirements and recommendations for the design, materials,
fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of air-cooled
heat exchangers for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas
industries. This standard is applicable to air-cooled heat exchangers with
horizontal bundles, but the basic concepts can also be applied to other
configurations. Pages: 147
7th Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: C66107 | Price: $250.00
Std 662, Part 1/ISO 15547-1:2005
Plate Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Services,
Part 1—Plate-and-Frame Heat Exchangers
(ANSI/API Std 662, Part 1)
Gives requirements and recommendations for the mechanical design,
materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for
shipment of plate-and-frame heat exchangers for use in petroleum,
petrochemical, and natural gas industries. It is applicable to gasketed, semiwelded and welded plate and frame heat exchangers.
This edition of API Std 662-1 is an identical national adoption of
ISO 15547-1:2005. Pages: 34
1st Edition | February 2006 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: CX662101 | Price: $132.00
Std 662, Part 2/ISO 15547-2:2005
Plate Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Services,
Part 2—Brazed Aluminum Plate-Fin Heat Exchangers
(ANSI/API 662, Part 2)
Gives requirements and recommendations for the mechanical design,
materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for
shipment of brazed aluminum plate-fin heat exchangers for use in
petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries.
This edition of API Std 662-2 is an identical national adoption of
ISO 15547-2:2005. Pages: 34
1st Edition | February 2006 | Reaffirmed: February 2011
Product Number: CX662201 | Price: $132.00
Provides procedures for the installation of the more generally used
measuring and control instruments and related accessories. Pages: 58
1st Edition | May 1993 | Reaffirmed: February 2007
Product Number: C55100 | Price: $125.00
RP 551 *
Process Measurement Instrumentation—Russian
Russian translation of RP 551.
1st Edition | May 1993 | Product Number: C55100R | Price: $100.00
Reviews the recommended practices for the installation of electronic and
pneumatic measurement and control-signal transmission systems. It does
not discuss leased wire, radio, and telemetering transmission. Pages: 39
1st Edition | October 1994 | Reaffirmed: February 2007
Product Number: C55201 | Price: $109.00
RP 553
Refinery Valves and Accessories for Control and Safety Instrumented
Systems
Addresses the special needs of automated valves in refinery services. The
knowledge and experience of the industry has been captured to provide
proven solutions to well-known problems.
This document provides recommended criteria for the selection,
specification, and application of piston (i.e. double-acting and spring-return)
and diaphragm-actuated (spring-return) control valves. Control valve design
considerations are outlined such as valve selection, material selection, flow
characteristic evaluation, and valve accessories. It also discusses control
valve sizing, fugitive emissions, and consideration of the effects of flashing,
cavitation, and noise.
Recommendations for emergency block and vent valves, on/off valves
intended for safety instrumented systems, and special design valves for
refinery services, such as fluid catalytic cracking unit slide valves and vapor
depressurizing systems, are also included in this recommended practice.
Pages: 109
2nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: C55302 | Price: $145.00
RP 554, Part 1
Process Control Systems, Part 1—Process Control Systems
Functions and Functional Specification Development
Addresses the processes required to successfully implement Process Control
Systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topic addressed
in Part 1 is the basic functions that a Process Control System may need to
perform and recommended methodologies for determining the functional
and integration requirements for a particular application. Pages: 32
2nd Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: C55402 | Price: $139.00
RP 554, Part 1 *
Process Control Systems, Part 1—Process Control Systems
Functions and Functional Specification Development—Russian
Russian translation of RP 554, Part 1.
2nd Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: C55402R | Price: $112.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
91
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 554, Part 2
Process Control Systems, Part 2—Control System Design
RP 557 
Guide to Advanced Control Systems
Addresses the processes required to successfully implement Process Control
Systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topic addressed
in Part 2 is practices to select and design the installation for hardware and
software required to meet the functional and integration requirements.
Pages: 65
1st Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: C554201 | Price: $139.00
Addresses the implementation and ownership of advanced control systems
for refinery purposes. The document also described commonly used
practices for the opportunity identification, justification, project
management, implementation, and maintenance of advanced control
system applications in refinery service. Pages: 45
2nd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C55702 | Price: $110.00
RP 554, Part 2 *
Process Control Systems, Part 2—Control System Design—Russian
TECHNICAL DATA BOOK PETROLEUM REFINING
Russian translation of RP 554, Part 2.
1st Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: C554201R | Price: $112.00
Electronic Version of the API Technical Data Book
RP 554, Part 3
Process Control Systems, Part 3—Project Execution and Process
Control System Ownership
Addresses the processes required to successfully implement Process Control
Systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topic addressed
in Part 3 is project organization, skills, and management required to execute
a Process Control Project and then to own and operate a Process Control
Systems. Pages: 40
1st Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: C554301 | Price: $107.00
API 555 
Process Analyzers
Addresses the considerations in the application of analyzers and associated
systems, installation, and maintenance. Process monitors that measure and
transmit information about chemical composition, physical properties, or
chemical properties are known as process analyzer systems. Process analyzers
are now used widley in the refining industry for monitoring and controlling
product quality, implementing advanced control strategies in imporving
process operations, enhancing area safety, and continuous emission
monitoring and environmental measurement of air and water quality.
Pages: 314
3rd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: C55503 | Price: $190.00
RP 556P 556 
Instrumentation, Control, and Protective Systems for Gas Fired Heaters
Provides guidelines that specifically apply to instrument, control, and
protective system installations for gas fired heaters in petroleum production,
refineries, petrochemical, and chemical plants. Includes primary measuring
and actuating instruments, controls, alarms, and protective systems as they
apply to fired heaters. Not covered in this document are the following: oil
fired and combination fired heaters; water tube boilers that consist of single
or multiple burners and are designed for utility operation or where the
primary purpose is steam generation; fired steam generators used to recover
heat from combustion turbines; oven and furnaces used for the primary
purpose of incineration, oxidation, reduction, or destruction of the process
medium; water bath or oil bath indirect fired heaters; CO boilers, pyrolysis
furnaces, and other specialty heaters. Pages: 66
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C55602 | Price: $152.00
RP 556 *556 
Instrumentation, Control, and Protective Systems for Gas Fired
Heaters—Russian
Russian translation of RP 556.
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C55602R | Price: $122.00
Improve the overall design and operations in today's highly complex petroleum
refinery process systems with the API Technical Database. Version 1.0 of the
API Technical Database replaces the printed format of the popular API Tech
Data Books with a modern Windows interface that is so unique it is patented.
This single screen approach provides access to the latest API physical property
estimation methods and the software is critically reviewed and approved by the
API Technical Data Committee. Included is a database of property data for
nearly 900 components, characterization of petroleum fractions, and
petroleum fraction distillation interconversions. Users can quickly determine
petroleum fraction physical property data such as critical properties, vapor
pressure, density, liquid enthalpy, gas enthalpy, heat of vaporization, liquid heat
capacity, gas heat capacity, surface tension, liquid viscosity, gas viscosity, liquid
thermal conductivity, gas thermal conductivity, and heat of combustion.
Temperature-dependant properties can be tabulated and graphed over any
range, and distillation interconversions are displayed graphically. This data can
then be exported for use in simulation and engineering software programs.
Contact EPCON International at 281-389-9400
or visit the EPCON website: www.epcon.com
TECHNICAL DATA BOOK PETROLEUM REFINING: RELATED ITEMS
Reports Issued by Research Project 49
1951
API Research Project 49, Reference Clay Minerals, issued a series of eight
reports, as follows:
No. 1, Glossary of Mineral Names
No. 2, Reference Clay Localities-United States
No. 3, Differential Thermal Analysis of Reference Clay Mineral Specimens
No. 4, Reference Clay-Europe
No. 5, Occurrence and Microscopic Examination of Reference Clay Mineral
Specimens
No. 6, Electron Micrographs of Reference Clay Minerals
No. 7, Analytical Data on Reference Clay Minerals
No. 8, Infrared Spectra of Clay Minerals
TR 997
Comprehensive Report of API Crude Oil Characterization Measurements
A consortium of API member companies has sponsored a research program
consisting of a series of projects on the characterization of crude oils. The
goal of this program was to obtain complete sets of assay and
thermophysical property data on a few widely varying crude oil refining and
refining facilities. This report provides descriptions of the test procedures,
discussions of their accuracy, and comprehensive compilation of the data for
the crude oils measured under this program. Pages: 129
1st Edition | August 2000 | Product Number: C99701 | Price: $211.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
92
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
CHARACTERIZATION AND THERMODYNAMICS
storage systems, including underground storage tanks (USTs), underground
piping, and associated components. The objective of the literature review is to
determine the state of industry knowledge and research on the effects of
ethanol/gasoline blends on the long-term structural integrity of UST systems
and components. This review is intended to assist decision-makers on further
research requirements and needed changes or supplements to existing
standards for underground storage system components used for storing and
dispensing gasoline blended with ethanol.
Appendix A may be purchased separately as an electronic database file.
Includes the database synopsis’ and bibliographic information for all articles
reviewed for the project. The report is organized by article index numbers.
Reference numbers cited in this report refer to the article index number.
January 2003 | Executive Summary | Price: $65.00
Appendix A—Literature Review | Price $127.00
API Monograph Series
Each publication discusses the properties of solid, liquid, and gaseous
phases of one or a few closely related, industrially important compounds in
a compact, convenient, and systematic form. In addition to the basic
physical properties, each publication covers density, molar volume, vapor
pressure, enthalpy of vaporization, surface tension, thermodynamic
properties, viscosity, thermal conductivity, references to properties of
mixtures, and spectrographic data.
Publ 705, Tetralin, 1978
Publ 706, cis- and trans-Decalin, 1978
Publ 707, Naphthalene, 1978
Publ 708, Anthacene and Phenanthrene 9, 1979
Publ 709, Four-Ring Condensed Aromatic Compounds, 1979
Publ 710, Pyridine and Phenylpyridines, 1979
Publ 711, Quinoline, 1979
Publ 712, Isoquinoline, 1979
Publ 713, Indanols, 1980
Publ 714, Indan and Indene, 1980
Publ 715, Acenaphthylene, Acenaphthene, Fluorene, and Fluoranthene, 1981
Publ 716, Carbazole, 9-Methylcarbazole, and Acridine, 1981
Publ 717, Thiphene, 2,3- and 2,5-Dihydrothiophene, and
Tetrahydrothiophene, 1981
Publ 718, Aniline, 1982
Publ 719, Indole, 1982
Publ 720, 2-, 3-, and 4-Methylaniline, 1983
Publ 721, Benzofuran, Dibenzofuran, and Benzonaphthofurans, 1983
Publ 722, Isopropylbenzene, and 1-Methyl-2-, -3-, and
-4-Isopropylbenzene, 1984
Publ 723, tert-Butyl methyl ether, 1984
Publ 724, 1- and 2-Methylnaphthalene and Dibenzanthracenes, 1985
Thermodynamic Properties and Characterization of Petroleum
Fractions
February 1988
MATERIALS ENGINEERING PUBLICATIONS
API Coke Drum Survey 1996
Final Report
In 1996 a survey was sent by the API Subcommittee on Inspection, Coke
Drum Task Group to companies operating coke drums in the United States
and abroad. This was the third survey of similar nature conducted by API.
Fifty-four surveys were returned representing 17 operating companies and a
total of 145 drums. The purpose of the survey was to collect data covering a
broad range of issues including: 1. General Information; 2. Design;
3. Operating Information; 4. Inspection Practices; 5. Deterioration
Experience; and 6. Repair Procedures. Three of the six areas, Operation
Information, Inspection Practices, and Deterioration Experience, were not
covered in previous industry surveys. Additionally, this survey requested more
detailed information than previous surveys. Pages: 61
October 2003 | Product Number: C096C1 | Price: $123.00
Impact of Gasoline Blended with Ethanol on the Long-Term Structural
Integrity of Liquid Petroleum Storage Systems and Components
Summarizes the results of a literature review conducted for API on the impact
of gasoline blended with ethanol on the long-term structural integrity of liquid
petroleum storage systems and components. It is anticipated that the use of
ethanol in motor fuels will continue to increase. This has generated interest
about the potential long-term structural effects of ethanol on liquid petroleum
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 571 
Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining
Industry
Provides background information on damage that can occur to equipment in
the refining process. It is intended to supplement Risk Based Inspection
(RP 580 and Publ 581) and Fitness-for-Service (RP 579) technologies
developed in recent years by API to manage existing refining equipment
integrity. It is also an excellent reference for inspection, operations, and
maintenance personnel. Covers over 60 damage mechanism. Each write-up
consists of a general description of the damage, susceptible materials,
construction, critical factors, inspection method selection guidelines, and
control measures. Wherever possible, pictures are included and references
are provided for each mechanism. In addition, generic process flow diagrams
have been included that contain a summary of the major damage flow
mechanism expected for typical refinery process units. Pages: 362
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102 | Price: $329.00
RP 571 *
Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 571.
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102C | Price: $231.00
RP 582
Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries
Provides supplementary guidelines and practices for welding and welding
related topics for shop and field fabrication, repair, and modification of the
following:
• pressure-containing equipment such as pressure vessels, heat
exchangers, piping, heater tubes, and pressure boundaries of rotating
equipment and attachments welded thereto;
• tanks and attachments welded thereto;
• nonremovable internals for process equipment;
• structural items attached and related to process equipment; and
• other equipment or component item when referenced by an applicable
purchase document.
This document is general in nature and is intended to augment the welding
requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX and
similar codes, standards, specifications, and practices such as those
listed in Section 2. The intent of this document is to be inclusive of
chemical, oil, and gas industry standards, although there are many areas
not covered herein, e.g. pipeline welding and offshore structural welding
are intentionally not covered.
This document is based on industry experience and any restrictions or
limitations may be waived or augmented by the purchaser. Pages: 28
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C58202 | Price: $124.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
93
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 582 *
Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries—Russian
RP 934-A *
Materials and Fabrication of 2 1/4Cr-1Mo, 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V,
3Cr-1Mo, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels
for High-Temperature, High-Pressure Hydrogen Service—Russian
Russian translation of RP 582.
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C58202R | Price: $100.00
TR 932-A
The Study of Corrosion in Hydroprocess Reactor Effluent Air Cooler
Systems
Provides technical background for controlling corrosion in hydroprocesses
reactor effluent systems based on Industry experience and consensus
practice. Information for this report has been gathered from open literature,
private company reports, and interviews with representatives of major
refining companies. The findings in this report are the basis for the guidance
in Bull 932-B. Pages: 64
2nd Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: C932A0 | Price: $151.00
Publ 932-B
Design, Materials, Fabrication, Operation, and Inspection Guidelines
for Corrosion Control in Hydroprocessing Reactor Effluent Air Cooler
(REAC) Systems
(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)
Provides guidance to engineering and plant personnel on equipment and
piping design, material selection, fabrication, operation, and inspection
practices to manage corrosion and fouling in the wet sections of
hydroprocessing reactor effluent systems. The reactor effluent system
includes all equipment and piping between the exchanger upstream of the
wash water injection point and the cold, low-pressure separator. The majority
of these systems have an air cooler; however, some systems utilize only shell
and tube heat exchangers. Reactor effluent systems are prone to fouling and
corrosion by ammonium bisulfide and ammonium chloride salts.
An understanding of all variables impacting corrosion and fouling in these
systems is necessary to improve the reliability, safety, and environmental
impact associated with them. Past attempts to define generic optimum
equipment design and acceptable operating variables to minimize fouling
and corrosion have had limited success due to the interdependence of the
variables. Corrosion can occur at high rates and be extremely localized,
making it difficult to inspect for deterioration and to accurately predict
remaining life of equipment and piping. Within the refining industry,
continuing equipment replacements, unplanned outages, and catastrophic
incidents illustrate the current need to better understand the corrosion
characteristics and provide guidance on all factors that can impact fouling
and corrosion. Pages: 44
2nd Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: C932B02 | Price: $257.00
RP 934-A
Materials and Fabrication of 2 1/4Cr-1Mo, 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V, 3Cr1Mo, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for HighTemperature, High-Pressure Hydrogen Service
(includes Addendum 1 dated February 2010 and Addendum 2 dated
March 2012)
Applies to new heavy wall pressure vessels in petroleum refining,
petrochemical, and chemical facilities in which hydrogen or hydrogencontaining fluids are processed at elevated temperature and pressure. It is
based on decades of industry operating experience and the results of
experimentation and testing conducted by independent manufactures,
fabricators, and users of heavy wall pressure vessels for this service.
Pages: 19
2nd Edition | May 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013
Product Number: C934A02 | Price: $107.00
Russian translation of RP 934-A.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934A02R | Price: $86.00
TR 934-B
Fabrication Considerations for Vanadium-Modified Cr-Mo Steel
Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels
This document is intended as a best practice guideline to be used by
fabricators, in conjunction with RP 934-A, when constructing new heavy wall
pressure vessels with vanadium-modified Cr-Mo steels intended for service in
petroleum refining, petrochemical, or chemical facilities. These materials are
primarily used in high temperature, high pressure services that contain
hydrogen. The document provides typical practices to be followed during
fabrication based upon experience and the knowledge gained from actual
problems that have occurred during the fabrication of vanadium-modified CrMo steels. Pages: 42
1st Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C934B01 | Price: $135.00
RP 934-C
Materials and Fabrication of 1-1/4CR-1/2Mo Steel Heavy Wall
Pressure Vessels for High Pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or
Below 825 °F (441 °C)
Covers many of the “lean,” “standard,” and “super” grades of duplex stainless
steels (DSS) most commonly used within refineries. The definitions of these
terms have not been firmly established by the industry and vary between
literature references and materials suppliers. Table 1 shows how the various
grades are being classified into “families” for the purposes of this report. The
UNS numbers of the standard grades being used for corrosive refining
services include S31803 and S32205, while the super grades include
S31260, S32520, S32550, S32750, S32760, S39274, and S39277. The
grades which are labeled as “semi-lean” include S32304 and UNS S32003,
have either lower Cr or Mo than the standard grades, and are used in some
process services that are less aggressive. These alloys and lean duplexes,
such as S32101, have also been used for storage tanks and structural
applications primarily for their higher strength compared to carbon steel. It is
observed that new DSS alloys are being introduced and are likely to continue
to be introduced. These new grades can be reasonably placed in the context
of this discussion based on their composition.
The product forms within the scope are tubing, plate, sheet, forgings, pipe,
and fittings for piping, vessel, exchanger, and tank applications. The use of
DSS for tanks is addressed by Std 650, Appendix X. Later revisions of this
report may consider expanding the scope to include castings and other
product forms for pumps, valves, and other applications. Use of DSS as a
cladding is also not included within the scope of this document. Pages: 44
2nd Edition | May 2008| 2-Year Extension: November 2013
Product Number: C934C01 | Price: $107.00
RP 934-C *
Materials and Fabrication of 1-1/4CR-1/2Mo Steel Heavy Wall
Pressure Vessels for High Pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or
Below 825 °F (441 °C)—Russian
Russian translation of RP 934-C.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934C01R | Price: $86.00
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
94
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
TR 934-D
Technical Report on the Materials and Fabrication Issues of
11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo Steel Pressure Vessels
Std 936 
Refractory Installation Quality Control Specification—Inspection and
Testing Monolithic Refractory Linings and Materials
Numerous 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo vessels have been constructed
and successfully used in various applications in petroleum industry and in
other types of service applications. These vessels have been constructed to
the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII,
Divisions 1 and 2 and to various international pressure vessel codes and
standards. The 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo vessels are typically used in
service conditions (e.g. high temperature and/or high pressure hydrogen),
which require heavy walls and cause in service deterioration. As such, the
steels are subject to special requirements, such as notch toughness,
elevated temperature tensile properties, hardness, fabrication heat
treatments, etc., which may limit the maximum thickness to be able to meet
the desired properties. Corrosion protection by stainless steel weld overlay or
cladding may also be required. Pages: 56
1st Edition|September 2010 | Product Number: C934D01 | Price: $135.00
Provides installation quality control procedures for monolithic refractory
linings and may be used to supplement owner specifications. Materials,
equipment, and personnel are qualified by the methods described, and
applied refractory quality is closely monitored based on defined procedures
and acceptance criteria. The responsibilities of inspection personnel who
monitor and direct the quality control process are also defined. Pages: 70
3rd Edition | November 2008 | Product Number: C93603 | Price: $133.00
RP 934-E
Materials and Fabrication of 11/4Cr-1/2Mo Steel Pressure Vessels
for Service Above 825 °F (440 °C)
Includes materials and fabrication requirements for new 11/4Cr-1/2Mo steel
and 1Cr-1/2Mo pressure vessels and heat exchangers for high temperature
service. It applies to vessels that are designed, fabricated, certified, and
documented in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII, Division 1. This document may also be used as a resource when
planning to modify existing pressure vessels. The interior surfaces of these
pressure vessels may have an austenitic stainless steel, ferritic stainless
steel, or nickel alloy weld overlay or cladding to provide additional corrosion
resistance. This document is applicable to wall (shell) thicknesses from 1 in.
(25 mm) to 4 in. (100 mm). Integrally reinforced nozzles, flanges,
tubesheets, bolted channel covers, etc. can be greater than 4 in. (100 mm).
At shell or head thicknesses greater than 4 in. (100 mm), 1-1/4Cr-1/2Mo
and 1Cr-1/2Mo has been shown to have difficulty meeting the toughness
requirements given in this document, but this does not preclude the use of
this alloy if these properties can be met or if the equipment is designed with
stresses below the threshold for brittle fracture. Although outside of the
scope, this document can be used as a resource for vessels down to 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) shell thickness with changes defined by the Purchaser. Pages: 26
1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C934E01 | Price: $107.00
Publ 937-A
Study to Establish Relations for the Relative Strength of API 650
Cone Roof, Roof-to-Shell and Shell-to-Bottom Joints
Investigates the relative strengths of the roof-to-shell and shell-to-bottom
joints, with the goal of providing suggestions for frangible roof design criteria
applicable to smaller tanks. Pages: 68
1st Edition | August 2005 | Product Number: C937A0 | Price: $122.00
Publ 938-A
An Experimental Study of Causes and Repair of Cracking of
11/4Cr- 1/2Mo Steel Equipment
Gives the results of an experimental study conducted to provide the
petroleum industry with solutions to recurring incidents of cracking in the
application of welded 11/4 Cr-1/2 Mo steel for hydrogen processing
equipment. Pages: 220
1st Edition | May 1996 | Product Number: C93801 | Price: $164.00
Publ 938-B
Use of 9Cr-1Mo-V (Grade 91) Steel in the Oil Refining Industry
Russian translation of RP 934-E.
1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C934E01R | Price: $86.00
Provides guidelines on the proper specifications for base metal and welding
consumables and successful fabrication, including welding and heat
treatment requirements for use of 9Cr-1Mo-V alloy steel in the oil refinery
services. This includes guidelines for preheat, postweld heat treatment,
procedure qualification, and mechanical and nondestructive testing. It
covers the basic material and metallurgical properties of 9Cr-1Mo-V steel,
including a summary of the physical and mechanical properties, corrosion
and oxidation resistance, indicating possible corrosion and/or mechanical
failure mechanisms and how to avoid them. The appropriate base metal
heat treatment is also given. This document also defines hardness limits for
the base material and welds in order to avoid cracking failures due to wet
sulfide stress corrosion cracking or due to other possible failure
mechanisms. A discussion of both proper and improper refinery service
applications for these steels is also provided Pages: 40
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: C938B01 | Price: $109.00
Publ 935
Thermal Conductivity Measurement Study of Refractory Castables
TR 938-C
Use of Duplex Stainless Steels in the Oil Refining Industry
Compares the differences between measurement techniques used to
develop thermal conductivity of refractory castables. The following
procedures were examined: Water Calorimeter, Calorimeter-Pilkington
Method, Hot Wire Method, Comparative Thermal Conductivity Method, and
Panel Test. The refractory industry uses various methods for measuring and
reporting thermal conductivity. The accuracy of reporting and understanding
thermal conductivity are vital to developing the most cost effective, efficient,
and reliable equipment. The study makes no attempt to rank, classify, or
assign accuracy to each of the measurement techniques. Pages: 22
1st Edition | September 1999 | Product Number: C93501 | Price: $60.00
The economical combination of strength and corrosion resistance of duplex
stainless steels (DSSs) has enabled their increasing use in the refining
industry. DSS most commonly used today are classified under new grades
and have led to improved welding practices. Covers potential environmentalrelated failure mechanisms and preventative measures to avoid them; typical
material and fabrication specification requirements used by refiners; and
examples of applications of DSS within refineries. The report also lists the
chemistries and UNS numbers of various common DSS, including some first
generation DSS for comparison. Pages: 44
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C938C02 | Price: $163.00
RP 934-E *
Materials and Fabrication of 11/4Cr-1/2Mo Steel Pressure Vessels
for Service Above 825 °F (440 °C)—Russian
* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the
English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
95
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
TR 939-A
Research Report on Characterization and Monitoring of Cracking in
Wet H2S Service
•
•
•
Demonstrates the ability to characterize and monitor various aspects of
crack propagation in pressurized process equipment exposed to wet
hydrogen sulfide environments. It represents one of several significant
industry-wide efforts to study and to better understand this phenomenon.
Pages: 136
1st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: C93901 | Price: $156.00
Publ 939-B
Repair and Remediation Strategies for Equipment Operating in Wet
H2S Service
Presents data relative to the fabrication requirements for 2-1/4 3Cr alloy
steel heavy wall pressure vessels for high temperature, high pressure
hydrogen services. It summarizes the results of industry experience,
experimentation, and testing conducted by independent manufacturers,
fabricators, and users of heavy wall pressure vessels. This document applies
to equipment in refineries, petrochemical, and chemical facilities in which
hydrogen or hydrogen containing fluids are processed at elevated
temperature and pressure. Pages: 236
1st Edition | June 2002 | Product Number: C939B0 | Price: $171.00
RP 939-C
Guidelines for Avoiding Sulfidation (Sulfidic) Corrosion Failures in
Oil Refineries
Applicable to hydrocarbon process streams containing sulfur compounds,
with and without the presence of hydrogen, which operate at temperatures
above approximately 450 °F (230 °C) up to about 1000 °F (540 °C). A
threshold limit for sulfur content is not provided because within the past
decade significant corrosion has occurred in the reboiler/fractionator
sections of some hydroprocessing units at sulfur or H2S levels as low as
1 ppm. Nickel base alloy corrosion is excluded from the scope of this
document. While sulfidation can be a problem in some sulfur recovery units,
sulfur plant combustion sections and external corrosion of heater tubes due
to firing sulfur containing fuels in heaters are specifically excluded from the
scope of this document. Pages: 35
1st Edition | May 2009 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013
Product Number: C939C01 | Price: $114.00
TR 939-D
Stress Corrosion Cracking of Carbon Steel in Fuel Grade Ethanol—
Review, Experience Survey, Field Monitoring, and Laboratory Testing
(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2013)
Addresses stress corrosion cracking in carbon steel equipment used in
distribution, transportation, storage, and blending of denatured fuel ethanol.
API, with assistance from the Renewable Fuels Association, conducted
research on the potential for metal cracking and product leakage in certain
portions of the fuel ethanol distribution system. TR 939-D contains a review
of existing literature, results of an industry survey on cracking events and
corrosion field monitoring, and information on mitigation and prevention.
Pages: 172
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: C939D0 | Price: $160.00
Bull 939-E 
Identification, Repair, and Mitigation of Cracking of Steel Equipment
in Fuel Ethanol Service
Usage of fuel ethanol as an oxygenate additive in gasoline blends is
increasing both in the United States and internationally. This document
discusses stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of carbon steel tanks, piping, and
equipment exposed to fuel ethanol as a consequence of being in the
distribution system, at ethanol distribution facilities, or end user facilities
where the fuel ethanol is eventually added to gasoline. Such equipment
includes but is not limited to:
96
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
storage tanks,
piping and related handling equipment, and
pipelines that are used in distribution, handling, storage, and blending of
fuel ethanol.
However, data for pipelines in ethanol service is limited and caution should
be used when applying guidelines from this document, which have been
derived mainly from applications involving piping and tanks in ethanol
storage and blending facilities. SCC of other metals and alloys is beyond the
scope of this document, as is the corrosion of steel in this service. Pages: 42
2nd Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: C939E02 | Price: $160.00
RP 941
Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures
in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants
Summarizes the results of experimental tests and actual data acquired from
operating plants to establish practical operating limits for carbon and low
alloy steels in hydrogen service at elevated temperatures and pressures. The
effects on the resistance of steels to hydrogen at elevated temperature and
pressure that result from high stress, heat treating, chemical composition,
and cladding are discussed. This recommended practice (RP) does not
address the resistance of steels to hydrogen at lower temperatures [below
about 400 °F (204 °C)], where atomic hydrogen enters the steel as a result
of an electrochemical mechanism. This RP applies to equipment in refineries,
petrochemical facilities, and chemical facilities in which hydrogen or
hydrogencontaining fluids are processed at elevated temperature and
pressure. The guidelines in this RP can also be applied to hydrogenation
plants such as those that manufacture ammonia, methanol, edible oils, and
higher alcohols. Pages: 32
7th Edition | August 2008 | 2-Year Extension: April 2013
Product Number: C94107 | Price: $125.00
TR 941
The Technical Basis Document for API RP 941
Even before the 1st Edition of Publ 941, Steels for Hydrogen Service at
Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and
Petrochemical Plants appeared in 1970, there had been fundamental
questions regarding the technical basis for the materials performance curves
contained in the document (1–6). Based upon sparse laboratory data
combined with plant experience, with only a few exceptions, the curves have
done an exceptionally good job at safely directing the refining industry in
selecting materials based upon operating temperature, hydrogen partial
pressure, and the metallurgy of the equipment being considered. Pages: 301
1st Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: C09410 | Price: $198.00
RP 945
Avoiding Environmental Cracking in Amine Units
Discusses environmental cracking problems of carbon steel equipment in
amine units. This publication provides guidelines for carbon steel
construction materials, including, fabrication, inspection, and repair, to help
assure safe and reliable operation. The steels referred to in this document
are defined by the ASTM designation system, or equivalent materials
contained in other recognized codes or standards. This document is based
on current engineering practices and insights from recent industry
experience. Pages: 25
3rd Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: April 2008
2-Year Extension: April 2013 | Product Number: C94503 | Price: $101.00
Publ 959
Characterization Study of Temper Embrittlement of ChromiumMolybdenum Steels
1st Edition | January 1982 | Product Number: C95900 | Price: $157.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND PETROLEUM PRODUCT SURVEYS
This edition of RP 752 does not cover portable buildings. Portable buildings
are now covered by RP 753:2007. It is recognized, however, that portable
buildings specifically designed for significant blast load represent a potential
area of overlap between RP 753 and RP 752. In accordance with 1.3 of this
document:
“Buildings described in API RP 753, Management of Hazards
Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings, First
Edition, June 2007, as ‘portable buildings specifically designed to
resist significant blast loads’ and intended for permanent use in a
fixed location are covered in this document (API RP 752). All other
portable buildings are covered by API RP 753.” Pages: 27
3rd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: K75203 | Price: $141.00
You may access RP 752 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
API/NPRA Survey
Final Report: 1996 API/NPRA Survey of Refining Operations and
Product Quality
A survey of industry refining data for the period May 1 through August 31,
1996. The report includes information on domestically produced gasoline
and diesel product quality as well as aggregate domestic refining capacity
and average operating data. Pages: 190
1st Edition | July 1997 | Product Number: F10001 | Price: $65.00
Aviation Turbines Fuels, 2001 | Price: $93.00
Heating Oils, 2002 | Price: $103.00
Motor Gasolines, Winter 2001–2002 | Price: $124.00
Motor Gasolines, Summer 2001 | Price: $124.00
Diesel Fuel Oils, 2002 | Price: $103.00
Magnetic computer tapes of raw data are available upon request. Reports
from previous years are also available.
Order these petroleum product surveys from:
TRW Petroleum Technologies
P.O. Box 2543 | Bartlesville, OK 74005
Attn: Cheryl Dickenson
918-338-4419
Publ 4261
Alcohols and Ethers: A Technical Assessment of Their Application as
Fuels and Fuel Components
Summarizes information from the technical literature on producing and
applying alcohols and ethers as fuels and fuel components for the
transportation sector. It assesses the technical advantages and
disadvantages of alcohols and ethers with respect to hydrocarbon fuels.
Since the amendment of the Clean Air Act in 1977, and subsequently in
1990, public interest in the role of oxygenates in transportation has
significantly increased. This edition of Publ 4261 has been updated and
expanded to include a review of the oxygenate regulations and the technical
literature that has been published since 1988. It provides a technical
assessment suitable for policy discussions related to alcohols and ethers in
transportation. Pages: 119
3rd Edition | June 2001 | Product Number: C42613 | Price: $162.00
Publ 4262
Methanol Vehicle Emissions
December 1990 | Product Number: F42620 | Price: $125.00
PROCESS SAFETY STANDARDS
RP 752
Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant
Permanent Buildings
Provides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires, and toxic
material releases to on-site personnel located in new and existing buildings
intended for occupancy. This recommended practice (RP) was developed for
use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids
extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities
covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous
Chemicals, 29 CFR 1910.119.
Buildings covered by this RP are rigid structures intended for permanent use
in fixed locations. Tents, fabric enclosures, and other soft-sided structures
are outside the scope of this document.
Significant research and development of technology pertinent to building
siting evaluations has been performed since the publication of the previous
editions of RP 752. Examples of updated technology include prediction of
blast damage to buildings, determination of occupant vulnerabilities, and
estimates of event frequencies. Prior versions of RP 752 and the technical
data included in them should not be used for building siting evaluations.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 753
Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant
Portable Buildings
Provides guidance for reducing the risk to personnel located in portable
buildings from potential explosion, fire, and toxic release hazards. While
occupied permanent buildings (e.g. control rooms, operator shelters)
located near covered process area are typically constructed to be blast and
fire resistant, conventional portable buildings (i.e. light wood trailers) are
typically not constructed to be blast and fire resistant. Past explosion
accidents have demonstrated that occupants of conventional portable
buildings are susceptible to injuries from structural failures, building
collapse, and building debris and projectiles.
Guidance is provided based on the following principles:
• locate personnel away from covered process areas consistent with safe
and effective operations;
• minimize the use of occupied portable buildings in close proximity to
covered process areas;
• manage the occupancy of portable building especially during periods of
increased risk including unit start up or planned shutdown operations;
• design, construct, install, and maintain occupied portable buildings to
protect occupants against potential hazards; and
• manage the use of portable buildings as an integral part of the design,
construction, and maintenance operation of a facility. Pages: 22
1st Edition | June 2007 | Product Number: K75301 | Price: $141.00
You may access RP 753 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 754
Process Safety Performance Indicators for the Refining and
Petrochemical Industries
(ANSI/API RP 754)
As a result of the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB)
investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several
recommendations including the development of an American National
Standards Institute standard that creates performance indicators for process
safety in the refinery and petrochemical industries. Ensure that the standard
identifies leading and lagging indicators for nationwide public reporting as
well as indicators for use at individual facilities. Include methods for the
development and use of the performance indicators.
Identifies leading and lagging process safety indicators that are useful for
driving performance improvement. The indicators are divided into four tiers that
represent a leading and lagging continuum. Tier 1 is the most lagging and
Tier 4 is the most leading. Tiers 1 and 2 are suitable for nationwide public
reporting and Tiers 3 and 4 are intended for internal use at individual sites.
Developed for the refining and petrochemical industries, but may also be
applicable to other industries with operating systems and processes where
loss of containment has the potential to cause harm. Applicability is not
limited to those facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management
Standard, 29 CFR 1910.119 or similar national and international
regulations. Pages: 39
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75401 | Price: $109.00
You may access RP 754 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
97
Refining
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 755
Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and
Petrochemical Industries
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: GENERAL
(ANSI/API RP 755)
As a result of the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB)
investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several
recommendations including the development of an American National
Standards Institute standard that develops fatigue prevention guidelines for
the refining and petrochemical industries that, at a minimum, limit hours
and days of work and address shift work.
Provides guidance to all stakeholders (e.g. employees, managers,
supervisors) on understanding, recognizing, and managing fatigue in the
workplace. Owners and operators should establish policies and procedures
to meet the purpose of this document
Developed for refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural
gas liquefaction plants, and other facilities such as those covered by the
OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR 1910.119. This
document is intended to apply to a workforce that is commuting daily to a
job location.
Applies to all employees working night shifts, rotating shifts, extended hours/
days, or call outs involved in process safety sensitive actions. It should also
be considered for others making process safety-sensitive decisions. On-site
contractors involved in process safety sensitive actions shall have fatigue risk
management systems equivalent to the criteria outlined in this document.
Pages: 11
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75501 | Price: $83.00
You may access RP 755 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
TR 755-1
Technical Support Document for ANSI/API RP 755, Fatigue Risk
Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and
Petrochemical Industries
Identifies and explains the scientific and operational issues considered
during the preparation of RP 755. By providing the reasoning behind the
specific wording in the RP 755 document, this document supports each key
statement in RP 755 in sequence so that it can be used in parallel with the
RP 755 text. To make this document accessible and manageable, key
scientific sources and references are provided to help readers gain access to
the scientific literature.
Fatigue Risk Management Systems (FRMS) have emerged and been widely
recognized as a more effective approach to managing and mitigating
employee fatigue risk in the 24/7 workplace. The core feature of the FRMS is
that it is a data-driven, risk-informed, safety performance-based system. The
FRMS implementation process first identifies all sources of fatigue risk in the
business operation, then introduces mitigating policies, technologies, and
procedures to reduce the risk, and most importantly then maintains them in
a proactively-managed continuous improvement system. The history of
FRMS was recently summarized.
This method represents a significant step change from the traditional
approaches of either relying on maximum limits to hours of work or minimum
limits to hours of rest (variously called Hours of Service, Work-Rest Rules,
Working Time Directives), or adopting intermittent or piece-meal solutions
(e.g. a fatigue training program or a shift schedule redesign), depending on
the interests and initiative of local site managers.
One essential feature of FRMS is that it is a system meant to be improved
upon on a regular and continuous basis. It is not a set of guidelines
designed for one-time compliance but instead provides a framework that will
evolve over time, driven by the collection of data on fatigue risk and fatigue
outcomes (e.g. fatigue-related incidents). Pages: 49
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K755101 | Price: $103.00
98
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Cumulative Impact of Environmental Regulations on the U.S.
Petroleum Refining, Transportation and Marketing Industries
1st Edition | Product Number: C00015 | available at www.api.org
RP 751 
Safe Operation of Hydrofluoric Acid Alkylation Units
Communicates proven industry practices to support the safe operation of a
hydrofluoric (HF) acid alkylation unit. The refining industry has long
demonstrated that HF acid alkylation units can be operated safely and
responsibly. Like many industrial processes, the HF acid alkylation process
presents operational risk and must be properly designed, well maintained,
and operated to assure safe operation. The philosophy of this edition is to
build on the previous editions’ base of recommendations for HF acid leak
prevention, detection, and mitigation with the document section topics of
hazard management, operating procedures and worker protection, material
inspection and maintenance, transportation and inventory control, relief and
utility systems, and risk mitigation. This edition changes some previous
provisions from recommendations (should) to requirements (shall) based on
regulatory requirements, broad industry acceptance, and proven effective
industry practices along with the addition of some new recommendations
and requirements. The recommendations presented in the document are
those that have been found effective or those which are advised for safe
operations. Pages: 67
4th Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K75104 | Price: $150.00
You may access RP 751 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2350
Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities
Addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognized that
prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both
terms “protection” and “prevention,” the document emphasizes prevention.
The standard’s scope covers minimum overfill (and damage) prevention
practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including
refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that
receive flammable and combustible liquids.
Use of this standard is intended for storage tanks associated with marketing,
refining, pipeline, and terminals containing Class I or Class II petroleum
liquids. Use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard
does not apply to:
• underground storage tanks;
• aboveground tanks of 1320 U.S. gallons (5000 liters) or less;
• aboveground tanks which comply with PEI 600;
• pressure vessels;
• tanks containing non-petroleum liquids;
• tanks storing LPG and LNG;
• tanks at service stations;
• tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles (i.e. tank trucks or railroad
tank cars); and
• tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.119 and EPA 40 CFR 68 or similar
regulations.
This standard recommends application of PEI RP 600, Recommended
Practices for Overfill Prevention for Shop-Fabricated Aboveground Tanks for
overfill protection where applicable for aboveground tanks falling outside the
scope of this document.
The purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating
personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a
comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive
product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of containment.
This standard is one of minimum requirements. Alternate approaches or
variations on the principles of this standard that provide equivalent or more
robust overfill prevention are acceptable. Alternate approaches may be
needed when the tank system varies from the typical configurations
described in this standard. The rationale for the implementation of each OPP
should be documented and retained by the owner and operator. Pages: 47
4th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $114.00
You may access RP 2350 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Refining
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY: SOIL AND GROUNDWATER
tool to determine “the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting
vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact.” This vulnerability
assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155
October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $191.00
You may access this in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Publ 422
Groundwater Protection Programs for Petroleum Refining and
Storage Facilities: A Guidance Document
Reflects continuing industry action and commitment to positively address
groundwater protection by developing and implementing individual
groundwater protection plans. Provides additional guidance to help
petroleum facilities identify the types of issues that may need to be
addressed in a groundwater protection plan. Intended to help refineries,
terminals associated with transportation pipelines, product distribution
terminals, and other downstream petroleum storage units develop
groundwater protection plans that are tailored to their individual
circumstances. Pages: 9
1st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: C42201 | Price: $65.00
Publ 800
Literature Survey: Subsurface and Groundwater Protection Related
to Petroleum Refinery Operations
This report is the principal product of an API-sponsored project to prepare a
background basis for the development of further information on subsurface
and groundwater protection at refineries. It contains an explanation of how
the literature survey was conducted; annotations for pertinent articles; a
discussion of applicable federal statutes and regulations; and annotations
for pertinent regulatory programs under the five principal statutes that apply
to refinery operations. Pages: 145
1st Edition | September 1988 | Product Number: C80000 | Price: $92.00
Std 780 
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
Prepared by a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) Committee of API to assist
the petroleum and petrochemical industries in understanding security risk
assessment and in conducting SRAs. The standard describes the
recommended approach for assessing security risk widely applicable to the
types of facilities operated by the industry and the security issues the
industry faces. The standard is intended for those responsible for conducting
security risk assessments and managing security at these facilities. The
method described in this standard is widely applicable to a full spectrum of
security issues from theft to insider sabotage to terrorism. The API SRA
Methodology was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industry,
for a broad variety of both fixed and mobile applications. This recommended
practice describes a single methodology, rather than a general framework for
SRAs, but the methodology is flexible and adaptable to the needs of the
user. This methodology constitutes one approach for assessing security
vulnerabilities at petroleum and petrochemical industry facilities. However,
there are other risk assessment techniques and methods available to
industry, all of which share common risk assessment elements. Pages: 113
1st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K78001 | Price: $190.00
SECURITY
API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity
Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between
the information technology systems and network of two companies that have
a business relations and a common objective.
The standard will provide suggestions for companies to establish third-party
network connections while protecting their individual systems and data from
unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $90.00
Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry
API’s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities
around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks.
Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation,
pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid
foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and
recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety,
environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft
and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the U.S. Department of
Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a
living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of
September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security
plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 58
3rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $191.00
You may access this document in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
API and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed
a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of
terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This
document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and
potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post
September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at
their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
99
KNOW
FIRST.
Nobody remembers who won second place. Especially in this business.
And especially when it comes to data. That’s why you need to subscribe
to API’s Weekly Statistical Bulletin. It comes out a full 18 hours before
any other data hits the streets.
You’ll get accurate and reliable U.S. weekly supply and demand data for
things such as inventories, industry production, and imports. It’s the data
you need, 18 hours sooner. And in this business, that’s like a lifetime.
www.api.org/data
Copyright 2014 – American Petroleum Institute, all rights reserved. API and the API logo are
either trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries.
Scan me to
learn more.
Safety and Fire Protection
If you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit
www.api.org/standards.
UPSTREAM SAFETY STANDARDS
API HF1
Hydraulic Fracturing Operations—Well Construction and Integrity
Guidelines
Provides guidance and highlights industry recommended practices for well
construction and integrity for wells that will be hydraulically fractured. The
guidance provided here will help to ensure that shallow groundwater aquifers
and the environment will be protected, while also enabling economically
viable development of oil and natural gas resources. This document is
intended to apply equally to wells in either vertical, directional, or horizontal
configurations.
Maintaining well integrity is a key design principle and design feature of all
oil and gas production wells. Maintaining well integrity is essential for the two
following reasons.
1) To isolate the internal conduit of the well from the surface and subsurface
environment. This is critical in protecting the environment, including the
groundwater, and in enabling well drilling and production.
2) To isolate and contain the well’s produced fluid to a production conduit
within the well.
Although there is some variability in the details of well construction because
of varying geologic, environmental, and operational settings, the basic
practices in constructing a reliable well are similar. These practices are the
result of operators gaining knowledge based on years of experience and
technology development and improvement. These experiences and practices
are communicated and shared via academic training, professional and trade
associations, extensive literature and documents, and very importantly,
industry standards and recommended practices. Pages: 24
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: GHF101 | Price: $42.00
You may access API HF1 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
API HF2
Water Management Associated with Hydraulic Fracturing
Identifies and describe many of the current industry best practices used to
minimize environmental and societal impacts associated with the
acquisition, use, management, treatment, and disposal of water and other
fluids associated with the process of hydraulic fracturing. While this
document focuses primarily on issues associated with hydraulic fracturing
pursued in deep shale gas development, it also describes the important
distinctions related to hydraulic fracturing in other applications.
Moreover, this guidance document focuses on areas associated with the
water used for purposes of hydraulic fracturing and does not address other
water management issues and considerations associated with oil and gas
exploration, drilling, and production. These topics will be addressed in future
API documents. Pages: 40
1st Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: GHF201 | Price: $42.00
You may access API HF2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
API HF3
Practices for Mitigating Surface Impacts Associated with Hydraulic
Fracturing
Identifies and describes practices currently used in the oil and natural gas
industry to minimize surface environmental impacts-potential impacts on
surface water, soils, wildlife, other surface ecosystems, and nearby
communities-associated with hydraulic fracturing operations. While this
document focuses primarily on issues associated with operations in deep
shale gas developments, it also describes the important distinctions related
to hydraulic fracturing in other applications. Pages: 18
1st Edition | January 2011 | Product Number: GHF301 | Price: 42.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 49
Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Service Operations
Involving Hydrogen Sulfide
Recommendations set forth in this publication apply to oil and gas well
drilling and servicing operations involving hydrogen sulfide. These operations
include well drilling, completion, servicing, workover, downhole maintenance,
and plug and abandonment procedures conducted with hydrogen sulfide
present in the fluids being handled. Coverage of this publication is
applicable to operations confined to the original wellbore or original total
depth and applies to the selection of materials for installation or use in the
well and in the well drilling or servicing operation(s). The presence of
hydrogen sulfide in these operations also presents the possibility of exposure
to sulfur dioxide from the combustion of hydrogen sulfide. Pages: 29
3rd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G49003 | Price: $88.00
You may access RP 49 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 49 *
Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Service Operations
Involving Hydrogen Sulfide—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 49.
2nd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G04902K | Price: $71.00
RP 51R
Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production
Operations and Leases
Provides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines,
for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be
applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of
this document include all production facilities, including produced water
handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this
document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of
access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment,
and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or
production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced
oil recovery is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to
consider as a “good neighbor.” Pages: 35
1st Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $52.00
You may access RP 51R in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 54
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well
Drilling and Servicing Operations
Includes procedures for promotion and maintenance of safe working
conditions for employees engaged in rotary drilling operations and well
servicing operations, including special services. Applies to rotary drilling rigs,
well servicing rigs, and special services as they relate to operations on
locations. Pages: 35
3rd Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G54003 | Price: $125.00
You may access RP 54 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 54 *
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well
Drilling and Servicing Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 54.
3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003K | Price: $100.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
101
Safety and Fire Protection
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 55
Recommended Practices for Conducting Oil and Gas Producing and
Gas Processing Plant Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide
for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and
management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design,
construction, start-up, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new,
existing, and modified facilities Pages: 41
3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G07503 | Price: $89.00
You may access RP 75 in a read-only platform at publications.api.org
Covers recommendations for protection of employees and the public, as well
as conducting oil and gas producing and gas processing plant operations
where hydrogen sulfide is present in the fluids being produced. Pages: 40
2nd Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G55002 | Price: $115.00
You may access RP 55 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 65-2 
Isolating Potential Flow Zones During Well Construction
Contains best practices for zone isolation in wells to prevent annular
pressure and/or flow through or past pressure-containment barriers that are
installed and verified during well construction. Well construction practices
that may affect barrier sealing performance are mentioned along with
methods to help ensure positive effects or to minimize any negative ones.
The objectives of this guideline are two-fold. The first is to help prevent and/
or control flows just prior to, during, and after primary cementing operations
to install or “set” casing and liner pipe strings in wells. The second objective
is to help prevent sustained casing pressure. The guidance from this
document covers recommendations for pressure-containment barrier design
and installation and well construction practices that affect the zone isolation
process to prevent or mitigate annular fluid flow or pressure. Pages: 83
2nd Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: G65202 | Price: $130.00
You may access Std 65-2 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 67
Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety
Applies to explosives used in oil and gas well operations, more specifically,
explosives used inside the wellborne. Guidance is provided for explosives
transportation, on-site explosives loading and unloading operations, electrical
wireline operations, tubing conveyed operations, self-contained activating
tools, setting tools, sidewall sample taker tools, select fire perforating guns,
and bullet perforating guns. Recommendations are presented regarding
surface equipment and downhole equipment. Recommended training and
minimum qualifications are presented for personnel who participate in
handling and using explosives at the well site. Pages: 18
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G06702 | Price: $85.00
You may access RP 67 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 67 *
Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 67.
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G09308K | Price: $68.00
RP 74
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Onshore Oil and
Gas Production Operation
Recommends practices and procedures for promoting and maintaining safe
working conditions for personnel engaged in onshore oil and gas production
operations, including special services. Pages: 23
1st Edition | October 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2007
Product Number: G74001 | Price: $61.00
You may access RP 74 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 75
Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and
Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and
Facilities
Provides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental
management programs for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities
located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable
to well drilling, servicing, and production and pipeline facilities and
operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental
hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included
102
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 75L
Guidance Document for the Development of a Safety and
Environmental Management System for Onshore Oil and Natural Gas
Production Operation and Associated Activities
Provides general information and guidance for the development of a safety
and environmental management system (SEMS) for onshore oil and natural
gas operations, including drilling, production, and well servicing activities.
Although there is an extensive amount of information that has been
developed on the topic of safety and environmental management systems,
this document focuses on this industry sector to help foster continuous
improvement in our industry’s safety and environmental performance. It is
recognized that many onshore oil and natural gas companies have effective
SEMS in place; however, the intent of this document is to provide an
additional tool that can assist these and especially other operators in taking
the next step toward implementing a complete system at a pace that
complements their business plan. For those who already have a mature
SEMS in place, this document can be used for continuous improvement of
the system. Pages: 12
1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G75L01 | Price: $34.00
You may access RP 75L in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 76
Contractor Safety Management for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production
Operations
Intended to assist operators, contractors, and subcontractors (third parties)
in the implementation of a contractor safety program and improve the overall
safety performance while preserving the independent contractor relationship.
It is intended for the Upstream segment of the petroleum industry; however,
since the Operator requirements and the contracted work are diverse, this
publication may not be applicable to all operations at each company or to
all contract work performed in those operations. Many oil and gas
exploration and production companies contract for equipment and
personnel services for a wide range of activities, including drilling production,
well servicing, equipment repair, maintenance, and construction. Certain
activities of Contractors have the potential to take place either Contractor
and/or Operator personnel and/or equipment at risk. It is important that
operations are carried out in a safe manner. Operators and contractors need
to provide safe work places and to protect the safety of their work places and
to protect the safety of their workforces and the general public. When they
work together to improve safety, both benefit. Pages: 60
2nd Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G07602 | Price: $57.00
You may access RP 76 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
MULTI-SEGMENT PUBLICATIONS
Human Factors in New Facility Design Tool
Describes a Human Factors Tool that may be used by operating plants as an
aid to incorporate human factors principles in the design of equipment that
will be operated and maintained by people.
The human factors principles described in this document are intended for
new equipment designs; however, many ideas provided in this Tool may be
used to improve the operating of existing plants where feasible.
Focuses only on equipment design. Items such as human error, behaviorbased safety, and operating procedure issues are not in the scope.
The Tool covers equipment that is common to both upstream producing and
downstream manufacturing operations. Equipment associated with specific
activities such as drilling rigs is not specifically addressed. Pages: 71
2nd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: I0HF02 | Price: $149.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Safety and Fire Protection
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Human Factors Tool for Existing Operations
•
Objectives of this tool include the following:
• provide a tool for operating crews to identify opportunities for latent
conditions and human error, and
• improve how process hazards analysis/hazard evaluation/revalidation
process address human factors.
The scope of this tool includes existing operations and equipment and
human tasks.
This tool is intended for use without specific training on human factors. This
is a simple process for gathering a few operators and mechanics who are
familiar with the equipment/process and who are qualified to identify where
traps (latent conditions) in the equipment and tasks (error likely scenarios)
exist that make it easy for people to do something wrong. Pages: 14
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: I0HF03 | Price: $62.00
RP 752
Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant
Permanent Buildings
Provides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires, and toxic
material releases to on-site personnel located in new and existing buildings
intended for occupancy. This recommended practice (RP) was developed for
use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids
extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities
covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous
Chemicals, 29 CFR 1910.119.
Buildings covered by this RP are rigid structures intended for permanent use
in fixed locations. Tents, fabric enclosures, and other soft-sided structures
are outside the scope of this document.
Significant research and development of technology pertinent to building
siting evaluations has been performed since the publication of the previous
editions of RP 752. Examples of updated technology include prediction of
blast damage to buildings, determination of occupant vulnerabilities, and
estimates of event frequencies. Prior versions of RP 752 and the technical
data included in them should not be used for building siting evaluations.
This edition of RP 752 does not cover portable buildings. Portable buildings
are now covered by RP 753:2007. It is recognized, however, that portable
buildings specifically designed for significant blast load represent a potential
area of overlap between RP 753 and RP 752. In accordance with 1.3 of this
document:
“Buildings described in API RP 753, Management of Hazards
Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings, First
Edition, June 2007, as ‘portable buildings specifically designed to
resist significant blast loads’ and intended for permanent use in a
fixed location are covered in this document (API RP 752). All other
portable buildings are covered by API RP 753.” Pages: 27
3rd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: K75203 | Price: $141.00
You may access RP 752 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 753
Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant
Portable Buildings
Provides guidance for reducing the risk to personnel located in portable
buildings from potential explosion, fire, and toxic release hazards.
While occupied permanent buildings (e.g. control rooms, operator shelters)
located near covered process area are typically constructed to be blast and
fire resistant, conventional portable buildings (i.e. light wood trailers) are
typically not constructed to be blast and fire resistant. Past explosion
accidents have demonstrated that occupants of conventional portable
buildings are susceptible to injuries from structural failures, building
collapse, and building debris and projectiles.
Guidance is provided based on the following principles:
• locate personnel away from covered process areas consistent with safe
and effective operations;
• minimize the use of occupied portable buildings in close proximity to covered process areas;
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
manage the occupancy of portable building especially during periods of
increased risk including unit start up or planned shutdown operations;
• design, construct, install, and maintain occupied portable buildings to
protect occupants against potential hazards; and
• manage the use of portable buildings as an integral part of the design,
construction, and maintenance operation of a facility. Pages: 22
1st Edition | June 2007 | Product Number: K75301 | Price: $141.00
You may access RP 753 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 754
Process Safety Performance Indicators for the Refining and
Petrochemical Industries
(ANSI/API RP 754)
As a result of the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB)
investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several
recommendations including the development of an American National
Standards Institute standard that creates performance indicators for process
safety in the refinery and petrochemical industries. Ensure that the standard
identifies leading and lagging indicators for nationwide public reporting as
well as indicators for use at individual facilities. Include methods for the
development and use of the performance indicators.
Identifies leading and lagging process safety indicators that are useful for
driving performance improvement. The indicators are divided into four tiers that
represent a leading and lagging continuum. Tier 1 is the most lagging and
Tier 4 is the most leading. Tiers 1 and 2 are suitable for nationwide public
reporting and Tiers 3 and 4 are intended for internal use at individual sites.
Developed for the refining and petrochemical industries, but may also be
applicable to other industries with operating systems and processes where
loss of containment has the potential to cause harm. Applicability is not
limited to those facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management
Standard, 29 CFR 1910.119 or similar national and international
regulations. Pages: 39
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75401 | Price: $109.00
You may access RP 754 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 755
Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and
Petrochemical Industries
(ANSI/API RP 755)
As a result of the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB)
investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several
recommendations including the development of an American National
Standards Institute standard that develops Fatigue prevention guidelines for
the refining and petrochemical industries that, at a minimum, limit hours
and days of work and address shift work.
Provides guidance to all stakeholders (e.g. employees, managers,
supervisors) on understanding, recognizing, and managing fatigue in the
workplace. Owners and operators should establish policies and procedures
to meet the purpose of this document
Developed for refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural
gas liquefaction plants, and other facilities such as those covered by the
OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR 1910.119. This
document is intended to apply to a workforce that is commuting daily to a
job location.
Applies to all employees working night shifts, rotating shifts, extended hours/
days, or call outs involved in process safety sensitive actions. It should also
be considered for others making process safety-sensitive decisions. On-site
contractors involved in process safety sensitive actions shall have fatigue risk
management systems equivalent to the criteria outlined in this document.
Pages: 11
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75501 | Price: $83.00
You may access RP 755 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
103
Safety and Fire Protection
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 770
A Manager’s Guide to Reducing Human Errors- Improving Human
Performance in the Process Industries
Determining the level of risk for any activity involves understanding and
recognizing hazards, then estimating the probability and severity of exposure
events that could lead to harm or damage and the resulting consequences.
Principles relating hazards to the risk for people are valid for evaluating
property or environmental risk. For instance, hydrocarbon vapors in a
flammable mixture with air can ignite if exposed to a source of ignition
resulting in a fire that could cause property damage as well as injure people.
Hydrocarbons that will burn are hazardous materials—but one element of risk
includes a flammable fuel-air mixture being exposed to an ignition source.
Pages: 75
9th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: C200109 | Price: $115.00
You may access RP 2001 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Intended for an audience of middle managers to senior executives who have
different levels of knowledge about human factors engineering. It is designed
to equip them with a basic understanding of the causes of human errors and
to suggest ways for reducing human errors at individual facilities. It also
describes how to incorporate human reliability analysis (HRA) into process
safety management activities. Pages: 85
1st Edition | March 2001 | Product Number: K77001 | Price: $76.00
Std 780 
Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
Prepared by a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) Committee of API to assist
the petroleum and petrochemical industries in understanding security risk
assessment and in conducting SRAs. The standard describes the
recommended approach for assessing security risk widely applicable to the
types of facilities operated by the industry and the security issues the
industry faces. The standard is intended for those responsible for conducting
security risk assessments and managing security at these facilities. The
method described in this standard is widely applicable to a full spectrum of
security issues from theft to insider sabotage to terrorism. The API SRA
Methodology was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industry,
for a broad variety of both fixed and mobile applications. This recommended
practice describes a single methodology, rather than a general framework for
SRAs, but the methodology is flexible and adaptable to the needs of the
user. This methodology constitutes one approach for assessing security
vulnerabilities at petroleum and petrochemical industry facilities. However,
there are other risk assessment techniques and methods available to
industry, all of which share common risk assessment elements. Pages: 113
1st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K78001 | Price: $190.00
RP 2001
Fire Protection in Refineries
Provides a better understanding of refinery fire protection and the steps
needed to promote the safe storage, handling, and processing of petroleum
and petroleum products in refineries. A basic premise of this standard is that
fire prevention provides the fundamental foundation for fire protection.
This document covers basic concepts of refinery fire prevention and
protection. It reviews the chemistry and physics of refinery fires; discusses
how the design of refinery systems and infrastructure impact the probability
and consequences of potential fires; describes fire control and extinguishing
systems typically used in refineries; examines fire protection concepts that
should be covered in operating and maintenance practices and procedures;
and provides information on organization of and training for refinery
emergency responders. Many of the concepts, systems, and equipment
discussed in this document are covered in detail in referenced publications,
standards, or governmental requirements.
Hazards are situations or properties of materials with the inherent ability to
cause harm. Flammability, toxicity, corrosivity, and stored electrical,
chemical, or mechanical energy all are hazards associated with various
industrial materials or situations.
Risk requires exposure. A hot surface or material can cause thermal skin
burns or a corrosive acid can cause chemical skin burns, but these can
occur only if there is contact exposure to skin.
A person working at an elevated height has “stored energy” and a fall from a
height can cause injury—but there is no risk unless a person is indeed
working at heights and thus exposed to the hazard. There is no risk when
there is no potential for exposure.
104
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 2003
Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and
Stray Currents
Presents the current state of knowledge and technology in the fields of static
electricity, and stray currents applicable to the prevention of hydrocarbon
ignition in the petroleum industry and is based on both scientific research
and practical experience. The principles discussed in this RP are applicable
to other operations where ignitable liquids and gases are handled. Their use
should lead to improved safety practices and evaluations of existing
installations and procedures. Pages: 76
7th Edition | January 2008 | Product Number: K20037 | Price: $125.00
You may access RP 2003 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2009
Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and
Petrochemical Industries
Provides guidelines for safely conducting welding, cutting or other hot work
activities in refineries, gas plants, petrochemical plants and other facilitates
in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. It provides specific guidance
for evaluating procedures for certain types of work on equipment in service.
It does not include guidance for compliance with regulations or codes; hot
tapping; welding techniques, normal, “safe work” practices; or entry or work
in inert environments. Pages: 23
7th Edition | February 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2012
Product Number: K20097 | Price: $79.00
You may access RP 2009 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2027
Ignition Hazards and Safe Working Practices for Abrasive Blasting of
Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon Service
Identifies the ignition hazards involved in abrasive blasting of the exteriors of
hydrocarbon storage tanks containing a mixture that is flammable or that
can become flammable when air is added. It provides operational guidelines
for procedures that significantly reduce ignition risks during abrasive blasting
of hydrocarbon tanks that may contain a flammable vapor space. Pages: 4
3rd Edition | March 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2012
Product Number: C20273 | Price: $74.00
You may access RP 2027 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2028
Flame Arresters in Piping Systems
Covers the use and limitations of flame arresters installed in piping systems
in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. It provides a general overview
of flame arresters currently in use and some potential concerns or
limitations. Applicable combustion and flame propogation parameters are
discussed including the distinction between arresting flames versus arresting
detonations. Pages: 12
3rd Edition | February 2002 | Reaffirmed: December 2010
Product Number: K20283 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP 2028 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Safety and Fire Protection
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
RP 2030
Application of Fixed Water Spray Systems for Fire Protection in the
Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries
Typical inert entry work in the petroleum and petrochemical industry includes
work to service or replace catalyst in reactors. Pages: 25
4th Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: K2217A4 | Price: $88.00
You may access Std 2217A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Provides guidance for the petroleum industry and some petrochemical
industry applications (for non-water-reactive petrochemicals with physical
and combustion characteristics comparable to hydrocarbons) in determining
where water spray systems might be used to provide protection from fire
damage for equipment and structures. Pages: 27
3rd Edition | July 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2012
Product Number: K20303 | Price: $70.00
You may access RP 2030 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2201
Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum & Petrochemical
Industries
Provides information to assist in safely conducting hot tapping operations
on equipment in service in the petroleum and petrochemical industries.
No document can address all situations nor answer all potential questions;
however, the understanding of potential hazards, and application of this
knowledge, can help reduce the probability and severity of incidents.
Pages: 27
5th Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: K22015 | Price: $86.00
You may access RP 2201 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2210
Flame Arresters for Vents of Tanks Storing Petroleum Products
Discusses the benefits and detriments associated with the use of flame
arresters on vents utilized on atmospheric fixed-roof tanks. Pages: 4
3rd Edition | June 2000 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: K22103 | Price: $65.00
You may access RP 2210 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2216
Ignition Risk of Hydrocarbon Vapors by Hot Surfaces in the Open Air
Provides information concerning the potential for ignition of hydrocarbons
that are exposed to hot surfaces in the open air. Hydrocarbon liquids, when
heated sufficiently, can ignite without the application of a flame or spark. The
ignition of hydrocarbons by hot surfaces may occur when oil is released
under pressure and sprays upon a hot surface or is spilled and lies upon a
hot surface for a period of time. Understanding the mechanism and
dynamics of auto-ignition is an important step in preventing or controlling the
ignition of hydrocarbons by hot surfaces in the open air. In addition to the
information provided herein, appropriate industry standards and other
information may assist users to understand the potential hazards of
hydrocarbon auto-ignition (such as spontaneous combustion) not
specifically covered by this publication and implement appropriate
prevention and control measures. Pages: 5
3rd Edition | December 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2010
Product Number: K22163 | Price: $59.00
You may access RP 2216 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 2217A
Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confined Spaces in the Petroleum
and Petrochemical Industries
Provides guidelines for safely entering and working in and near confined
spaces that have inert atmospheres and can aid employers in preparing
specific procedures for working safely in inert confined spaces, recognizing
that because of its unique nature, the hazards and requirements for inert
entry are generally greater than for “normal” permit-required confined space
entry. This document applies to confined spaces that have been intentionally
purged with an inert gas until: the oxygen level in the vapor space is too low
to support combustion and any gases in or flowing out of the confined space
are below flammable or reactive levels.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 2218 
Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical Processing
Plants
Provides guidance for selecting, applying, and maintaining fireproofing
systems designed to limit the extent of fire-related property loss from pool
fires in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. Where comparable
hazards exist, and to the extent appropriate, it may be applied to other
facilities that could experience similar severe fire exposure and potential
losses. This document identifies fireproofing needs for petroleum and
petrochemical plants specifically focusing on property loss protection for
pool fires scenarios in on-shore processing plants. Pages: 60
3rd Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: K22183 | Price: $160.00
You may access Publ 2218 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2219
Safe Operation of Vacuum Trucks in Petroleum Service
Vacuum trucks are used in all segments of the petroleum industry with
varied applications. Appropriate safe operating practices may vary because
of different hazards associated with the materials to be moved and the
facilities serviced. This document seeks to assist vacuum truck owners and
operators in the development and implementation of practical and safe
operating practices that will help identify hazards and reduce risks.
Pages: 42
3rd Edition | November 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2012
Product Number: K22193 | Price: $112.00
You may access RP 2219 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Std 2220
Contractor Safety Performance Process
The purpose of this standard is to assist owners and contractors in
developing, improving, and maintaining their mutual safety programs. Widely
diverse contractor functions and uses may include resident, non-resident,
long-term, and short-term contractors. These have in common the need for
effective safety programs to protect both owner and contractor personnel
from workplace injury and illness, as well as from losses associated with
incidents arising out of contractor work. This standard aims to help both
owners and contractors improve the contractor’s safety performance while
preserving the independent contractor relationship. It was developed for the
petroleum and petrochemical industries and the firms that perform contract
work for them. Contractors perform greatly varied work within the petroleum
and petrochemical industries. Some perform construction and turnaround
activities or drilling and well servicing; specialty contractors provide skills and
services that are not typically found within an owner’s work force. Contractors
may even provide services that augment the peak loads and skills of owners’
work forces, such as in the maintenance and operation of facilities. Since
owner sites and contracted work are diverse, this standard may not be
applicable to all operations at each company or to all contract work
performed in those operations. As such, this publication may not apply to
incidental contractors that generally do not affect facility safety, such as
those that provide janitorial, laundry, and delivery services. This document
addresses “conventional” safety and health. It does not address safety
concerns associated with security or terrorism issues. Pages: 26
3rd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: K222003 | Price: $91.00
You may access Std 2220 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
105
Safety and Fire Protection
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 2221
Contractor and Owner Safety Program Implementation
Publ 2379
2000 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
Many facilities in the refining and petrochemical processing industries
employ contractor personnel for a wide range of activities, from
administrative support to equipment repair, maintenance, and construction.
Contractor activities that involve work in or around process equipment can
have an increased potential to place both contractor personnel and owner
personnel at risk. This guide is intended to assist refining and petrochemical
industry facility owners and contractors to implement (or improve) an
effective contractor health and safety program. In the petroleum segment,
This document applies to downstream activities only. This includes refineries,
pipelines, and marketing and distribution terminals but not exploration and
production or marine. This document provides guidance for applying the
principles outlined in RP 2220. Security issues maintain a high profile in all
aspects of industry, including the contractor screening and selection
process; however, security is outside the scope of this standard and is
mentioned as a reminder of the need for many facilities to include security in
their contractor processes. This publication intends to preserve the
independent contractor relationship while helping both owners and
contractors improve contractor safety performance. It is based on experience
in the petroleum and petrochemical industries and experience of firms that
perform contract work for these industries. Since owner facilities, equipment,
sites, and contracted work are diverse, this publication may not be
applicable to operations at all facilities or to all contract work performed in
these operations. This publication may not apply to contractors working in
low risk environments that generally do not affect facility safety, such as
those that provide incidental or supplementary services such as janitorial,
beverage, or laundry. The purpose of this publication is to assist owners and
contractors to improve their safety programs. Joint commitment and support
of safety program initiatives are essential in minimizing incidents and
preventing injuries and illnesses. The nature of the work performed by
contractors within the petroleum and chemical industries varies greatly.
Some contractors perform construction and turnaround activities; other
specialty contractors provide skills and services that are not typically found
within an owner’s work force. Other contractors may provide services to
augment the peak loads and skills of owners’ work forces, such as in
maintenance and operation of facilities. These diverse functions and uses of
contractors share a common need for effective safety programs to protect
owner and contractor personnel from workplace injuries, illnesses and losses
associated with incidents arising out of contractor work. Pages: 87
3rd Edition | August 2011 | Product Number: K222103 | Price: $167.00
You may access RP 2221 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Publ 2375
1996 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
June 1997 | Product Number: K23751 | Price: $96.00
Publ 2376
1997 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
June 1998 | Product Number: K23761 | Price: $96.00
Publ 2377
1998 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
March 1999 | Product Number: K23771 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2378
1999 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2000 | Product Number: K23781 | Price: $103.00
March 2001 | Product Number: K23790 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2380
2001 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
March 2002 | Product Number: K23801 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2381
2002 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2003 | Product Number: K23811 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2382
2003 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2004 | Product Number: K23821 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2383
2004 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
March 2005 | Product Number: K23831 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2384
2005 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2006 | Product Number: K23841 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2385
2006 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2007 | Product Number: K23851 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2386
2007 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2008 | Product Number: K23861 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2387
2008 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
March 2009 | Product Number: K23871 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2388
2009 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
This summary reports on cases recordable in 2009 under the U.S. Bureau of
Labor Statistics’ recordkeeping guidelines. The survey is based on data
submitted to API by oil and gas companies. The report includes information
regarding injuries, illness and fatalities, lost workday cases, and incidence
rates by function.
April 2010 | Product Number: K23881 | Price: $103.00
1989 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
January 1989 | Product Number: K19996 | Price: $59.00
106
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Safety and Fire Protection
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
1990 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
RP 2016 
Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum
Storage Tanks
July 1991 | Product Number: K19988 | Price: $83.00
August 1993 | Product Number: K19986 | Price: $83.00
(ANSI/API RP 2016)
Supplements the requirements of Std 2015, 6th Edition. This document
provides guidance and information on the specific aspects of tank cleaning
in order to assist employers (owners/operators and contractors) to conduct
safe tank cleaning operations in accordance with the requirements of
Std 2015. Pages: 98
1st Edition | August 2001 | Reaffirmed: May 2006
Product Number: K20161 | Price: $192.00
You may access RP 2016 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
1993 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
RP 2021
Management of Atmospheric Storage Tank Fires
June 1994 | Product Number: K19985 | Price: $96.00
Provides experience-based information to enhance the understanding of
fires in atmospheric storage tanks containing flammable and combustible
materials. It presents a systematic management approach that can assist
tank fire prevention. If fires do occur, this information can help responders
optimize fire suppression techniques to reduce the severity of an incident
and reduce the potential for escalation Pages: 83
4th Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: June 2006
Product Number: K20214 | Price: $134.00
You may access RP 2021 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
1991 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
September 1992 | Product Number: K19987 | Price: $83.00
1992 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
1994 Summary of U.S. Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and
Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry
June 1995 | Product Number: K19984 | Price: $96.00
1995 Summary of U.S. Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and
Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry
May 1996 | Product Number: K19983 | Price: $96.00
Publ 2510A
Fire-Protection Considerations for the Design and Operation of
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Storage Facilities
Supplements Std 2510 and addresses the design, operation, and
maintenance of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) storage facilities from the
standpoint of prevention and control of releases, fire protection design, and
fire control measures. The history of LPG storage facility safety experience,
facility design philosophy, operating and maintenance procedures, and
various fire protection and fire-fighting approaches are presented. The
storage facilities covered are LPG installations (storage vessels and
associated loading/unloading/transfer systems) at marine and pipeline
terminals, natural gas processing plants, refineries, petrochemical plants,
and tank farms. Pages: 45
2nd Edition | December 1996 | Reaffirmed: December 2010
Product Number: K2510A | Price: $101.00
You may access Publ 2510A in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
STORAGE TANK SAFETY STANDARDS
Std 2015 
Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks
(ANSI/API Std 2015)
Provides safety practices for preparing, emptying, isolating, ventilating,
atmospheric testing, cleaning, entry, hot work, and recommissioning
activities in, on, and around atmospheric and low-pressure (up to and
including 15 psig) aboveground storage tank that have contained
flammable, combustible, or toxic materials. This standard directs the user
from decommissioning (removal from service) through recommissioning
(return to service). This standard applies to stationary tanks used in all
sectors of the petroleum and petrochemical plants and terminals. Pages: 49
6th Edition | August 2001 | Reaffirmed: May 2006
Product Number: K20156 | Price: $134.00
You may access Std 2015 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RP 2023
Guide for Safe Storage and Handling of Heated Petroleum-Derived
Asphalt Products and Crude-Oil Residua
Describes phenomena that can occur and precautions to be taken in the
storage and handling of asphalt products and residua derived from crude
petroleum. It applies when these materials are stored in heated tanks at
refineries and bulk storage facilities and transported in tank vehicles.
Pages: 44
3rd Edition | August 2001 | Reaffirmed: June 2006
Product Number: K20233 | Price: $110.00
You may access RP 2023 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
Publ 2026 
Safe Access/Egress Involving Floating Roofs of Storage Tanks in
Petroleum Service
Provides safety information for individuals responsible for performing
maintenance or repairs that involve descent onto the floating roofs of
petroleum storage tanks. Pages: 15
2nd Edition | April 1998 | Reaffirmed: June 2006
Product Number: K20262 | Price: $62.00
You may access Publ 2026 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
RP 2207 
Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Work
Addresses only the safety aspects of hot work on petroleum storage tank
bottoms. It discusses safety precautions for preventing fires, explosions, and
associated injuries. The term hot work as used in this publication is defined
as an operation that can produce a spark or flame hot enough to ignite
flammable vapors. Pages: 32
6th Edition | December 2007 | Reaffirmed: March 2012
Product Number: K22076 | Price: $86.00
You may access RP 2207 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
107
Safety and Fire Protection
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
RP 2350
Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities
Addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognized that
prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both
terms “protection” and “prevention,” the document emphasizes prevention.
The standard’s scope covers minimum overfill (and damage) prevention
practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including
refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that
receive flammable and combustible liquids.
Use of this standard is intended for storage tanks associated with marketing,
refining, pipeline, and terminals containing Class I or Class II petroleum
liquids. Use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard
does not apply to:
• underground storage tanks;
• aboveground tanks of 1320 U.S. gallons (5000 liters) or less;
• aboveground tanks which comply with PEI 600;
• pressure vessels;
• tanks containing non-petroleum liquids;
• tanks storing LPG and LNG;
• tanks at service stations;
• tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles (i.e. tank trucks or railroad
tank cars); and
• tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.119 and EPA 40 CFR 68 or similar
regulations.
This standard recommends application of PEI RP 600, Recommended
Practices for Overfill Prevention for Shop-Fabricated Aboveground Tanks for
overfill protection where applicable for aboveground tanks falling outside the
scope of this document.
The purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating
personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a
comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive
product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of containment.
This standard is one of minimum requirements. Alternate approaches or
variations on the principles of this standard that provide equivalent or more
robust overfill prevention are acceptable. Alternate approaches may be
needed when the tank system varies from the typical configurations
described in this standard. The rationale for the implementation of each OPP
should be documented and retained by the owner and operator. Pages: 47
4th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $114.00
You may access RP 2350 in a read-only platform: publications.api.org
108
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
NOTE: Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $10.00 handling
charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges.
Air Research
EMISSIONS: GENERAL
Compendium of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Estimation Methodologies
for the Oil and Gas Industry
API Tools for Estimating GHG Emissions
Accurate estimation of greenhouse gas emissions is indispensable to
responsibly addressing climate change. Through API, the U.S. oil and natural
gas industry has provided a suite of tools for estimating emissions. It
includes API's updated 2009 compendium of emissions estimation
methodologies, software for emissions estimation and inventorying, and
guidelines (created by the International Petroleum Industry Environmental
Conservation Association) to assist in the accounting and reporting of
emissions. Pages: 807
August 2009 | Available for download at
www.api.org/ehs/climate/new/upload/2009_GHG_COMPENDIUM.pdf
DR 76
Determination of Emissions from Retail Gasoline Outlets Using
Optical Remote Sensing: Pilot Field Study at a Non-Vapor Recovery
Site, Project Summary Report, Volume I
Results of this study are presented in a three-volume report. Volume I
presents the results of a pilot study to evaluate the use of optical remote
sensing (ORS) technology for determining emission factors as well as the
dispersion of the emissions at an uncontrolled retail gasoline outlet
(RGO). ORS techniques may be able to provide a direct method of
determining the total emissions from an RGO under varied conditions and
to provide this information with little interference with the operation of
RGO. Pages: 50
November 1999 | Product Number: I00076 | Price: $122.00
DR 141
Global Emissions of Carbon Dioxide from Petroleum Sources
Describes carbon dioxide emission estimates developed for a broadly
defined petroleum industry whose five segments include (1) exploration and
extraction; (2) crude petroleum transportation to refineries; (3) refining
operations; (4) refinery products transportation; and (5) end uses. Emission
estimates for carbon dioxide have been developed for each industry
segment and for each country. Activity factors describe the activity level for a
particular industrial activity. Corresponding emission factors for each activity
factor were developed from U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and
industry documents. Pages: 91
July 1991 | Product Number: I00141 | Price: $59.00
Publ 326
The Cost Effectiveness of VOC and NOx Emission Control Measures
Provides air pollution control planners and other interested parties in ozone
nonattainment areas with a “menu” of possible control options using the
most up-to-date information and accurate analyses for significant sources of
volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and NOx. The menu provides a
preliminary demonstration of how cost-effective packages of attainment
strategies and control measures can be developed to reduce VOC emissions
by 15 % by 1996. Appendices provide a detailed analysis of costs,
effectiveness, and application limitations. Pages: 354
September 1994 | Product Number: J32600 | Price: $148.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 332
Comparison of Screening Values from Selected Hydrocarbon
Screening Instruments
Describes a study carried out at two refineries to compare differences in
equipment leak screening values obtained from four instruments commonly
used to measure fugitive emissions. The effect of screening distance was
also evaluated, and the results from the study were compared to those of an
earlier study conducted in 1979. Adjustment factors to relate screening
values from one instrument are presented, which are applicable to
marketing, transportation, and exploration and production facilities as well
as refineries. Pages: 128
August 1995 | Product Number: J33200 | Price: $90.00
Publ 342 and Publ 343
Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks I: Monitoring Manual and
Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks II: Calculation Procedures
for Petroleum Industry Facilities
A number of federal, state, and local regulations are designed to control
fugitive emissions of volatile organic compounds and hazardous air
pollutants. API sponsored this project to present options and
recommendations on procedures for obtaining inspection and maintenance
data from certain process equipment with the potential to leak fugitive
emissions. The two resulting manuals focus on the recommended fugitive
emission practices in the petroleum industry, specifically for refineries,
marketing terminals, and the oil and gas production industries. Pages: 204
June 1998
Product Number for Publ 342: J34200 | Price: $63.00
Product Number for Publ 343: J34300 | Price: $63.00
Publ 344
Critical Review of Source Sampling and Analysis Methodologies
for Characterizing Organic Aerosol and Fine Particulate Source
Emission Profiles
Intended for use in designing future measurement programs for
characterizing emissions from stationary sources that contribute to fine
particle concentrations in the atmosphere. The benefits and drawbacks of
various measurement approaches are discussed, and a recommended
approach for combustion sources is presented. Pages: 128
June 1998 | Product Number: J34400 | Price: $74.00
Publ 347
Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Gasoline Loading
Operations at Bulk Gasoline Terminals
Hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emission testing was conducted at 33 bulk
gasoline terminals across the United States. Emissions were measured from
the loading of gasoline cargo tanks at facilities with a vapor control system.
Emission tests from 23 carbon adsorption units, 8 thermal oxidizers, and 2
refrigeration units were included. Control efficiencies for eight HAP
compounds were derived for the carbon adsorption units and thermal
oxidizers; no control efficiencies were reported from the refrigeration units
due to the limited data collected. The HAP control efficiencies presented in
this report have been used to develop HAP emission factors that can be
used to determine HAP emissions based on the volume of gasoline loaded
at a facility. Pages: 138
October 1998 | Product Number: J34700 | Price: $83.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
109
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 348
Air Toxics Emission Factors for Combustion Sources Using
Petroleum-Based Fuels, Volume 1—Development of Emission
Factors Using API/WSPA Approach
assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to
ambient PM 2.5 concentrations. This report presents particulate
measurement results from a 550,000 pounds per hour steam boiler firing
refinery process gas. The particulate stack measurements were made using
both a dilution tunnel research test method and traditional EPA sampling
methods. Pages: 119
July 2001 | Product Number: I47030 | Price: $88.00
This project was performed with the cooperation of the California Air
Resources Board (CARB) and Western States Petroleum Association to
develop updated air toxic emission factors for combustion sources using
petroleum-based fuels. The emission factors developed using the best
available source testing information in this project will help the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency to revise AP-42. In addition, the emission
factors will be integrated into CARB’s California Air Toxics Emission Factor
database. Environmental, health, and safety engineers can use these
emission factors to develop more accurate and complete emission
inventories without additional source testing, which could help facilities in
the permitting process. Pages: 88
August 1998 | Product Number: J34800 | Price: $100.00
Publ 4645
Methane and Carbon Dioxide Emission Estimates from U.S.
Petroleum Sources
This study was conducted to obtain refined estimates of the U.S. petroleum
industry’s emissions of greenhouse gases. Methane and carbon dioxide
emissions were estimated using 1990 as the base year and projecting those
emissions to the year 2000. The emission estimates resulting from the study
were reasonably consistent with previous estimates and showed little change
from 1990 to 2000. Pages: 114
January 1997 | Product Number: I46450 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4653
Fugitive Emission Factors for Crude Oil and Product Pipeline
Facilities
Presents the results of a study to determine equipment component fugitive
emission factors for crude oil and product pipeline facilities. The emission
factors presented in this report will allow pipeline operators to estimate total
hydrocarbon emissions from equipment components located at pipeline
facilities in light crude service, heavy crude service, and product service.
Pages: 50
June 1997 | Product Number: I46530 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4667
Vehicle Emissions Testing of Rapidly Aged Catalysts
A test program was conducted to measure the effect of changing fuel sulfur
content on the exhaust emissions of a 1993 Honda Civic VX certified to
meet California Transitional Low Emission Vehicle (TLEV) standards. The
results showed that: (a) on average, lowering fuel sulfur content from 600 to
35 ppm reduced exhaust emissions measured over the Federal Test
Procedure (FTP) by 21 % to 27 % depending on the pollutant; (b) fuel sulfur
content did not have an effect on the long-term emissions performance of
catalysts that have been artificially aged; (c) rapid catalyst aging did not
have a large effect on sulfur response compared to in-use aging; (d) gasoline
sulfur content did not have a significant effect on catalyst oxygen storage
capacity for this catalyst type; and (e) the emissions response to lower sulfur
obtained from measurements on a Honda Civic VX, TLEV-operated under
transient conditions according to the FTP, was less than one-half of that
observed in a previous study using an identical Honda catalyst in a
laboratory setting. Pages: 52
November 1997 | Product Number: I46670 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4703
Gas Fired Boiler—Test Report Site A: Characterization of Fine
Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary
Petroleum Industry Combustion Sources
In 1997, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated new
ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than 2.5
micrometers in diameter (PM 2.5). Source emissions data are needed to
110
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4704
Gas Fired Heater—Test Report Site B: Characterization of Fine
Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary
Petroleum Industry Combustion Sources
In 1997, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated new
ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than
2.5 micrometers in diameter (PM 2.5). Source emissions data are needed
to assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to
ambient PM 2.5 concentrations. This report presents particulate
measurement results from a 114 million British thermal unit (MMBtu) per
hour gas-fired refinery process heater. The particulate stack measurements
were made using both a dilution tunnel research test method and traditional
EPA sampling methods. Pages: 118
August 2001 | Product Number: I47040 | Price: $88.00
Publ 4712
Gas-Fired Steam Generator—Test Report Site C: Characterization of
Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from
Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion Sources
In 1997, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated new
ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than
2.5 micrometers in diameter (PM 2.5). Source emissions data are needed
to assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to
ambient PM 2.5 concentrations. This report presents that the gas fired
steam generator has a maximum heat input of 62.5 MMBtu/Hr with an
average rate of approximately 50 MMBtu/hr. Pages: 100
July 2001 | Product Number: I47120 | Price: $83.00
Publ 4720
Comparison of API and EPA Toxic Air Pollutant Emission Factors for
Combustion Sources
Compares and explains differences in published toxic air pollutant emission
factors for combustion sources and recommends priorities for gathering
additional emission factor information. Pages: 50
September 2002 | Product Number: I47200 | Price: $92.00
Publ 4772
Measuring Particulate Emissions from Combustion Sources
Since the inception of the Clean Air Act, the petroleum refining industry has
been faced with the need to determine criteria pollutant emissions from
combustion sources. While some of these species, such as NOx, SO2, and
CO remain in the vapor phase during and after combustion and are relatively
simple to measure, particulate matter (PM) measurements are much more
challenging. This is because while some PM such as fly ash or catalytic
cracking catalyst fines is clearly solid material that is readily collected and
measured on a sampling filter, other species that may exist in the vapor
phase during combustion can later condense into aerosols downstream from
the combustion zone. This can occur before or after any control devices,
depending upon the temperature and composition of the combustion gases.
Consequently, it has been customary to refer to PM as being composed of
two PM components, filterable and condensable, the relative amounts of
each depending on the stack gas composition and temperature, control
devices in use at the unit, and the method for measuring PM. While
measuring filterable PM is relatively straightforward (i.e. PM collected on a
filter), condensable PM is a more esoteric quantity and its contribution to
total PM emissions is very much dependent upon the choice of the
measurement method. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency apparently
recognized this issue, and until the interest in measuring and controlling
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
PM 2.5 emissions emerged in the 1990s, their PM sampling methods were
centered on measuring only filterable PM. At the time that these methods
were originally instituted, the best available pollution control devices were
mainly limited to filterable PM and could not control the condensable
portion of PM emissions. As interest in the health effects associated with PM
emissions increased, efforts were centered on determining the contribution
of the PM 2.5 fraction that was believed to most responsible for these effects
and principally composed of condensable matter. This report will review the
conditions leading to the formation of condensable particulate matter from
stack gas components along with the methods used to measure PM
emissions from refinery combustion sources. Pages: 27
September 2008 | Product Number: I47720 | Price: $62.00
EMISSIONS: EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION
Publ 4775
Simulating the Effect of Aerobic Biodegradation on Soil Vapor
Intrusion into Buildings—Evaluation of Low Strength Sources
Associated with Dissolved Gasoline Plumes
Aerobic biodegradation can contribute significantly to the attenuation of
petroleum hydrocarbon vapors in the unsaturated zone; however, most
regulatory guidance for assessing potential human health risks via vapor
intrusion to indoor air either neglect biodegradation or only allow for one
order of magnitude additional attenuation for aerobically degradable
compounds, which may be overly conservative in many cases. This paper
describes results from three-dimensional numerical model simulations of
vapor intrusion for petroleum hydrocarbons to assess the influence of
aerobic biodegradation on the attenuation factor for a variety of source
concentrations and depths for buildings with basements and slab-on-grade
construction. Provided that oxygen is present in the vadose zone, aerobic
biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbon vapors in the unsaturated zone will
reduce the soil gas concentrations and the potential risks from vapor
intrusion to indoor air compared to nondegrading compounds. At lower
source concentrations and/or deeper source depths, aerobic biodegradation
may result in a reduction in vapor intrusion attenuation factors by many
orders of magnitude. The magnitude of the reduction depends on sitespecific conditions, which should be considered in the development of a
conceptual site model for each site. However, oxygen supply and
degradation rates are likely to be sufficient at many sites to mitigate potential
risks from vapor intrusion for low vapor concentration sources (less than
about 2 mg/L-vapor total hydrocarbons). The simulations conducted in this
study provide a framework for understanding the degree to which bioattenuation will occur under a variety of scenarios and provide insight into
site conditions that will result in significant biodegradation. This improved
understanding may be used to select site-specific attenuation factors for
degradable compounds and develop soil vapor screening levels appropriate
for particular combinations of source concentrations, source depth, and
building characteristics, which should be defined as part of a site conceptual
model. Pages: 53
April 2009 | Product Number: I47750 | Price: $108.00
Publ 4776
A Guide to Understanding, Assessment and the Regulation of PAHs
in the Aquatic Environment
Designed to be an introductory guide to understanding and assessing
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in the aquatic environment
(water and sediments). API prepared this guide primarily for refinery
personnel and home office environmental staff who may have to address
PAH issues. In addition, this guide may also be useful to staff in regulatory
agencies that work with PAHs in wastewater discharge permits, waste load
allocations (total maximum daily loadings), and sediment investigation
and remediation.
The guide provides an overview on the chemistry, fate, and sources of PAHs
in the environment and the regulatory implications. The guide also includes
descriptions of the different sources of PAHs (petrogenic, pyrogenic,
diagenic, biogenic) and techniques for differentiating these sources through
their characteristic fingerprints, including straightforward ways to help identify
or rule out potential sources. Pages: 60
September 2011 | Product Number: I47760 | Price: $107.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4589
Fugitive Hydrocarbon Emissions from Oil and Gas Production
Operations
The emission factors derived in this report indicate that fugitive emissions
from production facilities are considerably lower than they were in the late
1970s. Investigators use portable detectors to screen more than 180,000
components at 20 offshore and onshore facilities. Mass emission rates from
“bagged” emitters, valves, connectors, and other components, such as seals
and vents, are used to develop emission factors for individual components
and groups of components. A workbook included in the report provides site
operators with three different options to calculate emissions from their
facilities. See also Publ 4615. Pages: 263
December 1993 | Product Number: I45890 | Price: $142.00
Publ 4615
Emission Factors for Oil and Gas Production Operation
Supplements the information found in Publ 4589 and contains revised
emission factors developed from 1993 API data using correlation equations
established by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in 1994. The report
contains emissions factors for five types of production operations—light
crude production, heavy crude production, gas production, gas processing
plants, and offshore production. It also contains profiles of speciated
emissions including air toxics and assesses regional differences in fugitive
emissions and control efficiency of inspection and maintenance programs.
Component inventory data, screening data, and leak emission data are also
included. See also Publ 4589. Pages: 56
January 1995 | Product Number: I46150 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4638
Calculation Workbook for Oil and Gas Production Equipment
Fugitive Emissions
This workbook, which is the result of five years of field testing of equipment
components at production facilities across the United States, is a valuable
tool for petroleum producers who are interested in estimating fugitive
emissions from their oil and gas production sites. Four methods of
calculating fugitive emissions are presented: EPA average emission factor
method, EPA screening value range emission method, EPA correlation
method, and leak quantification method. Pages: 62
July 1996 | Product Number: I46380 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4644
A Methodology for Estimating Incremental Benzene Exposures and
Risks Associated with Glycol Dehydrators
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and API collaborated to develop a
methodology to estimate benzene exposures and associated risks under
representative emission conditions applicable to glycol dehydrators. The
result (spreadsheet program and Monte Carlo routine) was a PC-based
model called SIMRISK. A simplified version was developed that could be
incorporated into control applicability criteria for glycol dehydrator vent
emissions. Pages: 84
February 1997 | Product Number: I46440 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4661
Exploration and Production Emission Calculator II (EPEC II) User's
Guide
The Exploration and Production Emission Calculator Version 2.0 (EPEC II) is
a software tool that can be used to estimate emissions for exploration and
production facilities. EPEC II integrates user inputs, emission calculations,
and data summaries for many equipment types common to exploration and
production facilities. The calculation techniques and emission factors utilized
by the EPEC II software were, in most cases, established by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, API, and the Gas Research Institute.
Published references that provide background information for the calculation
methods used in EPEC II are given for each equipment type in both the
software and in each section of this user's guide. Pages: 96
2nd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: I46610 | Price: $125.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
111
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4662
Evaluation of a Petroleum Production Tank Emissions Model
detailed speciated emission rates from methane to decanes. System
requirements are an IBM PC 386 compatible or higher, at least 2 MB RAM, a
math coprocessor, and WINDOWS® 3.1 or later. Pages: 86
April 2000 | Product Number: I46970
New Version Price to Be Determined
E&P TANK was evaluated for petroleum production tanks in an emission
measurement project sponsored by API and the Gas Research Institute.
Emission testing was performed on storage tank vents located at seven sites
in widely diverse oil and gas producing regions across the United States.
Measured emissions were found to be in agreement with E&P TANK model
predictions. Pages: 338
October 1997 | Product Number: I46620 | Price: $117.00
Publ 4679
Amine Unit Air Emissions Model and User’s Guide, AMINECalc
Version 1.0
AMINECalc is a user-friendly Windows®-based software program that
estimates hydrocarbon emissions from amine-based sour gas and natural
gas liquid sweetening units. The output generated by the software can be
used for regulatory reporting by unit operators according to the requirements
of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. AMINECalc performs three types
of calculation options: (1) mass balance calculation, (2) gas process (gas
feed) simulation, and (3) NGL process (liquid feed) simulation. Mass
emission rates of hazardous air pollutants, including benzene, toluene,
ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX), and volatile organic compounds can be
estimated with the use of AMINECalc. System requirements for running
AMINECalc Version 1.0 are IBM PC 486 compatible or higher, 8 MB RAM or
more, and Windows® 95/98/NT. Approximately 2 MB of hard disk space are
required to hold the program and its supporting run-time libraries. For better
interface viewing, it is recommended that the user set the monitor to a high
color 16 bit (or higher) resolution. See also Publ 4680. Pages: 76
January 1999 | Product Number: I46790 | Price: $494.00
Publ 4680
Amine Unit Air Emissions Model Evaluation
The implementation of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments in the United
States has created the need for a reliable method to estimate and report
hydrocarbon emissions from amine units. A simulation package, called
Amine Unit Air Emission Model (AMINECalc) Version 1.0 was developed. This
report evaluates the AMINECalc model by comparing the simulation results
with field data collected from operating gas plants. It also recommends
improvements and modifications to refine the predictions. See also
Publ 4679. Pages: 96
December 1998 | Product Number: I46800 | Price: $120.00
Publ 4683
Correlation Equations to Predict Reid Vapor Pressure and Properties
of Gaseous Emissions for Exploration and Production Facilities
Establishes simple techniques for exploration and production (E&P)
operators of petroleum storage tank facilities to use for the preparation of
site-specific emission inventories to meet environmental regulations.
Analyses were performed of oil and gas sampling results and emissions
modeling results for more than 100 crude oil E&P storage tanks. Correlation
equations or statistical averages were recommended to estimate Reid Vapor
Pressure, vented flash gas molecular weight, vented working and standing
gas molecular weight, hydrocarbon speciation (including hazardous air
pollutants), and separator gas specific gravity. Pages: 82
December 1998 | Product Number: I46830 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4697
Production Tank Emissions Model (E&P TANK, Version 2.0)
(New version COMING SOON)
E&P TANK, developed in conjunction with the Gas Research Institute, is a
personal computer model designed to use site-specific information in a
user-friendly format to predict emissions from petroleum production storage
tanks. The model calculates flashing losses and simulates working and
standing losses, using data provided by the user. Calculations distinguish
between hazardous air pollutants and volatile organic compounds, showing
112
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
EMISSIONS: MARKETING
Publ 4588
Development of Fugitive Emission Factors and Emission Profiles for
Petroleum Marketing Terminals, Volume 1
To evaluate the accuracy of fugitive emission estimates for petroleum
marketing terminals, a study was designed to determine average emission
factors and fugitive emission correlation equations for components in light
liquid and gas vapor services. Four marketing terminals were tested, and the
results of the study are presented in this report. See also appendices to this
document, Publ 45881. Pages: 146
May 1993 | Product Number: I45880 | Price: $123.00
Publ 45881
Development of Fugitive Emission Factors and Emission Profiles for
Petroleum Marketing Terminals, Volume 2
This volume is the appendix to Publ 4588. Appendices include statistical
analyses of data, field inventory sheet data, emitter data, nonaromatic
speciation data, and aromatic speciation data. See also Publ 4588.
Pages: 217
May 1993 | Product Number: I45881 | Price: $115.00
EMISSIONS: REFINING
Validation of Heavy Gas Dispersion Models with Experimental
Results of the Thorney Island Trials
Volumes I & II
June 1986
Publ 310
Analysis of Refinery Screening Data
Analyzes five and a half years of screening data from seven Los Angeles
California refineries, comprising 11.5 million values. Information was
obtained to help determine (1) the design and operational characteristics
that influence emissions and (2) whether a focused leak detection and
repair program could be more cost-effective while reducing emissions than
the current method of monitoring all system components. Pages: 64
November 1997 | Product Number: J31000 | Price: $57.00
Publ 337
Development of Emission Factors for Leaks in Refinery Components
in Heavy Liquid Service
Estimating air pollutants from stationary sources is necessary for compiling
emission inventories, determining emission fees, and meeting the conditions
of various permits and compliances. This report provides revised emission
factors applicable to refinery components in heavy liquid service, which were
based on extensive field measurements. It also provides data analyses to
determine whether the type of distillate or residual hydrocarbon in the
stream would influence the emission factors. Pages: 68
August 1996 | Product Number: J33700 | Price: $74.00
Publ 4587
Remote Sensing Feasibility Study of Refinery Fenceline Emissions
Reviews the state of the art of optical remote sensing (ORS) technology and
examines the potential use of ORS systems combined with ancillary
measurements, such as meteorological and tracer gas release data to
determine fugitive emission rates. The report also highlights some issues to
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
consider in planning an ORS field study and clarifies the attendant tradeoffs
for issues such as selection of appropriate ORS systems, consideration of
detection limits and beam placement, choice of dispersion models, use of
tracer gas releases, time scale and timing of field studies, and the requisite
meteorological measurements. Pages: 105
April 1994 | Product Number: I45870 | Price: $70.00
insight on how to change process drain variables (flow rate, temperature,
etc.) to reduce emissions. See also Publ 4639, Publ 4677, and Publ 4681.
Pages: 104
April 1999 | Product Number: I46780 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4612
1993 Study of Refinery Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks,
Volumes I and II
Describes a study to document how fugitive emissions from equipment leaks
have changed since the 1980s. Fugitive emissions from valves, pumps,
connectors, and open-ended lines of five refineries were measured to
develop new emission correlation equations and emission factors. Volume I
contains the summaries and results of data analysis. Volume II contains
descriptions of the testing approach, special studies to enhance data
analysis, and documentation of quality control results. See also companion
document Publ 4613. Pages: 248
April 1994 | Product Number: I46120 | Price: $142.00
Publ 4613
1993 Study of Refinery Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks,
Volume III
This volume is the appendix to Publ 4612. It contains raw data, in-depth
discussions of calculations and statistics, and more complete, independent
audit results. See also companion document Publ 4612. Pages: 307
April 1994 | Product Number: I46130 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4639
Estimation of Fugitive Emissions from Petroleum Refinery Process
Drains
Presents a protocol to facilitate the measurement and modeling of volatile
organic compound (VOC) emissions from refinery process drains. It includes
a comprehensive literature review on fugitive emissions from refinery process
drains, the results of a survey of process drains at three refineries, a review
of models that describe VOC emissions from drain structures, and the results
from a series of tests carried out to evaluate the suitability of the equipment
and procedures that make up the protocol. Pages: 200
March 1996 | Product Number: I46390 | Price: $87.00
Publ 4677
Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume I, Fugitive
Emission Factors for Refinery Process Drains
Emissions from refinery process drains are under increasing scrutiny,
particularly with regard to volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and hazardous
air pollutants because of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. This
publication is volume one of a three-part study initiated by API to update the
AP-42 emission factor for refinery process drains, which may overestimate
refinery process drain fugitive emissions. This volume contains simplified
emission factors that can be used to quickly estimate total VOC emissions
from refinery process drains. See also Publ 4639, Publ 4678, and
Publ 4681. Pages: 132
April 1999 | Product Number: I46770 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4678
Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume II,
Fundamentals of Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains
Volume two of a three-part study initiated by API to update the AP-42
emission factor for refinery process drains, which may overestimate refinery
process drain fugitive emissions. This volume describes theoretical concepts
and equations that may be used in a model (APIDRAIN) to estimate
speciated volatile organic compound emissions. The model can provide
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4681
Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume III, Process
Drain Emission Calculator: APIDRAIN Version 1.0
Volume three of a three-part study—the computer model with user’s guide to
estimate emissions from refinery process drains. APIDRAIN is a user-friendly
Windows®-based software program operating under the Microsoft Excel® for
Windows® environment. The model allows the user to sum up the emissions
from a refinery process unit area or from the entire refinery. The model user
can quickly and easily predict the contribution of process drain emissions to
the total emission inventory of a refinery. Unit operators can use the output
generated by the software for regulatory reporting according to the
requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. The minimum
system requirements for running APIDRAIN Version 1.0 are PC 486 DX2
Windows® 3.11 platform, 8 MB RAM, and Windows 95®/Windows NT®. The
user must have Windows® and Excel® installed on a personal computer to
begin using the software. The APIDRAIN model is enhanced with automatic
functions that enable the user to easily summarize important reporting
information and to generate tabular emissions totals for both specific
refinery process units and for the entire refinery. It is not necessary for the
user to possess a rigorous understanding of Excel® to use APIDRAIN; only a
few common principles of the Windows® operating environment are needed
(such as point-and-click and navigation of tab and arrow keys). See also
Publ 4639, Publ 4677, and Publ 4678. Pages: 92
April 1999 | Product Number: I46810 | Price: $412.00
Publ 4713
Test Report: Fluidized Catalytic Cracking Unit at a Refinery (Site A),
Characterization of Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation
Profiles from Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion Sources
There are few existing data on emissions and characteristics of fine aerosols
from petroleum industry combustion sources, and the limited information that
is available is incomplete and outdated. API developed a test protocol to
address this data gap, specifically to:
• develop emission factors and speciation profiles for emissions of primary
fine particulate matter (i.e. particulate present in the stack flue gas
including condensable aerosols), especially organic aerosols from gasfired combustion devices, and
• identify and characterize secondary particulate (i.e. particulate formed via
reaction of stack emissions in the atmosphere) precursor emissions.
This report presents the results of a pilot project to evaluate the test protocol
on a refinery fluid catalytic cracking unit. Pages 113
March 2002 | Product Number: I47130 | Price: $145.00
Publ 4723
Refinery Stream Speciation
Contains the results of a study to determine the range of compositions for a
number of compounds in typical refinery process streams. Data representing
31 refineries, over 20 processes, and over 50 process streams was
contributed by the project participants. The results of this project will be of
use in estimating the emissions of specific compounds, in preparing permit
applications and in other environmental control activities. Neither the
Petroleum Environmental Research Forum or the project participants make
any claims as to the suitability or acceptability of the stream composition
data reported for specific reporting or regulatory purposes. Pages: 325
November 2002 | Product Number: I47230 | Price: $164.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
113
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
EMISSIONS: VEHICLES
EXPOSURE: ASSESSMENT AND MONITORING
Publ 4605
Investigation of MOBILE5a Emission Factors: Evaluation of IM240to-FTP Correlation and Base Emission Rate Equations
Publ 4617
A Monte Carlo Approach to Generating Equivalent Ventilation Rates
in Population Exposure Assessments
TA detailed investigation and critique of the methodology used by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency to construct the exhaust emission rate
equations in MOBILE5a developed from data collected from an operating
inspection and maintenance (I/M) program. It includes an extensive critique
of the adjustments used to correct I/M program data for variations in fuel
characteristics and temperature conditions and an assessment of the
correlations developed to relate emissions data measured in an I/M
program to that measured on the Federal Test Procedure. Pages: 45
June 1994 | Product Number: I46050 | Price: $61.00
Describes a study to improve breathing rate simulations in computer-based
models used to estimate the exposures of urban populations to ozone and
carbon monoxide. Algorithms producing equivalent ventilation rate values
according to age, gender, activity, activity duration, and breathing rate
category were developed from measured rates in primary-school children,
high-school children, outdoor adult workers, and construction workers. Seven
additional time/activity databases not used in the current pNEM
methodology are described as well as models simulating maximum
sustainable ventilation rates as a function of exercise duration, age, and
gender. Pages: 168
March 1995 | Product Number: I46170 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4637
Analysis of Causes of Failure in High Emitting Cars
Describes an investigation to evaluate the primary causes of high exhaust
emissions from light-duty vehicles on the road. It is an analysis of emissions
data from tests previously conducted by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), the California Air Resources Board, and one joint EPA-industry
program. The analysis involves a comparison of emissions test data
collected both before and after the performance of repairs on 1981 and
newer cars and trucks. Emission control defects, their prevalence and overall
contribution to fleet emissions are described. Pages: 104
February 1996 | Product Number: I46370 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4642
A Study to Quantify On-Road Emissions of Dioxins and Furans from
Mobile Sources: Phase 2
Presents the results of a study to assess on-road emissions of dioxins and
furans from light- and heavy-duty vehicles in the United States. This study
was conducted in response to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s
(EPA) draft dioxin reassessment document, which was based on data
developed from studies conducted outside of the United States. Emissions
were measured in the Fort McHenry Tunnel in Baltimore, MD, based on
techniques tested and proven in Phase 1 of this study. The emission factor
determined for heavy-duty diesel vehicles in this work was less than the EPA
estimate. Pages: 96
December 1996 | Product Number: I46420 | Price: $130.00
Publ 4646
Evaluation of Fuel Tank Flammability of Low RVP Gasolines
Twenty-two test fuels were varied with respect to Reid vapor pressure (RVP),
pentane-to-butane ratio, and addition of ethanol and methyl tert-butyl ether
(MTBE), to evaluate the conditions under which vapors from reformulated
gasoline contained in automobile fuel tanks become flammable. The results
show that temperature limits of flammability correlate with RVP; the addition
of ethanol or MTBE or both affects the upper flammability limits; and the
ratio of pentane to butane has no consistent effect at similar RVP levels.
Pages: 144
December 1996 | Product Number: I46460 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4650
Analysis of High-Mileage-Vehicle Emissions Data from Late-Model,
Fuel-Injected Vehicles
Seventy-five light-duty vehicles were procured and tested over the Federal Test
Procedure to assess whether the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA)
MOBILE5a on-road emission factors model overpredicted the exhaust
emissions of newer-model, fuel-injected vehicles with high mileage. A
comparison of the results from vehicles tested in this program to estimates
from the EPA MOBILE5a model suggested that the latter may be overpredicting exhaust emissions. This report presents an analysis of the data
collected during this project. Pages: 62
February 1997 | Product Number: I46500 | Price: $69.00
114
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4619
A Study to Characterize Air Concentrations of Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether (MTBE) at Service Stations in the Northeast
Describes a study to measure air concentrations of MTBE; total
hydrocarbons; carbon monoxide; formaldehyde; and benzene, toluene,
ethylbenzene, and xylenes at 10 service stations in the New York area.
Researchers assessed concentrations of MTBE in the areas around gas
pumps, at the station perimeters, and in the breathing zones of motorists
and attendants. Meteorological parameters, gasoline composition, sales,
and deliveries were also monitored. Pages: 144
February 1995 | Product Number: I46190 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4622
Petroleum Industry Data Characterizing Occupational Exposures to
Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE): 1983–1993
Describes the results of a survey of API member companies to acquire data
relating to occupational exposure to MTBE for various activities associated
with petroleum facilities. It provides a detailed description of the survey
questionnaire as well as a statistical analysis of some 1,833 workplace
concentration measurements associated with potential occupational
exposures. Pages: 105
August 1995 | Product Number: I46220 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4625
Service Station Personnel Exposures to Oxygenated Fuel
Components
Describes a study in four ozone nonattainment areas to measured
exposures of refueling attendants and mechanics to fuel oxygenate
species—methyl ttertiary butyl ether, tertiary amyl methyl ether, tertiary
butyl alcohol, ethanol, and butyl alcohol—at service stations. The
aromatics—benzene, toluene, xylene, para-xylene, and ethylbenzene—
were also measured. Full shift (approximately 8-hour time-weighted
average) and short-term (15–20 minutes) samples were collected at
each station. Volatility and meteorological measurements were also
taken. Pages: 144
August 1995 | Product Number: I46250 | Price: $65.00
Publ 4629
Hexavalent Chromium Exposures During Hot Work
Details the findings from an air sampling survey contracted by API to evaluate
inhalation exposures to hexavalent chromium [chromium (VI)] during seven
types of hot work: carbon arc cutting (CAC), flux cored arc welding (FCAW), gas
metal arc welding (GMAW or MIG), grinding, gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW or
TIG), oxyfuel gas cutting (OFC or torch cutting), and shielded metal arc welding
(SMAW or stick). After the First Edition of this report was published, it was
determined that 15 samples from one of the projects were listed as carbon
steel base metal and should have been listed as stainless steel. While the
original report was careful to point out the use of electrodes typical for stainless
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
work, it was felt that a complete update was needed. Eighty-three samples
were collected in October and November 2005 at two petroleum sites during
maintenance turnarounds by API member companies. An additional 188
samples were collected April–June 2006 at three different petroleum company
sites by ICU Environmental Health and Safety. Of the 271 total samples, 63
samples were at or above the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) action level of 2.5 ug/m3 and 51 were at or above the OSHA
permissible exposure limit of 5 ug/m3. Pages: 12
June 2007 | Product Number: I46290 | Price: $85.00
Publ 309
Current Status and Research Needs Related to Biogenic
Hydrocarbons
MODELING
Publ 4546
Hazard Response Modeling Uncertainty (a Quantitative Method):
Evaluation of Commonly-Used Hazardous Gas Dispersion Models—
Volume 2
Contains an evaluation of a group of 14 hazardous gas dispersion models.
All available measurement programs were considered for the evaluation,
covering both the releases of dense gases and nondense tracer gases; eight
data sets are used in the evaluation. The models are reviewed for their
scientific validity. Statistical procedures and residual plots are used to
characterize performance. A number of the models give predictions that
reasonably match field data. Pages: 351
October 1992 | Product Number: I45460 | Price: $142.00
Publ 4628
A Guidance Manual for Modeling Hypothetical Accidental Releases
to the Atmosphere
Describes the literature on the state of science on biogenic hydrocarbons.
Among the areas covered are biogenic emission measurements, ambient
concentration measurements, emission inventories, chemical kinetics, and
modeling studies from 1960 to 1992. The results of the review are used to
identify areas of understanding as well as uncertainty in present-day
knowledge. A list of references with 163 abstracts is included. Pages: 240
June 1992 | Product Number: J30900 | Price: $113.00
Publ 4616
The Importance of Using Alternative Base Cases in Photochemical
Modeling
A series of Urban Airshed Model sensitivity studies were conducted using two
summer O3 episodes. Plausible alternative conditions were established to
define acceptable base cases, some of which provided model performance
comparable to the best achieved for the episodes. The alternative base
cases used in this study produced significant differences in estimates of the
air quality benefits of hypothetical emissions reductions. The study strongly
recommends that current photochemical modeling practices include this
type of analysis to reduce the risk of focusing on the wrong ozone precursor,
underestimating control requirements, or incurring costs to implement
unnecessary controls. Pages: 364
September 1994 | Product Number: I46160 | Price: $137.00
Environment and Safety Data
Presents methods for modeling hypothetical accidental releases of fluids
and gases into the atmosphere from process operations. Given a particular
type of release and the chemicals or petroleum fractions involved, methods
for modeling the release and subsequent dispersion phenomena are treated
in a step-wise, comprehensive manner. Detailed simulation of eight
hypothetical release scenarios are presented to demonstrate how the
modeling procedures can be implemented. Pages: 212
November 1996 | Product Number: I46280 | Price: $142.00
The following summaries report on cases that are recorded under the U.S.
Bureau of Labor Statistics’ recordkeeping guidelines. The surveys are based
on data submitted to API by oil and gas companies. The reports include
information regarding injuries, illness, fatalities, lost workday cases, and
incidence rates by function.
Publ 4669
Review of Air Quality Models for Particulate Matter
1990 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
API has published a review of existing source and receptor models available
for analyzing particulate matter (PM) concentrations. This report critically
reviews existing air modeling tools for PM, recommends models for State
Implementation Plan applications, and identifies areas where the models
need improvement. If you would like API to provide you with a hard copy of
this publication for a cost of $42.00, please contact the Intellectual Property
Department at API, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005; e-mail:
[email protected]; phone: 202-682-8156. Pages: 311
March 1998
July 1991 | Product Number: K19988 | Price: $83.00
OZONE
1993 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
Publ 305
Protecting Agricultural Crops from Ozone Exposures—Key Issues and
Future Research Directions
June 1994 | Product Number: K19985 | Price: $96.00
Identifies and reviews some of the key issues related to assessing the effects
of ozone exposure on vegetation. This report analyzes information on
components of ozone exposure that elicit adverse effects on vegetation; ways
to describe these components in the form of ozone exposure indices that
may be useful in the standard-setting process for protecting vegetation; the
change in nonattainment status that may occur should the existing ozone
national ambient air quality standards be modified; and the need for future
research efforts to explore the development of a suitable multiparameter
index to protect vegetation from ozone exposure. Pages: 156
August 1991 | Product Number: J30500 | Price: $83.00
June 1995 | Product Number: K19984 | Price: $96.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
1989 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
January 1989 | Product Number: K19996 | Price: $59.00
1991 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
September 1992 | Product Number: K19987 | Price: $83.00
1992 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
August 1993 | Product Number: K19986 | Price: $83.00
1994 Summary of U.S. Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and
Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry
1995 Summary of U.S. Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and
Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry
May 1996 | Product Number: K19983 | Price: $96.00
Publ 2375
1996 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
June 1997 | Product Number: K23751 | Price: $96.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
115
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 2376
1997 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
Publ 4714
A Guide to Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons for the Non-Specialist
June 1998 | Product Number: K23761 | Price: $96.00
Publ 2377
1998 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in
the Petroleum Industry
March 1999 | Product Number: K23771 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2378
1999 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2000 | Product Number: K23781 | Price: $103.00
Provides an introduction to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) for
persons working in the petroleum industry. It describes in general terms what
PAHs are and how they are formed; PAH environmental transport, fate, and
health effects; regulatory requirements related to PAHs; and analytical
methods for measuring PAH concentrations in the environment. This
information is of particular relevance to the petroleum industry due to the
natural presence of PAHs in crude oil, the formation of PAHs during some
refining processes, and the potential for production of PAHs during the
combustion of petroleum products. The intended audience for this report
includes environmental professionals who must address PAH regulatory
issues and field personnel who are responsible for the sampling and
analyses of PAHs. Pages: 36
February 2002 | Product Number: I47141 | Price: $79.00
Publ 2379
2000 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
Human Health Related Research
March 2001 | Product Number: K23790 | Price: $103.00
Human Factors in New Facility Design Tool
Publ 2380
2001 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
Describes a human factors tool that may be used by operating plants as an aid
to incorporate human factors principles in the design of equipment that will be
operated and maintained by people.
The human factors principles described in this document are intended for new
equipment designs; however, many ideas provided in this tool may be used to
improve the operating of existing plants where feasible.
This document focuses only on equipment design. Items such as human error,
behavior-based safety, and operating procedure issues are not in the scope.
The tool covers equipment that is common to both upstream producing and
downstream manufacturing operations. Equipment associated with specific
activities such as drilling rigs is not specifically addressed. Pages: 71
2nd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: I0HF02 | Price: $149.00
March 2002 | Product Number: K23801 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2381
2002 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2003 | Product Number: K23811 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2382
2003 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2005 | Product Number: K23821 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2383
2004 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
March 2005 | Product Number: K23831 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2384
2005 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2006 | Product Number: K23841 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2385
2006 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
June 2007 | Product Number: K23851 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2386
2007 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
May 2008 | Product Number: K23861 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2387
2008 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
March 2009 | Product Number: K23871 | Price: $103.00
Publ 2388
2009 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses,
and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only
April 2010 | Product Number: K23881 | Price: $103.00
116
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Human Factors Tool for Existing Operations
Objectives of this tool include the following:
• provide a tool for operating crews to identify opportunities for latent
conditions and human error, and
• improve how process hazards analysis/hazard evaluation/revalidation
process address human factors.
The scope of this tool includes existing operations and equipment and
human tasks.
This tool is intended for use without specific training on human factors. This
is a simple process for gathering a few operators and mechanics who are
familiar with the equipment/process and who are qualified to identify where
traps (latent conditions) in the equipment and tasks (error likely scenarios)
exist that make it easy for people to do something wrong. Pages: 14
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: I0HF03 | Price: $62.00
TR 400
Toluene: A Preliminary Study of the Effect of Toluene on Pregnancy of
the Rat
Describes a preliminary experiment performed on the pregnant rat to
determine appropriate exposure levels of toluene, for future investigation of
embryofetal toxicity in the rat when administered via the inhalation route
from days 5 to 15 of pregnancy inclusive. The inhalation route of
administration was chosen as the most likely route of exposure in humans.
The exposure levels were chosen following a review of currently available
information. See related document TR 401. Pages: 113
June 1993 | Product Number: I00400 | Price: $61.00
TR 401
Toluene: The Effect on Pregnancy of the Rat
Describes a study to assess the toxicity of toluene on the pregnant rat as well
as on the developing fetus. Pregnant rats were exposed to 250, 750, 1500,
and 3000 ppm toluene via inhalation for 6 hours a day from days 6 to 15 of
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
pregnancy. Control rats were exposed to filtered air for the same length of
time. Throughout the exposure period, animals were observed for clinical
signs of toxicity. On day 20, the females were sacrificed and examined for
abnormalities. The number and distribution of live young as well as the
number of fetal deaths and abnormalities were also recorded. See related
document TR 400. Pages: 215
June 1993 | Product Number: I00401 | Price: $87.00
TR 411
Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) HGPRT Mutation Assay of Tertiary
Amyl Methyl Ether (TAME)
TR 403
Closed-Patch Repeated Insult Dermal Sensitization Study of TAME
in Guinea Pigs
Describes a study to evaluate the allergic contact sensitization potential of
tert-amyl methyl ether (TAME) in guinea pigs. Observations for mortality were
made daily. Body weights were obtained and general health monitored
weekly. Dermal evaluations were made approximately 24 and 48 hours after
exposure. Pages: 32
February 1995 | Product Number: I00403 | Price: $61.00
TR 404
An Inhalation Oncogenicity Study of Commercial Hexane in Rats and
Mice, Part I—Rats
This abridged report, the first part of a two-part set, evaluates the oncogenic
potential of commercial hexane administered to four groups of 50 Fischer
344 rats at concentrations of 0, 900, 3000 and 9000 ppm in air. Summary
text as well as pertinent data on changes in body weight, pathology, and
individual and overall tumor incidence including differences in survivorship
between control and exposed groups are provided. The amendment and
table of contents to the unabridged final report are included. Pages: 152
January 1995 | Product Number: I00404 | Price: $79.00
TR 405
An Inhalation Oncogenicity Study of Commercial Hexane in Rats and
Mice, Part II—Mice
This abridged report, the second part of a two-part set, evaluates the
oncogenic potential of commercial hexane administered to four groups of 50
B6C3F1 mice at concentrations of 0, 900, 3000 and 9000 ppm in air.
Summary text and pertinent data on differences in survivorship between
control and exposed groups, changes in body weight, and pathology are
provided. The table of contents to the unabridged final report is included.
Pages: 106
January 1995 | Product Number: I00405 | Price: $61.00
TR 409
Primary Skin Irritation Study in Rabbits of API 91-01 and PS-6
Unleaded Test Gasolines
Describes a study conducted to assess primary dermal irritation data for two
motor fuels according to Toxic Substances Control Act and Federal
Hazardous Substances Act guidelines. Test rabbits were exposed dermally to
unleaded gasoline according to a specified protocol and observed daily for
signs of skin irritation. Such information is valuable for accurate hazard
assessment and first aid treatment. Pages: 58
March 1995 | Product Number: I00409 | Price: $61.00
TR 410
Chromosome Aberrations in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) Cells
Exposed to Tertiary Amyl Methyl Ether (TAME)
Evaluates the clastogenic potential of TAME using CHO cells compared to the
solvent control group. Based on the findings of this study, TAME was
concluded to be positive for the induction of structural chromosome
abberations in CHO cells. Pages: 56
December 1996 | Product Number: I00410 | Price: $87.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Describes a study conducted to evaluate the mutagenic potential of the test
article, TAME based on quantitation of forward mutations at the
hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT) locus of CHO
cells. Under the conditions of this study, TAME was concluded to be negative
in the CHO/HGPRT mutation assay. Pages: 46
December 1996 | Product Number: I00411 | Price: $87.00
TR 412 and TR 414
A Range-Finding Developmental Inhalation Toxicity Study of
Unleaded Gasoline Vapor Condensate in Rats and Mice via WholeBody Exposure and an Inhalation Developmental Toxicity Study of
Unleaded Gasoline Vapor Condensate in the Rat via Whole-Body
Exposure
This two-part inhalation study sought to specifically evaluate the potential of
unleaded gasoline for developmental toxicity in rodents. The composition of
the unleaded gasoline vapor condensate and the treatment pattern used are
representative of real-world exposure conditions encountered at service
stations and in other occupational settings. The results show that
developmentally there were no differences between treated and control
groups in malformations, total variations, resorptions, fetal body weight, or
viability. Under the conditions of the study, unleaded gasoline vapors did not
produce evidence of developmental toxicity. (This volume includes
publications TR 412 and TR 414.) Pages: 300
April 1998 | Product Number: I00412 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4592
Odor Threshold Studies Performed with Gasoline and Gasoline
Combined with MTBE, ETBE and TAME
Examines the effects on odor detection and recognition of adding
oxygenates such as methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), ethyl tertiary butyl
ether (ETBE), and tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME), to gasoline. Commercial
grade MTBE is also evaluated for its taste threshold in water. The odor
detection threshold is the minimum concentration at which 50 % of a given
population can differentiate between a sample containing the odorant and a
sample of odor-free air. The recognition threshold is the minimum
concentration at which 50 % of a given population can recognize the
odorant. The addition of 11 % to 15 % by volume MTBE or 15 % by volume
of TAME or ETBE reduce the odor detection and recognition thresholds of
gasoline. Pages: 76
January 1994 | Product Number: I45920 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4623
Anecdotal Health-Related Complaint Data Pertaining to Possible
Exposures to Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE): 1993 and 1994
Follow-Up Surveys
Describes the development and administration of an informal survey of API
member companies and state agencies to acquire anecdotal complaint data
relating to MTBE exposure. Data associated with 71 occupational and 13
nonoccupational health-related complaints including reported symptoms are
presented. Pages: 33
September 1995 | Product Number: I46230 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4634
Index and Abstracts of API Health-Related Research
This compendium of health-related research provides author, organization,
and subject indices for research investigations and scientific reviews
conducted for API between 1959 and 1994. It covers industrial hygiene and
exposure assessment, toxicology, environmental biology, product safety, and
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
117
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
community and occupational health research areas. Informative abstracts
provide useful background on each study and give information on
publication availability. Pages: 160
September 1995 | Product Number: I46340 | Price: $79.00
and miscellaneous products. It also provides details of the tests performed
and the species tested. A three-ring binder is provided to house this edition
and future updates. Pages: 190
January 1995 | Product Number: I45592 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4647
Brain Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein (GFAP) as a Marker of
Neurotoxicity During Inhalation Exposure to Toluene
Natural Resource Damage Assessment
Evaluates the concentration of GFAP in the rat’s brain as a practical
biomarker of toluene-induced neurotoxicity. Adult male rats received
inhalation exposure to toluene scfromheduled to approximate occupational
exposure for up to 42 days. During and after exposure, the concentration of
GFAP was determined in four brain regions and compared with standard
criteria of neurotoxicity: behavioral or neuropathological changes. Pages: 44
June 1997 | Product Number: I46470 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4648
Human Neurobehavioral Study Methods: Effects of Subject Variables
on Results
Behavioral tests from two consensus neurotoxicity batteries were
administered to 715 subjects aged 26–45. These people had 0–18 years of
education and represented the following cultural groups: European-descent
majority, Native American Indian, African American, and Latin American.
Differences in educational level and locale (rural vs. urban) and gender were
examined. All factors affected the outcome of the behavioral tests studied.
Results suggested that education and cultural group should be controlled in
the design of the study rather than in the statistical analysis, and failure to
do so could lead to false conclusions about the presence or absence of
neurotoxic effects. Pages: 110
December 1996 | Product Number: I46480 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4689
Chemical Human Health Hazards Associated with Oil Spill Response
Contains an overview of human health hazards that could be encountered by
personnel involved with spills or leaks of petroleum products. The discussion
includes potential risks of basic components and products of concern.
Environmental factors that may affect exposure and a brief summary of other
exposure considerations are also included. Pages: 51
August 2001 | Product Number: I46890 | Price: $83.00
Publ 4743
Hazard Narrative for Tertiary-Butyl Alcohol (TBA),
CAS Number 75-65-0
The purpose of this investigation was to conduct a quantitative risk
assessment according to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency guidelines in
which data on the mode of action by which TBA induced renal tumors in rats
and thyroid tumors in mice was considered. When data from animal studies,
such as the TBA bioassays, are extrapolated to humans to provide estimates
of lifetime cancer risks, then potential differences in pharmacokinetics
(metabolism) and pharmacodynamics (sensitivity and mode of action)
between the animal species and humans is considered in the estimation of
human equivalent doses and in extrapolation from high doses typically used
in the animal bioassays to low doses to which humans may be potentially
exposed. Pharmacokinetic, toxicity, and mode of action data for TBA were
reviewed and data selected for quantitative dose-response modeling.
Pages: 76
November 2005 | Product Number: I47430 | Price: $149.00
Publ 45592
Results of Toxicological Studies Conducted for the American
Petroleum Institute Health and Environmental Sciences Department
Publ 304
Evaluation of Restoration Alternatives for Natural Resources Injured
by Oil Spills
Builds upon previous work in the field of oil spill impact assessment and
habitat restoration to assess the technical feasibility and practicality of
proactive restoration following oil spills and presents an approach for
evaluating tradeoffs between natural recovery and active restoration. The
scenarios developed to represent a broad spectrum of possible oil spills
were based on selected case studies. The report concludes that in general,
available restoration techniques are not very effective for enhancing natural
recovery and may, in certain cases, cause more severe impacts than the oil
spill alone. Pages: 171
1st Edition | October 1991 | Product Number: J30400 | Price: $83.00
Publ 316
Identifying and Measuring Nonuse Values for Natural and
Environmental Resources: A Critical Review
Takes an in-depth look at the theoretical arguments for using the contingent
value method (CVM) as a scientifically valid and reliable tool for valuing
nonuse public goods, specifically, environmental resources. The theory of
option value is used to frame the concept of nonuse; prominent studies that
feature nonuse measurement are highlighted. The potential biases of the
CVM method are mentioned with suggestions on improving values.
Pages: 134
August 1995 | Product Number: J31600 | Price: $59.00
DR 342
Toxicity Bioassays on Dispersed Oil in the North Sea: June 1996
Field Trials
The purpose of the study described in this report was to gain more
information on water column impacts by taking advantage of the ongoing
efficacy and monitoring studies done by the Norwegian Clean Seas
Association for Operating Companies (NOFO) in order to conduct field
toxicity tests.
The goal of this study was to obtain field effects data using shipboard, realtime toxicity tests with field water. These data can then be used in the future
to link field effects to laboratory toxicity data. Pages: 108
June 2002 | Product Number: I34200 | Price: $139.00
Publ 4594
A Critical Review of Toxicity Values and an Evaluation of the
Persistence of Petroleum Products for Use in Natural Resource
Damage Assessments
This document and accompanying 3.5-in. diskette provide a review of the
literature (post-1970) on the toxicity of crudes and oil products in aquatic
environments. Some 748 toxicity values for fish, invertebrates, and algae are
assembled into a database—OILTOX. LC50 values can be identified as well
as information on taxonomic groups and toxicity endpoints of interest. Key
methodological aspects of toxicity tests can be made as well as
determinations of which test procedures have a significant impact on results.
Users need 640 KB RAM, DOS 2.0 or higher, and at least a 2 MB hard disk.
Text may be downloaded onto a diskette and stored as a file or printed.
Pages: 196
January 1995 | Product Number: I45940 | Price: $117.00
Lists and provides the results through December 1994 of all toxicological
studies performed on petroleum-based materials, including gasoline and
gasoline streams, middle distillates, lubes, heavy fuels, solvents, shale oils,
118
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Pollution Prevention
Publ 317
Industry Experience with Pollution Prevention Programs
Publ 300
The Generation and Management of Waste and Secondary
Materials in the Petroleum Refining Industry
In 1989, API initiated a census survey of domestic refineries to document
the management of waste and secondary materials in 1987 and 1988.
Outstanding responses by the refineries (115 out of the total U.S. population
of 176 refineries participated) aided in making confident estimates of the
amount of waste managed by the U.S. refining industry. Pages: 184
February 1991 | Product Number: J30000 | Price: $74.00
Publ 302
Waste Minimization in the Petroleum Industry: A Compendium of
Practices
The API Pollution Prevention Task Force has been actively involved in
promoting pollution prevention within the industry since 1990. Members of
the Task Force have accumulated a comprehensive body of knowledge on
the subject of pollution prevention and have compiled a resource brochure
on the key elements that make pollution prevention programs successful.
Pages: 4
June 1993 | Product Number: J31700 | Price: Free*
Publ 324
Generation and Management of Residual Materials: Petroleum
Refining Performance
In early 1988, API undertook a project to develop a compendium of the
waste minimization practices for several different segments of the petroleum
industry. The compendium discusses a large variety of practices that can and
are being utilized by the industry to reduce both the volume and toxicity of
wastes. From “good housekeeping practices” for marketing facilities to the
recycling of solvents, stormwater, and other traditional waste streams at
refineries, the compendium illustrates the various practices available to
minimize wastes in the industry. Pages: 152
November 1991 | Product Number: J30200 | Price: $90.00
This document is third in a series that presents the results of API’s annual
survey of the types and amounts of wastes and residuals generated and
managed by the petroleum refining industry. For 1990, source reduction
activities doubled over the previous year. The quantity of residuals generated
increased to 18.2 million wet tons as compared to 16.3 million wet tons in
1989. Much of the increased quantity reflects generation peaks associated
with construction and remediation activities. Two long-term trends are worth
noting: (1) the amount of total residuals being recycled continues to rise,
and (2) the amount of hazardous wastes going to land treatment and
disposal continues to fall. Pages: 123
August 1993 | Product Number: J32400 | Price: $89.00
Publ 303
Generation and Management of Wastes and Secondary Materials:
1989 Petroleum Refining Performance
Publ 329
Generation and Management of Residual Materials: Petroleum
Refining Performance
This report is a follow-up to Publ 300 and documents the results of the
1989 Refining Solid Waste Survey. The quantitative results of the generation
of the 28 waste and residual streams and their management according to
the environmental management hierarchy (i.e. source reduction, recycling,
treatment, and disposal) is presented. In addition, the document contains a
discussion of the state of source reduction activities underway within the
industry, including a quantitation of source reduction achievements on the
28 streams, and the methods used to calculate source reduction. Pages: 93
June 1992 | Product Number: J30300 | Price: $90.00
This document is the fourth in a series that describes the 1991 data from
API’s annual survey of the types and amounts of residual materials
generated and managed by the refining industry. In 1991, the industry
generated 14.8 million wet tons of residual materials—the smallest quantity
generated since API began this collection effort in 1987. The industry also
reported that pollution prevention activities accounted for a reduction in
715,000 wet tons of materials. A trend analysis was performed on the last
five years. Oil companies can use the data in this report to compare their
residual generation and management practices with the rest of the industry.
Pages: 172
June 1994 | Product Number: J32900 | Price: $100.00
Publ 311
Environmental Design Considerations for Petroleum Refining
Processing Units
Demonstrates the application of pollution prevention concepts in the design
of a refinery crude processing unit. Included are realistic waste and emission
reduction changes that would be economically and technically attractive to
refiners. The document is intended to serve as a reference for refinery
designers during the preliminary design phase of building a new crude unit
or revamping an existing crude unit. Pages: 214
February 1993 | Product Number: J31100| Price: $148.00
Publ 31101
Executive Summary: Environmental Design Considerations for
Petroleum Refining Crude Processing Units
Executive summary to Publ 311. Pages: 13
February 1993 | Product Number: J31101 | Price: $58.00
Publ 312
Responding to Environmental Challenge: The Petroleum Industry
and Pollution Prevention
Informal proceedings of a pollution prevention plenary session held at API’s
1990 Health and Environment Annual Meeting. Speakers representing
federal and state government, public interest groups, and various petroleum
industry segments presented their views on pollution prevention. This
document also describes API’s initiatives for pollution prevention research.
Pages: 16
1990 | Product Number: J31200 | Price: Free*
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 331
Environmental Performance Indicators: Methods for Measuring
Pollution Prevention
Presents methods that can be used to measure progress toward pollution
prevention. It investigates a series of measurement parameters presented in
five categories: program-based, activity-based, mass-based, normalized
efficiency, and concentration-based. Within each category of measures, the
benefits and limitations are discussed and illustrated with industry
examples. Pages: 30
September 1994 | Product Number: J33100 | Price: $63.00
Publ 333
Generation and Management of Residual Materials
This report is the fifth in a series of reports detailing waste and residual
and management practices in the refining sector. It presents the results
of the 1992–1993 survey and includes information on how the industry
has achieved compliance with the land disposal restrictions on Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) listed hazardous K-wastes
(K0448-K052). It also documents the influence of the primary sludge
rule and new toxicity characteristic under RCRA. Pages: 170
February 1995 | Product Number: J33300 | Price: $100.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
119
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 336
Management of Residual Materials: 1994, Petroleum Refining
Performance
API Soil and Groundwater Research Bulletins
This report is the sixth in a series of reports presenting the results of the API
Annual Refining Residual Survey. It provides a detailed assessment of the
size of refinery throughput, the types of crude oil utilized, the regions in which
the refineries are located, the types of wastewater treatment processes used,
the amounts of different residual streams produced and how they are
managed, and the average cost of residual stream management. Pages: 98
August 1996 | Product Number: J33600 | Price: $100.00
Publ 339
Management of Residual Materials: 1995, Petroleum Refining
Performance
This report is the seventh in a series of reports presenting the results of the
API Annual Refining Residual Survey. Included in the report are detailed
assessments of generated quantities and management practices for 14
individual and 2 combined residual streams, trends in management
practices, average costs for selected residual stream management, types of
wastewater treatment systems employed at refineries, pollution prevention
activities, refinery capacities, and regions in which refineries are located. The
data in this report indicate a decrease of greater than 25 % in the quantity of
residuals generated by the refining industry from 1994 to 1995. Further, the
industry trend towards increased recycling of residuals has continued. In
1995, over half of the refinery residuals generated were recycled rather than
being treated or disposed. Pages: 106
July 1997 | Product Number: J33900 | Price: $100.00
Publ 345
Management of Residual Materials: 1996 Petroleum Refining
Performance
This report is the eighth in a series of reports presenting the results of the API
Annual Refining Residual Survey. Included in the report are detailed
assessments of generated quantities and management practices for 14
residual streams representing approximately 80 % of all residuals managed
at U.S. refineries. Industry trend towards increased recycling of residuals has
continued. In 1996, well over half of the refinery residuals generated were
recycled rather than being treated or disposed. Pages: 106
June 1998 | Product Number: J34500 | Price: $100.00
Soil and Groundwater Research
www.api.org/groundwater
Publ 4722
Groundwater Sensitivity Toolkit—Users Guide, Version 1.0
API and the California MTBE Research Partnership have produced a new
software utility to help site managers, water purveyors, and regulators
evaluate the sensitivity of a groundwater resource to a potential release of
compounds of concern [e.g. a methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE)-oxygenated
fuel]. The toolkit examines three aspects of sensitivity: resource value,
receptor vulnerability, and natural sensitivity. The user supplies site-specific
information, and the toolkit returns a “scorecard” addressing the three
aspects of sensitivity. Although this utility was designed with petroleum
hydrocarbon releases in mind, it can be used when dissolved chlorinated
and inorganic compounds are the chemicals of concern. The toolkit runs on
Microsoft Excel® and comes with a user’s guide. Pages: 51
August 2002 | Product Number: I47220 | Price: $59.00
API Soil and Groundwater Research bulletins summarize research results
from project overseen by API’s Soil and Groundwater Technical Task Force.
The Task Force disseminates information and research results through
publications, presentations, and interaction with industry clients and
regulatory agencies.
The bulletins listed below can be downloaded at
www.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/clean-water/ground-water/
bulletins.aspx.
Bulletin No. 1
Summary of Processes, Human Exposures and Remediation
Technologies Applicable to Low Permeability Soils
September 1996
Bulletin No. 3
Ten Frequently Asked Questions About MTBE in Water
March 1998
Bulletin No. 5
Evaluation of Sampling and Analytical Methods for Measuring
Indicators of Intrinsic Bioremediation
March 1998
Bulletin No. 8
Characteristics of Dissolved Petroleum Hydrocarbon Plumes: Results
from Four Studies
December 1998
Bulletin No. 9
Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (NAPL) Mobility Limits in Soil
June 2000
Bulletin No. 10
Simulation of Transport of Methyl Tert-Butyl Ether (MTBE) to
Ground-Water from Small-Volume Releases of Gasoline in the
Valdose Zone
June 2000
Bulletin No. 11
Strategies for Characterizing Subsurface Releases of Gasoline
Containing MTBE
August 2000
Bulletin No. 12
No-Purge Sampling: An Approach for Long-Term Monitoring
October 2000
Bulletin No. 13
Dissolution of MTBE from a Residually Trapped Gasoline Source
September 2001
Bulletin No. 14
Predicting the Effect of Hydrocarbon and Hydrocarbon-Impacted Soil
on Groundwater
September 2001
120
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Bulletin No. 15
Vadose Zone Natural Attenuation of Hydrocarbon Vapors: An
Emperical Assessment of Soil Gas Vertical Profile Data
CONTAMINANT FATE AND TRANSPORT
December 2001
Bulletin No. 16
Migration of Soil Gas Vapors to Indoor Air: Determining Vapor
Attenuation Factors Using a Screening-Level Model and Field Data
from the CDOT-MTL
April 2002
Bulletin No. 17
Identification of Critical Parameters for the Johnson and Ettinger
(1991) Vapor Intrusion Model
May 2002
Bulletin No. 18
Answers to Frequently Asked Questions About Managing Risk at
LNAPL Sites
May 2003
Bulletin No. 19
Evaluation of Small-Volume Releases of Ethanol-Blended Gasoline
at UST Sites
October 2003
Bulletin No. 20
Answers to Frequently Asked Questions About Ethanol Impacts to
Groundwater
December 2003
Bulletin No. 21
Evaluation of Potential Vapor Transport to Indoor Air Associated with
Small-Volume Releases of Oxygenated Gasoline in the Vadose Zone
January 2005
Bulletin No. 22
Maximum Potential Impacts of Tertiary Butyl Alcohol (TBA) on
Groundwater from Small-Volume Releases of Ethanol-Blended
Gasoline in the Vadose Zone
January 2005
Bulletin No. 23
The Impact of Gasohol and Fuel-Grade Ethanol on BTX and Other
Hydrocarbons in Ground Water: Effect on Concentrations Near a
Source
December 2005
Bulletin No. 24
Downward Solute Plume Migration: Assessment Significance and
Implications for Characterization and Monitoring of “Diving Plumes”
April 2006
Bulletin No. 25
Remediation Progress at California LUFT Sites: Insights from the
GeoTracker Database
February 2012
Publ 4531
Chemical Fate and Impact of Oxygenates in Groundwater: Solubility
of BTEX from Gasoline-Oxygenate Mixtures
Oxygenated hydrocarbon compounds may be added to gasoline mixtures to
improve emission quality and octane ratings or to conserve petroleum
resources, which may alter the behavior of dissolved organic compounds in
groundwater following a fuel spill. This study evaluates the effects of
oxygenate additives such as methanol or methyl tertiary-butyl ether on the
aqueous solubility of dissolved aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene,
ethylbenzene, and the isomers of xylene, collectively referred to as BTEX)
from gasoline. It also explores the nature of the dissolved contaminant
plumes that could develop from a spill of gasoline containing methanol.
Pages: 110
August 1991 | Product Number: I45310 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4593
Transport and Fate of Non-BTEX Petroleum Chemicals in Soils and
Groundwater
This literature survey documents available information on the chemical
composition of petroleum products and the subsurface fate and transport of
selected non-BTEX (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes)
constituents of these products. The evaluation focuses on a representative
group of 12 hydrocarbons and hetero-organic compounds based on their
abundance in petroleum products and anticipated future interest from
regulatory agencies. Pages: 200
September 1994 | Product Number: I45930 | Price: $65.00
Publ 4601
Transport and Fate of Dissolved Methanol, MTBE and Monoaromatic
Hydrocarbons in a Shallow Sand Aquifer
Describes a field investigation into the effect of oxygenates methanol and
methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) on the fate and transport of benzene,
toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX) in groundwater. Natural gradient
tracer experiments were conducted to simulate the transport of dissolved
plumes resulting from subsurface releases of oxygenated fuels. In these
experiments, methanol, MTBE, and BTEX concentrations were monitored by
sampling from a dense network of multilevel piezometers, and plume
contours were mapped through application of moment analysis. A laboratory
study on the effects of methanol and MTBE on the biodegradation of BTEX in
groundwater was also conducted. The relative mobility and persistence of
BTEX and the oxygenates were characterized based on field and laboratory
study data. Pages: 338
April 1994 | Product Number: I46010 | Price: $123.00
Publ 4627
In-Situ and On-Site Biodegradation of Refined and Fuel Oils: A
Review of Technical Literature 1988–1991
Reviews more than 200 technical articles published between 1988 and
1991 in the area of on-site and in-situ bioremediation of petroleum
hydrocarbons. It focuses specifically on current field and laboratory research
related to petroleum hydrocarbon biodegradation including biodegradation of
crude oil and solvents. Recent work in fate and transport modeling that can
be applied to petroleum hydrocarbon contamination in groundwater is also
covered. The review is designed to complement an earlier (pre-1988) review
published by the U.S. Navy. Pages: 146
June 1995 | Product Number: I46270 | Price: $61.00
Bulletin No. 26
Tertiary Butyl Alcohol (TBA) Biodegradation: Some Frequently Asked
Questions
March 2012
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
121
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4633
Barium in Produced Water: Fate and Effects in the Marine
Environment
prediction of chloride movement through the vadose zone for different release
scenarios. Secondary objectives of the study included evaluation of the effect
of heterogeneity on the migration of chloride through the vadose zone, the
impact of repeat releases, and the effect on groundwater quality of surface
soil restoration by revegetation and soil leaching.
The sensitivity analysis performed in this study provides an overview of the
likelihood of groundwater impairment for large release volumes (100 bbls and
10,000 bbls). Assuming homogeneous unsaturated zone soil profiles, the
results of over 1000 modeled release scenarios reveal that 49 % of singleevent releases do not cause impairment of groundwater above drinking water
standards for chloride (250 mg/L) in a monitoring well that is adjacent to the
edge of the release. In 70 % of these scenarios, chloride concentrations in
groundwater do not exceed 1000 mg/L. Although these numbers give no
information about the fate of chloride from a specific produced water release,
they do indicate that a release does not necessarily cause groundwater
impairment. Pages: 124
January 2005 | Product Number: I47340 | Price: $123.00
Provides a summary of what is currently known about the physical and
chemical behavior of barium in produced water and in the ocean. It
discusses the factors that influence the rate of precipitation of barium as
barite. The toxicity of barium to marine and freshwater organisms and
humans is discussed in relation to the concentrations and forms in which it
occurs in aquatic environments. Pages: 68
September 1995 | Product Number: I46330 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4643
Estimation of Infiltration and Recharge for Environmental Site
Assessment
A risk-based corrective action analysis of a site suspected of chemical
contamination requires site-specific knowledge of the rate water infiltrates
through the soil to the water table. A comprehensive discussion of the current
physical/chemical methods and mathematical models available to quantify
those rates along with suggestions for selecting an appropriate technique,
depending on site conditions, are provided in this report. Pages: 204
July 1996 | Product Number: I46430 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4654
Field Studies of BTEX and MTBE Intrinsic Bioremediation
A gasoline release field site in the Coastal Plain of North Carolina was
monitored for more than three years to allow calculation of in-situ
biodegradation rates. Laboratory microcosm experiments were performed to
further characterize the biodegradation of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene,
and xylenes (BTEX) and methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) under ambient, insitu conditions. Finally, groundwater modeling studies were conducted to
facilitate the interpretation of field data and to evaluate various approaches
for predicting the fate and effects of these gasoline constituents in the
subsurface. Pages: 244
October 1997 | Product Number: I46540 | Price: $76.00
Publ 4674
Assessing the Significance of Subsurface Contaminant Vapor
Migration to Enclosed Spaces—Site-Specific Alternative to Generic
Estimates
Vapors in enclosed spaces pose two levels of concern. First, enclosed-space
vapors may be found at concentrations near those that pose immediate
flammability and/or health risks. These sites warrant immediate attention
and response as required by most state and federal regulatory guidance. In
the second class of sites, concentrations are lower and the concern is for
longer term health risks. This report focuses exclusively on this second class
of sites, where advection and diffusion occur through a soil layer and into an
enclosed space, and time is available to adequately address the problem on
a site-specific basis. The options considered in this document include the
following:
• direct measurement through sampling of enclosed-space vapors,
• use of near-foundation or near-surface soil gas sampling results,
• use of site-specific homogeneous and layered soil diffusion coefficients in
generic algorithms, and
• assessment of bioattenuation potential. Pages: 56
December 1998 | Product Number: I46740 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4734
Modeling Study of Produced Water Release Scenarios
Provides a scientific basis for operators, regulators, and landowners to
determine if assessment or remediation of produced water releases will
provide a meaningful environmental benefit.
The two principal research objectives of this study are (1) the identification of
produced water release scenarios that have a potential to cause groundwater
quality impairment in homogeneous subsurface geologic profiles and (2) the
122
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4758
Strategies for Addressing Salt Impacts of Produced Water Releases
to Plants, Soil, and Groundwater
The exploration and production industry uses great care during the handling
and disposal of the produced water that is generated as part of oil and gas
production. However, unintentional releases can occur. Depending on the
chemical composition of the produced water and the nature of the local
environment, salts associated with such releases can impair soils, vegetation,
and water resources.
Provides a collection of simple rules of thumb, decision charts, models, and
summary information from more detailed guidance manuals to help you
address the following assessment and response issues:
• Will a produced water release cause an unacceptable impact on soils,
plants, and/or groundwater?
• In the event of such an impact, what response actions are appropriate
and effective? Pages: 29
1st Edition | September 2006 | Product Number: I47580 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4774
The Environmental Behavior of Ethylene Dibromide and 1,2Dichloroethane in Surface Water, Soil, and Groundwater
Reviews the available environmental fate literature for two compounds,
ethylene dibromide (EDB) and 1,2-dichloroethane (1,2-DCA). While these
particular names suggest that these two compounds have different
structures, EDB and 1,2-DCA are structurally similar. Neither compound
contains a double bond despite the common names of ethylene dibromide
and ethylene dichloride. The two structures differ only with the presence of
either bromine or chlorine substituents.
EDB was previously used as a soil fumigant and as a leaded gasoline
additive while 1,2-DCA is currently produced in large quantities as a
commercial chemical (nearly 8.2 billion kilograms in the mid-1990s) with
most of this, >96 %, used as a chemical intermediate. 1,2-DCA was also
used as a leaded gasoline additive. The current presence of 1,2-DCA in air,
surface water, and groundwater samples can be attributed mainly to its high
production volume. EDB is not typically found in recent air or surface water
samples since its use as a soil fumigant, and leaded gasoline additive are no
longer permitted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. However, it
has been reported in groundwater and soil samples affected by
historical uses.
Provides a review of environmental fate data for both compounds as well as
monitoring data from sites where direct release occurred and from larger
monitoring studies where concentrations cannot be attributed to a single
release. Section II briefly describes the literature search process. Section III
contains all available environmental information for EDB, while Section IV
contains the available information for 1,2-DCA. Within Sections III and IV,
transport processes are considered initially, followed by abiotic and biotic
transformation processes, and then monitoring data. While EDB and 1,2DCA are considered separately, the environmental processes relevant for
each compound are expected to be similar. For example, the physical
trapping of pure EDB by soil samples was well studied because of its use as
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
a soil fumigant. Similar studies were not conducted for 1,2-DCA; however,
based on the mechanism reported for EDB and the structural similarity of
the two compounds, it is likely to be important for 1,2-DCA as well. In such
cases, the reader is referred back to the relevant section of the report where
the original data are reported. Pages: 142
December 2008 | Available for download at
www.api.org/ehs/groundwater/upload/4774_e1.pdf
Publ 4655
Field Evaluation of Biological and Non-Biological Treatment
Technologies to Remove MTBE/Oxygenates from Petroleum Product
Terminal Wastewaters
REMEDIAL TECHNOLOGIES
DR 225
Remediation of a Fractured Clay Till Using Air Flushing: Field
Experiments at Sarnia, Ontario
This study was conducted over a three-year period at a well-characterized
test site located in Canada near Sarnia, Ontario. A synthetic gasoline blend
of known mass, volume, and composition was released into a test cell.
Samples were collected and analyzed for gasoline range organics to
establish the three-dimensional distribution of the release. Conventional air
flushing technologies, soil vapor extraction and in-situ air sparging, were able
to remove ~40 % of the spilled mass during the initial two months of
operation. Following active remediation, primarily low-volatility compounds
remained in the soil and almost no benzene or toluene remained. Based on
mass balance data, a significant portion of the benzene, toluene,
ethylbenzene, and xylene compounds was biodegraded. Pages: 220
October 1998 | Product Number: I00225 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4525
A Compilation of Field-Collected Cost and Treatment Effectiveness
Data for the Removal of Dissolved Gasoline Components from
Groundwater
Documents, summarizes, and evaluates cost and treatment effectiveness
data for air stripping and carbon adsorption systems designed to remove
dissolved petroleum hydrocarbons from groundwater. The compounds of
primary interest were benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene isomers
(BTEX) as well as the oxygenates methyl tertiary-butyl ether and isopropyl
ether. Operating data were gathered from 57 field sites throughout the
United States, and treatment system profiles were generated for each site.
The data will be used to assist companies in planning pump-and-treat
remediation systems for removal of BTEX and oxygenates from groundwater.
Pages: 240
November 1990 | Product Number: I45250 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4609
In-Situ Air Sparging: Evaluation of Petroleum Industry Sites and
Considerations for Applicability, Design and Operation
Describes the important literature findings as well as the hands-on
experiences of the petroleum industry at 59 air sparging sites. Design and
operational data are analyzed for relationships that can be used to optimize
the technology or provide a better understanding of its fundamental
processes. Topics covered include: site characterization; pilot testing; system
design and installation; and system operation, monitoring, and performance.
Pages: 132
May 1995 | Product Number: I46090 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4631
Petroleum Contaminated Low Permeability Soil: Hydrocarbon
Distribution Processes, Exposure Pathways and In-Situ Remediation
Technologies
Presents a set of 10 papers on light nonaqueous phase liquids (LNAPLs)
in low permeability soils. Collectively, the papers address four key areas:
(1) processes affecting the migration and removal of LNAPLs; (2) exposure
potential posed by clay soil and hydrocarbons via soil, groundwater, and
air pathways; (3) models for predicting LNAPL removal; and (4) techniques
of remediation. Pages: 298
September 1995 | Product Number: I46310 | Price: $87.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
A pilot/demonstration study was conducted on three treatment
technologies—the fluidized bed biological reactor process, the activated
sludge process incorporated with iron flocculation, and the ultraviolet light/
hydrogen peroxide process—to evaluate their effectiveness in the treatment
of petroleum marketing terminal wastewater contaminated with methyl tertbutyl ether (MTBE). Contaminated groundwater was the primary constituent
of the wastewater, which also contained benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene,
and xylenes (BTEX). All three technologies were able to remove at least 95 %
of the MTBE and BTEX in the feed waters. Pages: 194
August 1997 | Product Number: I46550 | Price: $123.00
Publ 4671
Technical Bulletin on Oxygen Releasing Materials for In-Situ
Groundwater Remediation
Oxygen releasing materials (ORMs) are commercially available materials that
are being used to enhance bioremediation treatment of petroleum
hydrocarbon contaminated groundwater aquifers. This technical bulletin
provides a systematic approach for evaluating the utility of ORM treatment
and for designing ORM installations. It summarizes the current state of
understanding of this technology to provide guidance for site managers
evaluating options for enhanced groundwater remediation. Pages: 52
July 1998 | Product Number: I46710 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4715
Evaluating Hydrocarbon Removal from Source Zones and its Effect
on Dissolved Plume Longevity and Concentration
Provides valuable information and utilities for regulators and practitioners
interested in understanding the possible benefits of free-product removal.
This report provides theory and concepts needed to evaluate light
nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) source distribution, chemistry, dissolution,
and the effects various remediation strategies may have on risk reduction for
the groundwater and vapor exposure pathways. The companion software,
API-LNAST, links the multiphase and chemical processes controlling in-situ
LNAPL distribution, mobility, and cleanup to quantify estimates of the timedependent concentrations within the LNAPL source and the down gradient
dissolved plume. API-LNAST users can screen whether incremental LNAPL
removal provides any risk-reduction benefit over a time frame of interest, e.g.
30 years.
September 2002 | Software and documentation can be downloaded at
www.api.org/lnapl
Publ 4730
Groundwater Remediation Strategies Tool
Provides strategies for focusing remediation efforts on (1) the change in
contaminant mass flux in different subsurface transport compartments (e.g.
the vadose zone, smear zone, or a zone within an aquifer of interest) and
(2) the change in remediation timeframe.
In this approach, groundwater flow and contaminant concentration data are
combined to estimate the rate of contaminant mass transfer past userselected transects across a contaminant plume. The method provides the
user with a means to estimate the baseline mass flux and remediation
timeframe for various transport compartments and then evaluate how
different remedies reduce the mass flux and the remediation timeframe in
each transport compartment. Pages: 71
December 2003 | Product Number: I473000 | Price: $127.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
123
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4760
LNAPL Distribution and Recovery Model (LDRM)
Publ 4658
Methods for Measuring Indicators of Intrinsic Bioremediation:
Guidance Manual
Simulates the performance of proven hydraulic technologies for recovering freeproduct petroleum liquid releases to groundwater. The LDRM provides
information about light nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) distribution in
porous media and allows the user to estimate LNAPL recovery rates, volumes,
and times. Documentation for the LDRM is provided in two volumes.
Volume 1—Distribution and Recovery of Petroleum Hydrocarbon Liquids in
Porous Media—documents the LDRM and provides background information
necessary to characterize the behavior of LNAPL in porous media with regard to
performance of LNAPL liquid recovery technologies. Volume 2—User and
Parameter Selection Guide—provides step-by-step instructions for the LDRM
software. Four example problem applications are presented which highlight
model use, parameter estimation using the API LNAPL Parameters Database,
and limitations of scenario-based models.
January 2007 | Software and documentation can be downloaded at
www.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/clean-water/ground-water/
lnapl/ldrm-form.aspx
SITE CHARACTERIZATION
Publ 4599
Interlaboratory Study of Three Methods for Analyzing Petroleum
Hydrocarbons in Soils
Presents the results of an interlaboratory study of three methods—dieselrange organics, gasoline-range organics, and petroleum hydrocarbons—used
to analyze hydrocarbons in soils. Each method is validated, its performance
judged from measurements of accuracy and precision, and practical
qualification levels are estimated for each method. The full text of each
method is included in the report. Pages: 166
July 1994 | Product Number: I47990 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4635
Compilation of Field Analytical Methods for Assessing Petroleum
Product Releases
Presents a compilation of the most widely used field analytical methods
available to perform on-site analyses of organic compounds in soil and
groundwater. These methods include total organic vapor analyzers, field gas
chromatography, immunoassay, infrared analyzers, and dissolved oxygen/
oxidation-reduction potential electrodes. Practical applications and
limitations of each method are discussed and an objective-oriented data
quality classification scheme is presented to assist in selecting an
appropriate method. Information is also presented on emerging
technologies. Pages: 100
December 1996 | Product Number: I46350 | Price: $87.00
Publ 4657
Effects of Sampling and Analytical Procedures on the Measurement
of Geochemical Indicators of Intrinsic Bioremediation: Laboratory
and Field Studies
Evaluates the effects of various sampling and analytical methods of
collecting groundwater geochemical data for intrinsic bioremediation studies.
Sampling and analytical methods were tested in the laboratory and in the
field. Several groundwater sampling and analytical methods may be
appropriate for measuring geochemical indicators of intrinsic
bioremediation. The methods vary in accuracy, level of effort, and cost.
Pages: 86
November 1997 | Product Number: I46570 | Price: $61.00
124
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Intended to be a resource for practitioners of intrinsic bioremediation in
allowing selection of sampling and analytical methods that meet projectspecific and site-specific needs in scoping field investigations, providing
procedures that will improve the representative quality of the collected data,
and considering potential biases introduced into data through the sampling
and analytical techniques employed in the site investigation. Pages: 96
November 1997 | Product Number: I46580 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4659
Graphical Approach for Determining Site-Specific DilutionAttenuation Factors (DAFs): Technical Background Document and
User’s Guide
The DAF plays a key role in assessing potential impact from the soil-togroundwater pathway at sites where groundwater quality is, or may be,
affected by a leak, spill, or other accidental release of hydrocarbons or other
chemicals of concern. A simplistic, graphically-based approach for
determining generic and site-specific DAFs was developed, allowing for
varying levels of site specificity. Currently, to develop a DAF, one must make
complicated calculations by hand or use computer-based modeling
software. This publication consists of two documents. The first document
describes the technical basis for the graphical approach for determining sitespecific dilution attenuation factors. The second document, the user’s guide,
provides a concise set of instructions for use of the graphical approach.
Pages: 233
February 1998 | Product Number: I46590 | Price: $117.00
Publ 4668
Delineation and Characterization of the Borden MTBE Plume: An
Evaluation of Eight Years of Natural Attenuation Processes
In 1988, a natural gradient tracer test was performed in the shallow sand
aquifer at Canada Forces Base Borden to investigate the fate of a methyl
tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) plume introduced into the aquifer. Solutions of
groundwater mixed with oxygenated gasoline were injected below the water
table along with chloride (Cl–), a conservative tracer. The migration of
benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX); MTBE; and Cl– was
monitored in detail for about 16 months. The mass of BTEX in the plume
diminished significantly with time due to intrinsic biodegradation. MTBE,
however, was not measurably attenuated. In 1995–1996, a comprehensive
groundwater sampling program was undertaken to define the mass of MTBE
still present in the aquifer. Only about 3 % of the initial MTBE mass was
found, and it is hypothesized that biodegradation played an important role in
its attenuation. Additional evidence is necessary to confirm this possibility.
Pages: 88
June 1998 | Product Number: I46680 | Price: $61.00
Publ 4670
Selecting Field Analytical Methods—A Decision-Tree Approach
Presents a decision-tree approach for selecting and using field analytical
methods for on-site analyses of organic compounds in soil, groundwater,
and soil gas samples at petroleum release sites. This approach will assist
project or site managers with guidance for on-site investigations from initial
site assessment to site closure. The decision-tree charts are supported by
quality control packages to increase the credibility of the data by
documenting method performance. The publication also provides training
suggestions for personnel who will perform the testing. Easy to use checklists
for field quality control and formal documentation are included. Pages: 88
August 1998 | Product Number: I46700| Price: $87.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 4699
Strategies for Characterizing Subsurface Releases of Gasoline
Containing MTBE
Publ 4731
Light Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (LNAPL) Parameters Database—
Version 2.0—Users Guide
Applies the principles of risk-informed decision making to the evaluation of
methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE)-affected sites by adding exposure and risk
considerations to the traditional components of the corrective action
process. The risk factors at a given site are evaluated through a “conceptual
site model,” which is an inventory of all known or potential oxygenate
sources, pathways, and receptors. Based on these risk factors, three levels of
assessment are defined: standard, limited, and detailed. The appropriate
level of assessment is initially determined based on receptor data, which can
typically be obtained from a survey of nearby wells and land uses. A
subsurface investigation may then be conducted to obtain information on
sources and pathways. The level of assessment can be “upgraded” or
“downgraded” as warranted by the resulting source and pathway
information. Includes a review of the chemical properties and subsurface
behavior of MTBE and other oxygenated fuel additives. It also provides an
overview of characterization monitoring issues at oxygenate release sites, as
well as a detailed review of the tools and techniques used for subsurface
assessment. The expedited site assessment process and the use of modern
direct-push tools are particularly emphasized, since these approaches are
especially well suited for use at MTBE-affected sites. Pages: 120
February 2000 | www.api.org/mtbe
A collection of information about samples that have had their capillary
parameters determined, as well as other physical parameters measured.
Capillary properties are critical in multiphase calculations, and those results
have very high sensitivity to these properties. The primary purpose of this
database is to provide information to users who are trying to characterize the
movement and distribution of LNAPL within a site that has a limited set of
direct observations of the capillary properties of the site. Other databases of
related parameters have typically been derived from measurements in the
agricultural or the petroleum extraction industries; neither being necessarily
representative of near-surface environmental conditions. This database give
the user the opportunity to understand the range of capillary characteristics
observed at sites that are geologically similar, but where there are more
direct and laboratory observations available.
December 2003 | Product Number: I47310 | Price: $127.00
The database is available from API’s website:
www.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/clean-water/ground-water/
lnapl/lnapl-params-db.aspx
Publ 4709
Risk-Based Methodologies for Evaluating Petroleum Hydrocarbon
Impacts at Oil and Natural Gas E&P Sites
The process of calculating human health risk-based screening levels for total
petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) is described in an easy-to-understand
question and answer format. [Risk-based screening levels (RBSLs) are
chemical-specific concentrations in environmental media that are
considered protective of human health.] Risk assessment concepts
developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and research groups
such as the Petroleum Environmental Research Forum and the Total
Petroleum Hydrocarbon Criteria Working Group are used to calculate RBSLs
for TPH in crude oil and condensates obtained from around the world. These
methodologies were also applied to polyaromatic hydrocarbons, metals, and
benzene in TPH. Additional resources contained in this manual include a
description of the physical and chemical characteristics of crude oil,
condensate, and exploration and production (E&P) wastes (contrasted with
refined products), a summary of the federal regulatory status of E&P wastes,
and a listing of key equations used for calculating RBSLs. Pages: 100
February 2001 | Product Number: I47090 | Price: $83.00
Publ 4711
Methods for Determining Inputs to Environmental Petroleum
Hydrocarbon Mobility and Recovery Models
This publication is an invaluable reference for operators, consultants and
regulators responsible for cleanup of subsurface petroleum releases.
Important fluid and soil property parameters are explained. Methods to
measure each parameter are presented in order of relevance for use in
environmental free-product mobility/recovery assessments. Fluid property
parameters covered include density, viscosity, surface tension, and interfacial
tension. Laboratory-scale soil property parameters include: capillary
pressure vs. saturation, relative permeability vs. saturation, water and
nonaqueous phase liquid saturation, and Brooks-Corey and van Genuchten
model parameters. Field-scale bail-down and production tests are explained
and cited. Sample collection and handling procedures are summarized. A
listing and abstract of relevant ASTM methods are provided in the appendix.
Pages: 72
July 2001 | Product Number: I47110 | Price: $112.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4739
API Interactive LNAPL Guide—Version 2.0
A comprehensive and easy-to-use electronic information system and
screening utility. The guide is designed to provide an overall approach for
evaluating light nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) at a site, assessing its
potential risk, quantitatively defining mobility and recoverability, developing
remedial strategies, and examining methods to enhance site closure
opportunities.
The guide includes the following:
• 11 primers covering all aspects of LNAPL from LNAPL basics to
remediation;
• 14 assessment tools, including API-LNAST Version 2.0, “Charbeneau”
spreadsheets for LNAPL recovery (August 2003), the API LNAPL
Parameter Database;
• LNAPL decision-making frameworks;
• videos and animated figures; and
• an extensive reference list.
August 2004 | Available for download at
www.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/clean-water/
ground-water/lnapl/api-interactive-lnapl-guide.aspx
Publ 4761
Technical Protocol for Evaluating the Natural Attenuation of MtBE
Addresses data collection, evaluation, and interpretation procedures that
consider the physical, chemical, and biological properties of methyl tert-butyl
ether (MtBE) and other oxygenates and degradation byproducts. A tiered
approach is provided that can be used by stakeholders to interpret several
lines of evidence to evaluate natural attenuation on a site-specific basis.
Several resources are provided to support an MNA evaluation, including the
following:
• a review of basic scientific principles relevant to the evaluation of MtBE
natural attenuation, including biodegradation and physicochemical
attenuation mechanisms;
• a discussion of data that can be used to assess MtBE (and other
oxygenates or degradation byproducts) natural attenuation;
• technical references for relevant chemical properties, analytical methods,
and field sampling techniques;
• guidance for data quality assurance and interpretation, including
statistical analysis; and
• guidance on the presentation of natural attenuation data/information to
facilitate regulatory and other stakeholder review and acceptance of MNA
remedies. Pages: 186
May 2007 | Available from API’s website: www.api.org/mtbe
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
125
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Environmental Stewardship Program
Publications
Publ 306
An Engineering Assessment of Volumetric Methods of Leak
Detection in Aboveground Storage Tanks
RP 75
Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and
Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and
Facilities
Provides the results of a leak detection project in aboveground storage tanks
that utilized volumetric methods to detect leaks. A series of field tests were
conducted on a 114-ft diameter tank that contained a heavy naphtha
petroleum product. The analytical and experimental results of this project
suggest that volumetric leak detection methods can be used to detect small
leaks in aboveground storage tanks. Pages: 43
October 1991 | Product Number: J30600 | Price: $74.00
Provides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental
management programs for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities
located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable
to well drilling, servicing, and production and pipeline facilities and
operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental
hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included
for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and
management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design,
construction, start-up, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new,
existing, and modified facilities Pages: 41
3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013
Product Number: G07503 | Price: $89.00
You may access RP 75 in a read-only platform at publications.api.org
Publ 9100
Model Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management
System and Guidance Document
Comes with a binder complete with both Publ 9100A and Publ 9100B—see
descriptions listed below. Pages: 65
October 1998 | Product Number: R9100S | Price: $157.00
Publ 9100A
Model Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management System
Intended to be used as a voluntary tool to assist companies interested in
developing an EHS management system or enhancing an existing system.
The model, which applies a quality systems approach to managing EHS
activities, focuses on people and procedures by pulling together company
EHS policies, legal requirements, and business strategies into a set of
company or facility expectations or requirements.
Please refer to the companion document Publ 9100B for additional
information. Publ 9100A and Publ 9100B are intended to be companion
documents and can be purchased as a set or individually. Pages: 20
October 1998 | Product Number: R9100A | Price: $76.00
Publ 9100B
Guidance Document for Model EHS Management System
Provides assistance to corporate and operating organization employees who
are developing, implementing, and assessing environmental, health and
safety management systems. It intends to serve as self-study source
material that enhances efficiency of interchange among employees by use of
common terminology, clarifies relationships between operating and other
systems, describes how to evaluate effectiveness of an EHS management
system and its elements, and facilitates system continuity over time.
Those using this guidance document should be familiar with Publ 9100A.
Publ 9100A and Publ 9100B are intended to be companion documents
and can be purchased as a set or individually. Pages: 43
October 1998 | Product Number: R9100B | Price: $109.00
Storage Tank Research
Publ 301
Aboveground Storage Tank Survey: 1989
Presents a survey of petroleum aboveground storage tanks. Estimates are
made of the number, capacity, and age of the tanks in each sector of the
petroleum industry. Survey forms and statistical extrapolations methodology
are included in the report. Pages: 44
April 1989 | Product Number: J30100 | Price: $63.00
126
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 307
An Engineering Assessment of Acoustic Methods of Leak Detection
in Aboveground Storage Tanks
Provides the results of a leak detection project in aboveground storage tanks
that utilized acoustic methods to detect leaks. A series of field tests were
conducted on a 114-ft diameter tank that contained a heavy naphtha
petroleum product. The analytical and experimental results of this project
suggest that passive-acoustic leak detection methods can be used to detect
small leaks in aboveground storage tanks. Pages: 76
January 1992 | Product Number: J30700 | Price: $74.00
Publ 315
Assessment of Tankfield Dike Lining Materials and Methods
To assess tankfield materials and methods of containment, API commissioned
a review of environmental regulations as well as a survey of candidate liner
materials and installation methods to explore the technology base. The study
was limited to diked areas surrounding storage tanks. Liner installations for
secondary containment underneath tanks were excluded. Pages: 50
July 1993 | Product Number: J31500 | Price: $74.00
Publ 322
An Engineering Evaluation of Acoustic Methods of Leak Detection in
Aboveground Storage Tanks
Describes a set of controlled experiments conducted on a 40-ft diameter
refinery tank to determine the nature of acoustic leak signals and ambient
noise under a range of test conditions. The features of a leak detection test
needed for high performance are explored. The report concludes that
accurate and reliable leak detection of aboveground storage tanks can be
achieved through the use of acoustic methods. Pages: 80
January 1994 | Product Number: J32200 | Price: $74.00
Publ 323
An Engineering Evaluation of Volumetric Methods of Leak Detection
in Aboveground Storage Tanks
Two volumetric approaches to detecting leaks from aboveground storage
tanks—precision temperature sensors and mass measurement approaches—
are evaluated in this report. A set of controlled experiments on a 117-ft
diameter refinery tank is used to examine the effects of differential pressure on
conventional level and temperature measurement systems. The features of a
leak detection test needed for high performance are also explored. Pages: 86
January 1994 | Product Number: J32300 | Price: $74.00
Publ 325
An Evaluation of a Methodology for the Detection of Leaks in
Aboveground Storage Tanks
Describes the results of the fourth phase of a program to define and advance
the state of the art of leak detection for aboveground storage tanks (ASTs).
Three leak detection technologies are examined—passive-acoustic, soilvapor monitoring, and volumetric—over a wide range of tank types,
petroleum fuels, and operational conditions. This study also assesses the
applicability of a general leak detection methodology involving multiple tests
and product levels as well as determines the integrity of 14 ASTs using two
or more test methods. Pages: 94
May 1994 | Product Number: J32500 | Price: $90.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 327
Aboveground Storage Tank Standards: A Tutorial
Publ 346
Results of Range-Finding Testing of Leak Detection and Leak
Location Technologies for Underground Pipelines
Presents procedures and examples to help designers, owners, and operators
of aboveground storage tanks understand and comply with API’s
recommended practices, standards, and specifications concerning leak
prevention. These API documents provide requirements designed to
minimize environmental hazards associated with spills and leaks. The tutorial
also shows how the API inspection and maintenance requirements influence
the design of such tanks. It does not attempt to address additional rules and
requirements imposed by individual jurisdictions or states. Pages: 70
September 1994 | Product Number: J32700 | Price: $74.00
Publ 328
Laboratory Evaluation of Candidate Liners for Secondary
Containment of Petroleum Products
Provides comparative data on the physical properties of liner materials as a
function of their controlled exposure to fuels and/or additives. Six membrane
and two clay liners were tested. Project test results were used to rank the
liners in terms of vapor permeation and relative changes in properties such
as chemical resistance and liquid conductivity measured after immersion.
Pages: 142
January 1995 | Product Number: J32800 | Price: $83.00
Publ 334
A Guide to Leak Detection for Aboveground Storage Tanks
Written for terminal managers, tank owners, operators, and engineers, this
report provides useful background on leak detection technologies—
volumetric, acoustic, soil-vapor monitoring, and inventory control—for
aboveground storage tanks. Characteristics affecting the performance of
each technology are discussed. Pages: 38
September 1992 | Product Number: J33400 | Price: $74.00
Publ 340
Liquid Release Prevention and Detection Measures for Aboveground
Storage Facilities
Written for managers, facility operators, regulators, and engineers involved in
the design and selection of facility components and prevention of liquid
petroleum releases, this report presents an overview of available equipment
and procedures to prevent, detect, or provide environmental protection from
such releases. Also presented are the advantages, disadvantages, and
relative costs, as well as maintenance and operating parameters of various
control measures. Pages: 116
October 1997 | Product Number: J34000 | Price: $83.00
Publ 341
A Survey of Diked-Area Liner Use at Aboveground Storage Tank
Facilities
In 1997, API conducted a survey designed to evaluate the effectiveness of
diked-area liner systems and to document operational problems involved
with their use. The survey data indicated that the effectiveness of liners in
protecting the environment is limited because liner systems frequently fail.
The data further showed that there are few releases from aboveground
storage tanks that would be addressed by diked-area liners. Because there
were few releases, the data do not directly demonstrate the effectiveness or
ineffectiveness of liner systems in containing releases; however, it was
concluded that measures that prevent aboveground storage tank releases
are more effective in protecting the environment and are more cost-effective
in the long run. Pages: 32
February 1998 | Product Number: J34100 | Price: $74.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
This study reviewed the current leak detection and leak location methods for
pressurized underground piping commonly found at airports, refineries, and
fuel terminals. Four methods for testing underground pipes of 6 in. to 18 in.
in diameter and 250 ft to 2 miles in length were selected for field
demonstration. These technologies were constant-pressure volumetric
testing, pressure-decay testing, chemical tracer testing, and acoustic
emission testing. No single leak detection system was found to work in all
situations; site-specific conditions may affect any method, and combinations
of methods may provide the most effective approach. Pages: 252
November 1998 | Product Number: J34600 | Price: $83.00
Publ 353
Managing Systems Integrity of Terminal and Tank Facilities
Although the risk management principles and concepts in this document are
universally applicable, this publication is specifically targeted at integrity
management of aboveground liquid petroleum storage facilities. The
applicable petroleum terminal and tank facilities covered in this document
are associated with distribution, transportation, and refining facilities as
described in Std 2610 and Publ 340.
This document covers the issues of overall risk management, risk
assessment, risk ranking, risk mitigation, and performance measures
applicable to an overall integrity management program. The appendices
include two possible methodologies for conducting a risk assessment and a
workbook that can be used to perform the risk assessment method outlined
in Appendix A. Pages: 316
1st Edition | October 2006 | Product Number: J35300 | Price: $146.00
Publ 4716
Buried Pressurized Piping Systems Leak Detection Guide
Analyzes of the performance of different types of leak detection technologies
that were applied to buried pressurized piping systems used in airport
hydrant fueling and petroleum product terminals. The study was conducted
by Argus Consulting and Ken Wilcox Associates on behalf of the Air Transport
Association of America and API. This report is intended to provide an
overview of the study methodology and results. Pages: 47
April 2002 | Product Number: I47160 | Price: $94.00
Surface Water Research
DR 342
Toxicity Bioassays on Dispersed Oil in the North Sea: June 1996
Field Trials
The purpose of the study described in this report was to gain more
information on water column impacts by taking advantage of the ongoing
efficacy and monitoring studies done by the Norwegian Clean Seas
Association for Operating Companies (NOFO) in order to conduct field
toxicity tests.
The goal of this study was to obtain field effects data using shipboard, realtime toxicity tests with field water. These data can then be used in the future
to link field effects to laboratory toxicity data. Pages: 108
June 2002 | Product Number: I34200 | Price: $139.00
DR 343
Automated Validation System for the Offshore Operations
Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge Model
Describes the development of an automated validation system for the
Offshore Operators Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge Model
(the “OOC Model”), a computer program that predicts the initial fate of
drilling fluids, drill cuttings, and produced water discharged into the marine
environment. The system automates the process of validating OOC Model
predictive capabilities by comparing model predictions with the results of
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
127
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
laboratory and field studies of plume behavior. The system was developed to
automate the laborious process of confirming that model code
enhancements do not degrade the predictive abilities of the OOC Model. The
automated validation system approach described here also serves as a
template for routine documentation of discharge model performance that
could be applied to other models used by industry, consultants, or regulatory
agencies. Two of relevant studies found in a literature search were
incorporated into the suite of automated test cases for the OOC Model.
Summaries of the data sets used for OOC Model validation were prepared in
such a way that they could be used conveniently outside of the automated
system to validate of any relevant discharge model.
November 2002 | CD-ROM Only
Publ 4688
Temporary Treatment Options for Petroleum Distribution Terminal
Wastewaters
Publ 4664
Mixing Zone Modeling and Dilution Analysis for Water-Quality-Based
NPDES Permit Limits
This report is designed to
• provide an overview of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA)
policies and technical guidance on the role of mixing zones in the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permitting
process;
• present state mixing zone regulations, policies, and guidance;
• introduce important concepts related to the hydrodynamics of effluent
dilution in receiving waters and the design of outfall diffusers;
• review available mixing zone models;
• identify EPA sources for the models;
• discuss strategic issues for dischargers to consider when applying
models; and
• describe the use of dye tracer studies as alternatives or supplements to
mixing zone models. Pages: 176
April 1998 | Product Number: I46640 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4672
The Use of Treatment Wetlands for Petroleum Industry Effluents
Treatment wetlands are becoming widely used for cleansing some classes of
wastewater effluents. Although the use of treatment wetlands is well
established for wastewater categories such as municipal waste, stormwater,
agricultural wastewater, and acid mine drainage water, their use in treating a
variety of industrial wastewaters is less well developed. Constructed
treatment wetlands hold considerable promise for managing some
wastewaters generated by the petroleum industry. Several large-scale
wetland projects currently exist at oil refineries, and numerous pilot studies of
constructed treatment wetlands have been conducted at terminals, gas and
oil extraction and pumping stations, and refineries. This report summarizes
current information about the use of treatment wetlands for managing
petroleum industry wastewaters and also presents background information
on the general performance, design, and operation of treatment wetlands
based on experience with a variety of wastewater types. Pages: 222
October 1998 | Product Number: I46720 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4676
Arsenic: Chemistry, Fate, Toxicity, and Wastewater Treatment Options
Arsenic is a naturally occurring element in rocks, soils, water, sediments, and
biological tissues. It is also present in fossil fuels. Arsenic in the environment
has both anthropogenic and natural sources, and certain anthropogenic
sources have caused localized adverse effects on ecological systems and
human health. Based on extensive review of the literature, this monograph is
intended to serve as a reference volume on the sources of arsenic in the
environment, the chemistry and fate of arsenic compounds, biomedical
effects, the toxicity of arsenic to aquatic and terrestrial species, wastewater
treatment options, and regulatory standards for arsenic in the environment.
Pages: 196
October 1998 | Product Number: I46760 | Price: $97.00
128
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Provides guidance to terminal operators and engineers in evaluating mobile
treatment systems for wastewater generated at petroleum distribution
terminals. Some of the variables that must be considered include the
characteristics of the wastewater, the permitting process, and contractor
experience. This document provides sufficient information to guide an
operator/engineer through evaluation of mobile treatment systems, including
problem definition, treatment technology selection, contractor selection, and
implementation. Pages: 73
November 1999 | Product Number: I46880 | Price: $122.00
Publ 4694
Laboratory Analysis of Petroleum Industry Wastewaters
Assists in arranging for and understanding laboratory analysis of petroleum
industry wastewaters. Designed for environmental coordinators, managers,
corporate staff, and others who must address environmental compliance
reporting and regulatory issues. It is also useful for field personnel
responsible for obtaining wastewater sample analyses to fulfill environmental
regulatory requirements. Guidance and information are provided for setting
data quality objectives; planning analyses; selecting a laboratory; and
reviewing laboratory reports, detection and quantification limits, quality
assurance/quality control practices, method references, method-defined
analytes, and statistical calculations. Examples of case studies, laboratory
reports, and data calculations are given throughout the manual. Checklists
are provided to help users understand, plan, and review laboratory data.
Pages: 175
December 1999 | Product Number: I46940 | Price: $122.00
Publ 4695
Understanding and Preparing Applications for Petroleum Facility
NPDES Discharge Permits
Assists member companies and others in preparing applications and
negotiating with permit authorities for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permits for wastewater discharges. The manual is intended to
help permittees and permit applicants to understand the permit process from
application to final permit and to provide tools and strategies for assuring that
the permit is fair and properly implements the applicable regulations. Much of
the information in this manual is based on practical experience with many
NPDES permits and applications. Examples and case histories are provided to
help the user understand the permit application process. Pages: 220
December 1999 | Product Number: I46950 | Price: $129.00
Publ 4698
A Review of Technologies to Measure the Oil and Grease Content of
Produced Water from Offshore Oil and Gas Production Operations
Identifies and evaluates practical alternative methods for routine monitoring
of oil and grease in produced waters. Traditional monitoring methods relied
on Freon-113r extraction of oil and grease; however, owing to the phase-out
of Freon-113r these methods can no longer be used, and new methods
must be sought. This study evaluates two infrared detection methods and
one fluorescence detection method for identifying and measuring oil and
grease in produced waters. Performance information and the correlation of
analytical results with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s hexane
extraction method, Method 1664, are provided. Pages: 138
November 1999 | Product Number: I46980 | Price: $122.00
Publ 4717
Predictors of Water-Soluble Organics (WSOs) in Produced Water—A
Literature Review
Reviews the scientific literature on the identity and physical/chemical
characteristics of the WSOs in produced water in relation to characteristics of
fossil fuels and their reservoirs. Pages: 24
March 2002 | Product Number: I47170 | Price: $74.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 4721
Analytical Detection and Quantification Limits: Survey of State and
Federal Approaches
to consider during the permitting process, including timing (when the permit
should be issued), watershed permitting, verifying the impairment
determination before the permit is issued, other controls available to bring the
water into attainment, reasonable potential calculations, voluntary reduction
measures, nonnumeric effluent limitations, and calculating numeric effluent
limitations. Pages: 41
November 2006 | Product Number: I47560 | Price: $76.00
The purpose of this review was to determine the analytical detection and
quantification limit policies of various state agencies. Of particular interest
were policies for setting wastewater discharge permit limits at or below
detection or quantification limits, for determining compliance with such
limits, and for using alternative approaches to determining detection or
quantification limits. Although the main focus of this review was on state
policies involving water quality issues, included in the review were the
policies of programs in other environmental areas as well as in federal
regulations and statutes. Pages: 129
June 2002 | Product Number: I47210 | Price: $139.00
Publ 4736
Identification of Key Assumptions and Models for the Development
of Total Maximum Daily Loads
Provides the reader with an understanding of the use of models in the
development and implementation of total maximum daily loading (TMDL)
studies.
The report focuses on the types of models used for TMDLs, the key
assumptions underlying the models, how models are selected for specific
surface waters and impairments, the data required to apply the models to a
specific surface water and impairment, and how the predictive capability of
the models is assessed. Pages: 64
November 2006 | Product Number: I47360 | Price: $149.00
Publ 4750
Cyanide Discharges in the Petroleum Industry: Sources and Analysis
Because both industrial and municipal dischargers have been issued
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits with low (5–20 μg/L)
effluent limits for cyanide, there has been considerable interest in the
reliability of the available test methods at these low concentrations. This
report provides guidance on the measurement, as well as the presence and
environmental fate, of cyanide compounds and related chemical species in
petroleum industry wastewater effluents. Pages: 42
November 2008 | Product Number: I47500 | Price: $94.00
Publ 4751
Evaluation of Water Quality Translators for Mercury
Discusses the technical issues and constraints associated with translation of a
mercury fish tissue concentration into a water quality criterion, in the use and
implementation of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s fish-tissuebased criterion for methylmercury. The report focuses on available analytical
methods for evaluating mercury in fish and water; proposed methods for
translating a fish tissue concentration for mercury into a concentration in water;
and implementation of the mercury criterion in the development of total
maximum daily loads and water quality-based effluent limits. Pages: 37
1st Edition | December 2005 | Product Number: I47510 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4756
Interim Permitting Manual—Navigating NPDES Permit Issues on
Impaired Waters
Addresses many water quality standards issues that facilities may encounter,
including existing uses, use attainability analyses to revise designated uses,
fish consumption advisories, whole effluent toxicity criteria, and sediment
criteria. The manual will provide guidance on a number of listing issues,
including listings due to violations of narrative criteria and fish consumption
advisories, delisting, listing waters that are impaired but do not need a total
maximum daily loading (TMDL) because they are expected to meet standards
through other means, and challenging an erroneous listing determination.
The second part of this manual will discuss permitting discharges to impaired
waters during the interim period before TMDLs are developed. The manual will
describe the development of water quality-based effluent limitations on
impaired waters and will also discuss a number of issues for affected facilities
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
BIOMONITORING
TR 402
Toxicity to Freshwater Alga, Selenastrum apricornutum
Describes a study conducted to assess the effect of tert-amyl methyl ether
on the growth of the freshwater alga, Selenastrum capricornutum. At 24hour intervals, cell counts and observations of the health of the cells were
recorded. EC10, EC50, and EC90 values (the concentration of test material
that reduced cell densities by 10 %, 50 %, and 90 %, respectively) were
calculated based on cell density 72 and 96 hours after exposure. Pages: 76
February 1995 | Product Number: I00402 | Price: $61.00
TR 406
TAME—Acute Toxicity to Daphnids Under Flow-Through Conditions
Describes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether
(TAME) to daphnids under flow-through conditions. Nominal concentrations
of TAME—690, 410, 250, 150, and 89 mg A.I./L—were maintained in
exposure vessels and mean exposure concentrations calculated. Biological
observations and physical characteristics were recorded at test initiation and
at 3, 6, 24, and 48 hours. Pages: 76
February 1995 | Product Number: I00406 | Price: $61.00
TR 407
TAME—Acute Toxicity to Mysid Shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia) Under
Static Renewal Conditions
Describes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether
(TAME) to mysid shrimp under static renewal conditions. Nominal
concentrations of TAME—1.6, 4.0, 7.3, 15, 30, and 60 mg A.I./L—were
maintained by renewing solutions at 24, 48, and 72 hours of exposure.
Observations were recorded at test initiation and every 24 hours until the
test was terminated. Pages: 84
February 1995 | Product Number: I00407 | Price: $61.00
TR 408
TAME—Acute Toxicity to Rainbow Trout Under Flow-Through
Conditions
Describes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether
(TAME) to rainbow trout under flow-through conditions. During the test,
nominal concentrations of TAME—950, 570, 340, 210, and 120 mg A.I./L—
were maintained and mean exposure concentrations calculated. Biological
observations and physical characteristics were recorded at test initiation and
every 24 hours thereafter until test termination. Pages: 80
February 1995 | Product Number: I00408 | Price: $62.00
Publ 4610
Critical Review of Draft EPA Guidance on Assessment and Control of
Bioconcentratable Contaminants in Surface Waters
Reviews the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency’s proposed methods and
underlying assumptions for assessing bioconcentratable contaminants in
petroleum industry effluents. It focuses on the effluent option and its
application to National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)permitted discharges from oil refineries, petroleum product marketing
terminals, and oil/gas production platforms. The review also includes a
general evaluation of the suitability of the tissue residue option for evaluating
oil industry effluents. Pages: 134
January 1995 | Product Number: I46100 | Price: $70.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
129
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4656
Bioaccumulation: How Chemicals Move from the Water into Fish
and Other Aquatic Organisms
Publ 4641
Summary of Produced Water Toxicity Identification Evaluation
Research
Provides an intermediate-level primer on the accumulation of chemicals by
aquatic organisms with emphasis on polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Key
factors governing bioaccumulation are described to enhance understanding
of this complex phenomenon. Approaches for assessing the
bioaccumulation potential of chemicals are examined and an evaluation of
each method’s advantages and shortcomings is offered. Pages: 54
May 1997 | Product Number: I46560 | Price: $87.00
Summarizes the results of a three-part study to evaluate the ability of U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency proposed toxicity identification evaluations
(TIEs) to determine the potential toxicants in produced water from oil and
gas production operations in various locations. Factors affecting the results
of the TIEs were identified as well as potential toxicants. Suggestions for
improving TIE procedures are included. Pages: 102
June 1996 | Product Number: I46410 | Price: $88.00
Publ 4666
The Toxicity of Common Ions to Freshwater and Marine Organisms
Publ 4702
Technologies to Reduce Oil and Grease Content of Well Treatment,
Well Completion, and Workover Fluids for Overboard Disposal
Whole effluent toxicity (WET) tests have become a common tool in the
evaluation of effluent for discharge acceptability. Recent investigations have
indicated that deficiencies or excesses of “common” ions (inorganic ions
that are nearly always present in most aquatic systems at nontoxic
concentrations) can cause significant acute or chronic toxicity in WET tests.
This report presents the results of a review of toxicological and physiological
data on inorganic ions that have been implicated in causing significant
toxicity—bicarbonate, borate, bromide, calcium, chloride, fluoride,
magnesium, potassium, strontium, and sulfate. Pages: 114
April 1999 | Product Number: I46660 | Price: $97.00
Publ 4701
Bioaccumulation: An Evaluation of Federal and State Regulatory
Initiatives
August 2000 | Product Number: I47010 | Price: $88.00
EFFLUENTS: EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION
DR 351
Proceedings: Workshop to Identify Promising Technologies for the
Treatment of Produced Water Toxicity
Presents the discussions, conclusions and recommendations of an API
workshop held in October 1994 to identify technologies that could
potentially be used for the treatment of produced water toxicity offshore.
Background information on the candidate technologies; information on
produced water toxicity limitations, characteristics, and composition; results
of toxicity identification evaluations; and a discussion of the engineering
restrictions imposed by offshore platforms are included. Pages: 122
June 1996 | Product Number: I00351 | Price: $73.00
Publ 4611
Interlaboratory Study of EPA Methods 1662, 1654A and 1663 for
the Determination of Diesel, Mineral and Crude Oils in Drilling Muds
from Offshore and Gas Industry Discharges
Describes an interlaboratory round-robin study to validate the tiered
approach of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s three methods—
1662, 1654A, and 1663—for monitoring diesel oil in drilling muds. Various
extraction methods were evaluated and analytical measurement techniques
were tested for measuring diesel oil. Pages: 106
April 1995 | Product Number: I46110 | Price: $73.00
Publ 4633
Barium in Produced Water: Fate and Effects in the Marine
Environment
Provides a summary of what is currently known about the physical and
chemical behavior of barium in produced water and in the ocean. It
discusses the factors that influence the rate of precipitation of barium as
barite. The toxicity of barium to marine and freshwater organisms and
humans is discussed in relation to the concentrations and forms in which it
occurs in aquatic environments. Pages: 68
September 1995 | Product Number: I46330 | Price: $59.00
130
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Technologies to reduce oil and grease content of well treatment, well
completion, and workover fluids for overboard disposal. Pages: 54
March 2001 | Product Number: I47020 | Price: $122.00
EFFLUENTS: MARKETING
Publ 4602
Minimization, Handling, Treatment and Disposal of Petroleum
Products Terminal Wastewaters
Intended to be a basic guide and information resource for all wastewater
operations at petroleum product terminals. It includes the regulatory
framework for wastewater issues, a detailed description of the sources of
terminal wastewater and associated contaminants as well as guidance on
means for analyzing the wastewater situation at a terminal, for minimizing
wastewater flow contamination, and for wastewater handling and disposal.
Pages: 120
September 1994 | Product Number: I46020 | Price: $130.00
Publ 4665
Analysis and Reduction of Toxicity in Biologically Treated Petroleum
Product Terminal Tank Bottoms Water
Objectives of this study were to measure toxicity in biologically treated
petroleum product terminal tank bottoms waters, identify the chemical
constituents causing that toxicity, identify treatment options, and measure
the effectiveness of the treatment techniques in removing the constituents
and reducing toxicity. Nine gasoline and two diesel tank bottoms water
samples were collected from petroleum product terminals at various
geographical locations. The samples were normalized to a fixed chemical
oxygen demand, then subjected to biological treatment. Treated samples
were tested for acute toxicity in 24-hour exposure tests using Mysidopsis
bahia and for chronic toxicity in 7-day static renewal toxicity tests also using
Mysidopsis bahia. Biological treatment was observed to effectively remove
metals but produced highly variable degrees of chemical oxygen demand,
biochemical oxygen demand, and total organic carbon. Pages: 84
April 1998 | Product Number: I46650 | Price: $79.00
Publ 4673
Impacts of Petroleum Product Marketing Terminals on the Aquatic
Environment
Examines the potential impact of petroleum product marketing terminal
(PPMT) wastewater discharges to aquatic environments to ascertain if there is
a need for more stringent regulations. Wastewater discharges by PPMTs were
evaluated, the constituents normally present in these waste streams were
identified, and their possible aquatic impacts were investigated. It was
determined that PPMT wastewater discharges pose little environmental risk;
therefore, stricter regulations for PPMT dischargers are unwarranted. Pages: 52
April 1999 | Product Number: I46730 | Price: $97.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 4690
A Guide for the Use of Semipermeable Membrane Devices (SPMDs)
as Samplers of Waterborne Hydrophobic Organic Contaminants
OIL SPILLS
Provides basic information and guidance on SPMD technology and its
appropriate use in aquatic systems. Emphasis is given to methods,
applications, and theoretical issues related to the use of SPMDs for
monitoring priority pollutant polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, but other
classes of hydrophobic organic contaminants are covered as well. This
document includes key information on SPMD background, rationale, theory
and modeling, technical considerations, supplier/source, chemical analysis
and quality control, bioassay screening, comparability to biomonitors,
examples of use, and sources of addition information. However, covering all
potential environmental applications (e.g. vapor phase sampling) and
relevant research results is beyond the scope of this work. Finally, use of this
guide does not obviate the need for proper review and oversight procedures
prior to the initiation of a project with SPMDs. Pages: 172
March 2002 | Product Number: I46900| Price: $132.00
Publ 4700
Primer for Evaluating Ecological Risk at Petroleum Release Sites
Designed to help site and facility managers acting as site investigators
decide how and to what extent to address ecological risks that may result
from a release of petroleum products. The focus is on “downstream”
operations related to transportation, distribution, or marketing of petroleum
products, but the general principles may be adapted to other parts of the
industry as well. The ecological risk assessment process is briefly described,
and guidance is given about the preliminary investigation to assess the
possible nature and extent of risk. This information is an initial part of a
tiered decision-making process used to determine the depth and breadth of
the site investigation. Pages: 52
May 2001 | Product Number: I47000 | Price: $103.00
EFFLUENTS: REFINING
DR 148
Identification of Organic Toxicants in Treated Refinery Effluents
Effluents from five oil refineries were examined for the presence of chronic
toxicity caused by nonpolar, organic compounds. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines for Phase I toxicity characterization
procedures were used. The refinery effluent containing the most nonpolar
toxicity was selected for more detailed analyses and identification of the
nonpolar toxicants using Phase II procedures. Extraction and elution
conditions were modified to increase chronic toxicity recovery and also
reduce the complexity of the nonpolar organic effluent fraction containing
toxicity. Results showed that simple modifications of EPA guidance for C18
solid phase extraction procedures, combined with proper toxicity testing
conditions, successfully tracked and isolated toxicity in an effluent fraction.
Findings also indicated that sources of refinery effluent toxicants were a
phenol associated with a jet fuel additive, and two brominated organics
believed to be reaction products of cooling tower water treatment chemicals,
rather than from crude oil constituents. Pages: 64
December 1997 | Product Number: I00148 | Price: $61.00
Publ 352
Management of Residual Materials: 1997 Petroleum Refining
Performance
This report is the ninth in a series of reports presenting the results of the API
Annual Refining Residual Survey. Included in the report are detailed
assessments of generated quantities and management practices for 14
residual streams representing approximately 80 % of all residuals managed
at U.S. refineries. Prior to the 1997 survey, the management techniques had
included recycling to the cat cracker, which referred to routing a residual to a
catalytic cracking unit. Further study revealed that the quantity for residuals
actually recycled to a cracking unit was very small—perhaps nonexistent—
and was therefore deleted from the 1997 survey. Data for prior years were
adjusted. Industry trend toward increased recycling of residuals has
continued. Pages: 108
September 1999 | Product Number: J35200 | Price: $122.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Bull D16
Suggested Procedure for Development of a Spill Prevention Control
and Countermeasure Plan
Assists the petroleum industry in understanding the Spill Prevention, Control,
and Countermeasure (SPCC) regulation in light of the latest rule (40 CFR
Part 112) and to offer guidance for developing SPCC plans wherever they are
needed. Included is a template for developing SPCC plans (i.e. onshore
excluding production; onshore oil production, oil drilling, or workover; or
offshore oil drilling, production, or workover) in accordance with the
regulation and guidance, instruction, and clarification for completing each
section of the template. The purpose of this rulemaking was to establish
procedures, methods, and equipment to prevent and contain discharges of
oil from non-transportation-related onshore and offshore facilities, thus
preventing pollution of navigable waters of the United States. The
development of this bulletin was commissioned by API and performed by
Response Management Associates, Inc. The purchase of D16 includes Bull
D16, the Plan Template, and a CD-ROM with the Microsoft® Word version of
the Plan Template.
5th Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: GD1605
Price: $258.00 | Template Only: Price: $95.00
DR 145
Identification of Oils that Produce Non-Buoyant In-Situ Burning
Residues and Methods for Their Recovery
There is an environmental concern about the possibility of sinking residues
from in-situ burns (ISBs), leading to the potential for damage to the aquatic
bottom zone. The objective of the study presented in this publication was to
start the process of establishing operational tools and procedures for dealing
with such nonbuoyant burn residues. There were two tasks: develop
protocols for identifying ISB residues likely to sink, and evaluate options for
dealing with those residues in the field. Pages: 62
February 2002 | Product Number: IDR1450 | Price: $94.00
Publ 4558
Options for Minimizing Environmental Impacts of Freshwater Spill
Responses
Developed for contingency planners and field responders, this guide
provides information on 29 response methods and classifies their relative
environmental impact for combinations of 4 oil types and 12 freshwater
environments and habitats. Spill topics of concern in freshwater settings are
discussed, including public health, conditions under which oil might sink in
freshwater, oil behavior in ice conditions, permafrost, and firefighting foam
use. Pages: 146
February 1995 | Product Number: I45580 | Price: $87.00
Publ 4640
Petroleum in the Freshwater Environment: An Annotated
Bibliography, 1946–1993
The growing concern for petroleum contamination in freshwater ecosystems
led API to generate an annotated bibliography to serve as a valuable
resource of existing literature on petroleum and its impact on the freshwater
environment. It cites literature from 1946 through 1993 on the impact of
petroleum products and oil spill cleanup agents on the biota of freshwater
ecosystems, on the chemistry and fate of petroleum and cleanup agents in
freshwater, and on the review of cleanup methods in freshwater systems. The
electronic companion infobase has been prepared in two versions to
enhance the value of the annotations: (1) the VIP editable version of the
infobase allows the user to add new references, make personal annotations
(e.g. bookmarks, notes, highlights, and pop-ups), and delete unwanted
references, and (2) the standard noneditable version is read-only. Both
versions are completely searchable; each word in the bibliography is
indexed. Pages: 224
March 1997
(noneditable) Product Number: I46400 | Price: $60.00
(VIP editable) Product Number: I46401 | Price: $75.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
131
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4649
The Use of Chemical Countermeasures Product Data for Oil Spill
Planning and Response, Volumes I and II
Publ 4692
A Decision-Maker’s Guide to Dispersants: A Review of the Theory
and Operational Requirements
Addresses many of the issues related to potential uses of chemical
countermeasure products in mitigating the environmental impacts of spilled
oil. Volume I summarizes workshop deliberations and presents consensus
recommendations from the sessions on environmental effects, effectiveness,
and decision making. Volume II contains 13 background papers for
workshop participants on various scientific and operational topics, e.g.
aquatic toxicity, oil weathering, and decision making. Pages: 380
April 1995 | Product Number: I46490 | Price: $57.00
This is the second of three short summary publications commissioned for
preparation by the API for oil spill response decision-makers to provide
concise easy-to-use information on understanding the fate of spilled oil and
dispersants, their use, effectiveness, and effects. This publication provides a
summary of dispersant technology. It focuses on chemical dispersant
technology and the information needs of decision-makers regarding the use
of chemical dispersants and their potential benefits and risks. A reference
that every oil spill response decision-maker must have! Pages: 52
March 1999 | Product Number: I46920 | Price: Free*
Publ 4675
Fate and Environmental Effects of Oil Spills in Freshwater
Environments
Publ 4693
Effects of Oil and Chemically Dispersed Oil in the Environment
Provides basic information necessary for the formulation of spill response
strategies that are tailored to the specific chemical, physical, and ecological
constraints of a given spill situation. It summarizes environmental effects
from inland oil spills into fresh surface waters. It provides technical
information for persons responsible for inland spill response and cleanup,
for researchers, and for others dealing with protection of the environment
from possible oil spill hazards. This research identifies, describes, and
compares the behavior, fate, and ecological implications of crude oil and
petroleum products in inland waters. Pages: 160
December 1999 | Product Number: I46750 | Price: $142.00
Publ 4684
Compilation and Review of Data on the Environmental Effects of
In-Situ Burning of Inland and Upland Oil Spills
Burning of spilled oil provides a relatively easy, low-cost cleanup method by
reducing removal, transportation, and disposal costs as well as reducing the
time required for cleanup. This study was commissioned by API to identify
those environmental conditions under which burning should be considered
as a response option for oil spilled in inland and upland habitats. This report
presents a summary of the case histories and lessons learned from previous
uses of burning in inland environments, with and without oil. While some
information on human health and safety is included, the focus of this report
is on the environmental fate and effects of in-situ burning. Pages: 198
March 1999 | Product Number: I46840 | Price: $117.00
Publ 4689
Chemical Human Health Hazards Associated with Oil Spill Response
Contains an overview of human health hazards that could be encountered by
personnel involved with spills or leaks of petroleum products. The discussion
includes potential risks of basic components and products of concern.
Environmental factors that may affect exposure and a brief summary of other
exposure considerations are also included. Pages: 51
August 2001 | Product Number: I14689 | Price: $83.00
Publ 4691
Fate of Spilled Oil in Marine Waters: Where Does It Go? What Does
It Do? How Do Dispersants Affect It?
This is the first of three short summary publications commissioned for
preparation by API for oil spill response decision-makers to provide concise
easy-to-use information on understanding the fate of spilled oil and
dispersants, their use, effectiveness, and effects. When making decisions
regarding dispersant use, or any other oil spill response countermeasure, it is
important to have a clear understanding of the overall fate of the oil entering
the environment. With this publication you will receive a complete yet
concise review of oil chemistry and oil weathering. Also provided is
information on how to interpret dispersant information more effectively and
how dispersants alter or affect the weathering processes of oil. Pages: 30
March 1999 | Product Number: I46910 | Price: Free*
132
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Crude oil is a complex, highly variable mixture of hydrocarbons and other
trace compounds, and exposure may cause a variety of adverse effects.
Dispersants are mixtures of chemicals, solvents, and surfactants used to
reduce oil viscosity and help the oil break up and disperse into the water
column. This booklet is intended to help bridge the gap in understanding
information about exposure and effects of untreated oil and chemically
dispersed oil in the marine environment. Pages: 50
May 2001 | Product Number: I46930 | Price: Free*
Publ 4706
Environmental Considerations for Marine Oil Spill Response
API is offering a new revision of Environmental Considerations for Marine Oil
Spill Response, generally known as the “Marine Manual.” API, the National
Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration, the U.S. Coast Guard and
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency developed the Marine Manual for
oil spill contingency planners and field responders. The information allows
both planners and responders to identify techniques that minimize the
ecological impact of both the response action and the spilled oil. Matrix
tables allow comparison of 28 different methods for response, and classify
their relative environmental impacts for combinations of 5 different oil types
and 25 marine habitats. Pages: 322
July 2001 | Product Number: I47060 | Price: $76.00
Publ 4724
Recovery of Four Oiled Wetlands Subjected to In-Situ Burning
Four sites, including a diversity of oil types burned and habitats, were
selected for follow-up review and evaluation of the effects of in-situ burning
(ISB): Mosquito Bay spill in Louisiana, burned in April 2001; Lakehead Pipe
Line spill in Ruffy Brook, Minnesota, burned in July 2000; Louisiana Point
pipeline spill, burned in February 2000; and Chevron Pipe Line Milepost 68
near Corinne, Utah, burned twice, in March and April 2000. Site visits were
conducted in July (Minnesota and Utah) and October (two sites in
Louisiana). All available data on each site were collected from those involved
in the burns and the post-burn monitoring. State and local monitoring data
provided additional information. The site was photographed from the same
position and perspective as photographs taken during and shortly after the
spill and burn, creating time-series photography as a visual record of the use
of in-situ burning and vegetative recovery. In combination with quantitative
field measurements, photography provides an excellent understanding of the
specific site conditions and how the results might apply to other sites.
Because this report includes a large number of color photographs for the
sites, which would make traditional printing of hardcopy reports very
expensive, the report is being published in digital format on CD-ROM.
June 2003 | Product Number: I47240 | Price: $85.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 4735
In-Situ Burning: The Fate of Burned Oil
TR 93-002.2
ROPME Sea Oil Spill Nearshore Geochemical Processes Study
(Vol. 2) (Hydrocarbon Chemistry Analytical Results for Year One)
The in-situ burn (ISB) is an oil spill response option that has been used far
less frequently than mechanical countermeasures (booms, skimmers, etc.),
and consequently, familiarity with ISB operations is limited. Decision-makers
need a comprehensive understanding of the oil, how it acts in the
environment, and aspects of the burn process in order to understand the
behavior of any ISB by-products and the potential impacts from an in-situ
burn. This document was designed to capture that knowledge and present it
clearly and concisely so you will have the necessary information to
understand issues associated with fate and effects of oil to which ISB has
been applied. It is not a set of instructions for carrying out a specific ISB.
Pages: 54
April 2004 | Product Number: I46350 | Price: Free*
Publ 4740
In-Situ Burning—A Decision-Maker’s Guide to In-Situ Burning
This scenario is fictitious, but the circumstances are possible. In-situ burning
(ISB) is a response option that has been used less frequently than
countermeasures like booms and skimmers or contaminated soil removal.
Consequently, familiarity with the pros and cons of this option is limited.
There are ISB “experts” in the United States and internationally, but the
intentional practice of this response tool remains relatively limited for both
on-water and on-land situations.
This booklet is the second in a series that were developed as reference
documents for oil spill response decision-makers. It provides the reader with a
comprehensive, concise, yet clear summary of the operational requirements
and limitations for ISB and allows decision-makers to better understand the
function of in-situ burning and the tradeoffs facing decision-makers in
smithies technology when responding to an oil spill on land or on water.
Pages: 76
April 2005 | Available for download at www.api.org/environment-healthand-safety/clean-water/oil-spill-prevention-and-response/spills-andreleases.aspx
OIL SPILLS: MSRC REPORTS
Marine Spill Response Corporation (MSRC) Research & Development
Technical Reports are available from the Linda Hall Library. To order, contact
Document Services at 800-662-1545 or 816-363-4600;
fax: 816-926-8785; website: www.lindahall.org.
TR 91-001
Priority Topics for Research and Development in Oil Spill Response
TR 92-001
An Analysis of Historical Oil Spills and Current Cleanup
Requirements to Aid in Selecting New Technologies for Spill Cleanup
Operations
TR 92-002
Airborne Surveillance Technology Options for Improving Oil Spill
Cleanup and Response
TR 93-002.3
ROPME Sea Oil Spill Nearshore Geochemical Processes Study
(Vol. 3) (Remote Sensing Derived Habitat Classification and Error
Evaluation for Year One)
TR 93-003.1
Interlaboratory Calibration Testing of Dispersant Effectiveness:
Phase 1
TR 93-003.2
Interlaboratory Calibration Testing of Dispersant Effectiveness:
Phase 2
TR 93-004
Oil Spill Detection: Documentation of Historical Remote Sensing
Projects and Status
TR 93-006
MSRC Oil Spill Response Vessel Recovered Oil Systems Tests
TR 93-007
Occupational Health Implications of Crude Oil Exposure: Literature
Review and Research Needs
TR 93-009.1
Aerial Dispersant Application: Assessment of Sampling Methods
and Operational Altitudes, Vol. 1
TR 93-012
MSRC Workshop Report: Research on Worker Health & Safety
TR 93-013
MSRC Workshop Report: Research on Bioremediation of Marine Oil
Spills
TR 93-014
MSRC Workshop Report: Research on the Ecological Effects of
Dispersants and Dispersed Oil
TR 93-018
Formation and Breaking of Water-in-Oil Emulsions: Workshop
Proceedings
TR 93-019
Mesocosm Test Facility Strawman Design
TR 93-023
Seminar on Software for Oil Spill Response and Contingency
Planning
TR 93-024
Summary Report MSRC/IKU Flume Design Workshop
TR 92-003
Tenyo Maru Oil Spill (Remote Sensing Data Analysis)
TR 93-026
Demulsification by Use of Heat and Emulsion Breaker
TR 92-004
Oil Spill Detection Using Satellite-Based SAR
TR 93-027
Transfer of Crude Oil Weathering Technology
TR 92-006
Incorporation of State of the Art Technologies to Oil Spill Modeling
TR 93-028
Evaluation of a Toxicity Test Method Used for Dispersant Screening
in California
TR 93-029
Technical Evaluation of the Coastal Oil Spill Simulation System
Prototype
TR 93-001
Evaluation of Marine Post-Spill Sites for Long-Term Recovery Studies
TR 93-002.1
ROPME Sea Oil Spill Nearshore Geochemical Processes Study
(Vol. 1)
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
TR 93-030
Determination of Oil and Emulsions Viscosity and Interfacial Tension
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
133
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
TR 93-031
Recovered Oil and Oily Debris Handling to Facilitate Disposal
Alaska
TR 93-032
Weathering Properties and Chemical Dispersibility of Crude Oils
Transported in U.S. Waters
TR 95-007
Field Evaluation of Bioremediation in Fine Sediments
TR 95-010
Laboratory Studies of the Properties of In-Situ Burn Residues
TR 94-001
In-Situ Burning of Water-in-Oil Emulsions
TR 95-011
Formulation of New Fireproof Boom Designs
TR 94-003
Waterbird Deterrent Techniques
TR 95-012
Dispersed Oil and Dispersant Fate and Effects Research: California
Program Results for 1994−1995
TR 95-014
The Effects of Oil and Chemically Dispersed Oil in Tropical
Ecosystems: 10 Years of Monitoring Experimental Sites
TR 94-004
A Review of the Methods and Ecological Consequences of Substrate
Aeration for the Enhancement of Oil Bioremediation in Wetlands
TR 94-005
Coastal Oil Spill Simulation System Prototype Testing Program
TR 94-006
MSRC Workshop Report: Research on Waterbird Deterrents at
Marine Oil Spills
TR 94-007
Phase 1: Oil Containment Boom at Sea Performance Test
TR 95-015
Reduction in the Toxicity of Crude Oil During Weathering on the
Shore
TR 95-017
Mesoscale In-Situ Burn Aeration Test
TR 94-008
Rheological Correlation Studies on Water-in-Oil Emulsions
TR 95-018
Proceedings of the Third Meeting of the Chemical Response to Oil
Spills: Ecological Effects Research Forum
TR 94-010
Dispersed Oil and Dispersant Fate and Effects Research, California
Program Results for 1993–94
TR 95-019
A Mental Models Approach to Preparing Summary Reports on
Ecological Issues Related to Dispersant Use
TR 94-011
Toxicity Bioassays on Dispersed Oil in the North Sea: August 1994
Field Trials
TR 95-020.1
Development of Protocols for Testing Cleaning Effectiveness and
Toxicity of Shoreline Cleaning Agents (SCAs) in the Field
TR 94-012
Demulsification by Use of Heat and Emulsion Breakers, Phase 2
TR 95-020.2
Test Cleaning Effectiveness and Toxicity of Shoreline Cleaning Agents
(SCAs): Data Report
TR 94-013
The Science, Technology and Effects of Controlled Burning of Oil
Spills at Sea
TR 95-021
New Brunswick Bird Deterrent Study
TR 94-015
Comparison of Physically and Chemically Dispersed Crude Oil
Toxicity Under Continuous and Spiked Exposure Scenarios
TR 95-022
Proceedings of the Workshop on Technical Issues Related to Mesocsm
Research in the Coastal Oil Spill Simulation System Facility
TR 94-018
Potential Use of the Microtox Assay as an Indicator of the Toxicity of
Dispersed Oil
TR 95-024
Oil Weathering Study of the Morris J. Berman No. 6 Cargo Oil
TR 94-019
Aerial Dispersant Application: Field Testing Research Program
(Alpine, Texas)
TR 95-001
Phase 2: At Sea Towing Tests of Fire Resistant Oil Containment Booms
TR 95-002
Isolation and Identification of Compounds and Mixtures Which
Promote and Stabilize Water-in-Oil Emulsions
TR 95-003
Phase 3: Oil Containment Boom at Sea Performance Tests
TR 95-004
Utility of Current Shoreline Cleaning Agent Tests in Field Testing
TR 95-005
An Analysis of Historical Opportunities for Dispersant and In-Situ
Burning Use in the Coastal Waters of the United States Except
134
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
TR 95-025
Oil Weathering Study of Arabian Light Crude Oil
TR 95-026
Oil Weathering Study of Maya Crude Oil
TR 95-027
Weathering Characterization of Heavy Fuels
TR 95-029
Dispersant Effectiveness: Phase 3
TR 95-030
Standard Method for Viscosity Measurement of Water-in-Oil
Emulsions
TR 95-031
Toxicity Assessment of Oiled and Treated Sediments from and
Experimental Bioremediation Site in Delaware Bay, USA
TR 95-033
Large Scale Testing of the Effect of Demulsifier Addition to Improve
Oil Recovery Efficiency
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
TR 95-034
Evaluation of Oil Spill Cleanup Techniques in Coastal Environments
Publ 4652
1997 Oil Spill Conference Issue Papers
TR 95-038
Key Factors that Control the Efficiency of Oil Spill Mechanical
Recovery Methods
Three issue papers—(1) “Putting Dispersants to Work: Overcoming
Obstacles;” (2) “International Responsibilities: Are We Our Brothers’
Keeper?;” and (3) “Differences in Risk Perception: How Clean is Clean?”—
were prepared for the 1997 Oil Spill Conference to address issues of varying
scientific and socio-political importance to the oil spill community. During
the 1997 conference, each issue paper was the topic of a special panel
session. Pages: 196
April 1997 | Product Number: I46520 | Price: $59.00
BIENNIAL OIL SPILL CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
These conferences are sponsored by API, the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, the U.S. Coast Guard, the International Petroleum
Industry Environmental Conservation Association, and the International
Maritime Organization. They address oil-spill prevention, behavior,
effects, control, and cleanup.
Publ 4452
1987 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Publ 4675
Fate and Environmental Effects of Oil Spills in Freshwater
Environments
Provides basic information necessary for the formulation of spill response
strategies that are tailored to the specific chemical, physical, and ecological
constraints of a given spill situation. It summarizes environmental effects
from inland oil spills into fresh surface waters. It provides technical
information for persons responsible for inland spill response and cleanup,
for researchers, and for others dealing with protection of the environment
from possible oil spill hazards. This research identifies, describes, and
compares the behavior, fate, and ecological implications of crude oil and
petroleum products in inland waters. Pages: 160
December 1999 | Product Number: I46750 | Price: $142.00
Product Number: I44520 | Price: $57.00
Publ 4479
1989 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Product Number: I44790 | Price: $57.00
Publ 4529
1991 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Product Number: I45290 | Price: $57.00
Publ 4575
Proceedings of the 1991 Oil Spill Conference Infobase
The Proceedings of the 1991 Oil Spill Conference are available on 3.5-in. or
5.25 in. computer diskette. More than 700 pages of proceedings, including
hundreds of illustrations, can be loaded onto IBM or IBM-compatible
personal computers. The minimum requirements of 512 KB RAM, hard disk
drive, VGA monitor, and DOS 3.0 or higher, are listed in the reference manual
that gives complete instructions for operating the infobase. A tutorial and
glossary are included.
January 1993 | Product Number: I45751 | Price: $65.00
Publ 4580
1993 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Publ 4684
Compilation and Review of Data on the Environmental Effects of InSitu Burning of Inland and Upland Oil Spills
Burning of spilled oil provides a relatively easy, low-cost cleanup method by
reducing removal, transportation, and disposal costs as well as reducing the
time required for cleanup. This study was commissioned by API to identify
those environmental conditions under which burning should be considered
as a response option for oil spilled in inland and upland habitats. This report
presents a summary of the case histories and lessons learned from previous
uses of burning in inland environments, with and without oil. While some
information on human health and safety is included, the focus of this report
is on the environmental fate and effects of in-situ burning. Pages: 198
March 1999 | Product Number: I46840 | Price: $117.00
Publ 4686
1999 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Product Number: I45800 | Price: $59.00
1999 | CD-ROM Product Number: I4686A | Price: $59.00
Hard Copy Product Number: I4686B | Price: $59.00
Publ 4620
1995 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Publ 4687
1999 International Oil Spill Conference Issue Papers
Product Number: I46200 | Price: $59.00
Publ 46201
1995 Abstracts to Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Product Number: I46201 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4621
1995 Oil Spill Conference White Papers
Three white papers—(1) “Implementing an Effective Response Management
System,” (2) “The Use and Misuse of Science in Natural and Resource
Damage Assessment,” and (3) “Perspectives on Establishing and
Maintaining Oil Pollution Capabilities”—were prepared for the 1995 Oil Spill
Conference to address issues of varying scientific and sociopolitical
importance to the oil spill community. During the 1995 conference, each
white paper was the topic of a special panel session. Pages: 199
Product Number: I46210 | Price: $59.00
Two issue papers: (1) “Myths and Realities of Oil Spill Planning and
Response: The Challenges of a Large Spill”—This paper reviews the myths
and realities of spill preparedness and response—where improvements have
occurred, which elements have been most or least effective, and where
future investment should concentrate. Too many myths remain, and too few
realities are understood; (2) “Judging Oil Spill Response Performance: The
Challenge of Competing Perspectives”—This paper explores the roles of
various participants and interested observers in a spill response and the
criteria by which they judge it. Recommendations are offered to move toward
a more systematic approach based on teamwork and guided by goals and
performance criteria that have been accepted in advance by all
stakeholders. These papers were prepared for the 1999 Oil Spill Conference
to address issues of varying scientific and sociopolitical importance to the oil
spill community. Pages: 106
January 1999 | Product Number: I46870 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4651
1997 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
April 1997 | Product Number: I46510 | Price: $59.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
135
Health and Environmental Issues
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Publ 4710
2003 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
Overview of Exploration and Production Waste Volumes and
Waste Management Practices in the United States
CD-ROM Product Number: I4701A | Price: $308.00
Hard Copy Product Number: I4701B | Price: $308.00
Presents the results of a survey of the industry covering 1995 that describes
current volumes of wastes generated from the production of oil and gas,
describes how those wastes are managed, and identifies changes in waste
management practices over the past decade. The report includes numerous
tables presenting the results from the survey.
May 2000
Publ 4718
2005 Oil Spill Conference Proceedings
CD-ROM Product Number: I47180A | Price: $308.00
SEDIMENTS
DR 53
Characterization of Exploration and Production Associated Wastes
Publ 4607
User’s Guide and Technical Resource Document: Evaluation of
Sediment Toxicity Tests for Biomonitoring Programs
Approximately 0.1 % of the total volume of exploration and production
wastes generated annually by the oil and gas industry is classified as
associated waste. This report presents the analytical characterization of 120
samples representing 12 different associated waste categories. Fate and
transport modeling of the characterization data are also included. The
modeling suggests that associated wastes do not pose a threat to
groundwater when managed in accordance with API guidance on
landspreading, roadspreading, and burial. Pages: 160
November 1996 | Product Number: I00053 | Price: $136.00
Serves as a comprehensive guide for the selection of sediment toxicity tests.
It compares the types of tests available, specific test methods, and selection
of species for their strengths and weaknesses for a particular kind of habitat.
Descriptions are provided on test types, test species, and sediment
preparations. This publication additionally includes a user’s guide for readers
unfamiliar with sediment toxicity testing. See also Publ 4608. Pages: 236
November 1994 | Product Number: I46070 | Price: $109.00
Publ 4608
User’s Guide: Evaluation of Sediment Toxicity Tests for Biomonitoring
Programs
Provides an introduction to sediment toxicity testing and presents to those
unfamiliar with such testing how the resource manual (Publ 4607) can be
used. The document contains descriptions of habitat type, sediment test
systems, and biological endpoints. Site-specific concerns are identified to
aid in test selection. Brief summaries of sampling and data analysis issues
are also presented. Pages: 34
November 1994 | Product Number: I46080 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4632
Reducing Uncertainty in Laboratory Sediment Toxicity Tests
Evaluates some of the critical components of laboratory experiments that
need to be considered to obtain accurate sediment toxicity assessments.
The report describes the formulation and evaluation of a reference sediment,
it examines the tolerances of common testing species to sediment
characteristics, evaluates copper sulfate as a reference toxicant by
determining the relative sensitivities of freshwater testing organisms, and
evaluates potential sublethal endpoints for sediment potency. Pages: 152
September 1995 | Product Number: I46320 | Price: $61.00
Waste Research
Guidelines for Commercial Exploration and Production Waste
Management Facilities
Provides guidelines for the design and operations of commercial exploration
and production waste management facilities to allow operators to identify
areas where their facility could have impacts on the surrounding community
and environment, and gives options for preventing/reducing those impacts.
The guidelines are not meant to supersede any applicable local, state or
federal requirements. Pages: 80
March 2001 | Product Number: G00004 | For a free copy of this document, please visit www.api.org/environment-health-and-safety/
environmental-performance/environmental-stewardship/
waste-management-facilities.aspx
136
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 351
Overview of Soil Permeability Test Methods
The determination of soil permeability is one of the most important items in
assessing aboveground storage tank facilities’ secondary containment areas.
This publication outlines various methods to test the permeability of soil and
distinguishes between laboratory and field methods, though it does not
supply an exhaustive list of all available permeability methods. These
methods are identified according to their applicability to particular soil types.
The methods presented in this report are applicable to fine-grained soils
(silts and clays) and coarse-grained soils (sands and gravels), but may not
be appropriate to organic soils, such as peat, or to materials such as
construction and demolition debris. All methods should be fully investigated
for appropriateness and to determine its suitability to a particular situation.
Pages: 60
April 1999 | Product Number: J35100 | Price: $90.00
Publ 4465
Evaluation of the Treatment Technologies for Listed Petroleum
Refinery Wastes
Evaluated the efficacy of five treatment methods, alone and in combination,
for listed petroleum refinery wastes: mechanical treatment (filtration),
solvent extraction, thermal treatment (drying), chemical fixation, and
pyrolysis. The use of all the methods resulted in wastes of substantially
reduced hazard, as measured by total and leachable concentration of
residues in the product solid. Pages: 200
December 1987 | Product Number: I44650 | Price: $70.00
Publ 4527
Evaluation of Limiting Constituents Suggested for Land Disposal of
Exploration and Production Wastes
Describes a study to develop salinity and petroleum hydrocarbon threshold
guidance values that typically should not be exceeded for one-time land
application of exploration and production wastes. Definition, technical
justification, and guidance for application of threshold values are provided.
Measurable parameters that serve as indices for proper environmental
management of salinity and petroleum hydrocarbons include: electrical
conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio and exchangeable sodium percentage
for salinity, and oil and grease for petroleum hydrocarbons. Pages: 66
August 1993 | Product Number: I45270 | Price: $61.00
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Health and Environmental Issues
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Publ 4600
Metals Criteria for Land Management of Exploration and Production
Wastes: Technical Support Document of API Recommended
Guidance Values
Publ 4758
Strategies for Addressing Salt Impacts of Produced Water Releases
to Plants, Soil, and Groundwater
Provides scientifically defensible guidelines for land management of
exploration and production wastes containing metals. It provides the
technical support for recommended maximum concentrations of 12 metals.
The guidance values for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury
molybdenum, nickel, selenium, and zinc were adopted directly from sewage
sludge regulations promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
in 1993. A risk-based approach was used to develop guidance values for
barium and boron. The report also provides practical information on sample
collection, analyses, and calculation of waste application rates. Pages: 56
January 1995 | Product Number: I46000 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4618
Characteristics and Performance of Supercritical Fluid Extraction
(SFE) in the Analysis of Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Soils and
Sludges
The exploration and production industry uses great care during the handling
and disposal of the produced water that is generated as part of oil and gas
production. However, unintentional releases can occur. Depending on the
chemical composition of the produced water and the nature of the local
environment, salts associated with such releases can impair soils,
vegetation, and water resources.
Provides a collection of simple rules of thumb, decision charts, models, and
summary information from more detailed guidance manuals to help you
address the following assessment and response issues:
• Will a produced water release cause an unacceptable impact on soils,
plants, and/or groundwater?
• In the event of such an impact, what response actions are appropriate
and effective? Pages: 29
1st Edition | September 2006 | Product Number: I47580 | Price: $70.00
Summarizes the results of a study to evaluate and improve SFE methods and
instrumentation for analytical-scale extractions of petroleum hydrocarbons
from soils and sludges. The study determines which types of samples and
waste are best suited for analysis by SFE and optimal conditions for
complete extraction. Pages: 24
May 1995 | Product Number: I46180 | Price: $59.00
Publ 4663
Remediation of Salt-Affected Soils at Oil and Gas Production
Facilities
Water separated from oil and gas during production contains dissolved
solids, including salt. If improperly handled, produced water with sufficient
salt concentrations can damage plants and soils. Therefore, this manual was
designed to assist the oil and gas environmental professional and field
personnel to (1) assess sites with salt-affected soils; (2) evaluate remedial
alternatives; and (3) conduct remedial activities, if necessary. It provides
forms for organizing assessment information and conducting sample
collection and analysis. Remediation options are divided into three primary
groupings: natural remediation, in-situ chemical amendment remediation,
and mechanical remediation. A decision tree and worksheets are provided to
aid in the selection of a remedial option(s). Technical approaches for
applying each group of remedial options are discussed. A number of
appendices provide supplementary information on various aspects of saltaffected soil remediation.
October 1997 | Product Number: I46630 | Price: $110.00
Publ 4733
Risk-Based Screening Levels for the Protection of Livestock Exposed
to Petroleum Hydrocarbons
The purpose of this study was to develop toxicity values and screening
guidelines for evaluating risks to livestock from exposure to petroleum
hydrocarbons. This report addresses how to determine whether livestock
should be included in a risk evaluation, and estimate risks of petroleum
hydrocarbon exposures to livestock. Pages: 50
July 2004 | Product Number: I47330 | Price: $92.00
Publ 4734
Modeling Study of Produced Water Release Scenarios
Provides a scientific basis for operators, regulators and landowners to
determine if assessment or remediation of produced water releases will
provide a meaningful environmental benefit. Pages: 124
January 2005 | Product Number: I47340 | Price: $123.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
137
UPWARD
KNOWBILITY
Sm
through instructor-led and eLearning courses.
With the accelerating changes in the energy industry, and the
need to address upcoming workforce challenges, it’s important
to have a trusted source for your industry training needs. making
sure you meet your training needs in a creative, systematic,
and cost-effective way is easy to accomplish with API-U.®
Because API-U has access to the largest pool of subject experts
in the industry, our instructor-led courses are taught by the best
trainers who utilize today’s innovative methods. The practical
knowledge gained from API-U training enables participants to
maintain professional competency and meet ever-changing
statutory requirements, as well as gain networking opportunities
with peers.
API-U eLearning courses provide training any way you want it,
anywhere you want it. This is the perfect way to continue your
professional development on your own schedule. Choose from
over 100 courses in electrical maintenance, mechanical
maintenance, instrumentation and control and safety.
1220 L Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005-4070
USA
877-562-5187 (Toll-free in the U.S. and Canada)
(+1) 202-682-8041 (Local and International)
Email: [email protected]
www.api-u.org
Copyright 2014 – American Petroleum Institute, all rights reserved. API, API-U, the API logo,
the API-U logo and the Upward Knowbility slogan are either trademarks or registered
trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries.
Scan me to
learn more.
API Data Products
Data Products
Imports and Exports of Crude Oil and Petroleum Products
(12 Issues)
API DATA
API Data
www.api.org/data
Nowadays, the oil and natural gas industry moves, quite literally, at the
speed of light. Information races around the globe in the blink of an eye.
Facts and figures fly back and forth, and if you're in the right place at the
right time, you get the information you need.
That’s why you should become an API Data subscriber. Here you’ll find the
focused and structured data you’ll rely on to make better business decisions
every day. It’s why you should start your 12-month subscription today.
With your subscription to API Data, you’ll discover that we’re building a
better online experience. We’re improving our online offerings, making it
easier to get the facts and figures you need. We’re posting statistics more
quickly, letting you find timely information in a timely manner.
We’re also putting a new face on the data we provide, giving you highly
useful links and bigger and better sections. Plus, we’re adding functions you
depend on, such as statistical groupings that give you easier access to
current and historical data.
Sign up now for your 12-month subscription to API Data and look at all of
the products and services at your disposal!
API Data is a service that provides industry statistics to both API members
and non-members.
For more information, call or visit www.api.org/data
For sales, contact IHS at 1-800-854-7179
For technical inquiries, contact Crystal Harrod at 202-682-8492
Weekly Statistical Bulletin (WSB)
An essential tool for producers, users, traders, and analysts of petroleum, it
reports total U.S. and regional data relating to refinery operations and the
production of the five major petroleum products: oxygenated, reformulated,
and other motor gasoline; naphtha; kerosene jet fuel; distillate (by sulphur
content); and residual fuel oil. These products represent more than 80 % of
total refinery production. Inventories of these products as well as crude oil
and unfinished oils are also included, along with refinery input data. There
are additional breakouts of gasoline blending components and distillate
sulfur levels.
The WSB is published weekly every Tuesday afternoon (published
Wednesday afternoon in the event of a Monday holiday) and covers the
previous week’s activity. A separate Monthly Statistical Report, which is
published 2 to 3 weeks following the end of the report month, analyzes and
comments on the significance of trends reflected in the weekly data.
API’s WSB Data is timely and accurate information currently available for
futures commodities trading and analysis through authorized API
redistributors. Contact [email protected] for more information.
Single Subscriber
(immediate) Product Number: T00040 | Price: $14,450.00
Published monthly by the API, the imports report contains detailed data on
the imports of crude oil and petroleum products. Details include: importer of
record, port of entry, country of origin, recipient, destination, quantity and
API gravity (except residual fuel oil), and sulfur content (for crude oil and
residual fuel oil).
The exports report is published monthly by the API and contains detailed data
on crude oil and petroleum products exports. Included are port of exit, country
of destination, the number of shipments, quantity, shipment value, and
derived prices. The exports report is based on data collected by the
Department of Commerce/Bureau of the Census and is available each month.
Import data is based on reports filed with the U.S. Department of Energy’s
Energy Information Administration. The report is available by the second
week of each month. Historical data are also available in electronic format.
Single Subscriber
Product Number: T00050 | Price: $12,400.00
Inventories of Natural Gas Liquids and Liquefied Refinery Gases
Presents data on the inventory levels of ethane, propane, isobutane, normal
butane, and pentanes plus. These inventories, located at natural gas plants,
at refineries, at bulk terminals, and in underground storage, are grouped into
eight regional areas. The report is issued each month and covers the
previous month.
Single Subscriber
Product Number: T00004 | Price: $4,200.00
Quarterly Well Completion Report (QWCR)
The QWCR provides detailed information on reported drilling activity and
estimates the total number of wells and footage drilled. The estimates of
quarterly completions and footage are displayed by well type, well class, and
quarter for the 10 years prior. More detailed estimates of quarterly
completions and footage are disaggregated by well type, depth interval, and
quarter for the current year and 2 years prior. In addition, wells reported to
API (not estimates) are listed on a state and regional level, disaggregated by
well class, well type, and quarter, for the current year and 2 years prior.
The report is available within two weeks following the end of a quarter.
Single Subscriber
Product Number: T00006 | Price: $3,100.00
Sales of Natural Gas Liquids and Liquefied Refinery Gases
Presents the results of the annual survey jointly sponsored by the American
Petroleum Institute (API), Gas Processors Association (GPA) Antion Propane
Gas Association (NPGA), and Propane Education & Research Council
(PERC). This publication reports estimated sales of natural gas liquids and
liquefied refinery gases and not consumption.
Single Subscriber
(2011) Product Number: N62817 | Price: $400.00
Monthly Statistical Report
Joint Association Survey on Drilling Costs (JAS)
Contains timely interpretation and analysis of recent developments for major
products, production, imports, refinery operations, and inventories
accompanied by API’s estimates of these data for the most recent month
and graphs of major series, including product deliveries, crude oil
production, imports, refinery activity, and inventories for the past 24 months.
In addition, the December issue, published in early January, presents yearend supply/demand estimates and summarizes developments of the year.
Quarterly estimates are also included four times per year. API’s Monthly
Statistical Report is published 2 to 3 weeks following the end of the month.
Single Subscriber
Product Number: T00002 | Price: $3,300.00
The JAS is an annual survey that contains the only long-term source of
information of detailed U.S. drilling expenditures on wells, footage, and
related expenditures in the United States. An Analysis & Trends section
provides detailed information and graphs about offshore and onshore wells,
shale wells, coalbed methane wells, and sidetrack wells. The data presented
in the U.S. Summary Tables section are broken down by well type (oil wells,
gas wells, and dry holes) and by depth interval. Additionally, the data in
these tables are disaggregated by well class (exploratory wells and
development wells) and offshore and onshore production. A few regional
and state tables are also available in this report. For more information on
the Joint Association Survey state tables, please contact [email protected]
Single Subscriber
(2010) Product Number: T00007 | Price: $3,100.00
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
139
API Data Products
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Basic Petroleum Data Book (2 Issues)
includes the source and executable codes of HGSYSTEM 3.0. Users require
a minimum of a 386 processor, DOS 3.3, 4 MB RAM, and 2.5 MB disk
space. (Two binders are included.) Pages: 281
November 1995 | Product Number: I46360 | Price: $275.00
Provides valuable domestic and world statistical background information,
beginning in most instances with 1947. Included are data on energy,
reserves, exploration and drilling, production, finance, prices, demand,
refining, imports, exports, offshore transportation, natural gas, Organization
of Petroleum Exporting Countries, and environment.
The printed Data Book is updated and published twice a year. Each report is
issued in a self-contained, bound volume and is no longer needed once the
next issue is published.
Both the electronic and printed versions also include a glossary of definitions
and a source list (names, telephone numbers) for references in the Data Book.
Single Subscriber
Electronic Product Number: T00008 | Price: $4,900.00
Hard Copy (2 Issues Only) Product Number: 05400 | Price: $1,700.00
API State Information Network
The API State Information Network is an online database of state legislative
and regulatory information presented from a petroleum industry perspective.
Located on the World Wide Web, the API State Information Network is
password protected and available on an annual subscription basis.
For more information call 202-682-8212 or e-mail [email protected]
SOFTWARE
API Risk-Based Inspection Software
API RBI software, created by petroleum refinery and chemical plant owner/
users for owner/users, finds its basis in API Publication 581, Base Resource
Document—Risk-Based Inspection. Practical, valuable features are built into
the technology, which is based on recognized and generally accepted good
engineering practices.
The purposes of the Risk-Based Inspection Program are:
• screen operating units within a plant to identify areas of high risk;
• estimate a risk value associated with the operation of each equipment
item in a refinery or chemical process plant based on a consistent
methodology;
• prioritize the equipment based on the measured risk;
• design a highly effective inspection program; and
• systematically manage the risks associated with equipment failures.
The RBI method defines the risk of operating equipment as the combination of
two separate terms: the consequence of failure and the likelihood of failure.
For more information: e-mail [email protected] or call 281-537-8848
Publ 4575
Proceedings of the 1991 Oil Spill Conference Infobase
The Proceedings of the 1991 Oil Spill Conference are available on 3.5-in. or
5.25-in. computer diskette. More than 700 pages of proceedings, including
hundreds of illustrations, can be loaded onto IBM or IBM-compatible
personal computers. The minimum requirements of 512 KB RAM, hard disk
drive, VGA monitor, and DOS 3.0 or higher, are listed in the reference manual
that gives complete instructions for operating the infobase. A tutorial and
glossary are included.
January 1993 | Product Number: I45751 | Price: $65.00
Publ 4636
HGSYSTEM 3.0: Technical Reference Manual and User’s Guide
The Technical Reference Manual is intended as a source of background
information for users who want to know more about the technical/scientific
contents of the HGSYSTEM modules used to model atmospheric dispersion
of neutrally buoyant and heavier-than-air gases. The modules calculate
release terms, evaporating liquid pools, jet dispersion, and heavy gas
dispersion. The User’s Guide contains all the information necessary to run
HGSYSTEM and interpret results. The IBM-compatible software provided
140
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
Publ 4640
Petroleum in the Freshwater Environment: An Annotated Bibliography,
1946–1993
The growing concern for petroleum contamination in freshwater ecosystems led
API to generate an annotated bibliography to serve as a valuable resource of
existing literature on petroleum and its impact on the freshwater environment.
It cites literature from 1946 through 1993 on the impact of petroleum
products and oil spill cleanup agents on the biota of freshwater ecosystems,
on the chemistry and fate of petroleum and cleanup agents in freshwater, and
on the review of cleanup methods in freshwater systems. The electronic
companion infobase has been prepared in two versions to enhance the value
of the annotations: (1) the VIP editable version of the infobase allows the user
to add new references, make personal annotations (e.g. bookmarks, notes,
highlights, and pop-ups), and delete unwanted references; and (2) the
standard noneditable version is read-only. Both versions are completely
searchable; each word in the bibliography is indexed. Pages: 224
March 1997
(noneditable) Product Number: I46400 | Price: $60.00
(VIP editable) Product Number: I46401 | Price: $75.00
Publ 4661
Exploration and Production Emission Calculator II (EPEC II) User’s Guide
The Exploration and Production Emission Calculator Version 2.0 (EPEC II) is
a software tool that can be used to estimate emissions for exploration and
production facilities. EPEC II integrates user inputs, emission calculations,
and data summaries for many equipment types common to exploration and
production facilities. The calculation techniques and emission factors utilized
by the EPEC II software were, in most cases, established by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, API, and the Gas Research Institute.
Published references that provide background information for the calculation
methods used in EPEC II are given for each equipment type in both the
software and in each section of this document. Pages: 96
2nd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: I46610 | Price: $125.00
Publ 4680
Amine Unit Air Emissions Model Evaluation
The implementation of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments in the United
States has created the need for a reliable method to estimate and report
hydrocarbon emissions from amine units. A simulation package, called
Amine Unit Air Emission Model (AMINECalc) Version 1.0 was developed. This
report evaluates the AMINECalc model by comparing the simulation results
with field data collected from operating gas plants. It also recommends
improvements and modifications to refine the predictions. See also
Publ 4679. Pages: 96
December 1998 | Product Number: I46800 | Price: $120.00
Publ 4697
Production Tank Emissions Model (E&P TANK, Version 2.0)
(New version COMING SOON)
E&P TANK, developed in conjunction with the Gas Research Institute, is a
personal computer model designed to use site-specific information in a
user-friendly format to predict emissions from petroleum production storage
tanks. The model calculates flashing losses and simulates working and
standing losses, using data provided by the user. Calculations distinguish
between hazardous air pollutants and volatile organic compounds, showing
detailed speciated emission rates from methane to decanes. System
requirements are an IBM PC 386 compatible or higher, at least 2 MB RAM, a
math coprocessor, and WINDOWS® 3.1 or later. Pages: 86
April 2000 | Product Number: I46970
New Version Price to Be Determined
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Policy and Economic Studies
For more information on all API documents relating to policy and
economic studies, call (202) 682-8166.
DISCUSSION PAPERS
DP 074
Current Status of Watershed Management in the United States
To understand the current status of watershed programs, this paper
reviews watershed approaches of individual watershed programs and
institutions. Each case study also discusses, in a general manner, the
impact on petroleum industry activity within the watershed. Background
information is also provided on the Clean Water Act, the nonpoint
source pollution problem in the United States, and the current emphasis
on watershed management approaches.
November 1993
DP 077
Alternative Wetland Mitigation Programs
The Corps of Engineers and EPA have issued memoranda of agreement
and guidance that restrict the petroleum industry’s ability to explore for
and produce oil and natural gas in wetlands. In particular, federal
agency rules require wetland mitigation banks—that could be used to
compensate for possible wetland losses—to be fully functional before
industry can use them. However, state and local governments often
allow for concurrent and in lieu fee banking arrangements; these allow
for payments to a group or agency that will undertake wetland
restoration or preservation in lieu of managing such activities directly.
This study examines those programs, their relationship to the federal
permitting process, how they assure mitigation is successful, and how
they achieve no overall net loss of wetlands.
February 1995
DP 081
Are We Running Out of Oil?
Since the dawn of the petroleum industry in the mid-19th century, there
have been recurrent waves of concern that exhaustion of the world’s
petroleum resource base was imminent. This study examines carefully
both the historical record and the most prominent recent geological
assessments. The analysis shows that the obvious concern—that of
imminent exhaustion of world oil resources—is actually the most easily
dismissed. Nature continues to be quite generous in providing oil
resources for development. However, there is a danger that attempts by
government to address the non-problem of resource exhaustion will
distract from or even aggravate the challenge of removing institutional
barriers to supply development.
December 1995
DP 084R
Analysis of the Costs and Benefits of Regulations: Review of
Historical Experience
Recent legislative proposals to reform the regulatory process have
included the use of benefit cost analysis to decide whether or not a
regulation should be implemented. The purpose of this paper is to
assess the current practices of benefit cost analysis, primarily through
examination of the series of regulatory impact analyses mandated by
presidential executive orders. While the record is mixed, it shows that in
many, but perhaps not all, cases it is possible to develop a reasonable
estimate of the benefits and costs of proposed regulations and to
decide among regulatory alternatives on the basis of these analyses.
December 1996
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
DP 086
Opposition to OCS Development, Historical Context and
Economic Considerations
This paper reviews the history of offshore leasing, focusing on the long
conflict between the federal government and the states over control of
the leasing process. The paper then examines economic aspects of
leasing and relates these to the controversy surrounding leasing. The
conclusions of the analysis suggest that consideration should be given
to sharing a portion of federal offshore revenues with affected coastal
communities. This sharing has the potential to reduce opposition to
offshore leasing and allow the nation to realize more of the net benefits
from tapping offshore oil and natural gas resources.
November 1996
DP 088
Restoring Natural Resources: Legal Background and Economic
Analysis
This paper reviews the legislative and legal history behind the resource
damage restoration regulations under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) and the Oil
Pollution Act (OPA). The damage restoration debate is whether the
objective is to restore a natural resource’s lost services or whether to
restore the exact chemical, biological, and physical characteristics. This
paper reviews the debate over these approaches to restoration and the
economic implications of adopting one approach over another. This
paper supports a services approach and suggests modifications to the
current interpretation of restoration requirements.
October 1997
RESEARCH STUDIES
RS 032
An Empirical Analysis of the Determinants of Petroleum Drilling
December 1983
RS 051
The Use of Economic Incentive Mechanisms in Environmental
Management
June 1990
RS 053
Reducing Emissions from Older Vehicles
August 1990
RS 056
Economics of Alternative Fuel Use: Compressed Natural Gas as
a Vehicle Fuel
December 1990
RS 064
U.S. Petroleum Supply: History, Prospects, and Policy Implications
September 1992
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
141
Policy and Economic Studies
Phone Inquiries: (202) 682-8166
RS 067
The Cost Effectiveness of Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance
Programs
RS 082
Superfund Liability and Taxes: Petroleum Industry Shares in Their
Historical Context
Several states began automobile inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs during the 1970s as part of their effort to reduce carbon
monoxide and ozone precursor emissions. The Clean Air Act
Amendments of 1990 further increased the scope of I/M programs. This
paper offers an evaluation of inspection and maintenance from the
perspective of cost-effectiveness: program costs divided by program
effectiveness. Effectiveness is measured in tons of pollutants removed:
volatile organic compounds, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen oxides.
Where possible, individual program components are evaluated with
respect to cost-effectiveness that should be included in assessments of
I/M: a formal decision tree model of the I/M process; cost-effectiveness
estimates of current and enhanced I/M programs; and alternatives for
making I/M more cost-effective.
December 1993
Summarizes historic and current information about petroleum industry
Superfund cleanup liability and taxes. It estimates the amount of Superfund
taxes paid from 1982 through the early 1990s and then calculates the
petroleum industry’s share of Superfund taxes. This paper documents the
large disparity that exists between the share of Superfund taxes paid by the
petroleum industry and the share of contamination that can be attributed to
the petroleum industry; the results show that the petroleum industry’s share
of general Superfund taxes far exceeds its share of cleanup costs.
July 1996
RS 074
Air Emissions Banking and Trading: Analysis and Implications for
Wetland Mitigation Banking
Examines the history of the air emissions banking and trading policy
initiated by EPA in the early 1970s and identifies the factors that
hindered its success. The lessons learned from the air emissions
program are applied to wetland mitigation banking. It is hoped that
wetlands banking and trading mechanisms will increase the ability to
proceed with economic activity and still preserve wetlands. Potential
solutions for avoiding the problems encountered in the air emissions
trading program are also discussed.
February 1994
RS 075
Improving Cost-Effectiveness Estimation: A Reassessment of
Control Options to Reduce Ozone Precursor Emissions
Regulators and industry use cost-effectiveness techniques as a decision
tool to rank the desirability of emission control strategies. This paper
examines the conceptual basis for cost-effectiveness estimates for the
control of stationary mobile source emissions focusing on volatile
organic compounds that are precursors of ozone. The paper also
provides an independent set of cost-effectiveness estimates for
enhanced inspection/maintenance programs, vehicle scrappage, the low
emission vehicle standard, and reformulated gasoline.
August 1994
RS 076
Paying for Automobile Insurance at the Pump: A Critical Review
Proponents of pay-at-the-pump (PAP) auto insurance advocate replacing
the current system of driver-purchased motor vehicle insurance with a
new one where a major portion of the cost of insurance would be paid
for by new taxes at the gasoline pump. Some groups and states have
given some consideration to a form of PAP insurance. This paper
examines efficiency and equity effects of such proposals. It finds the PAP
proposals (a) are based on false assumptions of accident causes; (b)
are not needed to solve the uninsured motorist problem; (c) incorrectly
link promises of large savings to paying for insurance at the pump; and
(d) are both inequitable and inefficient.
December 1994
142
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
RS 094
How Unilateral Economic Sanctions Affect the U.S. Economy: An
Inter-Industry Analysis
The National Association of Manufacturers (1997) estimates that a total of
61 U.S. laws and executive actions targeting 35 countries and billions of
dollars of goods and services have been unilaterally enacted over the 1993–
1996 period. Hufbauer et al. (1997) have estimated that U.S. unilateral
sanctions in force in 1995 reduced exports by $15 billion to $19 billion in
that year, putting at risk 200,000 to 250,000 high-wage export supported
jobs. This report provides sector and industry specific breakdowns of such
aggregate impacts. Also, the initial impact in a given industry is traced to
supporting industries, e.g. to input suppliers, and transport and marketing
industries. Thus, while the direct burden of sanctions may fall on a narrow
set of industries, the analysis reveals the extent to which the impacts spill
over into other sectors of the economy, an area to date that has not received
adequate attention. It follows that foregone exports are too narrow a
measure of the costs of unilateral economic sanctions. The report also notes
that capital goods, energy, chemicals, and agricultural products have been
disproportionately impacted by U.S. unilateral sanctions.
November 1998
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
The Economics of Energy Security
Prepared by Douglas R. Bohi and Michael A. Toman Thisan. This book
examines energy security as a basis for designing energy policy. Energy
security refers to the loss of economic welfare that may occur as a result
of change in price or availability of energy.
(ISBN 0-7923-9664-2)
January 1996
To order, please visit
www.springer.com/economics/industrial+organization/book/978-07923-9685-7?otherVersion=978-94-010-7305-9
PAPERS ON SPECIFIC ISSUES
For specific information on Policy Analysis Department publications,
call (202) 682-8166, fax 202-682-8408, or write to the following address:
API
Policy Analysis Department
1220 L Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Communications and Education Outreach
There’s a Lot of Life in Oil and Natural Gas
Describes the importance of oil and natural gas in our daily lives. Lists
the fuels, products, and other essential items vital to maintaining our
quality of life.
To order, contact the API Communications Department: (202) 682-8062
Energizing Life
The Story of Oil and Natural Gas
This CD will take you on an interactive journey through each part of the
extraordinary story of oil and natural gas.
To order, contact the API Communications Department: (202) 682-8062
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
DVD
Fuel-Less, You Can’t Be Cool Without Fuel
A 17-minute educational and entertaining DVD film for teen students that
uses pop music and dance to illustrate the often invisible role petroleum
products play in our lives. It shows how oil is transformed into products
such as gasoline, jet fuel, cosmetics, clothing, CDs, and even aspirin. The
film, designed for a middle-school audience, was produced by Emmy
award-winning journalist Ellen Kingsley with a cast that includes a real
science teacher and several teens.
September 1996 | Price: No charge for first five single copies
To order, contact the API Communications Department: (202) 682-8062
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
143
Is your
COOLER
trying to tell you something?
Yo! A little help!
You’ve got a million little things to maintain,
like keeping cool things cool and hot things hot.
Now there’s a simple way to review, choose,
order, track and pay for service station and
convenience store maintenance, all while
improving your bottom line.
Get your maintenance and compliance issues
under control with our cloud-based software
system. And get back to business.
1220 L Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005-4070
USA
877-562-5187 (Toll-free in the U.S. and Canada)
(+1) 202-682-8041 (Local and International)
Email: [email protected]
www.apiemaintenance.com
Copyright 2014 – American Petroleum Institute, all rights reserved.
API, API eMaintenance, the API logo and the API eMaintenance logo
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United
States and/or other countries.
Scan me to
learn more.
Translated Publications
CHINESE *
Spec 5DP/ISO 11961:2008
Specification for Drill Pipe—Chinese
Spec Q1 
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5DP.
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX5DP01C | Price: $127.00
Chinese translation of Spec Q1.
9th Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109C | Price: $84.00
Spec Q2
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for
Service Supply Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries—Chinese
Spec 5L 
Specification for Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5L.
45th Edition | December 2012
Product Number: G05L45C | Price: $181.00
Spec 5LCP 
Specification on Coiled Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec Q2.
1st Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201C | Price: $56.00
Chinese translation of Spec 5LCP.
2nd Edition | October 2006 | Product Number: G5LCP2C | Price: $103.00
Spec 2B
Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe—Chinese
Spec 5LD
CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 2B.
6th Edition | July 2001 | Product Number: G02B06C | Price: $59.00
Chinese translation of Spec 5LD.
3rd Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G05LD3C | Price: $91.00
Spec 2C
Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes—Chinese
Spec 5ST 
Specification for Coiled Tubing—U.S. Customary and SI Units—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 2C.
7th Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G02C07C | Price: $101.00
Spec 2F
Mooring Chain—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 2F.
6th Edition | June 1997 | Product Number: G02F06C | Price: $63.00
Spec 4F 
Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 4F.
4th Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: G04F04C | Price: $81.00
RP 4G 
Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well
Servicing Structures—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5ST.
1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: G5ST01C | Price: $94.00
Spec 6A/ISO 10423:2009
Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 6A.
20th Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: GX06A20C | Price: $182.00
Spec 6D/ISO 14313:2007
Specification for Pipeline Valves—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 6D.
23rd Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: GX6D23C | Price: $92.00
Spec 6DSS/ISO 14723:2009 
Specification for Subsea Pipeline Valves—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 4G.
4th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: G04G04C | Price: $82.00
Chinese translation of Spec 6DSS.
2nd Edition | December 2009
Product Number: GX6DSS2C | Price: $116.00
Spec 5B
Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads—Chinese
Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5B.
15th Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: G05B15C | Price: $83.00
Chinese translation of Spec 7-1.
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101C | Price: $114.00
Spec 5CT
Specification for Casing and Tubing—Chinese
Spec 7-2/ISO 10424-2:2007 
Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered
Thread Connections—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 5CT.
9th Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09C | Price: $166.00
Chinese translation of Spec 7-2.
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: GX70201C | Price: $122.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
145
Translated Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 7F
Oil Field Chain and Sprockets—Chinese
TR 11L6
Technical Report on Electric Motor Prime Mover for Beam Pumping
Unit Service—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7F.
8th Edition | November 2010 | Product Number: G7F008C | Price: $82.00
Spec 7K
Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7K.
5th Edition | June 2010 | Product Number: G07K05C | Price: $128.00
Spec 7NRV 
Specification on Non-Return Valves—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 7NRV.
1st Edition | July 2006 | Product Number: G7NRV01C | Price: $49.00
Chinese translation of TR 11L6.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G11L602C | Price: $61.00
Spec 12D 
Specification for Field Welded Tanks for Storage of Production
Liquids—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12D.
11th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12D11C | Price: $68.00
Spec 12F 
Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production
Liquids—Chinese
Spec 8C
Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment (PSL 1 and PSL 2)—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12F.
12th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12F12C | Price: $68.00
Chinese translation of Spec 8C.
5th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: GX08C05C | Price: $98.00
Spec 12J
Specification for Oil and Gas Separators—Chinese
Spec 9A
Specification for Wire Rope—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12J.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08C | Price: $68.00
Chinese translation of Spec 9A.
26th Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G9A026C | Price: $77.00
Spec 12K
Specification for Indirect Type Oilfield Heaters—Chinese
Spec 10D/ISO 10427-1:2001
Specification for Bow-Spring Casing Centralizers—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 12K.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12K08C | Price: $81.00
Chinese translation of Spec 10D.
6th Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: GX10D06C | Price: $63.00
Spec 13A/ISO 13500:2009
Specification for Drilling Fluid Materials—Chinese
Spec 11AX
Specification for Subsurface Sucker Rod Pumps and Fittings—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 13A.
18th Edition | February 2010 | Product Number: GX13A018C | Price: $127.00
Chinese translation of Spec 11AX.
12th Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: G11AX12C | Price: $94.00
Spec 11B
Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings,
Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping
Tees—Chinese
Spec 14A/ISO 10432:2004
Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 14A.
11th Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: GX14A11C | Price: $120.00
Spec 15HR
High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11B.
27th Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G11B27C | Price: $109.00
Chinese translation of Spec 15HR.
3rd Edition | August 2001 | Product Number: G15HR3C | Price: $68.00
Spec 11D1/ISO 14310:2008
Packers and Bridge Plugs—Chinese
Spec 15LE 
Polyethylene (PE) Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11D1.
2nd Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: GG11D12C | Price: $69.00
Chinese translation of Spec 15LE.
4th Edition | January 2008 | Product Number: G15LE4C | Price: $71.00
Spec 11E 
Specification for Pumping Units—Chinese
Spec 15LR
Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 11E.
19th Edition | November 2013
Product Number: G11E018C | Price: $119.00
Chinese translation of Spec 15LR.
7th Edition | August 2001 | Product Number: G15LR7C | Price: $68.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
146
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Translated Publications
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Spec 16A/ISO 13533:2001
Specification for Drill-Through Equipment—Chinese
RP 574
Inspection Practices for Piping System Components—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16A.
3rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: GX16A03C | Price: $116.00
Chinese translation of RP 574.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57403C | Price: $96.00
Spec 16C
Choke and Kill Systems—Chinese
RP 575
Inspection of Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16C.
1st Edition | January 1993 | Product Number: G07242C | Price: $93.00
Chinese translation of RP 575.
2nd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: C57502C | Price: $91.00
Spec 16D
Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment
and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment—Chinese
RP 576
Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 16D.
2nd Edition | July 2004 | Product Number: G16D02C | Price: $124.00
Spec 17D
Specification for Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment—
Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 17D.
2nd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: GX17D02C | Price: $131.00
Chinese translation of RP 576.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57603C | Price: $94.00
RP 578
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802C | Price: $91.00
Std 594 
Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding—Chinese
RP 19B
Evaluation of Well Perforators—Chinese
(formerly RP 43)
Chinese translation of Std 594.
7th Edition | September 2010 | Product Number: C59407C | Price: $75.00
Chinese translation of RP 19B.
2nd Edition | September 2006 | Product Number: G019B2C | Price: $86.00
Spec 20C 
Closed Die Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of Spec 20C.
1st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: G20C01C | Price: $52.00
API 510
Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: Maintenance Inspection, Rating,
Repair, and Alteration—Chinese
Chinese translation of API 510.
9th Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: C51009C | Price: $106.00
API 570
Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and
Alteration of Piping System—Chinese
Std 600
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted
Bonnets—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 600.
12th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: C60012C | Price: $84.00
Std 602
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller
for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 602.
9th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60209C | Price: $77.00
Std 609
Butterfly Valves: Double-Flanged, Lug- and Wafer-Type—Chinese
Chinese translation of Std 609.
7th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60907C | Price: $65.00
Chinese translation of API 570.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57003C | Price: $94.00
RP 651
Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks—Chinese
RP 571 
Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining
Industry—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 651.
3rd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: C65103C | Price: $75.00
Chinese translation of RP 571.
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102C | Price: $231.00
RP 572
Inspection Practices for Pressure Vessels—Chinese
RP 652
Lining of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms—Chinese
Chinese translation of RP 652.
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: C65203C | Price: $82.00
Chinese translation of RP 572.
3rd Edition | November 2009 | Product Number: C57203C | Price: $108.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
147
Translated Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Std 653
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction—Chinese
RP 9B 
Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service—
Kazakh
Chinese translation of Std 653.
4th Edition | April 2009 | Product Number: C65304C | Price: $149.00
KAZAKH *
Spec 2C 
Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 2C.
7th Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G02C07K | Price: $115.00
RP 2D 
Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Cranes—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 2D.
6th Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G02D06K | Price: $100.00
Spec 5B 
Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 5B.
15th Edition | April 2008 | Product Number: G05B15K | Price: $95.00
Kazakh translation of RP 9B.
13th Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: G09B13K | Price: $88.00
TR 10TR1 
Cement Sheath Evaluation—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR1.
2nd Edition | September 2008
Product Number: G10TR12K | Price: $116.00
TR 10TR4 
Technical Report on Considerations Regarding Selection of
Centralizers for Primary Cementing Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR4.
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40K | Price: $49.00
TR 10TR5 
Technical Report on Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid
Centralizers—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of TR 10TR5.
1st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50K | Price: $49.00
RP 5B1 
Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads—
Kazakh
RP 13D 
Rheology and Hydraulics of Oil-Well Fluids—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5B1.
5th Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G05B15K | Price: $114.00
Kazakh translation of RP 13D.
6th Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G13D06K | Price: $108.00
RP 5L2
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for NonCorrosive Gas Transmission Service—Kazakh
RP 13K 
Recommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5L2.
4th Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204K | Price: $67.00
RP 5L8 
Field Inspection of New Line Pipe—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 5L8.
2nd Edition | December 1996
Product Number: G05L82K | Price: $100.00
Spec 5L9
Recommended Practice for External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
of Line Pipe—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 5L9.
1st Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901K | Price: $64.00
Std 6A718 
Nickel Base Alloy 718 (UNS N07718) for Oil and Gas Drilling and
Production Equipment—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 13K.
3rd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G13K03K | Price: $86.00
Spec 16C 
Choke and Kill Systems—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 16C.
1st Edition | January 1993 | Product Number: G07242K | Price: $106.00
Spec 16RCD 
Drill Through Equipment—Rotating Control Devices—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Spec 16RCD.
1st Edition | February 2005
Product Number: G16RCD01K | Price: $121.00
RP 19B 
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 6A718.
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: GX6A20K | Price: $71.00
(formerly RP 43)
Kazakh translation of RP 19B.
2nd Edition | September 2006
Product Number: G019B2K | Price: $98.00
RP 7G 
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits—
Kazakh
RP 49 
Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Service Operations
Involving Hydrogen Sulfide—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 7G.
16th Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: G07G6AK | Price: $156.00
Kazakh translation of RP 49.
3rd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G4902K | Price: $71.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
148
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Translated Publications
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Std 53 
Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Wells—Kazakh
RP 5L2
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for NonCorrosive Gas Transmission Service—Russian
Kazakh translation of Std 53.
4th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: G05304K | Price: $124.00
RP 54 
Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well
Drilling and Servicing Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 54.
3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003K | Price: $100.00
RP 59 
Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 59.
2nd Edition | May 2006 | Product Number: G59002K | Price: $98.00
RP 64 
Recommended Practice for Diverter Systems Equipment and
Operations—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 64.
2nd Edition | October 2001 | Product Number: G64002K | Price: $86.00
RP 65 
Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 65.
1st Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: G56001K | Price: $97.00
RP 67 
Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 67.
2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G09308K | Price: $68.00
RP 500 
Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1
and Division 2—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of RP 500.
3rd Edition | December 2012
Product Number: C50003K | Price: $224.00
Std 1104 
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities—Kazakh
Kazakh translation of Std 1104.
21st Edition | September 2013
Product Number: D110420K | Price: $276.00
Russian translation of RP 5L2.
4th Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204R | Price: $67.00
RP 5L7
Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Coating of Line Pipe—Russian
Russian translation of RP 5L7.
2nd Edition | June 1988 | Product Number: G02906R | Price: $72.00
Spec 5L9
Recommended Practice for External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating
of Line Pipe—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 5L9.
1st Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901R | Price: $64.00
Spec 6D/ISO 14313:2007
Specification for Pipeline Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6D.
23rd Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: GX6D23R | Price: $105.00
Spec 6FA
Fire Test for Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FA.
3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06FA3R | Price: $78.00
Spec 6FC
Fire Test for Valves with Automatic Backseats—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FC.
4th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: G06FC3R | Price: $78.00
Spec 6FD
Specification for Fire Test for Check Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 6FD.
1st Edition | February 1995 | Product Number: G06FD1R | Price: $72.00
RP 11S2
Electric Submersible Pump Testing—Russian
Russian translation of RP 11S2.
2nd Edition | August 1997 | Product Number: G11S22R | Price: $67.00
RP 11S3
Electric Submersible Pump Installations—Russian
RUSSIAN *
Russian translation of RP 11S3.
2nd Edition | March 1999 | Product Number: G11S32R | Price: $72.00
Spec 2W
Steel Plates for Offshore Structures, Produced by ThermoMechanical Control Processing (TMCP)—Russian
Spec 12J
Specification for Oil and Gas Separators—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 2W.
5th Edition | December 2006 | Product Number: G02W05R | Price: $76.00
Russian translation of Spec 12J.
8th Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08R | Price: $78.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
149
Translated Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Spec 14A/ISO 10432:2004 
Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment—Russian
RP 582
Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries—Russian
Russian translation of Spec 14A.
11th Edition | October 2005
Product Number: GX14A11R | Price: $137.00
Russian translation of RP 582.
2nd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: C58202R | Price: $100.00
RP 14B/ISO 10417:2004
Design, Installation, Repair and Operation of Subsurface Safety
Valve Systems—Russian
Russian translation of RP 14B.
5th Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: GX14B05R | Price: $92.00
RP 14H
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore—Russian
Russian translation of RP 14H.
5th Edition | August 2007 | Product Number: G14H05R | Price: $96.00
Std 527
Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves—Russian
Russian translation of Std 527.
3rd Edition | July 1991 | Product Number: C52700R | Price: $52.00
RP 535
Burners for Fired Heaters in General Refinery Services—Russian
RP 591 
Process Valve Qualification Procedure—Russian
Russian translation of RP 591.
4th Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: C59104R | Price: $72.00
Std 598
Valve Inspection and Testing—Russian
Russian translation of Std 598.
9th Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: C59809R | Price: $70.00
Std 600 
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets—
Russian
Russian translation of Std 600.
12th Edition | March 2009 | Product Number: C60012R | Price: $96.00
Std 602 
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller
for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries—Russian
Russian translation of RP 535.
2nd Edition | January 2006 | Product Number: C53502R | Price: $94.00
Russian translation of Std 602.
9th Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: C60209R | Price: $88.00
RP 551
Process Measurement Instrumentation—Russian
RP 934-A
Materials and Fabrication of 2 1/4Cr-1Mo, 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V, 3Cr1Mo, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for HighTemperature, High-Pressure Hydrogen Service—Russian
Russian translation of RP 551.
1st Edition | May 1993 | Product Number: C55100R | Price: $100.00
RP 554, Part 1
Process Control Systems, Part 1—Process Control Systems
Functions and Functional Specification Development—Russian
Russian translation of RP 934-A.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934A02R | Price: $86.00
Russian translation of RP 554, Part 1.
2nd Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: C55402R | Price: $112.00
RP 934-C
Materials and Fabrication of 1-1/4CR-1/2Mo Steel Heavy Wall
Pressure Vessels for High Pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or
Below 825 °F (441 °C)—Russian
RP 554, Part 2
Process Control Systems, Part 2—Control System Design—Russian
Russian translation of RP 934-C.
2nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934C01R | Price: $86.00
Russian translation of RP 554, Part 2.
1st Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: C554201R | Price: $112.00
RP 556
Instrumentation, Control, and Protective Systems for Gas Fired
Heaters—Russian
Russian translation of RP 556.
2nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C55602R | Price: $122.00
RP 578
Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping
Systems—Russian
Russian translation of RP 578.
2nd Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802R | Price: $91.00
RP 934-E
Materials and Fabrication of 11/4Cr-1/2Mo Steel Pressure Vessels
for Service Above 825 °F (440 °C)—Russian
Russian translation of RP 934-E.
1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C934E01R | Price: $86.00
SPANISH *
Chapter 1
Vocabulary—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 1.
2nd Edition | July 1994 | Product Number: H010SP | Price: $109.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
150
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
Translated Publications
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
Chapter 3.1B
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging—Spanish
Chapter 8.3
Standard Practice for Mixing and Handling of Liquid Samples of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 3.1B.
2nd Edition | June 2001 | Product Number: H301B2S | Price: $97.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 8.3.
1st Edition | October 1995 | Product Number: H80301SP | Price: $89.00
Chapter 3.4
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on
Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 3.4.
1st Edition | April 1995 | Product Number: H03041S | Price: $83.00
Chapter 5.1
General Considerations for Measurement by Meters—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.1.
4th Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: H05014S | Price: $94.00
Chapter 5.2
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Displacement Meters—
Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.2.
3rd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: H50203S | Price: $87.00
Chapter 5.3
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meters—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 5.3.
5th Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H50305S | Price: $106.00
Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements—Spanish
Spanish translation of Spec 7-1.
1st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101SP | Price: $130.00
Spec 7-2/ISO 10424-2:2007 
Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered
Thread Connections—Spanish
Spanish translation of Spec 7-2.
1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: GX70201SP | Price: $139.00
Chapter 13.1
Statistical Concepts and Procedures in Measurement—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 13.1.
1st Edition | June 1985 | Effective Date: July 17, 2013
Product Number: H130101SP | Price: $83.00
Chapter 17.1
Guidelines for Marine Cargo Inspection—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.1.
5th Edition | March 2008 | Product Number: H1701SP | Price: $129.00
Chapter 17.2
Measurement of Cargoes on Board Tank Vessels—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.2.
2nd Edition | May 1999 | Product Number: H1702SP | Price: $132.00
Chapter 17.4
Method for Quantification of Small Volumes on Marine Vessels
(OBQ/ROB)—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.4.
1st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: H30410SP | Price: $97.00
Chapter 17.5
Guidelines for Voyage Analysis and Reconciliation of Cargo
Quantities—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.5
3rd Edition | April 2012 | Effective Date: March 26, 2013
Product Number: H170503S | Price: $145.00
Chapter 17.6
Guidelines for Determining Fullness of Pipelines Between Vessels
and Shore Tanks—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.6.
1st Edition | August 1994 | Product Number: H17061SP | Price: $97.00
RP 7G-2/ISO 10407-2:2008 
Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Element Inspection—Spanish
Chapter 17.8
Guidelines for Pre-Loading Inspection of Marine Vessel Cargo
Tanks—Spanish
Spanish translation of RP 7G-2.
1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX7G201SP | Price: $112.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.8.
1st Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: H1708SP | Price: $97.00
Chapter 7.3
Fixed Automatic Tank Temperature Systems—Spanish
Chapter 17.9
Vessel Experience Factor (VEF)—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 7.3.
2nd Edition | October 2011 | Effective Date: March 26, 2013
Product Number: H70302S | Price: $83.00
Chapter 8.2
Standard Practice for Automatic Sampling of Liquid Petroleum and
Petroleum Products—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 8.2.
2nd Edition | October 1995 | Product Number: H80202SP | Price: $97.00
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.9.
2nd Edition | May 2012 | Effective Date: March 26, 2013
Product Number: H170902S | Price: $165.00
Chapter 17.11
Measurement and Sampling of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels
Using Closed/Restricted Equipment—Spanish
Spanish translation of Ch. 17.11.
1st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: H170111SP | Price: $98.00
*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede
the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not
include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the documents.
 This publication is a new entry in this catalog.
 This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation program.
151
ARE
YOU
Q2?
COMING SOON! API Spec Q2 –
Quality Management for Service
Supply Organizations – lets the
industry know you’re API strong.
Find out how at www.api.org/apiqr.
It’s a tough business. Look to API.®
Copyright 2014 – American Petroleum Institute, all rights reserved. API, API Spec Q2, the “Tough Business” slogan
and the API logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries.
Scan to learn
more about Q2.
Historical Publications
MPMS CHAPTER 11.1—1980
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume VI
Chapter 11.1—1980 has not been withdrawn, but superseded.
The 1980 standards should not be utilized on new applications.
Chapter 11.1—2004 (page 51 of this Catalog) is to be utilized on
all new applications.
Table 24C—Volume Correction Factors for Individual and Special
Applications, Volume Correction to 60°F Against Thermal Expansion
Coefficients at 60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume I
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume VII
Table 5A—Generalized Crude Oils and JP-4, Correction of Observed API
Gravity to API Gravity at 60°F.
Table 6A—Generalized Crude Oils and JP-4, Correction of Volume to 60°F
Against API Gravity at 60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Table 53A—Generalized Crude Oils, Correction of Observed Density to
Density at 15°C.
Table 54A—Generalized Crude Oils, Correction of Volume to 15°C Against
Density at 15°C.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume II
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume VIII
Table 5B—Generalized Products, Correction of Observed API Gravity to API
Gravity at 60°F.
Table 6B—Generalized Products, Correction of Volume to 60°F Against API
Gravity at 60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Table 53B—Generalized Products, Correction of Observed Density to Density
at 15°C.
Table 54B—Generalized Products, Correction of Volume to 15°C Against
Density at 15°C.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume III
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume IX
Table 6C—Volume Correction Factors for Individual and Special Applications,
Volume Correction to 60°F Against Thermal Expansion Coefficients at 60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Table 54C—Volume Correction Factors for Individual and Special
Applications, Volume Correction to 15°C Against Thermal Expansion
Coefficients at 15°C.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Addendum to Volume III/IX Volume
Correction—MTBE
Provides users of the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards
Chapter 11.1, Volume III (Table 6C) and Volume IX (Table 54C) with revised
volume correction factor tables for MTBE. The tables can be used to expedite
calculation of the volume of mixtures composed predominantly of MTBE at
standard conditions from volumes at other conditions. These tables apply to
commercially available mixtures containing at least 85 weight percent MTBE.
The information gained from using these tables can be used to determine
quantities of MTBE in tanks, shipping containers, and other storage
containers typically used in the petroleum industry. Table 6C—Volume
Correction Factors for Individual and Special Applications, Volume Correction
for MTBE to 60°F and Volume IX, Table 54C—Volume Correction for
Individual and Special Applications, Volume Correction for MTBE to 15°C.
Pages: 4
1st Edition | January 1995 | Price: $45.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume IV
Table 23A—Generalized Crude Oils, Correction of Observed Relative Density
to Relative Density at 60/60°F.
Table 24A—Generalized Crude Oils, Correction of Volume to 60°F Against
Relative Density 60/60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume V
Table 23B—Generalized Products, Correction of Observed Relative Density to
Relative Density at 60/60°F.
Table 24B—Generalized Products, Correction of Volume to 60°F Against
Relative Density 60/60°F.
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume X
Background, Development, and Computer Documentation, including
computer subroutines in Fortran IV for all volumes of Chapter 11.1, except
Volumes XI/XII, XIII, and XIV. Implementation procedures, including rounding
and truncating procedures, are also included. These subroutines are not
available through API in magnetic or electronic form. Pages: 403
August 1980 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $45.00
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume XI/XII
Superseded by Chapter 11.5, Parts 1 to 3, 2009
(see page 53 of this Catalog)
Two combined volumes, containing Petroleum Measurement Subsidiary
Tables 1–4, 8–14, 21, 22, 26–31, 33, 34, 51, 52, and 56–58, which
provide conversions between volume measures and density measures.
January 1980 | Reaffirmed, December 1999
Order from ASTM | 100 Barr Harbor Drive | West Conshohocken, PA 19428
Tel: (610) 832-9500
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume XIII
Table 5D—Generalized Lubricating Oils, Correction of Observed API Gravity to
API Gravity at 60°F.
Table 6D—Generalized Lubricating Oils, Correction of Volume to 60°F
Against API Gravity at 60°F.
January 1982 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
153
Historical Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Chapter 11.1
Volume Correction Factors—Volume XIV
WITHDRAWN PUBLICATIONS
Table 53D—Generalized Lubricating Oils, Correction of Observed Density to
Density at 15°C.
Table 54D—Generalized Lubricating Oils, Correction of Volume to 15°C
Against Density at 15°C.
January 1982 | Reaffirmed, March 1997 | Price: $50.00
Chapter 11.2.1
Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: 0–90° API Gravity Range
Provides tables to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered under pressure to
corresponding volumes at the equilibrium pressure for the metered
temperature. It contains compressibility factors related to meter temperature
and API gravity (60°F) of metered material. Pages: 149
1st Edition | August 1984 | Reaffirmed, May 1996 | Price: $142.00
Chapter 11.2.1M
Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: 638–1074 Kilograms per
Cubic Meter Range
Provides tables in metric (SI) units to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered
under pressure to corresponding volumes at the equilibrium pressure for the
metered temperature. It contains compressibility factors related to meter
temperature and density (15 °C) of metered material. Pages: 187
1st Edition | August 1984 | Reaffirmed, May 1996 | Price: $142.00
Chapter 11.2
CD-ROM and Documentation of Chapters 11.2.1, 11.2.1M, 11.2.3,
11.2.3M
Includes tables found in Chapters 11.2.1, 11.2.1M, 11.2.3, and 11.2.3M,
along with a computer documentation manual containing text information
from those chapters. The tables, presented in both standard and metric (SI)
units, cover compressibility factors for hydrocarbons and water calibration of
volumetric provers. The tape is 9-track, 1600 bpi, unlabeled, 4-file type, and
is available in either ASCII or EBCDIC format. Format desired must be
specified when ordering. Now available on disk. Please specify when ordering.
1st Edition | 1984
Chapter 11.2
Computer Tape Information and Documentation for Chapters
11.2.1, 11.2.1M, 11.2.3 and 11.2.3M
Provides only the text information from Chapters 11.2.1, 11.2.1M, 11.2.3
and 11.2.3M, and information pertaining to the use of the magnetic tape
described above. The manual is included with orders for the magnetic tape.
Pages: 11
1st Edition | 1984
WITHDRAWN IN 2013
RP 5C7
Recommended Practice for Coiled Tubing Operations in Oil and Gas
Well Services
1st Edition | December 1996
RP 7A1
Recommended Practice for Testing of Thread Compound for Rotary
Shouldered Connections
1st Edition | November 1992
RP 1632
Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and
Piping Systems
3rd Edition | January 1996
154
The documents listed in this section have been withdrawn and are no longer
being maintained by the responsible standards committee. Copies of these
documents are available for purchase at www.api.org/publications.
Exploration and Production
Glossary of Oil Field Production Terminology, 1st ed. 1988
Needs Assessment Survey Report, Product/Service Certification in the
Exploration & Production Sector of the Worldwide Oil and Gas Industry
Offshore Operating Agreement, 2nd ed., 1996
Report of Eastern/Western Hemisphere Production of Casing, Tubing, and
Drill Pipe, 1997–2004
Report of Eastern/Western Hemisphere Production of Line Pipe, 1997–2004
Vocational Training Series 1–6
Book 1, Introduction to Oil and Gas Production, 4th ed. 1983
Book 2, Corrosion of Oil and Gas Well Equipment, 1st ed. 1958,
2nd ed. 1990
Book 3, Subsurface Salt Water Injection and Disposal, 2nd ed. 1978
Book 4, Well Testing, 2nd ed. 1976
Book 5, Wireline Operations and Procedures, 1983
Book 6, Gas Lift, 1984
Worldwide Cementing Practices, 1st ed. 1991
1
Oil Field Belting, 10th ed. 1947–12th ed. 1957
1A
Oil-Field Flat Belting, 1st ed. 1957
1B
Oil-Field V-Belting, 1st ed. 1957–5th ed. 1978, 6th ed. 1995
2
Oil Field Boilers, 1st ed. 1928–10th ed. 1949
2A
Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms,
1st ed. 1969–19th ed. 1991
2A-LRFD Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms—
Load and Resistance Factor Design, 1st ed. 1993
2A-LRFD-S1 Supplement 1 to Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore
Platforms—Load and Resistance Factor Design, 1st ed. 1997
2B
Fabricated Structural Steel Pipe, 1st ed. 1969–3rd ed. 1977
2E
Drilling Rig Packaging for Minimum Self-Contained Platforms, 1st ed.
1973
2G
Production Facilities on Offshore Structures, 1st ed. 1974
2H
Carbon Manganese Steel Plate for Offshore Platform Tubular Joints,
1st ed. 1974–8th ed. 1999
2J
Bulletin on Comparison of Marine Drilling Riser Analysis, 1st ed. 1977,
2nd ed. 1996
2K
Care and Use of Marine Drilling Risers, 1st ed. 1977, 2nd ed. 1982
2L
Planning, Designing, and Constructing Heliports for Fixed Offshore
Platforms, 1st ed. 1978, 2nd ed. 1983
2M
Qualifications Testing of Steel Anchor Designs for Floating Structures,
2nd ed. 1996
2P
The Analysis of Spread Mooring Systems for Floating Drilling Units,
1st ed. 1984
Design and Operation of Marine Drilling Riser Systems, 1st ed. 1982,
2Q
2nd ed. 1984
3
Recommended Practice for Cable Drilling and Fishing Tools, 1st ed.
1928, 2nd ed. 1988
3
Specification for Cable-Drilling Tools, 1st ed. 1928–13th ed. 1988
4
Standard Rigs and Derricks, 2nd ed. 1934–13th ed. 1947
4A
Steel Derricks (Including Standard Rigs), 14th ed. 1952–16th ed.
1967
4B
Wooden Derricks, 14th ed. 1952
4C
Rig Irons, 8th ed. 1939
4D
Guyed Portable Masts, 1st ed. 1952–6th ed. 1967
4E
Drilling and Well Servicing Structures, 1st ed. 1970–3rd ed. 1988
Historical Publications
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
5
5A
5A1
6RS
5A2
5A4
5AC
5AQ
5AR
5AX
5C2
5C4
5CTM
5D
5D
5G1
5G2
5L4
5L5
5L6
5LA
5LE
5LP
5LR
5LS
5LU
5LX
5UO1
5UO2
5UO3
5UO4
6
6
6A1
6AB
6A4
6B
6BX
6C
6CM
6E
6F
6G
6H
Care and Use of Oil Country Tubular Goods, 1st ed. 1929
Sharp-Thread Casing and Tubing, 3rd ed. 1955–39th ed. 1987
Minimum Performance Properties Proposed API High-Strength Casing
Joints, 3rd ed. 1949
High-Pressure Thread Compound, 1st ed. 1952–5th ed. 1972
Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Casing and Tubing,
1st ed. 1976
Casing and Tubing for Sulfide Service, 1st ed. 1963–16th ed. 1987
Q125 Casing, 1st ed. 1985, 2nd ed. 1987
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Casing and Tubing, 1st ed. 1975,
2nd ed. 1981
High-Strength Casing and Tubing, 1st ed. 1960–15th ed. 1987
Performance Properties of Casing and Tubing, 4th ed. 1948–21st ed.
1999
Round Thread Casing Joint Strength with Combined Internal Pressure
and Bending, 2nd ed. 1987
Casing and Tubing (Metric Units), 5th ed. 1995
Conversion of English to Metric Units as Applicable to API Standards on
Tubular Goods, 1st ed. 1960
Specification for Drill Pipe, 1st ed. 1988, 2nd ed. 1991
Iron and Steel Flanged Gate, Plug, and Check Valves for Pipe Line
Service, 4th ed. 1946
Steel Flanged Gate and Plug Valves for Drilling and Production Service,
5th ed. 1946
Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe, 1st ed.
1972, 2nd ed. 1976
Marine Transportation of Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1975
Transportation of Line Pipe on Inland Waterways, 1st ed. 1979
Aluminum Alloy Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1962
Polyethylene Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1975–3rd ed. 1981
Thermoplastic Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1968–5th ed. 1981
Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1968–
4th ed. 1976
Spiral-Weld Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1965–12th ed. 1982
Ultra High-Test Heat Treated Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1972–3rd ed. 1980
High-Test Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1948–24th ed. 1982
Voluntary Unit Agreement, 4th ed. 1993
Voluntary Unit Operating Agreement, 4th ed. 1993
Statutory Unit Agreement, 2nd ed. 1993
Statutory Unit Operating Agreement, 2nd ed. 1993
Rig Irons, 1st ed. 1929
Safe Practices in Well-Pulling Operations, 1956
Obsolete Appendixes from Spec 6A Eleventh Edition (Wellhead
Equipment), 1st ed. 1979
30,000 PSI Flanged Wellhead Equipment, 1st ed. 1983
Specification for Repair and Remanufacture of Wellhead and
Christmas Tree Equipment, 1st ed. 1988
Ring-Joint Flanges, 4th ed. 1949–6th ed. 1960
Ring-Joint Flanges for Drilling and Production Service for Extreme
Pressures, 1st ed. 1958–3rd ed. 1960
Flanged Steel Gate and Plug Valves for Drilling and Production Service,
7th ed. 1949–11th ed. 1960
Flanged Steel Gate and Plug Valves for Multiple Parallel String
Completions In Production Service, 1st ed. 1960
Wellhead Equipment, 2nd ed. 1950–6th ed. 1960
Fire Test for Valves, 1st ed. 1978–3rd ed. 1982
Through Flowline (TFL) Pump Down Systems, 1st ed. 1978–3rd ed.
1982
Specification on End Closures, Connectors, and Swivels, 2nd ed. 1998
Referenced Standards for Committee 6, Standardization of Valves and
Wellhead Equipment, 1st ed. 1990
7
Transmission Standard, 1st ed. 1922–6th ed. 1944
7
Rotary Drilling Equipment, 11th ed. 1953–36th ed. 1989, 40th ed.
2001
7A
Recommended Practice for Hard Facing Rotary Bits, 1st ed. 1932
7B
Rotary Drilling Equipment, 1st ed. 1927–10th ed. 1947
7B-11C Internal-Combustion Engines and Unit-Type Radiator coolers for Oil-Field
Service, 6th ed. 1953–9th ed. 1994
7C
Dimensional Standards for Line Shafts, 1st ed. 1927
7C-11F Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Internal-Combustion
Engines, 2nd ed. 1955–5th ed. 1994
7C-11G Rating of Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment, 1st ed. 1949
7D
Oil-Field Boilers, 10th ed. 1949
7E
Care and Use of Oil-Field Boilers, 3rd ed. 1949
7H
Drilling Machinery, 1st ed. 1979–7th ed. 1981
7J
Specification for Drill Pipe/Casing Protectors (DP/CP), 1st ed. 1985
8A
Rating of Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment, 1st ed. 1949–
11th ed. 1985, 13th ed. 1997
8B
Internal-Combustion Engines and Unit-Type Radiator Coolers and OilField Service, 6th ed. 1953
8C
Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Internal-Combustion
Engines, 1st ed. 1953–3rd ed. 1997
Safe Practices in Drilling Operations, 1953
10
10
Materials and Testing for Well Cements, 1st ed. 1982–5th ed. 1990
10B Recommended Practice for Testing Oil-Well Cements, 3rd ed. 1953–
22nd ed. 1997
10C Oil-Well Cement Nomenclature, 1st ed. 1963, 3rd ed. 1984
10E Application of Cement Lining to Steel Tubular Goods, Handling,
Installation and Joining, 1st ed. 1978–3rd ed. 1994
11A Care and Use of Oil Well Pumps, 1st ed. 1927–7th ed. 1944
11B Installation, Operation and Care of Oil Field Gas Engines, 1st ed. 1933
11C Internal Combustion Engine and Clutches for Oil Field Service, 1st ed.
1927–5th ed. 1942
11C Reinforced Plastic Sucker Rods, 1st ed. 1986, 2nd ed. 1988
11D Miscellaneous Pumping Equipment, 1st ed. 1923–7th ed. 1964
11D1 Specification for Packers and Bridge Plugs, 1st ed. 2002
11G Rating of Sucker Rod and Tubing Hoisting Equipment, 2nd ed. 1941
11H Recommended Practice for Electrical Surface Pumping Equipment,
1st ed. 1959
11IW Specification for Independent Wellhead Equipment, 1st ed. 2000
11J Recommended Practice for Placement of Electrical Equipment on
Production Leases, 1st ed. 1961
11K Data Sheet for the Design of Air Exchange Coolers for Packaged
Compressor Units, 1st ed. 1974, 2nd ed. 1998
11L Recommended Practice for Design Calculations for Sucker Rod
Pumping systems, 1st ed. 1967–4th ed. 1988
11L4 Curves for Selecting Beam Pumping Units, 1st ed. 1970
11M Recommended Practice for Grounded 830-Volt, Three-Phase Electrical
System for Oil Field Service, 1st ed. 1973
11N Specification for Lease Automatic Custody Transfer (LACT) Equipment,
1st ed. 1975–4th ed. 1994
11P Specification for Packaged High Speed Separable Engine Driven
Reciprocating Gas Compressors, 1st ed. 1975, 2nd ed. 1989
11PGT Recommended Practice for Packaged Combustion Gas Turbines,
1st ed. 1992
11R Recommended Practice for Electric Submersible Pump Installations,
1st ed. 1980–2nd ed. 1986
11T Recommended Practice for Installation and Operation of Wet Steam
Generators, 1st ed. 1983, 2nd ed. 1994
155
Historical Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
11U
35
36
37
Recommended Practice for Sizing and Selection of Electric
Submersible Pumps, 1st ed. 1984–2nd ed. 1986
11V1 Specification for Gas Lift Valves, Orifices, Reverse Flow Valves and
Dummy Valves, 1st ed. 1988, 2nd ed. 1995
11V2 Gas Lift Valve Performance Testing, 2nd ed. 2001
11V7 Recommended Practice for Repair, Testing and Setting Gas Lift Valves,
2nd ed. 1999
12A Specification for Standard Tanks with Riveted Shells, 1st ed. 1928–
7th ed. 1941
12C All-Welded Oil Storage Tanks, 1st ed. 1936–15th ed. 1958
12D Large Welded Production Tanks, 3rd ed. 1944–10th ed. 1994
12E Wooden Tanks, 1st ed. 1943–6th ed. 1956
12G Welded Aluminum-Alloy Storage Tanks, 1st ed. 1957
12GDU Specification for Glycol-Type Gas Dehydration Units, 1st ed. 1990
12H Recommended Practice for Installation of New Bottoms In Old Storage
Tanks, 1st ed. 1957
12L Vertical Emulsion Treaters, 1st ed. 1967–4th ed. 1994
12M Oil Field Thermal Recovery Steam Generators, 1st ed. 1966, 2nd ed.
1967
13B Standard Procedure for Testing Drilling Fluids, 1st ed. 1962–14th ed.
1991
13E Recommended Practice for Shale Shaker screen Cloth Designation,
1st ed. 1977–3rd ed. 1993
13F Drilling Mud Report Form, 1st ed. 1981
13G Drilling Fluid Bioassays, 1st ed. 1984–3rd ed. 1991
14BM User’s Manual for API 14B Subsurface Controlled Subsurface Safety
Valve Sizing computer Program, 1st ed. 1974, 2nd ed. 1978
14D Wellhead Surface Safety Valves for Offshore Service, 1st ed. 1975–
9th ed. 1994
14H Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore, 1st ed.
1982–4th ed. 1994
15A4 Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Casing and Tubing,
1st ed. 1976
15AR Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Casing and Tubing, 2nd ed. 1981,
3rd ed. 1987
15HR Specification for High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe, 1st ed. 1988
15L4 Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe, 2nd ed.
1976
15LP Thermoplastic Line Pipe, 5th ed. 1981, 6th ed. 1987
15LT PVC Lined Steel Tubular Goods, 1st ed. 1993
16E Design of Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment, 1st ed.
1990
16J Comparison of Marine Drilling Riser Analyses, 1st ed. 1992
17I Installation of Subsea Umbilicals, 1st ed. 1996
17M Recommended Practices on Remotely Operated Tool (ROT)
Intervention Systems, 1st ed. 2004
25
Measuring Field Production and Storage Tanks, 1st ed. 1929–7th ed.
1948
26
Form of Agreement and Specifications for Pipe Line Crossings under
Railroad Tracks, 1st ed. 1935
27
Standard for Determining Permeability of Porous Media, 1st ed. 1935–
3rd ed. 1952
28
Code of Metallurgical Terms for Ferrous Alloys, 1st ed. 1937
29
Standard Field Procedure for Testing Drilling Fluids, 2nd ed. 1942–
4th ed. 1957
30
Corrosion Fatigue Testing of Sucker Rod Materials, 1st ed. 1945
31
Standard Electrical Log Form, 1st ed. 1948–3rd ed. 1967
32
Testing Cements Used In Wells, 1st ed. 1948, 2nd ed. 1950
33
Standard Radioactivity Log Form, 1st ed. 1948–3rd ed. 1974
34
Standard Hydrocarbon Mud Log Form, 1st ed. 1958
156
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
50A
50B
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
66
86
95F
D2
D2A
D2A
D2B
D3
D4
D6
D7
D8
D9
Oil-Mapping Symbols, 1st ed. 1957
Determining Productivity Indices, 1st ed. 1958
Recommended Practice Proof-Test Procedure for the Evaluation of
High-Pressure Casing and Tubing Connection Designs, 1st ed. 1958,
2nd ed. 1980
Biological Analysis of Water-Flood Injection Waters, 1st ed. 1959–
3rd ed. 1975
Standard Procedure for the Evaluation of Hydraulic Fracturing Fluids,
1st ed. 1960–3rd ed. 1998
Core-Analysis Procedure, 1st ed. 1960, 2nd ed. 1998
Recommended Practice Standard Procedure for Preventing
Performance Data on Hydraulic Fracturing Equipment, 1st ed. 1961
Laboratory Testing and Field Data Analysis of Surface-Active Agents for
Well Stimulation, 1st ed. 1962, 2nd ed. 1977
Standard Procedure for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 1st ed. 1962–
5th ed. 1991
Sampling Petroleum Reservoir Fluids, 1st ed. 1966, 2nd ed. 2003
Testing Foam Agents for Mist Drilling, 1st ed. 1966
Drilling Mud Report Form, 1st ed. 1969
Drill Stem Test Report Form, 1st ed. 1972
Measuring, Sampling, and Testing Natural Gas, 1st ed. 1937–4th ed.
1957
Measuring, Sampling, and Testing Natural Gasoline and Other Light
Liquid Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 3rd ed. 1949, 4th ed. 1957
Recommended Practices for Testing Sand Used in Hydraulic Fracturing
Operations, 1st ed. 1983
Offshore Well Completion, Servicing, Workover, and Plug and
Abandonment Operations, 1st ed. 1986
Recommended Practices for Testing Sand Used in Gravel Packing
Operations, 1st ed. 1986
Recommended Practices for Testing High Strength Proppants Used in
Hydraulic Fracturing Operations, 1st ed. 1989
Recommended Practices for Evaluating Short Term Proppant Pack
Conductivity, 1st ed. 1989
Recommended Practice/Guidelines for Evaluation of Mobile Offshore
Drilling Unit (MODU) Emergency Power Systems and Fire Protection
Systems, 1st ed. 1988
Evaluation of Polymers Used in Enhanced Oil Recovery Operations,
1st ed. 1990
Exploration and Production Data Digital Interchange (Version 2.00),
2nd ed. 1996
Recommended Practice for Measurement of Multiphase Flow
(superseded by API MPMS Ch. 20.3), 1st ed. 2005
Interim Guidance for Gulf of Mexico MODU Mooring Practice, 1st ed.
2006
Organization and Procedure for the Central Committee on District
Activities and for Districts and Chapters, 3rd ed. 1941–8th ed. 1955
Vocational Training in Oil and Gas Production, 1st ed. 1940, 2nd ed. 1943
Planning and Conducting an API District Meeting, 2nd ed. 1957,
3rd ed. 1958
Informational Bulletin Special Training Available for Leaders on
Conduct of Foremanship Training Conferences, 1st ed. 1942
Activities and Procedure of the Central Committee on Drilling and
Production Practice, 1st ed. 1936–8th ed. 1965
The Effects of Drilling-Mud Additives on Oil-Well Cements, 1st ed.
1951, Corrected 1963
Selection and Evaluation of Well-Completion Methods, 1st ed. 1955
Casing Landing Recommendations, 1st ed. 1955
A Tabular Method for Determining the Change of the Overall Angle and
Dog-Leg Severity (for Hole Inclinations up to 70 degrees), 1st ed. 1964
Recommendations for Digital Well Logging on Magnetic Tape, 1st ed.
1965–3rd ed. 1981
Historical Publications
Fax Orders: 303-397-2740
Online Orders: www.global.ihs.com
D10
D11
Chapter 17, Auxiliary and Miscellaneous Equipment, 1978
Chapter 18, Protection of Idle Equipment, 1982
Chapter 20, Inspection for Fire Protection, 1961
Manual for the Prevention of Water Pollution During Marine Oil Terminal Transfer
Operations, 1st ed. 1964
Manual on Disposal of Refinery Wastes, 1st 1969
Chapter 1, Introduction, 1969
Chapter 2, Information on Water Pollution, 1969
Chapter 3, Collection and Treatment, 1969
Chapter 4, Liquid Flow Measurement Methods, 1969
Chapter 5, Oil Water Separator Process Design, 1969
Chapter 6, Construction Details of Gravity-Type Separators
Chapter 7, Ballast Water
Chapter 8, Treatment of Recovered Oil Emulsions
Chapter 9, Filtration, Flocculation, and Flotation
Chapter 10, Stripping, Extraction, Adsorption, and Ion Exchange
Chapter 11, Oxidation, 1969
Chapter 12, Oxygenation, 1969
Chapter 13, Biological Treatment, 1975
Chapter 14, Disposal by Sale, at Sea, in Wells, and Incineration, 1969
Chapter 15, Common Refinery Wastes and Process Summaries, 1969
Chapter 16, Petrochemical Waste Treatment, 1969
Chapter 17, Monitoring, 1969
Chapter 18, Diffusion of Effluent into Receiving Waters, 1969
Chapter 19, Stream Survey Methods, 1969
Chapter 20, Solubility and Toxicity Data, 1969
Chapter 21, Handling Stormwater Runoff, 1980
“Responding to a Pipeline Emergency” Videotape
421 Management of Water Discharges: Design and Operation of Oil-Water
Separators, 1st ed. 1990
500 Classification of Areas for Electrical Installations in Petroleum
Refineries, 1st ed. 1955–4th ed. 1987
500C Recommended Practice for Classification of Areas for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum and Gas Pipeline Transportation Facilities,
1st ed. 1966 to 1984
520 Design and Construction of Pressure–Relieving Systems in Refineries,
1st ed. 1955–4th ed. 1994
525 Testing Procedure for Pressure–Relieving Devices Discharging Against
Variable Back Pressure, 1st ed. 1960
528 API Standard for Safety Relief Valve Nameplate Nomenclature, 1st ed.
1964
532 Measurement of the Thermal Efficiency of Fired Process Heaters,
1st ed. 1982
533 Air Preheat Systems for Fired Process Heaters, 1st ed. 1986
542 Grouped Motor Controller Specification–Low Voltage (600 Volts),
1st ed. 1977
543 Medium Voltage Motor Controllers, 1st ed.1976
544 Metal-Clad Switchgear Specification–5kV to 15 kV, 1st ed. 1980
550 Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems, 1st ed.–
4th ed.
Part I–Process Instrumentation and Control
Section 1, Flow, 3rd ed. 1974, 4th ed. 1986
Section 2, Level, 4th ed. 1980
Section 3, Temperature, 3rd ed. 1965, 4th ed. 1980
Section 4, Pressure, 3rd ed. 1974, 4th ed. 1980
Section 5, Controllers and Control Systems, 3rd ed. 1977, 4th ed.
1985
Section 6, Control Valves and Accessories, 3rd ed. 1976, 4th ed.
1985
Selecting Rotary Drilling Equipment, 1st ed. 1965, 2nd ed. 1973
Glossary of Drilling-Fluid and Associated Terms, 1st ed. 1965, 2nd ed.
1979
D12 Well Data Glossary, 1st ed. 1966
D12A The API Well Number and Standard State and County Codes, 1st ed.
1968
D13 Installation and Use of Blowout-Preventer Stacks and Accessory
Equipment, 1st ed. 1966
D14 A Statistical Study of Recovery Efficiency, 1st ed. 1967, 2nd ed. 1984
D15 Recommendations for Proper Usage and Handling of Inhibited Oilfield
Acids, 1st ed. 1973
D17 Running and Cementing Liners in the Delaware Basin, Texas, 2nd ed.
1983, 3rd ed. 1989
D18 Environmental Protection Laws and Regulations Related to Exploration,
Drilling, Production, and Gas Processing Plant Operations, 1st ed.
1975
D19 Summary and Analysis of API Onshore Drilling Mud and Produced
Water Environmental Studies, 1st ed. 1983
D20 Bulletin on Directional Drilling Survey Calculation Methods and
Terminology, 1st ed. 1985
S2
Publications of the API Division of Production, 26th ed. 1948–
62nd ed. 1985
T1
Function and Procedure of Committees on Training of the Division of
Production, 5th ed. 1967
T3
Vocational Training Courses, 1st ed. 1959
T4
Supervisory Development Services Available from Public and Private
Agencies and Institutions, 1st ed. 1953
T3
Training and Qualification of Personnel in Well Control Equipment and
Techniques for Drilling on Offshore Locations, 1st ed. 1976
T5
Employee Motivation Programs for Safety and Prevention of Pollution in
Offshore Operations, 1st ed. 1974, 2nd ed. 1983
V2
Organization and Teaching of Courses on Specialized Vocational
Training In the Production of Oil and Gas, 1st ed. 1949
V3
Information Bulletin Special Training Available for Leaders on Conduct
of Foremanship Training Conferences, 1st ed, 1951
Refining
Biological Treatment of Petroleum Refinery Wastes, 1st ed. 1963
Disposal of Refinery Waste, 1st ed. 1930–7th ed. 1963
Section II Waste Gases and Vapors 1st ed. 1931–5th ed. 1957
Section III Waste Water Containing Solute, 1st ed. 1935–4th ed. 1960
Section IV Sampling and Analysis of Waste Water, 1st ed. 1953
Section V, Sampling and Analysis of Waste Gas and Particulate Matter,
1st ed. 1954
Section VI, Disposal of Refinery Wastes, 1st ed. 1963
Inspection of Refinery Equipment, 1985
Chapter 1, Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, 1976
Chapter 3, Inspection Planning, 1985
Chapter 4, Inspection Tools, 1983
Chapter 5, Preparation of Equipment for Safe Entry and Work, 1978
Chapter 6, Pressure Vessels (Towers, Drums, and Reactors), 1982
Chapter 7, Heat Exchangers, Condensers and Cooler Boxes, Guide for
Inspection of Refinery Equipment, 1967
Chapter 9, Fired Heaters and Stacks, 1981
Chapter 10, Pumps, Compressors, and Blowers, and Their Drivers
Chapter 11, Pipe, Valves, and Fittings, 1974
Chapter 13, Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks, 1981
Chapter 14, Electrical Systems, 1982
Chapter 15, Instruments and Control Equipment, 1981
Chapter 16, Pressure-relieving Devices, 1985
157
Historical Publications
Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free: U.S. and Canada)
Phone Orders: 303-397-7956 (Local and International)
Section 7, Transmissions Systems, 3rd ed. 1974
Section 8, Seals, Purges, and Winterizing, 3rd ed. 1974, 4th ed. 1980
Section 9, Air Supply Systems, 3rd ed. 1974, 4th ed. 1980
Section 10, Hydraulic Systems, 3rd ed. 1974, 4th ed. 1980
Section 11, Electrical Power Supply, 3rd ed. 1981
Section 12, Control Centers, 3rd ed. 1977
Section 13, Alarms and Protective Devices, 3rd ed. 1976, 4th ed.
1985
Section 14, Process Computer Systems, 1st ed. 1982
550 Part II–Process Stream Analyzers
Section 1, Analyzers, 4th ed. 1985
Section 2, Process Chromatographs, 4th ed. 1981
Section 4, Moisture Analyzers, 4th ed. 1983
Section 5, Oxygen Analyzers, 4th ed. 1983
Section 6, Analyzers for the Measurement of Sulfur and Its
Components, 4th ed. 1984
Section 7, Electrochemical Liquid Analyzers, 4th ed. 1984
Section 9, Water Quality Analyzers, 4th ed. 1984
Section 10, Area Safety Monitors, 4th ed. 1983
550 Part III, Fired Heaters and Inert Gas Generators, 3rd ed. 1985
550 Part IV, Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control System, 1st ed.
1975, 2nd ed. 1984
589 Fire Test for Evaluation of Valve Stem Packing, 2nd ed. 1998
590 Steel Line Blanks, 1st ed. 1985
593 Ductile Iron Plug Valves, 1st ed. 1973, 2nd ed. 1981
594 Wafer–Type Check Valves, 1st ed. 1974–5th ed. 1997
595 Cast–Iron Gate Valves, Flanges Ends, 2nd ed. 1979
597 Steel Venturi Gate Valves, 1st ed. 1968–3rd ed. 1981
600A API Standard on Flanged Steel Outside–Screw–and Yoke Wedge Gate
Valves, 1st ed. 1942
600B API Standard on Flanged Steel Plug Valves, 1st ed. 1942
601 Metallic Gaskets for Piping, 3rd ed. 1972–7th ed. 1988
Replaced by ASME B16.20
604 Flanged Nodular Iron Gate and Plug Valves for Refinery Use, 1st ed.
1963–4th ed. 1981
605 Large-Diameter Carbon Steel Flanges, 1st ed. 1967–4th ed. 1988
606 Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves, 1st ed. 1976–3rd ed. 1989
630 Tube Dimensions for Fired Heaters, 1st ed. 1959, 2nd ed. 1961
631M Measurement of Noise from Air-Cooled Heat Exchangers, 1st ed. 1981
632 Winterization of Air-Cooled Heat Exchangers, 1st ed. 1988
640 Tube Dimensions for Heat Exchangers, 1st ed. 1959, 2nd ed. 1961
662 Plate Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Services, 1st ed. 1995,
2nd ed. 2002
665 API Fired Heater Data Sheet, 1st ed. 1966
678 Accelerometer-Based Vibration Monitoring System, 1st ed. 1981
680 Packaged Reciprocating Plant and Instrument Air Compressors for
General Refinery Services, 1st ed. 1987
683 Quality Improvement Manual for Mechanical Equipment in Petroleum,
Chemical, and Gas Industries, 1st ed. 1993
700 Checklist for Plant Completion, 1st ed. 1972, 2nd ed. 1981
752 Equal Employment Opportunity: An Interpretive Guide, 1st 1972, 2nd.
2003
753 How to Install and Validate Employee Selection Techniques, 1st 1971
754 Validity Study Results for Jobs Relevant to the Petroleum Refining
Industry, 1st 1972
755 Interpretive Guide for the API Test Validity Generalization Project, 1st,
1980, 2nd 1982
756 Recommended Guidelines for Documentation of Training, 1st 1977
757 Training and Materials Catalog, 1st 1979
758
158
850
910
920
926
927
928
937
940
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
960
1200
1200E
1210
1220
Safety Digest of Lessons Learned
Section 1, General Safety Precautions in Refining 1986
Section 2, Safety in Unit Operations, 1979
Section 3, Safe Operations of Auxiliaries, 1980
Section 4, Safety in Maintenance, 1981
Section 5, Safe Operation of Utilities, 1981
Section 6, Safe Operation of Storage Facilities, 1982
Section 7, Safe Handling of Petroleum Products, 1983
Section 8, Environmental Controls,1983
Section 9, Precautions Against Severe Weather Conditions, 1983
API Standards 620, 650, and 653 Interpretations—Tank Construction
and In-Service Inspection, 1st ed. 1997
Digest of State Boiler and Pressure Vessel Rules and Regulations,
1st ed. 1987–5th ed. 1991
Prevention of Brittle Fracture of Pressure Vessels, 1st ed. 1990
Digest of State Inspection Laws—Petroleum Products, 5th ed. 1989
1972 Sour Water Stripping Survey Evaluation, 1st ed. 1972
Hydrocarbon Emissions from Refineries, 1st ed. 1973
Evaluation of Design Criteria for Storage Tanks with Frangible Roof
Joints, 1st ed. 1996
Steel Deterioration in Hydrogen, 1st ed. 1967
Welded, Plain Carbon Steel Refinery Equipment for Environmental
Cracking Service, 1st ed. 1971, 2nd ed. 1982
High–Temperature Crude Oil Corrosivity Studies, 1st ed. 1974
1972 Survey of Materials Experience and Corrosion Problems in Sour
Water Strippers, 1st ed. 1974
A Study of the Effects of High–Temperature, High–Pressure Hydrogen on
Low–Alloy Steels, 1st ed. 1975, 2nd ed. 1997
The Effect of Outgassing Cycles on the Hydrogen Content in
Petrochemical Reactor-Vessel Steels, 1st ed. 1975, 2nd ed. 1981
Granular Media Filtration of Petroleum Refinery Effluent Waters, 1st ed.
1975
A Study of Variables that Affect the Corrosion of Water Strippers,
1st ed. 1976
Water Reuse Studies, 1st ed. 1977
Survey of Construction Materials and Corrosion in Sour Water
Strippers-, 1st ed. 1978, 2nd ed. 1983
Gaussion Dispersion Models Applicable to Refinery Emission, 1st ed.
1972
Pilot Studies on Enhancement of the Refinery Activated Sludge
Process, 1st ed. 1977
Evaluation of Ammonia “Fixation” Components in Actual Refinery Sour
Waters, 1st ed. 1978
A New Correlation of NH3, CO2, and H2S Volatility Data from Aqueous
Sour Water Systems, 1st ed. 1978
Hydrogen-Assisted Crack Growth in 21⁄4 Cr–1⁄2 Mo Steel, 1st ed. 1978
Pilot Studies on Activated Carbon Enhancement of the Refinery
Activated Sludge Process–Phase II, 1st ed. 1978
Pilot Studies on the Toxicity of Effluent from Conventional and Carbon
Enhanced Treatment of Refinery Wastewater–Phase III, 1st ed. 1981
Evaluation of the Principles of Magnetic Water Treatment, 1st ed. 1985
Federally Mandated Training 1st ed. 1994—3rd ed. 1998
Electronic Curriculums Manager for Federally Mandated Training and
Information 1st ed. 1996, 2nd ed. 1999
Trainer Competencies, 1st ed. 1994
Guideline